Home

Manual Part Number: Revision Date: HP References in this Manual

1. 45V i L DATA OUTPUT ENABLE INPUT DATA i 56 1 Rs i i BOO WIC 4 L CHECK Hore s 52 1 OUTPUT DATA i LAST MOST SIGNIFICANT DATA BIT THE a sz n 058 _ Sry RECITER SHIPT REGISTER EM OCTAL SL SHIPT Load L Qe 96 Gp lt 58V iat 4 8 1 10 29 OUTPUT CLR wm a 4 e IN 057 USS AND 054 INPUT DATA 15 ie 2 1 PARALLEL SERIAL OUT OUTPUT T 78 52 DATA 1 SERIAL PARALLEL OUT m V LATCH 15 FIRST POUR BITSCUST INDICATE e 5 i STATUS HOTO 5 50 DELODER gt 8 2 L 24 2 4 L LOAD DATA 2b 24 D IQ 1 SERIAL PARALLEL CONVERSION v NO OPERATION L LOAD DATA OUT 4 h SKA ovas _ JD SHAKE L DATA OUTPUT ENABLE INPUT DATA E AST MOST SIGNIFICANTS in BT BECOMES THE ficus tatty 95 22 OUTPUT DATA 1 FDID 5 7 LATCH a
2. IkHz imately 3V and connect between the center 1 contact of A3J7 and ground DC Offset Lone ca owes 1mV Amplitude Modulation On d Disconnect cable W23 from A3J23 Service 7 14 Model 3325A e Measure the oscillator hp 204C output with 1 Adjust Offset Out A3R68 to return the os the ac digital voltmeter and adjust the output lev cilloscope trace to the center line 0 el to approximately 1Vrms at a frequency of IkHz Connect the oscillator output between the j Disconneci the dc power supply and the oscil center contact of A3J23 and ground lator and cables W7 and W23 f Connect the oscilloscope through a 10 3 probe k Set 3325A amplitude modulation off to Set the oscilloscope input to ac cou pled sweep to ims div 1 Connect an ac digital voltmeter to the 3325A signal output Adjust the dc power supply output voltage to null out the sine wave signal on the display m Press the AMPTD CAL key Change the oscilloscope vertical gain as neces sary to observe the signal n Adjust Offset In A3R33 for a voltmeter reading of 0 707Vrms h Ground the oscilloscope input and zero the trace on the center line Set the input to dc o Repeat steps m and n until the output voltage coupled of 0 707Vrms does not change when the AMPTD CAL key 18 pressed A4 Page 8 G 3
3. _ 7 E Soa AS A8 SEE SECTION VII Sov e RATE R35 Ag RY 100 lt V RI2 470 V Ge s Shige s i gt 15 p CRIS eR 3 43v 35k TS 5 VOLT REGULATOR e gt me en A8 SEE SECTION Sar OF R23 1 AR V 5 RAT Sv AD d RAO ISK lt VY y j 8 Sv E 1 ee Se so 5 pt isv 5 lt oat Figure 8 49 Power Supplies A2 8 O 3 8 O 4 8 50 f in KEYBOARD 1OMHz Od amp m KEYBOARD MATRIX TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR OPTION 001 SHIFT REGISTER DISPLAY NUMERICAL MACHINE DATA BUS 18 p SERIAL DATA iN SHIFT REGISTER ISOLATION SERIAL N PARALLEL OUT e BUS PARALLEL DATA IN RECE IVERS TRI STATE SHIFT REGISTER BUFFER PARALLEL IN SERIAL OUT 18 OR DATA 1 0 m SERIAL N PARALLEL OUT BUS OUTPUT DRIVERS LATCH z SERIAL SHIFT REGISTER ISOLATION PARALLEL IN SERIAL OUT A6 u STATUS
4. A aks vie R35 5 22K 45 95V 20 51 22 AR 1 834 56K i U11 1 DDUAL PET FLIP FLO FROM 029 8 pata LATCH 2 5 3 Lu U10 CTION ff CURRENT SOURCE 11 39 V 5 ST VAYA DECODER ANALOG SWITCH ENABLE S H STROBE 45V 858 29 2 p 55 A5 R4 NI 15v 4 V 3 3 W DAC INTEGRATOR 1 SEE PARAGRAPH 8 113 WHEN REPLACING AJ4 4 1105 ler Sodus FROM U23 R48 DATA 4 7K 4 LATCH NM Y RESET FLITE FLOP 8 43 45 OAC RESET DUAL 0 FLIP FLOP R43 T A 10K 132 3 2 ei uam Y 131 C33 LOK 2 ddpF 10 2v 858 t 4 BK 10 27 j 855 AS 15 1843 C48 VY 53 3 DAC INTEGRATOR WHEN REPLACING Al4 4 Y 3 57 AA ANALOG SWITCH ENABLE 845 47 C35 0 1 LM SAHPLE HOLD SWITCHES 15 7159 DAC RESET 025 EACH ANALOG SWITCH DRIVE U20 u24 ANALOG SWITCH ENASLE 1U20 U24 PIN 131 n C46 15 OAC AUTO ZERG Y SAHPLE HOLD 1 zonus e bee j 95005 7 73316 AMPLIFIER 22 03 40 66 amp BE OFFSET ERROR J 5 R62 140 15V Wu LF ous AMPL 867 B 4 54V ik 3 AMPLITUDE J A 10 359 css 4 R65 3 0 1
5. OCTAL CLIP Sun ta m POR HIGH VOLTAGE QuTFUT wr U37 VDO HAI A2 t sv Ra 9 53 _ X XX 12 MHz OSCILLATOR R 4 o 499 lt LP gt NESS 16 DIRECT coma To 039 5 2 noes SOR CLOCK rik s RLACED 566 ING INFO Dece y goes M DEVICE SECT amp d ba 8 5s 3 Me 4 Prac WTERLUPT CIRCUITS meme pyc 3 Cx z o 20 Ust Vy E 24 RAAD IRITE CONT ROL enm amp Sy 41 va ossis MILL READ ces EC LSF FROM 4935 WICRRUPT w BUFFER i OVE SHOT LEBA TKS 5 eo 5 3 Sat DeF L Y er INTERVPT CIRCUITS A2 SEE SECTION Vil To TO KEYBOARD ASSEMBLY 4 MAWAL SOURCE ASSCHBL SEE NOTE 1 big 3L ect FAT EAD CONTROL ems E Md ae Te I 8 H lt 3 lt HOLS Y 29 ud 1 RTE CONTROL E po ASSEMBLY 22 A2 TS per vo pgs
6. CAPACITOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPAC LTOR FXD CAPACI TOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACI TOR F XD CAPACI TORF XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPA amp CITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD 100 0 QDIUF 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 50VDC CER SOVDC SOVDC CER SOVDC R 9005 CER 4 5 X SOOVDE 04 30 SOOVDC CER 08 30 DIU 100 0 01087 100 0Z SOVDE CER SOYDC CER 107 20 5096 CER OIUF 4100 07 4010 100 0X SOYDC CER 50UDC CER TOUF 10 29900 6 2PF 00 CER BAPE S00UDC CER 04 50 19UF 10X 20UDC TA S1 5PF 1 S00UDC MICA 10PF 4 57 S300VDC CER 04 30 ATPP 300VDC MICA 13PF 5 50090 CER 04 30 47PF 2 300UDC MICA 15UF 10 20900 4100 0 O1UF 106 0 O1UF 190 0 SOVDC CER 509 CER 50400 CER SPF 00VDC CER SPF 7 SO0UDC MICA 5 GPF 25PF BOPF 900UbC CER 300UDC MICA SPF 225PF 500 9 4 5 300UDC MICA S 6PF 25PF 39PF SOOVDE CER 500900 MICA SPF 25 300UDC CER OiUF 100 0 UJUF 4109 02 Q1UF 100 0 100 02 100 0 50900 CER 50 00 5 50990 18UF 4 102 20920 28480 28486 28481 20480 28480 28490 28480 28490 28480 28480 28480 26480 56209 28
7. 2 BUR 5 28480 1990 0665 630812 1990 0665 820815 1990 0665 ASCR14 1999 0665 15 1990 0665 ASCR16 1990 0665 LED LAMP LUM TNTc15MCD 28480 5082 4658 LED LAMP LUM IN TF 20MA MAX 28480 5082 4650 LED LAMP LUM 1 15 00 IFz20MA MAX 28480 5082 4658 LED LAMP LUM INT215MCD 20 28480 5082 4658 LED LAMP LUM INT 1SMCD IF 20 28480 5082 4658 ASCR17 1990 0533 ASCRIS 1990 0533 ASCR19 1990 0532 ASCR20 1990 0533 ASCR21 1990 0533 LED LAMP L 1 IF 20MA MAX 28400 5882 4658 LED LAMP P 1 20 28480 5082 4658 LED L AMP m 20 28480 5082 4650 LED LAMP 2 20MA MAX 28480 5082 4658 LED LAMP LUM INT 158MCD IPz20MA MAX 20490 5082 4658 ASCR22 1990 0533 ASCR23 1990 0533 ASCR234 1990 0935 1790 0553 AGCRAG 1990 0532 LED LAMP LUM INT 15MCD 28480 2082 4658 LED LAMP LUM INT 1MCD 50 20480 1990 0665 LED LAMP LUM INT 1MKCD d BVRzSU 28480 1990 0665 LED LAMP LUM INT 1MCD 0 BUR 5U 20460 1990 0645 LED LAMP LUM INT 1MCD YF 20MA MAX BYR SY 28480 1990 0665 1990 0553 1991 0665 1990 0665 1990 0665 931 1990 0665 NO ool gt gt gt gt gt 1990 0665 LED LAMP LUM INT 1MCD IF 20MA MAX BUR SU 28480 19970 9665 1990 0665 5 LUM INT 1 MED BYRSGV 28480 1990 0665 LUM TNTs1MCD IF 59 29480 1990 0665 LED LAMP LUM INTZ1MCD 2 5 28480 1770 0665 LED LAMP LUM INT 1MCD Es
8. Troubleshoat U13 Then 022 U23 U23 4 2521 NO Troublesnoot RAM Count Down Failure 9 H47 H9U8 YES 509 98 1 BUA 4100 NO YES YES U23 3 0485 NO NO 22 5 2487 Troubleshoot 120 U2 NO Troubleshoot u18 e P MH H H YES Troubleshoot Possible RAM Address Bus Failure Troubleshoot U20 921 Troubleshoot 1113 Then U22 U23 12 Then 022 923 shoot YES Troubleshoot u23 2 NO Troubleshoot 030 Figure 8 34 a Signature Analysis Test 2 8 25 8 26 r g 345 cht 144 5V 708A YES Bad RAM A Data U23 13 2608 N YES U30 5 5093 YES U30 4 708 TE UE Troubleshoot U13 Then U22 z 5 012 14 5263 0 YES U7 8 709A INO YES Troubleshoot U25 NO Troubleshoot ug NO NO ES 19 16 4P23 M NO Troubleshoot us Cia 8 39 E 297 45V F2 YE YES Bad B 011 13 NC YES U6 8 709A Miser oot Troublashoot 45 111 YES 146 5 0000 Troubleshoot 025 NO YES Troubleshoot NO YES 923 10 Troubleshoot i Troubleshoot 123 YES U23 8 F206 Troubleshoot 1215 Troubleshoot Troublesh U13 Then U22 U23 YES Troubleshoot NO YES Troubleshoot 017 Troubleshoot US or Data Bus Fs 5248 Sx 267 NO 5V F26C 5V 5769 Analysis YES YES Bad
9. SELF TEST ASSIGN ZERO 0 or changing the function will also stop continuous sweep 1 SWEEF ay Indicator is ON during sweep 3 52 Log Sweep In either single or continuous log sweep mode the stop frequency must be higher than the start frequency and sweep is up only Continuous sweep is start to stop start to stop etc The minimum bandwidth for log sweep is one decade Single log sweep is a line segmented log approximation in one tenth decade seg Operation ments and continuous log sweep is a two segment log approximation NOTE Because of the computation time required by the control circuits in log sweep the actual stop frequency which is displayed at the end of a single sweep will be higher than the selected stop frequency but always within 0 25 The error decreases as sweep time is increased 3 53 Sweep Time The maximum time per sweep up or down for all sweep modes is 99 99 seconds with 01 second resolution for times gt l second and 001 second resolution for times 1 second Minimum times are as follows Linear sweep single or continuous 0 010 s Log sweep Single corpos Sia UPS 2 000 s Contini o s e erae e ons 0 100 s NOTE In single log sweep the sweep time is in creased by the processing time required between segments The time increase in seconds is approximately equal to stop frequency 06 start frequency 3 54 Sweep Bandwidt
10. See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts HP Part Number 1683 1015 RESISTOR 100 5 25M FC 400 4500 21900 3296 RESISTOR TRMR 1K 10 C 2 17 TRN 0698 6617 RESISTOR 15K 1X 1254 T 0 25 0698 6320 RESISTOR SK 1 1258 F T 0683 1015 RESISTOR 100 5 25 FC Reference Designation AZR21 ARRAS AOR A A2R2S Description Mfr Part Number 91121 28480 28480 93888 01121 081015 2100 3256 0598 6019 4 1 8 179 1252 4 1 8 79 8541 C4 1 8 T0 1181 F 81015 681035 19701 12701 24546 01121 01121 RESISTOR 12 5 1 125W 0 25 RESISTOR 8 64K 14 1254 F 9 25 ESISTOR 1 18K 1 125W 04 100 STOR 100 5 2SW FC TC 00 5500 RESISTOR 10K 54 25W FG 400 700 AAR 26 227 ALR2B 229 ARRIO 0698 9191 0698 8060 2 9082 1055 01121 28480 01121 01121 01121 084729 0698 6360 081045 002035 5115 RESISTOR 4 7 SX 25W TC 400 4790 RESISTOR 10K 1 31258 F 10 04 25 RESISTOR 100K 5 258 Tee 40074300 RESISTOR 20K 54 BIW FC 400 800 RESISTOR 510 54 58 CC TC 0 529 ADR3A A2R3S A2R36 0683 4725 0578 6360 0693 1045 0683 2035 0686 5119 CB1005 525 CB3025 01124 01121 01121 00 4500 4007 709
11. 0757 0283 0757 0283 0683 2035 0811 2546 0683 3925 RESISTOR 2K 1 1 5W 0 100 RESISTOR 2K 1X 125 04 100 RESISTOR 20K 5 25W FC 400 800 RESISTOR 56 5 5 TCs 300 RESISTOR 3 9K 5 25W FC 400 700 24546 4 178 10 1001 5 A2R6 ABR 0757 0280 0757 0280 9683 2035 9683 1025 RESISTOR 1K 1 RESISTOR 1K 1 RESISTOR 20K 9 RESISTOR 1K 5 1254 F TO 04 1098 1890 F 0 100 25W FC 400 800 254 TCs 400 4680 24546 01121 01121 C4 1 8 T0 1001 F 282035 81025 BUCO 2610 0811 0548 RESISTOR 47 5 SW PW TC 0 300 75042 8920 5 108 478 1 01121 01121 01121 91121 24546 C1025 84715 1585 CB1015 C471 8 T0 131 F AaR11 2812 AgRIZ 2R14 AaRIE 0683 1025 0683 4715 0683 1525 0683 1015 0757 0404 RESISTOR 1K SX 25W FC TOs 400 4600 RESISTOR 470 5 254 FC 408 609 RESISTOR 1 5K 5 25W FC TC 400 700 RESISTOR 100 5 254 FC 400 500 RESISTOR 130 1 125W F TC 0 100 p 24546 24546 01121 01121 20480 4 1 8 0 8251 04 1 78 10 61272 0 5125 CHe709 0698 6260 RESISTOR 8 25K 1 125W F T 0 10 RESISTOR 61 9K 1 125U 09 100 RESISTOR 5 1K 5 25W FC 400 700 RESISTOR 27 5 254 FC TC 400 4500 RESISTOR 10K 1X 125 F 0 25 2816 AeRi 2819 ASR19 A R20 0757 0441 0757 0460 0663 5125 0683 2705 0598 6350
12. PHASE F COMPARATOR wa D A converter K E 4 Note 1 i These voltage levels are usefu when troubleshooting amplitude problems frequency 1kHz TP ACD grounded voltages p p J Programmed 4 4 Amplitude OVde Offset 2Vde Offset 1Vp p 1 92 0 616 2Vp p 3 88 1 27 H 3Vp p 1 92 1 92 TOME 4Vp p 2 57 2 57 5Vp p 3 23 3 23 6Vp p 3 88 3 88 7Vp p 4 53 8Vp p 5 18 9Vp p 5 84 10Vp p 6 45 A4 VIEWS 03 08 ULF 07 Kren A4 see Section VII A4 34 Figure 8 40 30 MHz Reference and Dividers 8 G 3 8 G 4 Model 3325 SERVICE GROUP H MIXER Mixer Shields The Mixer circuits are covered by two shields each consisting of a flat cover and an extru sion Always set the POWER switch to STBY before removing or replacing the shields When replacing a shield make sure the key on the bottom edge of the shield is aligned with the hole in the printed circuit board Also make sure the hole in the cover nearest the front of the instrument is over the mixer adjustment resistor Mixer Troubleshooting Failures on this portion of the board are usually linked to 101 3016 and sometimes A3U15 A3U16 often fails because of metalization a Ground the Auto Calibration Disable ACD test point Service Group K Figure 8 44 and cycle power When 10Vp p is programmed the voltage at A3TP6 should be 100mVp
13. 4 16 Display 03325 66505 Al 7 2 Model 3325 Table of Contents Section Page Section Page 7 12 Service Group B HP IB Circuits 8 7 Keyboard and Display P O 03325 66506 2 7 3 Service Group A 8 1 7 15 Service Group Control Circuits 8 12 Circuits Service Group 8 3 P Q 03325 66506 2 7 3 8 18 Control Circuits Service Group C 8 5 7 18 Service Group D Voltage Controlled 8 24 Frequency Synthesis 8 8 Oscillator Shield P O 03325 66521 8 43 Reference Circuits Ades 7 5 Service Group 8 12 7 21 Service Group E N F Counter 8 51 Mixer Service Group H 8 13 P O 03325 66521 7 7 8 53 D A Converter Service Group 1 8 13 7 24 Service Group F Fractional N 8 59 Function Circuits Analog Circuits P O 03325 66521 Service Group 8 16 7 10 8 72 Output Amplifier 7 27 Service Groups D and G VCO Buffer Service Group 8 19 P O 03325 66503 30MHz Reference 8 77 Attenuator Service Group L 8 19 and Dividers P O 03325 66503 8 80 High Voltage Output Option 002 PET ER 7 12 Service Group 8 19 7 31 Service Group H Mixer 8 82 Sweep Drive Circuits P O 03325 66503 4 7 14 Service Group 8 19 7 34 Service Group I D A Converter and 8 89 Crystal Oven Optio
14. ENABLE TO U39 2 3 Quos SQUARE ENABLE US2 2 u334 000 TRIAGE ENABLE a w330 VAG Qn vas RAP POL 5 co m V Let RANE He RAME cuo 9 23 pF RAMP ADJ RO ANHNz 50 RIOS 2 Mie REF 26 FRON 25 CABLE 9 lt SINE 2 FRO 1 5x v V m Cann 2 2K 1 RAMS RESET FROH 245 4 back 12 K m ysa RAMP RESET 1 FUNCTION FROM 048 9 VTE RIT Grote DONE D i r RESAT PK RESET 5 FROR UAT FUNCTION odd ITY FLAG FUNCTION SINE ALL OTHE m ea bd ce 2 asl aco L Te T ii XO 15 177 s 2 S ss c24 i 24044 SY d cacy 5 SEE SECTION SINE WAVE CURRENT Riss CRI 47 Riss FROM URB TRIANGLE ENABLE OUTPUT AHPLIFIaR SUMMING JUNCTION TRIANGLE AKO K SQUARE 25502 SQUARE WAVE lt I CURRENT Bu mi 54 V 38 R SQUARE ENABLE FROM VRAU V se TRIANGLE ENABLE FROM 028 12 Ruse cag SQUARE EMBL CT Mee SiGNAL FROM V28 FREQUENCY TRIANGLE FREQUENCY RAMPS TRIANGLE AND RAMP GATING Tm 5
15. 1 073 V Sine 1 kHz 1048 V 1 073 V Sine 100 kHz 1048 1 073 V Amplitude 0 3536 Vrms DC 1 mV Sine 100 Hz 0 3660 V Sina 1 kHz 0 341 V ___ gt 0 3660 V Sine 100 Hz 0 3411 _______ 0 3660 V Function Test Amplituda 1O Vpp Square 99 9 Hz 3 6681V 22222 3 735V Triangle 89 9 Hz 3 643V ________ 3 754V Pos Ramp 99 9 Hz 3 643 3 754 Neg Ramp 99 9 Hz 3 643 ________ 3 754V 0 Square 1 kHz 3 735V Triangle 2 kHz 3 643V Pos Ramp 500 Hz 3 643V Neg Ramp 500 Hz 3 643V Square 100 kHz 3 661V Triangle 10 kHz 3 513V Pos Ramp 10 kHz 3 328V Neg Ramp 10 kHz 3 328V Amplitude 3 Vpp Square 99 9 Hz 2 970 V Triangle 99 9 Hz 2 855 Pos Ramp 99 9 Hz 2 955 V Neg Ramp 93 9 Hz 2 855 V Square 1 kHz 2 970 V Triangle 2 kHz 2 955 V Pos Ramp 500 Hz 2 955 V Neg Ramp 500 Hz 2 955 V Square 100 kHz 2 970 V Triangle 10 kHz 2 850 V Pos Ramp 10 kHz 2 700 V Neg Ramp 10 kHz 2 700 V Amplitude 1 Vpp DC 1 mV Square 99 9 Hz 0 870 Triangle 99 9 Hz 0 960 V Pos Ramp 99 9 Hz 0 960 V Neg Ramp 99 9 Hz 0 960 V Square 1 kHz 0 970 V Triangle 2 kHz 0 960 V Pos Ramp 500 Hz 0 960 V Neg Ramp 500 Hz 0 960 V Square 100 kHz 0 970 V Triangle 10 kHz 0 940 V Pos Ramp 10 kHz 0 890 V Neg Ramp 10 kHz 0 890 V High Voltage Option 002 Sinewave Test Amplitude 14 14 Vrms Sine 2 kHz 13 86 V 3 754V 3 754V 3 754V 3 735V 3 883V 3 996V 3 996V 3 030 V 3 045 V 3 045 V 3 0
16. 28480 1990 0665 SCRIA 1990 0665 ASCR3S 1990 0605 ASCR36 3990 0665 Oi oii 1390 0473 SOCKET IG 16 CONT DIP DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0473 KEY LOKAL 28480 5041 0943 KEYCAP GMOKEP TPE 28480 5041 0384 KEYCAP SMOKEPIPE 28480 5041 0384 5 28480 5041 0384 KEY CAP FREQ 28480 8041 0918 5041 0943 5041 0384 5041 0384 5041 0384 4041 0918 KEY CAP AMPTD 20480 5041 0919 KEYCAP SMOKEP IPE 28480 5041 0384 KEYCAP SMOKEP IPE 28480 5041 0384 5 28480 5041 0564 KEY CAP PHASE 28480 5041 0920 5041 0919 5041 0384 9041 0384 8041 0384 5041 0920 Od m See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 8 8 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation ASKS11 5512 ASKS13 5 814 ASk 515 ASKH16 ASK517 ASKSIB 58819 ASKS20 ASK322 AKS ASKS24 5 525 ASK GRE ASK S27 ASK S29 ASK 529 SX 830 ASKS31 ASKS32 ASK S35 ASK 354 AtiKsat ASKS336 ASK G37 ASKSSB AGKS39 ASKS40 ASK S41 ASK 542 AUK843 A5K544 1 ASMP 1 2 SMP 3 4501 AIRE ASAI ATNA AAS ASQ6 ASQ ASR1 ASRI ASR4 ORS ASRE ASR ASR AGRE ASR10 85811 ASR Iz RI3 ASR14 85815 516 ASR20 ASR2 ARA 0556 KEY HP Part Number 5041 0921 5041 0451 5041 0987 5041 0017 5941 0818 5041 0816 5041 0925 041 0810 5041 0814 5041 0
17. 52 46 00 10 01 91 01 10 10 0 1 00 01 00 11 00 01 01 11 Q1 01 01 10 Line feeds and Asterisks EOS characters are ignored No other device dependent data communications are permitted on the bus until the entire 3325A program string has been accepted and all but the last character processed Data Mode 2 Device dependent characters are accepted and stored in an internal buffer and not processed until the EOS character 15 received or the buffer is filled 48 bytes Consequently other communications on the bus are permitted after the program string has been accepted at the rate of approx imately 150 to 200 microseconds character 1f the program string contains 48 characters or more the 3325A will hold up the bus while it processes the 48 characters before accepting and storing the rest of the string Because the instrument turns on in Data Mode 1 Mode 2 must be programmed remotely It will then remain in Mode 2 until Mode 1 18 programmed or until the POWER switch is set to STBY 3 117 While the 3325A is processing data it will accept and respond to universal commands For this reason when operating in Mode 2 the controller can send a program string 48 characters or less to the 3325A and 2 61416 13 peterem VAAN well unaddress the 3325A to listen and then communicate with another device However if the string is more than 48 characters th
18. 07 R41 R126 9 U6 A C141 D Q8 42 07 C142 F ag A R43 C R132 E 98 C143 E 010 A R44 c R133 E D C144 R134 o C148 Q11 R46 A R135 U11 E 012 R47 A U12 F C161 F Q13 A R48 A R136 F 913 C162 G Q14 B R49 A 8137 014 C163 G R138 015 0164 G 016 8 R51 A Q17 B R52 A R140 D 017 C166 G 018 B R53 C 8141 D 018 F C167 G 019 8 R54 R142 919 D C168 G 8143 C169 G 021 B R56 2144 921 022 B R57 A U22 F C171 G Q23 R58 A R145 D 923 2172 G Q24 c R59 A Ri46 U24 E C173 G Q25 A R61 A 8147 C174 G R62 A R148 E U26 F Q26 RES A R149 F 927 C176 G Q27 A R64 A 928 0 C177 G 028 B R68 A RIST F U29 E C178 G 029 B R152 F U30 F C179 G R66 A 031 B R67 A Ri61 F U31 F C181 G Q32 B R68 8 R162 G 032 F C182 G Q33 R69 B R163 F U33 F C196 D R70 4 R164 F G C197 5 Q37 8165 F Q38 R71 B wi A CR1 B 039 R72 B R166 F B CR2 B R73 B R167 F w3 F CR3 B Q41 B R74 R168 F CR4 B 042 8 R75 B R169 F CR5 043 8 R170 G 044 c R76 c CRE R77 C 171 F CR 0131 R78 C R172 CR8 B Q132 R79 R173 F CR9 B 8174 G A21 Component Locations 014 016 R6B 917 CR4 017 02 CRI 021 918 CcR3 013 C24 8108 027 amp 27 8107 058 881 882 859 028 811 R91 812 R93 884 886 R7 3 032 812 ew on R13 R98 ie 897 814 ROT
19. 1 2 SIGHAL FREQ FOR RAMPS 2 TRIANGLE Ala 4 ENABLE PHASE DETECTOR RAMP RESET RAMP GATE POLARITY EP D Low WHEN NOT RAMP FUNCTION Z RAMP POLARITY L 4RAMP He RAMP LOW WHEN NOT RESET RAMP FUNCTION SINE AMPLITUDE wea ale 70 SINE LEVEL CONTROL LAB amp IHE ENABLE AMPLITUDE m CONTROL gt BAMPLE HOLO FUNCTION SAMPLE HOLD DAC RESET AML IF LER mem STROBE SAMPLE a ENABLE TIMERS Pe P IH QAIM L A4 SAWPLE HOLO RESET Peo pirate FLIP FLOP 7 o5 gt De 2273 2 CURRENT SOURCE SOURCE ENABLE MACHINE DATA BUS 4 3 G gt TRE ANGLE oA RAMP CURRENT x TRIANGLE ANO RAMP FILTER TRI ANOLE ENABLE 9 FUNCTIONS CORRECT 108 t CURREN E ME ENABLE 0 4 mA SQUARE ENABLE TRIANGLE ENABLE ENABLE e GAINS 414 SYNC 1 TOR dava ty DG CONTROL C ue c 4 081 pc OFFGET CORRECTION LEVEL m XDA X ORI VE OUTPUT AND d ATTENUATOR Dc OFFSET Go ot K SYNC COMPARATOR AND DRIVE 4 OUT OUTPUT 423 L AMPLIFIER 2 A 75 ATTENUATOR t AMPLIFIER t C cu RELAY wo A FROM DATA DRIVERS LATCH K LEVEL TO RESET DETECTORS ENABLE GATING RESET ty 1204 Ale 4 BYNC 1 SYNG OUT REAR SYNC WS HIGH VOL
20. rk en auae tI e 10 V p p c The pulse width of the TRI signal should increase and decrease at a 1 Hz rate TTL levels d Monitor pin 9 of U36 with the oscilloscope This should be a TTL square wave fre quency 1 MHz actually 1 000 001 MHz If not go to Step f The signal at pin 10 of 1736 should be a TTL square wave at 1 MHz If not go to the 2 MHz test point and trace the signal through to U36 pin 10 U14 divides the 2 MHz reference by two If U14 is not operating check for a TTL high Triangle Enable at U14 pin 10 f If the proper signal js not present at 1736 pin 9 trace the signal back through U32 which is a 10 counter Also check for a TTL high Triangle Enable level at U33 pin 10 g If the digital signals are ali correct the trouble may be in U40 or the Triangle and Ramp Filter circuits Observe the signal at the TRIFILT test point It should be a triangle or ramp selected function approximately 200 mV p p If not check U40 output at pin 13 Measure voltages in the 114 118 circuits Ramp Functions Only If only the ramp functions are not operating properly the trouble is probably in the ramp reset circuits a Connect an oscilloscope to the TRI test point on A14 Set the controls as follows 0 2 V div 10 probe era acu DRM UBICAR E eek aed AUR 2 2 0 1 gs div SS esee Hes h eee oe eat Int slope 8 1 2 Mode
21. 3 14 Developing an HP IB Program Universal and Addressed Commands3 17 Placing the 3325A in Remote 3 17 The 3325A Address 3 17 3325A Data Message Formats 3 17 Data Transfer Mode 3 20 Programming Data Transfer Mode 3 21 Programming Entry Parameters 3 21 Programming Waveform Function 3 21 Programming Binary On or Off Functions 3 22 Programming Selection Fur uons 3 22 Tabie of Contents Model 33254 TABLE OF CONTENTS Cont d 3 128 Programming Execution Functions 3 22 4 47 Ramp Retrace Time 4 16 3 130 Programming Amplitude Units 4 49 Sync Output Test 4 16 Conversion 3 23 4 5 Square Wave Symmetry 4 16 3 132 Programming Storage Registers 3 23 4 53 Frequency 4 17 3 134 Service Requests 2 23 4 55 Phase Increment Accuracy 4 17 3 136 Serial 3 23 4 57 Phase Modulation Linearity 4 19 3 138 Status 3 24 4 59 Amplitude 4 20 3 140 Busy 3 24 4 61 DC Offset Accuracy DC 4 23 3 142 Sweep 3 24 4 63 DC Offset Accuracy 3 144 Masking or Enabling Service with AC Functions 4 25 Requests ss ik cau eee vestri een 3 24 4 65 Triangle Linearity 4 25 3 146
22. A23 A14 03325 56523 03325 65514 Rev Rev G EER waar 4 45 skt 222 FUNCTION ASSENBLY S604 eger uae FROM CONTROLLER DRIVER E lt AMPLIFIER 237 COPYRIGHT FROM AZ iSv UNREGULATED OM gt ATTENUATOR ASSEMBLY 3325 66523 225 5 00 SECTION 1977 BY HEWLETT PACKARD PANY ASSEMBLY 6323 213 i KI e 4 FROUT OUPPUT OR QUUM OPTION O02 OFF POSTIVE VOLTAGE af cs 4 REAR OVTPUT OR DPTION 602 t p ioo 3 FROUT REAR OR ire soma 25 SEE SECTION S confany T7 OR 3345A 1 s g nf r A 5 xr rrirrj RELAY 100 PAD 10 PAD AD OUT 3 gt gt rejer he tfrirr rrirr Reine 203 221 i 1 T REAR PANEL 1 NA ANI H To 275 2 VOLTAGE OUTPUT M 72
23. 10 dB div Sweep Manual d Adjust the spectrum analyzer manual vernier con trol to place the display marker at the peak of the API spur which appears at 3 kHz 3 display divisions e Adjust the API 1 Adj A21R76 to reduce the spur to a minimum f Change 3325A frequency to 5 000 300 Hz g Adjust 2 Adj A21R74 to again reduce the spur on the spectrum analyzer display to minimum h Change 3325A frequency to 5 000 003 Hz i Adjust API 4 Adj A21R88 to reduce the spur to a minimum j Set the 3325A to 5 003MHz and readjust API 1 A21R76 to its minimum value Also check the harmonic distortion performance test paragraph 4 38 steps e through h 8 11 30 MHz Reference Oscillator Equipment Required electronic counter hp Model 5328A NOTE The instrument musi have been ON for at feast 20 minutes before performing this ad justment a If the instrument has the Option 001 High Stability Frequency Reference installed the rear panel connec tion from 10 MHz Oven Output to Ext Ref In must be disconnected b Connect an electronic counter to the 3325A signal output using 50 ohm input termination Set the 3325A as follows FURCUOR ca aea Sine Frequeney aaa sd ana 20 MHz Amplitude nes 10 Vp p d Adjust the counter to measure frequency 20 MITz e Adjust Ref A3R30 for a counter display of 20
24. 101 rt 415 41543 refit th 231 L 180 15 y pr H i 1 Frbs 15V 1 it 1 Yd 1 15 L F 15 01 a 3d 15 Y RESET 15 2 u4411 131 FROM CONTROLLER t A5 SEE SECTION Sk 2414 Z a 15V2 OUTPUT AMPLIFIER CR214 3 01 C222 R238 512742 100K t2 415 2 152 1 5 51542 8273 11502 15V2 BIAS R237 msie 25 2 lea 8271 s n REM 55 R275 OL 162 0214 11K 5 11K 1 lt 2 Y C212 5 uS Ad pe R209 9215 OFFSET 5 11 LE R268 52516 R285 AMP DUT 81 2 5 y 9212 T e 3 03V 15V2 LEVEL COMPARATOR 8215 REDS 14 14 6205 7 c221 100pF Lever 3 1 mM FROH 921161 203 4 1 a 201 V 81511 8266 2 23 324 R224 261 51 3 162 01 3 3 8231 15V2 49 4 15 15V2 15V 15V 15V A5 RESET 4 UE RAMP ENABLE FROM J 128 45 RAMP POLARITY PROM 12515 Ha RAMP A5 SEE VII SEE PARAGRAPH 87115 WHEN REPLACING AM 4 eee Y COPYRIGHT 1980 BY THE HEWLETT PACKARD 8 49 SLA C222 S 1 pF R237 5 11 8235 R208 11K 3 11K V bc OFFSET FROH C242 AMP QUT 02518 201 IP I 5 F3 R252 25 50 LEVEL C
25. SHOT TRIANGLE ENABLE RAMP POLARITY 14 J PRESET SINE SQUARE TRIANGLE RAMP POL FUNCTION CLEAR SINE SQUARE TRIANGLE RAMP RAMP NE CURRENT E ENABLE SING FREQ 5 5 ENAL FREU RIANGLE ENABLE 14 URRENT ATE TRI TRIA SA e R RAM A14 E 4 TRIANGLE E SIN AE TEVA ENABLE 23 CON A3 SINE ENABLE P k SQUARE 35134 0719 F 20 544 3 of 3 CUR BUPER 14 J SQUARE WAVE CURRENT S 14 TRI CURREN ARE 14 10 OUTPUT x J AMPLIFIER i E AMPLIFIER A14 ZEROING J 7 CURRENT ANGLE ENABLE nan ENABLE AREE 4 URRE M a ENABLE x 4mA ed SQUARE ENABLE n pis TRIANGLE ENABLE J A14 AN t2m cx 414 4 ru t2mA cola zo UH ow rm Figure 8 20 Enable Signals for Function 8 1 Service Fu sie SRE 44 INPUT 20 REFERENCE PHASE COMPAR SON GATE OUTPUT TRIANGLE OUTPUT 38954 2 Model 33254 Figure 8 21 Simplified Illustration of Triangle Generatlon INPUT 20 REFERENCE PHASE COMPARISON GATE OUTPUT RAMP OUTPUT PHASE OF REFERENCE 15 INVERTED AT THESE POINTS 33254 22 Figure 8 22 Simplified Illustration of Ramp Generation 8 6
26. TN CR16 D 45V 1962 ome Y R116 8 47 1 W 8117 7 SUMMING AMPLIFIER gt a 6 B1K 4159 PHASE MODULATION 8102 19 2 2K 23 1K 21 27 84 4154 15V 1 2 28123 t 100 4 885 6 8K 14 109 7 oe o NOTE LIFTING W1 AND INJECTING Ovdc TO 10Vde WILL TEST TO TPH SHOULD SEE SAME VOLTAGE AT AS W1 SAMP 45V LE HOLD 1 I NORMALLY 4 OC LEVEL WHEN WEEPING Wie J184 CONTADL VOLTAGE T0 2168 G 15V 37 2K CALS 5 R67 47 121 SMIPLE HOLO aU 477 8118 FROM 018111 PO GENERE 47 4157 A PHASE MODULATION 5 SEE PARAGRAPH 6 113 WHEN REPLACING A2I J SEE SECTION 15V _ M 4 3336 12172 Figure 8 39 Fractional N Analog 21 8 F 5 8 F 6 Model 3325 Service SERVICE GROUP G 30MHz REFERENCE AND DIVIDERS 30MHz Reference Troubleshooting OSC FAIL Display Indication Step a of the OSC FAIL troubleshooting in Service Group D should be performed before proceeding with the following a Check frequencies at the following points in order If the signal is incorrect at any point troubleshoot the associated circuits A3TP3 30MH
27. germanium ground ed heoryties assembly motor battery Capacitor diode delay line lamp mise electronic part ae Tahle 6 1 List of Abbreviations ABBREVIATIONS NPO hertz 1615 per inside diameter impregnated incandescent insulation edi kilohm s 10 3 ohms kilohertz 1053 hertz inductor i 90 linear taper logarithmic taper milliampereis 10 3 amperes megahertz 10 6 hertz megohm s 1056 ohms metal film Manufacturer millisecond 2222 mognting millivolt s 1077 volts 5 microfarad s microsecond 5 microvoltis 10 6 volts Mylar R nanoamperets 109 amperes closed neon pF piv pic pos poly normally open Si DESIGNATORS fitter heater integrated circuit jack relay induc tor meter mechanical part plug a OCR aT 5 T TB 7C TP negative positive zero izaro temperature coefficient nanosecond s 10 9 seconds NOt separately replaceable 222 Order by description 222 outside diameter peak 5 printed circuit picofaradis 10 12 tarads peak inverse voltage part of position s polystyrene potentiometer peak to peak parts million precision temperature coeffient long term stability and o
28. 15 F 33258 27 42 03325 68502 Rev F 33254 39 Ag 03325 66509 Rev COARSE ADJ tn 411 6199 pl 7546 826 858 E C28 34 C61 Bi L 1105 crag 11 03 5 3E y 4 E E 84 t C106 4 cs 1102 om 226 78 t t RI 951 104 v 2862 Qui 6103 3 141 REI 0305 2 Au fe Cifi 316 E 5103 1011 XDR 158 3323 5146 REV B 29 Dan Sin LAN Ltn m lt x gt O Y OFFSET IN R60 C124 1118 C123 1117 1114 0111 C122 6423 125 C127 C128 1113 1111 LIZ R48 41 03 19 8120 1105 121 di R156 SS 2120 ons ann 218 4 15 012 94 TITU p cou 52013225 2 1 lt 112 1 STIY IIH LYTi TtT8 1112 0153 VAS 151 Z qui 323 SHORTING CONNECTOR MXR ADJ R115 AB see Section VII for adjustr 3325 0103 A3 03325 66503 Rev 4 44 see Section VII for adjustment locations on earlier boards A OARSE ADJ ADS aoa 2 2 014 ug t38 67 41 1 836 028 22 R48 C4
29. 9 03325 66509 1 CRYSTAL OVEN ASSEMELY OPTION 081 28480 03429 56589 7 1 0180 0692 CAPACITOR FXD Z220UF 450 104 385 Al 00494 JEVESL2A2B 90 0160 3847 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 190 0 50900 CER 28480 0160 3047 ACS 0160 3847 CAPACXTOR FXD 01UF 10007 50000 28489 0160 3847 A94 0180 0693 1000 50 20 25VDC AL 00494 2e59DSU1000 APTRI 1901 0049 DIODE PWR RECT 509 750 20 29 28489 1901 0049 AFTRA 1901 0049 DIO0DE PMR RECT SOV 750 00 29 28480 1981 0049 APERS 1902 0049 DIODE 2NR 6 170 5 00 35 46 28480 1902 0049 AVE 0960 8465 OSCILLATOR 10MHZ 29490 09690 04658 29019 1281 2969 CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONO SACK DIP 28480 1251 2909 APMP 1 1205 0298 HEAT SINK PLSTC PUR CS 28400 1265 0298 0340 0564 3 INSULATOR XSTR THRHM CNOCT 28480 0340 0564 APPL 18351 42465 CONNECTOR 3 M POST TYPE 28480 42840 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 14 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation 4901 AYRI APRS 1954 0053 1053 0458 0583 1025 0683 1035 0683 3525 TRANSISTOR NP TRANSISTOR PN Description 2N2218 81 0 5 00 9 P SI FO 220AB PD 60W RESISTOR JK 57 RESISTOR 10 RESISTOR 3 2 53 gx 400 3701 4007 790 04713 04713 91121 01121 01121 Mfr Part Number 2We21D MIES71K
30. 992929 iE O Mawes 46009604 40524904 OoO0 gU Danno OOM Ot Qi Note Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description CAPACTITOR XD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPACITOR FF XD CAPACTTOR F AD CAPACITOR CAPACITOR FXD CAPAC LTOR C PACYYOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACXTUR F XD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPACITOR F XD CAPACITOR FXO CAPACT TOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPAC ITOR FXD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACTITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD 4109 22 1060 04 50 1504 1034 20000 15 4 104 20900 410007 SDVLC O1UF 4100 02 50906 1800017 107 200 9 POLYE 190 0 SOVDC CER D1UF 100 0 50900 CER 100 0 50 00 CER SUF 100 07 S3VDC 25PF 500900 CER 100 0 7 IVDC CER BUF 100 07 SUUDC S iPF 2 SOOVDC CER D1UF 100 0 59900 CER apr 5 50000 CER iuf 80 20 SOVDC CER 80 20 ZO0VDC CER AUF 80 20 50 0 CER 91 4106 07 S99DC CER AUF 80 20 50900 CER 3900PF 4 107 2039DC POLYE 01248 10 200UDC POLYE 022UF 5 200VDC POLYE 401308 100 0 98906 CER 180PF 4 10X 1 CER 010 4100 02 5090 100 0 S0VDC 0107 4100 02 50
31. in in Clock PIE Re Daten we _f out Hold eg ae OFF Self Test lacus a a ak OFF h Connect TP7 to ground i Set 3325A POWER switch to ON j Remove ground from 7 If the 5 V signature is 7551 continue with Step k If the 5 V signature is not 755U go to Step m k Place the signature analyzer probe on the following points on A6UI and compare signatures to those below Correct 6 Pin Signature Data Line Ata amp M C If all of these signatures are correct the ROM s have passed this test Signature analysis tests 27 through 5 may now be performed If these signatures are not all correct test each ROM individually as follows 8 C 3 Service Model 3325A ROM 1 U1 Test 1 Move the CS1 and CS2 shorting connectors to the position toward edge of board 2 Place the signature analyzer probe on the following points and compare the signatures Correct A6U1 Pin Signature Data Line Ao d v ROM 2 U2 Test 1 Move CS 1 shorting connector to the 1 position and CS2 to the 0 position 2 Place the signature analyzer probe on the following points and compare the signatures Correct A6U2 Pin Signature Data Line NADU ROM 3 03 Test 1 Move CS shorting connector to 0 and CS2 to 1 8 C 4 Model 3325 Service 2 Place the signature a
32. reference Data T rigger Clear Remote Local Local Lockout Clear Lockout and Set Local Require Service Operation Model 3325 Table 3 7 3325A Implementation of Messages 3 16 Message implementation 3325A SR Data Trigger Clear ID LIST C SH ALL C SH Remote Remote Enable 1 115 5 Local Ca SH Local Lockout C SH Clear Lockout and Set Local Require Service Status Byte Response Will send or receive as instructed Device Clear sets 3325A to initial turn on condi tions See Para 3 8 Goes to Remote Can be set to Local by LOCAL key Goes to Local Goes to Remote Cannot be set to Local by LOCAL key Goes to Local from Local Lockout Sets SRO True Sends byte which indi cates if service required and reason Status Bit Pass Control Abort Unaddress SH Source Handshake AH Acceptor Handshake T Talker includes TE Extended Talker L Listener includes LE Extended Listener SR Service Request RL Remote Local PP Parallel Poll DC Device Clear DT Device Trigger C Any Controller specific controller for example Cg C The System Controller Indicates replication n times Send Only R Receive Only SR Send and Receive Not Applicable Status Byte Status Bit Pass Control Abort Not implemented by the 3325A Source handshake capability Acceptor handshake capability Basic
33. 30v POWER 30V 82 e 3 26V 552353 30V 304 R2 53 gt cas T 3 0K 30V 30v 50V 526 R3I 2K cie 2 266 R38 22 R osy 25 9 200K en 3ov TRS CR wal lt 23464 8 FREQUENCY RANGE L AU 1 080 15 Figure 8 46 High Voltage Output Option 002 A8 8 M 3 8 M 4 8 03325 66509 Rev A COARSE ADJ 8225 39 8 07 544 255 CRYSTAL OVER 03325 00509 CRI P FROM TRANS FORMER Q2 FRONT VIEW COPYRIGHT 1477 BY HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY 65 8 47 5 4 QL gt RS 3 3K 8 i 7 3 GI e Ul aA P RQ 2K QRS RI 19 IK APANY 127 RS 8 66 R7 FINE 5K 2 FREQ 2 MECHANICAL FREQ ADO 554 6 19 Fig YT tht 4974 OVEN OUTPUT Od BM Figure 8 47 High Stability Reference Option 001 A9 8 M 5 8 M 6 Model 3325 Service SERVICE GROUP SWEEP DRIVE CIRCUITS Troubleshooting The Sweep Drive Circuits To determine whether only one or both X Drive ranges are bad monitor the X Drive output with an oscilloscope Set sweep time to 999 sec Press START CONT key X Driv
34. 5 5 2 2 Power Cables 2 3 5 2 Amplitude Flatness Adjustment 5 6 2 3 HP IB Connector 2 3 5 3 Location of Adjustments 5 7 2 4 Rack Mount and Handle Kits 2 6 6 1 Location of Parts 6 31 6 32 3 1 Front and Rear Panel Controls 3 2 7 1 Processor Interrupt Circuitry Serial 3 2 Maximum DC Offset with Numbers 1748A00230 and Below 7 4 AC Functions 3 8 7 2 Schematic and Board Location of R11 and 3 3 Interface Connections and R12 Serial Numbers 1748402600 and Bus 3 13 Below asta 7 4 4 1 Harmonic Distortion Verification 7 4 VCO Circuitry Serial Numbers High Voltage Output 4 5 1748402475 and Below 7 6 4 2 Mixer Spurious 4 13 7 4 VCO Circuitry Serial Numbers 4 3 Integrated Phase Noise Test 4 14 1748 03226 1748 07390 7 7 4 4 Envelope Distortion 4 15 7 5 HINV Clocking Circuitry Serial Numbers 4 5 Square Wave Symmetry 4 17 1748A00230 and Below 7 8 4 6 Frequency 4 8 7 6 A21U8 Gating Circuitry Serial Numbers 4 7 Phase Increment Accuracy 4 18 1748A02475 and Below 7 9 4 8 Phase Modulation Linearity 4 19 7 7 2108 Gating Circuitry Serial Numbers 4 9 Amplitude Accuracy and Flatness 4
35. 999 b Connect the 3325A signal output to the high fre quency spectrum analyzer s 50 ohm input c Set the spectrum analyzer controls to display the fun damental and at least four harmonics Verify that all har monics are 25dB below the fundamental d Set the 3325A to the following frequencies and verify that all harmonics are below the specified levels relative to the fundamental 15 MHz 30 dB 2 MHz 40 dB 200 kHz 60dB e Disconnect the 3325A from the high frequency spec trum analyzer and connect it to the low frequency spec trum analyzer s 50 ohm input f Set the 3325A frequency to 50kHz and the ampli tude to 9 99mVp p g Set the spectrum analyzer controls to display the fun damental and at least three harmonics It may be neces sary to decrease the analyzer s video bandwidth to separate the harmonics from the noise floor Verify that all harmonics are at Jeast 65dB below the fundamental LOW FREQUENCY SPECTRUM ANALYZER Figure 4 1 Harmonic Distortion Verification High Voltage Output 4 5 Performance Tests h Set the 3325A to the following frequencies and verify that all harmonics are 65dB below the fundamental 10kHz IkHz 100Hz High Voltage Output Option 2 i Connect the 3325A signal output to the low fre quency spectrum analyzer s 500 input See Figure 4 1 j Press the high voltage output key on the 3325A Set the amplitude to 40Vp p and the frequency
36. ECL NOR QUAD 2 0560 1716 1460 1336 7121 1234 TERMINAL STUD SGL PIN PRESS MTG 20400 WIREFORM CU BRT TIN 28480 LABEL CAUTION 1 925 IN WD 2 24 IN LG 28480 9340 1716 1460 1336 7121 1234 03325 66523 ATTENUATOR ASSEMBLY 28480 03225 46525 gt 20480 28480 28489 2848 20480 0160 4571 0160 4571 9150 3358 0160 3598 0160 3558 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 480 205 50000 CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 480 20 SOVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 4 204 50906 CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 SOVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1 20 SOVDC CER 0160 4571 0160 4571 0160 3558 0160 3558 0160 3558 002 0160 3558 0160 3558 0160 3558 0154 3558 8160 3558 28480 28480 28480 28480 29489 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 4 204 SOVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 59900 CER CAPACITOR FXD 4 20 30UDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 SQVDC CER CAPACXTOR FXD 10F 20 SOVDC CER 0160 3558 825610 0160 3258 A23C11 0150 3598 23012 0180 3558 8160 3558 0160 3558 0160 4571 9150 4571 0160 4571 28480 28480 280490 28480 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50406 CER CAPACITOR FXD JUF 80 204 50 0 CER CAPACITOR FXD 80 20 58000 CER 180 20 SOVDC CER 0150 3558 0160 4571 AR 9160 4571 22017 0160 4571 00 04 4 A23J30 1281 5054 CONNECTOR 14 PIN M POST TYPE 28480 1251 5064 28480 28490 28480 28480 1281 296 251 2909 1251 2909 1251 2967 CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONG JACK DIP
37. Figure 8 16 Mixer Diagram SOURCE ENABLE FLID PLOP 39254 17 Figure 8 17 Preset Counters 8 14 Madel 3325 Service CORN IMHz CLOCK gep COUNTER ER COD umm 1MMz CLOCK LEAR rp SIRE SISQRE STROBE MH CLOCK CLEAR COUNTER 20 TO Be Sho T ENABLE MH CLOCK BCD COUNTER COUNTER 0 TWO 5 1 IGITS CLOCK ENABLE aie Figure 8 18 D A Converter sm sose ES m ITCH sa anim PR S H S H STROBE 3325A 13 S H STROBE SWITCH ENABLE Figure 8 19 DAC Sample Hold Service 8 56 4 Digit D A Conversion A simplified diagram of the D A Converter is shown in Figure 8 18 The D A Converter DAC Integrator output voltage is proportional to the four digits of BCD information that is loaded into the Preset Counters The two current sources are enabled to supply constant current to the DAC Integrator for the length of time required for the Preset Counters to count down from the preset number to zero The current resulting from the two most significant digits is proportionally 100 times that from the two least significant digits For example if the 4 digit preset number were 5555 the enable time would be the same for both current sources but the current ratio would be 100 to 1 8 57 DAC Sample Hold Circuits After the Preset Counters have finished counting a
38. 1810 0140 0683 1035 NETWORK RES 4 81 22 0 OHM X RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC 1 400 4700 RESISTOR 3 6K 57 258 FC T RESISTOR 3 6K 5 25W FC TC 400 4700 NETWORK RES 8 019350 0 OHM X 7 CQ gO 1010 0289 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 11 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part ae Designation Number Description Mfr Part Number AGR1B T E NETWORK RES 9 SIPT0 9K OHM X 28480 10 0055 AGR19 E R OR 150 5 25W FC 400 3600 01121 b 3 1 1 OR 30K BA C T 30074700 91121 6R21 ISTOR 10 1 129M F 04 25 20480 0690 6619 KORA 8599 0102 RESISTOR 4 75 1 125 YCs4 25 28480 0679 0107 0683 5115 510 5 25 FC 400 600 01121 05524 0683 9115 519 5 295 400 603 01121 0683 1035 10K 5 2 40074700 81121 AGR26 2683 1835 2 18 54 22 400 800 01121 1810 0136 3 NETWORK RES 10 9 MULT YAL 28480 AGRSA 1010 0297 1 NETWORK RES B SIP3 3 K OM X 7 20480 AGERGI 0583 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 259 FC 400 700 03221 AGRA 9683 5115 9 EBISTOR 510 5 254 FC 4800 4600 01121 86855 0683 5115 EGISTOR 518 5 AIW FC 4007 5609 01121 6681 3101 1026 SNITCH TOL DIP RKR ASSY 7 14 1A 590 28480 1818 0702 5 10 NMOS 32768 320 450 5 AGUA 1818 0703 IG NMOS 32768 32K ROM 450 2 55576 9643 1019 0704 IC NMOS 32768 32K ROM 450 5 5 55576 322
39. 3 3 PANEL FEATURES Figure 141 3 100 3325A REMOTE PROGRAMMING Appendices 3 META MESSAGES BLOCK DIAGRAMMED 3 5 POWER WARMUP 3 101 3325A HP 1B Capabilities 3 8 INITIAL CONDITIONS Table 3 8 Interface Functions 3 10 SELF TEST 3 103 Developing an HP IB Program 3 12 FRONT REAR SIGNAL OUTPUT 3 107 Universal and Addressed Commands 3 14 SYNC OUTPUT 3 109 Placing the 3325A in Remote 3 16 EXTERNAL REFERENCE INPUT 3 111 The 3325 Address 73 18 10 MHz OVEN OPTION 001 Table 3 9 Summary of 3325A Programming 3 20 MANUAL PROGRAMMING ASCI Characters 3 22 Clear Display Table 3 10 Programming Codes 3 24 Entry Errors 3 113 3325A Data Message Formats 3 26 Function Selection 3 115 Data Transfer Mode 3 28 Frequency Entry 3 118 Programming Data Transfer Mode 3 30 Frequency Limits 3 120 Programming Entry Parameters 3 32 Frequency Display and Resolution Frequency 3 34 Auxiliary Output Sine Function Only Amplitude 3 36 Amplitude Entry Offset Table 3 2 Amplitude Limits of AC Functions Phase 3 39 Amplitude Calibration Sweep Start Frequency 3 41 High Voltage Output Option 002 Sweep Stop Fraquancy Table 3 3 High Voltage Output Amplitudes Sweep Marker Frequency 3 43 OC Offset Sweep Time d Table 3 4 and Figure 3 2 Maximum DC 3 122 Programming Waveform Function Offset Programming Binary ON or OFF Function 3 46 Phase Entry High Voltage Output Option 0
40. 5 14 1 8 10 6392 C4 1 8 T0 619z 9100 4038 06559 6044 8 741 8370 SN748112N 58727101 87415048 7 7 SN748 4N CA307T SN741 812 AN SN74L8175N Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description Mfr Part Number 85411 1026 0437 1 IC MULTIPLIER 14 DIP C PKG 94713 MOI ASL 3 3 SWITCH ANLG 8 DIP P 01295 TLOO1CP DP AMP LOW BIAG beIMPD DUAL 3 01 01295 0784 a 5 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 14 PIN PLSTC DIP 21505 CA3102E bad 8 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 16 PIN PLSTC DIP 31593 CA3127E s TRANSISTOR ARRAY 8 PLSTC DIP 28480 1830 0057 3417 1 4 ECL NOR QUAD 2 1 04713 2 018 2 2 2 2 1 GATE TTL 5 NOR QUAD 2 INP 01299 44748028 paN FF FTL 8 J K NEG DGE TRIG 01295 SN748112N ASU 320 02 2 XC OP AMP GP 8 01 PKG 28480 1820 0216 e3Y1 0419 1115 CRYSTAL GUARTZ 30 00000 MHZ 20480 0410 1115 0360 1715 1 TERMINAL STUD PRESS MTG 28480 0360 1715 2170600 CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 HM B5C 82 SQ 20480 1251 0600 3050 0080 WASHER FI NM NO 5 13 1 10 25 IN OD 28480 3090 7121 1234 LABEL CAUTION 1 925 IN WD 2 24 IN LG 28480 712 8150 3375 RESISTOR ZERO OHMS 22 LEAD DIA 28480 8150 03325 66505 2 KEY BOARD ASSEMBLY 28480 09325 66505 1150 3047 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 100 0 SOUDC CER 28480 0160 3847 7 CAPACTTOR FXD 01UF 4100 02 SUVD
41. 53047 AZAB 0160 3558 9160 3647 0160 0362 0160 0362 0160 3847 0160 2204 0180 0228 0160 2558 0160 0174 0140 0191 0140 0199 0169 2264 0150 3847 0160 3047 0140 0204 0160 3847 0160 2252 0180 0197 0180 0197 0180 1748 0160 3298 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0180 0229 0180 1746 0180 1746 0169 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 5847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3520 0160 2254 0160 2199 020900 9954192 o GOM hO 40 4 50 Yuan CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITGR FXD CAPACITOR F XD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPACITOR XD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPACTTOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACI TOR FXD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPAC TTOR FXD CAP ACT TOR CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPACITOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CA PACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAaPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITQR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAP CITOR FXD CAPACTTOR FXD AUF 20 50720 CER O1UF 100 0 50 0 CER S10PF 5 300UDC MICA 510PF 4 3 300UDC MICA 81087 100 0 SOVDC CER 100PF 5 300UDC MICA 22UF 10X 1500 AUF 20 509 CER A7UF 80 20 2590 CER 5 300UDC MICA 240PF 5 300UDC MICA 20PF 5 SU 0VDC CER 04 30
42. 6 11 Printed circuit assemblies are listed in Table 6 3 An itemized parts listing of each as sembly is located in the service group associated with each printed circuit assembly 6 Replaceable Parts silver aluminum ampere s gold capacitor ceramic coefficient 42 common Composition connection NO deposited double pole double throw double pole single throw electrolytic encapsulated gallium arsenide gigahertz 10 9 hertz guarded germanium ground ed heoryties assembly motor battery Capacitor diode delay line lamp mise electronic part ae Tahle 6 1 List of Abbreviations ABBREVIATIONS NPO hertz 1615 per inside diameter impregnated incandescent insulation edi kilohm s 10 3 ohms kilohertz 1053 hertz inductor i 90 linear taper logarithmic taper milliampereis 10 3 amperes megahertz 10 6 hertz megohm s 1056 ohms metal film Manufacturer millisecond 2222 mognting millivolt s 1077 volts 5 microfarad s microsecond 5 microvoltis 10 6 volts Mylar R nanoamperets 109 amperes closed neon pF piv pic pos poly normally open Si DESIGNATORS fitter heater integrated circuit jack relay induc tor meter mechanical part plug a OCR a
43. Affected instruments serial numbers 1748408790 and below Instruments in this serial number range do not have CR111 or R278 45 Page 8 J 7 8 J 8 Figure 8 43 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A04250 and below These instruments may have an A14 A4 board which contains connector J1 p n 1251 4494 for use with cable W32 p n 8120 2577 The older black connector and white cable have been replaced on newer boards by a more reliable connector orange p n 1251 6567 and cable gray p n 8120 3108 The new connectors are incompatible with the older cables as are the newer cables incompatible with the older connectors If the A14 A4 assembly is replaced in one of the above instruments refer to paragraph 8 113 in Section VIII for additional replacement information 7 40 Service Group K Output Amplifier P O 03325 66514 5 7 41 A14 Past To Present Table 7 12 briefly summarizes the engineering and manufacturing changes that have brought A14 to its current revision 7 42 The following backdating information pertains to the Output Amplifier portion of A14 A4 AS5 Page 8 K 5 8 K 6 Figure 8 44 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748401900 and below These instruments contain the output amplifier design shown in Figure 7 17 Model 3325 Service Table 7 12 A14 A4 Board Revisions Board Instruments Shipped Board Revision With This Revision Changes A4 Rev B 1748A00101 1748A00190 Re
44. C245 H 0104 R64 C66 C246 G 0105 D R65 R211 F CR1 A R212 F C76 CR2 Q106 E R67 c C77 CR3 0107 R68 R214 F C78 G CR4 B Q108 R69 R215 G 5 C101 D CR5 B 0109 R76 8216 CRE A R77 R217 F C103 D CR A 0112 R78 H R218 G C104 D 0113 79 H R219 G CR76 H 0114 R80 H C107 D R81 H R221 G C108 D CR101 D 0116 R222 G C109 D CR102 D Q117 F R100 D R223 G C110 D CR103 E Q118 F R101 D R224 G CR104 F 0119 R102 R226 G C111 D R103 D R227 G 112 D CR106 F Q201 F R104 D R228 G C113 D CR107 F Q202 G R105 D R229 G C114 D Q203 G CR205 G 0204 G R106 D R231 G C116 D CR208 G R107 D R232 G C117 D CR209 G Q206 G R108 D R233 G C118 E Q207 G R109 D R234 G C119 E CR210 G Q208 G R110 0209 G R236 G C121 E CR211 G R111 D R237 G C122 E CR212 G Q211 H R112 E R238 G C123 E CR213 G Q212 H R113 E R239 G C124 E CR214 G 0213 H R114 R241 G CR215 H a214 H R242 F C126 R116 E R243 G C127 216 G 0216 H 8117 R244 G C128 E 217 H Q217 G R118 C129 CR218 H Q218 H R119 E R246 G CR219 H 0219 H R120 E R247 H C131 E CR220 H R248 H C132 E CR221 H R1 A R121 R249 G 133 R122 E R250 H 1 B R3 A R123 C134 E F2 A R4 C R124 E R251 G C135 F F3 G R5 B R252 H F4 G R126 E R253 G C136 F R6 B R127 E R254 H C137 F 1 R7 B R128 8255 G C138 F J2 G R8 B R129 E C138 F J4 H R9 R256 H J5 G R131 E R257 H C141 F R11 132 R258 H C142 F J9 B R133 E R259 H C143 F 412 R26 A R134 E R2
45. DC OFfset Volts mV PHase Degrees Sweep STart Frequency Sweep StoP Frequency Un 5 t gt HZ KH MH vO MV VR MR DB MV DE Sweep Marker Frequency Sweep TIme Seconds Sweep Mode Linear Logarithmic StoRe Program REcall Program Front Rear Execution Functions Assign Zero Phase Perform Amptd Cal Start Single Start Continuous Perform Sell TEst 0 9 MODEL 3325A SYNTHESIZER FUNCTION GENERATOR HP IB PROGRAMMING CODE ASCII Characters 0 9 Rear or Front Panel Output I 2 High Voltage Output On 1 Off Amplitude Modulation MA On Off Phase Modulation MP On Off 9 Data 0 0 l 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 Decimal Interrogate Operations Function IFU Frequency IFR Amplitude IAM Offset ior Phase IPH Swp Start Freq IST Swp Stop Freq ISP Mkr Freq IMF Sweep Time ITI Swecp Mode 15 Rcar Front Qut IRF High Volt Out IHV Error IER Program Mode IMD Amptd Mode IMA Phase Mode IMP Error Codes See Paragraph 3 146 Appendix B Entry parameter out of bounds Invalid delimiter Sweep time too small or too large l 2 3 Frequency too large function 4 5 Offset and amplitude incompatible 6 Sweep frequency or bandwidth error 7 Unrecognizable mnemonic 8 Unrecognizable data character 9 Option does not exist Start Single code must be sent twice 55
46. HP IB from the active controller A 6 IFC TRUE ABORT MESSAGE UNADDRESSES ALL DEVICES Model 3325 Appendix B APPENDIX SECTION III PROGRAMMING THE MODEL 3325A with the MODEL 9825A CALCULATOR The following basic examples are provided to assis the operator in developing programs for the Model 3325A in an HP IB system which uses the hp Model 9825A Calculator as the system controller The calculator must be equipped with a General 1 O ROM and an Interface set to select code 7 The calculator controller normally holds the REN line true unless the 7 local command is sent REN may be returned to the true state by the 7 remote command Example 1 This js a basic program statement which accomplishes the following Address the controller to talk Address the 3325A to listen Sent Program Data Function Sine Frequency 5 kHz Amplitude 3 Vp p Offset 1 5 This portion places the bus in the command mode addresses the calculator to talk and the 3325A to listen Change to data mode Function Frequency All alphabetics must Amplitude be capitals mE Offset e T wrt Files PULFRSENAMSYOOR 1 540 The last parameter programmed can be changed without sending the parameter mnemonic For example following the program string above the offset OF may be changed to 1 V by a sending IVO 1 Appendix Model 3325
47. Mfr Part Number 5105 054715 81019 081055 1115 04 1 8 10 6018 4 1 8 70 2151 04 1 8 10 101 05 04 1 8 10 1961 5 04 1 8 10 1472 04 1 8 10 1472 C4 1 8 T 101 F CA 1 8 T0 4422 F 102 084705 2100 3211 CA 178 TO 1802 F 3292W 1 503 081065 0757 0488 C4 1 0 T 181 F 1935 682925 MF 401 8 TO0 13532 F 1 8 79 4811 084709 2194 3383 084705 C4 1 8 TO 1961 F 02 CE1015 081015 04 1 8 19 8254 APi F Cn2225 4705 CHAI 81055 2100 0567 C4 1 8 TO 1961 F 081015 CB1015 04 1 8 10 8258 TOS RF 284755 04 1 8 10 6811 1025 CE1835 Cp1025 04 1 8 9 40 C4 1 8 T9 109 15 5 CB1025 04 1 8 10 7580 PMESS 1 98 TU 26R1 F 081035 Ca2205 281035 1 8 0 4531 083025 Cg1 015 Cn332os 281925 001039 938 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Reference ON 2 umber Designation Description Mfr Part Numbe 8218148 1603 7515 RESISTOR 750 54 294 FC 400 4600 01121 218149 0683 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 BIW TC 400 7 760 11121 216190 0683 3325 RESISTOR 3 3K 5 298 FC TC 90 700 01121 283525 8218191 06983 1035 RESISTOR 10K 5 298 FC TC 400 700 01121 9010355 218152 0883 1055 RESISTOR 10 SZ 25 FC 4080 9700 01121 081035 8218161 0683 2415 3 RESISTOR 246 5X 29W 400 4600 81121 282415 4218162 0693
48. NOTE HP IB is Hewlett Packard Company s implementation of IEEE Standard 488 1978 Standard Digital Interface for Program mable Instrumentation 3 83 General HP IB Description 3 84 The HP IB is a parallel bus of 16 active signal lines grouped into three sets according to function to interconnect up to 15 instruments Figure 3 3 is a diagram of the interface connections and bus structure 3 85 Eight signal lines form the first set and are termed data lines The data lines carry coded messages which represent addresses program data measurements and status bytes The same data lines are used for input and DEVICE A Able to talk listen and control e g calculator DEVICE B Able to talk and listen teg digital voltmeter DEVICEC Only able to listen LI 8 9 signal generator DEVICE D able to talk le g tape reader Operation output messages in bit parallel byte serial form Nor mally a seven bit ASCII code represents each piece byte of data leaving the eighth bit available for parity checking 3 86 Data transfer is controlled by means of an inter locked handshake technique which permits data transfer asynchronously at the rate of the slowest device participating in that particular conversation The three data byte transfer control lines which implement the handshake form the second set of lines 3 87 The remaining five general interface man
49. Recommended Model Model hp 1740A hp 53284 with Opt 040 or 041 mstument Oscilloscope Electronic Counter Critical Gritical Specifications Vertical Bandwidth de to 100 MHz Deflection 1 V to 5 V div Horizontal Sweep Obys to 1 s div External Sweep Input Fraqu ncy measurement to 20 MHz Accuracy 2 counts Resolution 8 digits DC Digital Voltmeter 34554 Ranges 0 1 V to 100 V Resolution 6 digits Accuracy 40 19 50 ohm load Accuracy 20 296 hp 11048C Power Rating 1 W hp 141T 8552B 8553B 8566 8568 Frequency Range 1 MHz to 80 MHz Amplitude Accuracy 80 5 dB Noisa gt 70 dB below reference High Frequency Spectrum Analyzer Frequency Range 100 Hz to 50 kHz hp 3580A 3585A Amplitude Range 2 m V to 20 V Noise gt 80 dB below input refarence or 140 dBv 56 20 1 8W 1 0 hp 0757 0395 BNC fernale to dual banana plug hp 1250 2277 HP IB Control Capability hp 9825A with Low frequency Spactrum Analyzer Calculator Resistor 4700 2W 5 c Set the oscilloscope vertical control to 2 V div horizontal to 05 us div d The oscilloscope should display one cycle per divi sion approximately five divisions peak to peak e Change 3325A frequency to 1 MHz f Change oscilloscope horizontal control to 1 ps div g The oscilloscope should display one sine wave hav ing no visible irregularities High Voltage Output Option 002 h Set the osci
50. _ b LED os 2 MOTHERS ag mna R sss x ua ime 2 wb gt now 1 2 E 5 Futon 1 i 1 SV i I Reapers COUTE Om 2 K a LRA A SUFFERN TO SIGNAL mou ec d x j vas k sol 1 Q ow ar t m 1 psa a Hga Jupe gout ul accu Borer wf RB 46 On i 2 FF V da d umm moe mr qe To SOURCE AS D G 51 gt 42 4 4 Hn IE d SEE NOTE 1 38 Figure 8 36 Control Circuits A6 8 C 37 Service 8 C 38 t4 LINES ROM CONTROL m REGISTER l E RAM 1 CONTROL REGISTER mk Model 3325A ADDRESS ilI LINES DIRECT CONTROL READ ONLY Vines MEMORY puren TO 18 CIRCUITS _ BUS INTERNET PROCESSOR CLOCK INTERRUPT SWEEP LIMIT INTERRUPT PROCESSOR DATA BUS S OEY ACE EST READ WRITE CONTROLS READ WRITE CONTROL TO KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY FREQUENLY BYNTHESI8 FUNCTION BUFFER MACHINE BUS TO MACHINE DATA MACHINE DATA BUS KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY 18 LINES FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS FUNCTION ASSEMBLY Control Circuits Block
51. f Measure the voltage at each 10 segment point by setting the digital voltmeter delay to the following Enter on the Performance Test Record in the ap propriate spaces under Drive Ramp Measurement Percent of Ramp 002 20 003 30 004 40 005 50 006 60 007 70 008 80 009 90 Model 3325A g Algebraically add the voltages recorded in the Drive Ramp Measurement column and enter the total in the space h Multiply Ly by 45 which is Ex and enter the result in the space i Multiply each y value by the corresponding x value and enter in the times y column Total these values and enter in the space j The equation for determining the best fit straight line specification for each y value is y ao Where a and ag are constants to be calculated from data taken previously NOTE Calculate the values of a and a to at least five decimal places k First determine the value of a using the following equation LxLy n x n Where Ex Ey Exy ExLy Ez and Ex are the previously calculated values entered on the Performance Test Record n 9 the number of points to be calculated 1 Determine the value of using the equation Lx a ae n m Calculate the Best Fit Straight Line value for each point through yo using the equation Enter each result on the
52. 10 kHz Scan 10 msec div Log Reference Level 10dBm 10dBLOG sun peak bra 5 dBm SCAN ivoire INT Scan AUTO Connect the 3325A signal output to tbe spectrum analyzer input Do not use a 50 0 feed through termina tion d The spectrum analyzer should display the high level odd harmonics and low level even harmonics of the 10 MHz square wave e Adjust the bias 14 275 to minimize the 20M Hz second harmonic It should dip sharply to gt 34dB below the fundamental 5 16 Ramp Stability Equipment Required Oscilloscope with delayed sweep hp Model 1740A Connect 3325A signal output to the oscilloscope vertical input Do NOT use a 10 1 probe If the oscilloscope is an hp Model 1740A set the input switch to the 50 ohm position If your oscilloscope does not have a 50 ohm input use a 0 ohm load hp Model 11048C 50 ohm Feedthru Termination at the input b Set the 3325A as follows Positive Slope Ramp 100 Hz 10 Vp p Remove the RMP test jumper c Set the oscilloscope as follows Vertical Lass 2V div Main Sweep 2ms div Delayed Sweep 2048 div TREZE Spa ys Negative Delay aa Mid Screen Display oe Fee eee AorB Do not
53. 1414 12 8 SINGLE PHONO JACK DIP 28481 1475 1851 2969 CONNECTOR PHONG SINGLE PHONG JACK DIP 28480 1416 1251 6557 0 CONNECTOR 21 PIN M POST TYPE 28489 41419 CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONG JACK DIP 28400 CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONO JACK DIP 28400 9 14715 8 CONNECTUR PHONO SINGLE PHONG JACK DIP 20480 y 614214 5 8 SINGLE PHONO JACK DIP 28481 14123 1251 2969 8 CONNECTOR PHONQ SINGLE PHONG JACK DIP 28480 614 124 1251 2969 8 CONNEC TOR PHONO SINGLE PHONO JACK DIF 284810 814225 291 2969 8 SINGLE PHONO JACK DIP 814130 1251 5064 0 JOR 14 PIN M POST A14131 1258 0141 8 SURFER REM 1258 0141 8141 26 9100 1791 1 INDUCTOR 290NH 20 23DX 375LG 9100 1791 4141 27 9100 1791 1 INDUCTOR 290NH 20 230 37510 9100 1721 814176 9100 1791 1 INDUCTOR 290NH 20 37510 4 9100 1791 914 77 9100 1771 1 INDUCTOR 270 20 375 0 28488 9100 1791 ALAL7E 9109 1791 1 INDUCTOR 290NH 20 230X 375LG 20480 9100 1791 814179 9100 1791 1 INDUCTOR 27948 29 230 375 6 28489 9100 1791 6141 80 9100 0539 2 INDUCTOR MISC ITEM 28480 9100 0539 1 41 191 7141 0456 7 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 470 2 1660 569 6 28480 9140 0456 61 41102 9140 0455 7 INDUCTOR R CH MLD 470 2 166DX 353L6 28460 9140 0456 14UL103 9100 2486 3 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 330986 54 166DX 305LC 28480 9100 2486 1 41 104 9100 1622 7 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 24UH 5 146DX 3856 28404 9100 1622 1
54. 1748A02475 went Rev B when U25 and assoc ckty were added to reclock HINV to the Frac N IC See Svc Grp E 21 Rev 1748A02476 1748A02600 went A21 Rev A following rede sign and layout of the VCO plus mod to the S H ckty See Svc Grps D E F 1748 02601 1748A07390 Rev B boards are identical to Rev A with the exception of PC trace location 1748A07391 Present went Rev C following mod to VCO ckty See Svc Grp D Note that all serial number ranges are approximate 7 23 The following backdating information pertains to the N F Counter portion of the 21 1 assembly A3 Page 8 E 3 8 E 4 Figure 8 38 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A0230 and below The above range of instruments contain the HINV clocking circuitry shown in Figure 7 5 Note the hp part number for U5 is 1820 1112 BE Figure 7 5 HINV Clocking Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748400230 And Below 7 8 Model 3325 Service A3 Page 8 E 3 8 E 4 Figure 8 38 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748 01200 and below The preceding range of instruments do not have R146 A3 Page 8 E 3 8 E 4 Figure 8 38 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A02475 and below The preceding range of instruments contain the U8 gating circuitry shown in Figure 7 6 zone a BEE Tewa
55. 4 key For a negative phase shift press the key before entering the numerical data For square wave frequencies below 25 kHz phase changes greater than 25 may result a phase shift 180 from the desired amount 3 48 After entering a phase shift the new phase may be assigned the zero phase position and subsequent changes in phase referenced to that point To assign zero phase press the blue entry prefix key then press ASGN ZERO 9 PHASE key 3 49 Frequency Sweep SWEEP LINEAR LOG 2 ce E o 10 o aT B m i 0 000 0 3 50 Frequency sweep is phase continuous over the full frequency range that is there are no discontinuities in the output waveform When the instrument is turned on the sweep mode is set to linear and the parameters are set as follows Start 1 000 000 0 Hz Stop 10 000 000 0 Hz Marker Frequency 5 000 000 0 Hz 1 0 sec Table 3 4 Maximum DC Offset with any AC Function AC Amplitude Entry Maximum DC peak to peak Offset or 1 000 mV with 4 500 mV to 3 333 mV with 3 334 mV with to 9 999 mV with 10 00 mV with to 33 33 mV with 33 34 mV with to 99 99 mV with 100 0 mV with to 333 3 mV with 333 4 mV with 3 333 mV 14 99 mV 11 66
56. 6096 50 ys 4086 30 12096 sumsit Ey Exy Calculated Best Fit 4 560V 4 620 Straight Line y gt y4 ya y yg yg Calculated Best Fit Straight Line 8 aa yg yg ya Ya Tolerances Minimum Maximum Tolerances Minimum Maximum Par 4 67 x Drive Linearity x Values iw 2 X5 Xg X7 fF uu t de 7 45 Ex 2025 rx 285 Positive Slope Measurement times y 1096 2095 30 ya 40 50 ys 6098 70 80 90 Ey LXLYy Par 4 69 Ramp Period Variation Negative Slope Ramp 100 Hz Positive Slope Ramp 100 Hz Positive Slope Ramp 99 9 Hz Par 4 71 HP IB Interface Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4 Test 5 Test 6 Test 7 Pass Fail EXY or Attach Calculator Tape Calculated Best Fit Straight Line ya vg yg 4 100 gs lt 100 lt 100 Tolerances Minimum Maximum Maintenance described herein is performed with power supplied to the instrument and pro tective covers removed Such maintenance should be performed only by service trained personnel who are aware of the hazards in volved for exam
57. AMPLIFIER A OPTION 002 14 Each box contains a code such as 14 4 This lists first the board number followed by the schematic number 3325 8 28 9 ACD OUT Figure 8 J 1 Sine Amplitude Control Path 8 1 4 3325 Service Board Board Board Board Board Deslgnator Location Designator Location Designator Location Des gnator Location Designator Location 205 430 H R31 B R136 E 2 C2 B J31 R32 B R137 E C3 C208 F J32 F R33 8 A138 E C4 C209 F R34 B R139 E C5 126 8 C6 C211 F 127 8 R36 B R141 E C212 F R37 B C26 A C213 F L76 E R38 B R143 E C27 A C214 F 177 R39 B R144 F C28 A 178 R40 B R145 F C29 A C216 G L79 F C217 G R41 B R146 F C31 B C218 G 1101 R42 B R147 F C32 8 C218 G L102 R43 B 2148 F C33 8 1103 R44 B R149 F C34 8 C221 G L104 F R45 C35 C222 G 105 151 C223 G L201 F R46 B R152 F C36 B C224 G R47 B R153 F C37 B C225 G 1 R48 B R154 F C38 B P32 F R49 156 9 B C226 G RSO B R157 F C227 G 01 B R158 F C41 B C228 G Q2 B R51 159 C42 B C229 G Q3 B R52 160 230 H R53 C44 B C231 H 025 B R54 8161 C45 B Q26 B R162 F C233 G Q27 C R56 C R163 F C46 8 C234 G 028 B R164 F C47 c C235 H 857 C48 C236 H 076 H R58 R166 F C49 C237 H Q77 H C238 H 078 G R60 c R168 F C61 C239 H R169 F C62 0101 R61 C63 0241 H Q102 D R62 R208 F C242 H Q103 E R63 R209 F C65
58. Access to Reverse Side of Assemblies i y a yn 8 27 8 28 0 Basic Troubleshooting Procedure 5 31 8 29 Signature Analysis Test 4 8 A 5 8 30 Keyboard and Display A5 8 A 7 8 A 8 8 31 Signature Analysis Test 3 8 B 5 8 B 6 8 31 b Signature Analysis Test 3 8 B 7 8 B 8 8 31 c 8 32 Signature Analysis Test 3 3 8 B 9 HP IB Circuits 8 B 11 33 a Signature Analysis Test 1 8 C 19 8 C 20 8 33 b Signature Analysis Test 1 8 21 8 22 8 34 a Signature Analysis Test 2 8 C 25 8 C 26 8 34 0 Signature Analysis Test 2 8 C 27 8 C 28 8 35 a Signature Analysis Test 5 8 C 31 8 C 32 8 35 b Signature Analysis Test 5 8 C 33 8 C 34 8 35 c 8 36 8 37 8 38 8 1 8 39 8 G 1 8 40 8 1 8 41 8 1 1 8 42 8 J 1 8 43 8 1 8 44 8 45 8 46 847 8 48 8 49 8 50 Signature Analysis Test 5 8 C 35 Control Circuits 8 C 37 VCO A21 and VCO Buffer EIE 8 D 7 8 D 8 Counter A21 8 E 3 8 E 4 TP9 and 10 Waveforms 8 F 4 Fractional N Analog A21 8 F 5 8 F 6 Sine Amplitude Control Path 8 G 2 30MHz Reference and Dividers Mixer A3 8 3 8 4 Sine Amplitude Control Path 8 1 3 D A Converter and Sample Hold AT rccte 8 1 5 8 1 6 Sine Amplitude Control Path 8 J 4 Function Circuits 14 8 1 7 8 1 8 Sine Amplitude Control Path 8
59. Alternating or direct current power line The WARNING sign denotes a hazard It cails attention to a pro cedure practice condition or the like which if not correctlv per formed or adhered to could result in injury or death to personnel The CAUTION sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to an operating procedure practice condition or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to or destruction of part or all of the product The NOTE sign denotes important information It calls attention to procedure practice condition or the like which is essential to highlight Model 3325A TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page I GENERAL INFORMATION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 Instrument Description 1 1 1 9 1 1 1 1 Supplemental Operating Information 1 1 1 13 Remote 1 1 1 15 151 1 17 Accessories 1 5 1 19 Accessories Available 1 5 1 21 Instrument and Manual Identification 1 6 1 24 Safety Considerations 1 6 1 27 Recommended Test Equipment 1 6 Section Page H INSTALLATION 2 1 2 1 Introduction css 2 1 2 3 Initial 2 1 2 5 Preparation 2
60. DiUF 100 0 SOUDC CER DIUF 1000 SOVDC CER 47PF 5 SOOVDC MICA 4 1 100 0 S0UDC CER 6 2PF 25 50090 CER 2 2UF 10 z 20VDC 2 2UF 10X 1SUF 10 20UDC 20 5G6UDC 1UF 4100 07 SOVDC CER 100 0 S0UDC CER 01UF 1000 50 CER 1 4190 0 SOVDC CER S3UF 10X 10UDC 1SUF 10X 2090 150 4 102 20UDC 100 0 50900 CER OLUF 100 04 50906 CER 100 0 50900 CER 01 160 0 SOVDC CER 01UF 100 0 SOVDC CER 1000 SOVDC CER 7SPF 17 100UDC MICA 7 25 500UDG CER 8 2PF 25 508 CER 100 0 SOVDC CER 19PF 17 300UDC MICA 5 300900 MICA 28480 28480 28480 20490 28480 20480 56289 28480 28480 72136 72136 20480 28480 28480 72156 28480 28480 56289 56289 56289 28480 28490 23480 28480 28480 26289 56287 56889 28480 20480 28480 28480 20480 28480 28480 298480 28480 28489 28480 28480 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6160 3558 0160 3847 0160 0362 0160 0362 0160 3847 0160 2204 150D226X90 1582 0160 3858 0160 0174 15 560 70 30054 DM15F241703004U1CR 01690 2264 0160 3847 0160 3847 DM15E470I085004U1CR 0160 3847 0160 2258 1509225 902082 1509225 902032 1509156 902082 0150 3558 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 5047 190073
61. PTO ISOLATOR L ED PDT10ZXSTR IF MAX 29400 2 1990 0577 5 PTO TSOLATOR 1 I MA 28480 5082 864053 1990 0577 OPTO ISOLATOR LED PDIO XSTR 50 28480 50 A6US4 1990 0461 7 2 OPTO ISOLATOR LED IC IPz10MA MAX 28430 5 4355 4364 OPTO ISOLATOR LED IC GATE 1 10 28480 5002 4364 IC BFR TTL QUAD 2 1 01275 SN7430N SHF RGTR TTL LS R S PRL IN PRL DUT 01295 9SN74L S19 SAN IC GHF RGTR TTL LS R 8 PRL IN PRL DUT 01275 SN74L8195AN SHF RGTR TTL LS 8 5 PRL OUT 01295 5 741 6195 AGUS 1990 0461 ALUSE 1820 0621 ALUS 1820 1300 05 1820 1300 8059 1920 1300 00r SCHMITT TRIG TTL LS INY MEX 1 INP 01295 SN74L814N gt LCH TTL LS QUAD 01295 SN74185279N GATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 SN74LS00N SCHMITT TRIG TTL LS INY HEX 1 INP 01295 SN74LS14N gt FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 01275 SN741 8746N 1820 1416 A6U61 1820 1440 AGUEZ 1820 1197 ALIS 1820 1415 80064 1820 1112 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 12 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Q Reference Designation ALVES 66567 66068 86069 Mfr Part Number Description IC 7805 9 YO 220 IC UART TTL QUAD IC UART TTL QUAD IC FF TTL LS b TYPE POS EDGE TRIG IC BFR TTL NAND QUAD 2 INP 04713 04713 94713
62. Phase ST Sweep Start Frequency SP Sweep Stop Frequency MF Sweep Marker Frequency TI Sweep Time After rece ving a parameter interrogation the 3325A will send back the following the next time it is addressed to talk Mnemonic Data Delimiter CR ASCII Carriage Return LF amp EOI ASCII Line Feed with sent simultaneously Mnemonic The mnemonic of the parameter being in terrogated Data 11 digits of ASCII numerics equal to the value of the specified parameter plus decimal point If the value is negative the first digit is a minus sign Delimiter The data suffix mnemonic denoting the parameter value see Paragraph 3 120 NOTE Only one parameter can be interrogated by each interrogation message 3 150 Interrogating Function Waveform 3 151 The 3325A may be interrogated by the controller to determine the current function programmed The programming syntax for interrogating function 15 1 Mnemonic EOS 1 The ASCII character I and indicates interrogation desired 3 25 Operation Mnemonic FU Function After receiving IFU the 3325A will send back the following the next time it is addressed to talk Mnemonic Data CR ASCII Carriage Return LF amp ASCII Line Feed with EOI sent simul taneously Mnemonic FU Data One ASCII numeric indicating function as follows 0 DC Only Offset Sine 2 Square 3 Triangle 4 Positive Slope Ramp 5 Negative
63. YES YES 2 PCUS YES U72 13 PCUS YES U62 5 0000 U62 6 PCUS Hi i NO NO Atn Signal 062 4 0000 r DAV Signa To S A Test Erroneous Troubleshoot 072 ipleshoot 164 158 NT 14 4 gt 5V AUHC YES YES Troubleshoot 035 41 U39 1 AUHG YES YES lash U39 3 AUH6 039 2 AUHG oot NO NO Troubleshoot Fractional Troubleshoot Control 21019 Troubleshoot U39 U39 6 0000 Troubleshoot 032 962 6 PCUS NO U62 4 0000 NO Troubleshoot U72 Handshake Error Troubleshoot uez nal Figure 8 35 a Signature Analysis Test 5 8 C 31 8 C 32 Fis 8 35 b 54 6 5 CUSC YES Use A Dual Trace Oscilloscope To Observe YES 31 6 CUSC YES Signals At U35 Pins 1 and 031 6 12 Pin 12 Should Be Low When Pin 1 Goes Low NO YES U34 11 CUSC NO Troubleshoot U35 Circuits With Oscilloscope Troubleshoot 034 YES 018 1 0000 NO Troubleshoot Troubleshoot ua U31 4 PEH YES Troubleshoot 031 Troubleshoot 917 Troubleshoot 4 8 25 PIE 277 4 4525 5 Fractional N IC Data Lost Connect one input of a dual trace oscilloscope to A21U28 pin 1 and trigger this input Use other input to observe pins 20 through 23 of A21U19 pin 20 should be at the tima U28 1 low and the other pins 21 23 should be
64. 0 GILE 105 02 SOUDC 1900PF 4 207 30UDC CER 1000PF 4 204 50900 CER CAPACITOS U TRMR AIR 1 3 5 4 1759 CAPACITOR CAPACTTOR FAD CAPACITOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAP ACTTOR FXD CAPACITOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACXTOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACT TOR FXD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPACITOR CAPACITOR FXD CAPACTTOR F XD CAPACITOR F XD CAPACITOR TXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD PAP ACI TOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPAGITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITUR FXD DIODE ZNR 5 119 DIGDE SWITCHING DIODE SWITCHING DIODE ZNR 51 19 DIODE SWITCHING DLODE SWITCHING DIODE SWITCHING DIODEL SWITCHINC DIODE SWITCHING 80 20 50900 CER 150 4 103 209 TA 80 20 S0UDC CER iUF 100 0z 50 0 CER 5 1 25PF 802000 CER 4100 03 SQUDC CER DiUF 4100 042 50 0 CER 4100 02 50 0 CER 2SPF 500 0 CER 01UF 4190 0 50900 CER 01UF 100 0 SQUDC CER 010 100 0 59920 CER DIDF 108 0 59 0 CER 15 10 2 VDC iur 3080 2035 50000 CER 3 3 64 207 15900 TA 2100 04 50900 CER U1UF 180 02 SQUDC CER 100 10 1 CER 01UF 00 20X 100900 iUT s80 20z 50906 100PF 10 1KVDC CER DiUF 4000 SOUDC CER U1UF 100 0 50900 CER 15UF 104 20900 15UF4 104
65. 01295 01295 78050 MC34416P SN74L 8273N SN7430N 1826 0144 1920 1558 1020 1558 1820 1736 1822 9621 m 6170 1820 1197 86071 1828 1204 A678 1920 1197 6175 1020 1281 GATE TTL LG NAND QUAD 2 1 91295 IC GATE LS WAND DUAL 4 1 01295 IC GATE TTL 8 NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 IC DCDR TTL LS 2 10 4 1 1 DUAL 2 INP 01295 SN74L900N SN7AL82U0N SN741800N SN74LS139N 861475 1906 0096 1820 1199 1970 0076 DIODE FM BRDG IC INV TTL LG ELECTRON 2 HEX 1 1 SURGE U PTCTR 94713 01295 28480 202 58748 04 1270 0076 8350 1715 0024 0227 0737 0443 1251 4484 1460 1336 TERMINAL STUD SCGL PIN SCREU TPG 4 40 N LG PAN HD PQZI STL RESISTOR 11K 1 125W F 10 04 100 CONNECTOR 4 PIN M POST TYPE WIREFORM CU BRT 28480 00000 24546 20480 20480 0360 1716 ORDER BY DESCRIPTIQN C4 1 8 T0 1102 F 1291 4404 1460 1356 2120 0713 2200 0143 2260 0001 3050 0105 3030 0440 2190 0913 WASGHER LK 4 115 1 10 2200 0142 SCREW MAUH 4 40 375 1 10 PAN HD POZI 2260 0001 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 4 40 THD 094 1 3050 0105 2 WASHER FL MTLC 4 l29 IN ID 3050 0440 WASHER SHLDR NO 4 115 1 19 2 1 09 20480 28480 28489 28489 28480 7120 6712 7121 1234 7120 6712 7121 1234 LABEL WARNING GeITN WD 1 IN LG MYLAR 284800 LABEL CAUTION 1 925 I
66. 03225 66502 0160 3508 0169 3508 0180 2655 0160 3508 15080475 001042 0180 2633 0150 4610 0160 3847 1500689 000642 0160 3847 0180 2822 0180 0423 0180 0425 0180 5008 0180 2823 CAPACITOR FXD 470UF 560 1602 6 3VDC AL 20490 0180 2023 04712 94715 84713 04713 28480 751 8751 751 751 1902 0025 1701 0662 1901 0662 1901 0662 1901 0662 1902 0025 DIGDE PWR RECT 1009 hA DIODE PUR RECT 1000 64 DIODE PWR 1060 6A DIODE PWR 100 DIODE ZNR 10U 5 00 39 PD 4U 10 4 063 04 2085 ACCRIO AGRI 28480 20480 04713 3 585 28480 1902 3214 1201 0040 1ND25 246400 1901 0049 1902 3214 1901 0040 1902 0777 1884 0266 1901 0040 10 2 8 16 20 2 00 35 PD 4W DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2 5 00 33 DIODE ZNR 1 825 6 29 SZ 00 7 THYRISTOR SCR 2N6400 220 VRRM S0 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2 5 00 35 Kamas 1901 0040 1901 0840 1901 0518 1901 9040 1901 0535 DIODE SUITCHING 30U SOMA ZNS 00 35 DIODE HWITCHING 30V SOMA 2856 00 35 DIGDE SH SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2 5 DO 35 DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 28480 20480 29400 28480 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0518 1901 0040 1901 0535 ABCRIS APCRI6 ASCR17 A2CR19 1901 0518 DIObE 8M SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901 0518 0490 0745 RELAY 16 6 011 1 115UAC 28480 0490 0745 9100 3807 INDUCTOR RF CH M
67. 1 CHAR 43 H 29490 5082 7683 5 5 CHAR 43 H 28480 8082 7653 DIS G 1 0 A3 H 20480 5082 7653 DIGPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 43 H 28480 92 7693 DISPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 43 28490 5002 7555 5016 1999 0592 17 1790 0592 25118 1994 0592 5019 1990 0592 AGU20 1999 0592 Cm en Cn S CKET IC 14 CONT DIP DIP SLDR 28489 1200 0638 SOCKET IC 14 00 DIP DIP SLDR 28480 1200 1630 SOCKET IC 14 CONT DIP DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0638 SOCKET 1C 14 00 DIP DIP SLDR 28490 1200 0639 14 CONT DIP DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0638 0 1200 8638 AXXUT1 1200 0630 ASUTE 1200 0638 ASXULS 1200 0638 eSxut4 1200 0638 BOCKET XC 14 00 DIP DIP SLDR 28480 1200 0638 SOCKET IC 14 CONT DIP DIP SLDR 480 1200 0038 14 CONT DIP SLOR 28498 1209 0638 14 DIP DIP GLDR 28480 1220 0658 1 14 DIP DXP OLDR 29489 1200 0638 ATXIS 1200 0638 ASXU16 1200 0538 1200 0638 1200 0638 amp 5XU19 1200 0638 1200 0638 SOCKET IC t4 CONT DIP GLDR 28480 1200 0638 SCREU TPG 4 40 25 IN LG 021 STL 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION SLEEVING FLEX 84 10 MEMA 3 019 WALL 80000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION WIREFORM CU BRT TIN 28480 1469 1336 LABEL CAUTION 1 925 IN WD 2 24 IN LG 28480 7121 1234 CUT JUMPER 28480 JUMPER 0624 0227 0890 0164 1460 1326 7121 1234 JUMPER N WX 6 03325 66506 3 2 C
68. 10 The following SA tests are available for checking the A6 assembly Note that when running the tests and using the bus address switch pack on the A6 board use the logic levels and switch num bers printed on the PC assembly Disregard the numbers printed on the pack itself ROM Test Checks the ROMs processor and buffer SA Test 1 Checks the data path from the processor to the machine data bus and back SA Test 2 Checks the RAM address counter and the RAMs SA Test 3 Checks the 1 path from the processor to the HP IB connector and back See Service Group B 8 C 1 Service 8 C 2 Model 3325A SA Test 4 Checks the processor s ability to identify front panel switch closures and stuck switches It also checks the A5 LED drivers current sources and digital circuits See Service Group A SA Test 5 Checks the path from the processor to the Fractional N chip It also checks the interrupt lines carry sweep limit flag path VCO lines and the turn on circuit SA Test 0 Used after all other tests have failed to isolate the problem During this test the processor sends digital signals to all points on the A6 board so that signatures can be taken This test should be used with the schematic so that bad signatures can be traced to their origin Signature analysis is not effective when trying to isolate a problem that is intermittent If it can be determined that the intermittent symptom is originating from the A6 b
69. 120 HEAT SINK 70 5 0 39 09 0340 0156 z INSULATOR XSTR THRM CNDCT 1251 4246 CONNECTOR 3 P TN M POST 28480 1251 4246 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 13 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part Designation Number Description Mfr Part Number TRANSISTOR DUAL NPN PD 750MM 28480 1854 0475 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 j 300 2 94713 243904 TRANSISTOR PNP SI F Ta S 0MHZ 28486 1853 0036 TRANSISTOR PNP 51 FT 200M4Z 28480 1853 0042 TRANSISTOR NPN 51 FT 30 8MHZ 04713 2N3904 AGRI 1854 0475 ABZ 1054 0215 A893 1852 0036 1853 0042 4895 1854 0215 eon 1854 0215 ABA 1853 0920 808 1853 0020 ABQ11 1854 0215 1053 0042 TRANSISTOR NPN 52 FT 360MHZ 04713 2N3904 TRANSISTOR PNP SI FT 150MHZ 28480 1 0020 TRANSISTOR PNP SI FT 1S0MHZ 28480 1853 0020 TRANSISTOR NPN GI FT 300MHZ 04713 2N3904 TRANGISTOR PNP ST 200 2 28480 1853 0042 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PDe350MW FT 300MHZ 94713 2N3904 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 15W Y 50MMZ 04713 MIEGOS TRANGISTOR PNP 51 PD 15W FT c50MHZ 04713 MIE233 98913 1854 0215 88814 1854 0692 ABAIS 1852 0357 NOM RESISTOR 4 99 1 1254 F TC 0 100 24546 1 8 0 4 991 RESISTOR 51 1 1 125W F TCs04 100 24546 04 1 8 10 5112 RESISTOR 2 1 199W F 0 106 24546 Q4 1 8 T0 2001 F RESISTOR 2K 1
70. 125W F TC 04 100 24546 4 1 8 70 2942 A3R29 0696 3154 RESISTOR 4 22K 1X 129M F TCa 100 24546 4 1 8 0 4221 30 2100 3789 4 RESTSTOR lt TRMR 20K 10 C 17 18 28480 2100 3789 ARRAS 0757 0283 A3827 0757 0442 eo o RESISTOR 5 25 FC TC 400 600 01121 CE1025 RESISTO R TRMR 20K 10 C TOP ADJ 17 TRN 28480 2100 3789 RESISTOR 1 688 1 1254 F TCs04 25 26486 0699 0191 RESISTOR 259 6 1 1254 F 04 20 28480 0699 0189 RESISTOR 75 5 25W FC 400 4000 01121 CR7935 A3R32 0683 1025 83833 2100 3789 83834 0699 0191 AFRIG 0699 0189 5837 0683 7539 RESISTOR 2 155 1X 125 F 0 100 24546 04 1 8 0 2151 RESISTOR 1 21 1 125U 04 100 24546 78 TO 1211 F RESISTOR iK 5 254 400 500 01121 201025 RESISTOR 200 1 125 F 04 100 24546 04 1 8 10 201 RESISTOR 4 64 1X 125W F 0 190 94546 178 T0 4641 F ASR38 0598 0084 ASRS 0757 0274 AIRA 9683 1025 42 0757 0407 545 9698 3155 RESISTOR 4 64 15 1250 F 09 100 24546 1 8 0 4841 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 125W F TC 9 100 24946 24 1 8 10 1472 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 125W TCzs04 100 24546 71 8 T0 1472 F RESISTOR 47 29M FC 400 500 01121 CB4705 RESISTOR 470 5 258 FC 400 4600 01121 084715 ABR44 0598 3155 63845 0698 3156 A3RAG 0698 3156 ASR 47 0683 4705 0583 4715 RESISTOR 10K 54 25 400 700 91121
71. 13 01 dBm Output Impedance 500 Phase Noise Integrated 9 9 MHz lt 63 dB 20 MHz lt 70 dB Spurious 75 dB below fundamental Double Balanced Mixer Impedance 50 9 hp Frequency Range 1 MHz 20 MHz AC DC Digital AC function Trua RMS hp 3455A Voltmater Ranges 1 V to 100 V Accuracy 0 296 Resolution 6 digits Crest Factor 4 1 DC Function Ranges 0 1 V to 100 V Accuracy 0 0596 Resolution 6 digits 1 MHz Low Pass Filter Cut off Frequency 1 MHz F882 1MHz LPF Stopband Atten 50 dB by 4 MHz Allen Avionies Inc Stopband Freq 4 MHz 80 MHz 224 E Second St Mineola NY 11501 15 kHz Filter Consisting of Resistor 10 1 hp 0757 0340 Capacitor 1600 pF 5 0160 2223 4700 2W 5 hp 0698 3634 Meter Log scale AG Voltmeter Ranges 0 1 V to 1 V hp 400 Acc 100 Hz to 10 kHz 1 Frequency Range 2 Hz 1 MHz Sine Wave Signal Frequency 10 kHz hp 204C Source Amplitude 1 V rms into 20 Distortion 60 dB Input Impedance 1 MQ 4 11 Performance Tests Instrument Oscilloscope Vertical Horizontal 10 magnification Electronic Counter Volts 45 V Amps 10 mA Floating Output DC Power Supply Thermal Converter 20 MHz Consisting of Resistive Divider Resistiva Divider Consisting
72. 3D gt 28480 28480 28480 1205 0298 0540 0564 1258 0141 AGMP 1 AOMP 1205 0298 0340 9564 1258 0141 HEAT SINK PLSTC PWR CS INSULATOR XSTR CNDCT Connector Shorting 20480 1251 3750 28480 1 4822 28480 1251 4245 5 1251 3750 6P26 1251 4922 06 52 1251 4245 CONNECTOR 10 POST TYPE CONNECTOR 3 1 M POST TYPE CONNECTOR 2 M POST 1854 0071 2N3904 26480 04713 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 300 FT 200MMZ TRANSISTOR NPN PDe350MM FT 300MHZ 1854 0071 6602 1854 0215 28488 0598 8344 91121 CH7E2S 01121 CB6815 1121 081055 01121 CR1035 AR 1 0599 0344 AERE 0683 7525 AARI 0683 6815 AGRA 0683 1055 AGRS 0683 1035 RESISTOR 604K 1 125W TCs0 100 RESISTOR 7 55 5 25W FC 400 709 RESISTOR 680 5 258 FC 400 600 RESISTOR 10K 54 258 FC 400 780 RESISTOR 10K 5 254 FC 400 700 1810 0055 CA 1 9 T0 A921 F 4 1 8 0 9521 1810 0076 1825 28480 24546 24546 25490 01121 NETWORK RES 9 SIP10 0K OHM X 8 RESISTOR 99 1 125 0 04 100 RESISTOR 9 53K 1 1254 F TC 03 100 NETWORK RES 9 01 1 8 OHM X 8 RESISTOR 1 0 5 25W 1 400 2700 AGRE 1816 0055 587 0698 3279 ARG 1678 4020 AOR 1810 0076 ARID 9605 1825 5 04007 81035 085625 2625 2094331 91637 91121 01121 01121 01121 06115 16814 ARIS A6816 A6817
73. 9 S EES AMPUTUDE SINE ZABLE FROM 1228 oy 1545 T GRITTY lt gt FUNCTION SINE ALL OTHER 45 SEE SECTION SEE PARAGRAPH 65 15 WHEN REPLACING AM 4 SQUARE NAME E FROM U28 7Y 4 4 l 4 99 TRIANGLE ENABLE FROM 026 2 OFFSET CONTROL gia Dc FROM 925 OFFSET ERROR FROM U19 MTM FOR AL FUNCTIONS EXCEPT SINE 14 8 03 SMM FIG SEE NOTES 55 OUTPUT AMPLIFIER K SUMMING JUNCTION Ls TRIANGLE AND a Rae SR CROT 2222 TRIAGE ENABLE AB Cr FROM 028 4 00 OFFSET CONTROL 212 OFFSET AK FROM 3544 lt 128 up OFFSET amp RROR RON U19 lo ejr SQUARE ENABLE FROM 220579 ON FOR ALL TRIANGLE ENABLE FRO EXCEPT 2 95 TRIANGLE Swe AnSc Tere Y TO AMPL MODULATOR FROM UCA LT GABLE PT G TS BASAR A Figure 8 43 Function Circuits A14 8 J 7 8 J 8 Model 3325 Service SERVICE GROUP K OUTPUT AMPLIFIER AND LEVEL COMPARATOR Output Amplifier and Level Comparator Troubleshooting If the instrument accepts and displays entries but there is neither a signal nor sync output the trou ble may be in the Output Amplifier circuit Note that when troubleshooting ampli
74. A 8 EXCLUSIVE OR GATE m a ma b n I ror ar cl D CT rIrsr u rrrrzrzrzrri w rr rr gt 2 EEF IF F ICIO oa r TIF Model 3325 Service REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY REFERENCE ASSEMBLY PART NUMBER DESIGNATION NAME INCLUDES 2 SUBASSEMBLY JACK KAB IS MOUNTED ON POWER SUPPLY 66501 CHASSIS OR ANOTHER ASSEMBLY NN PLUG 15 MOUNTED ON ASSEMBLY OR iS PART OF THE ASSEMBLY BOARD COMPLETE DESIGNATOR IS A2PI XAR 2 FERRITE 15 NOT MOUNTED TEST VOLTAGE ON A2 ASSEMBLY i COMPLETE DESIGNATOR 1S Pi h ene OR S COMPLETE DESIGNATOR IS 4284 2 SUBASSEMBLY OF A DENOTES SCHEMATIC X NETE DESIGNATOR 15 ON WHICH CONNECTION lt lt INDICATES Al PIN OF XA2 AND 1924 l 2 MALE STANDOFF WIR R R IS THE SAME AS THE RESISTOR COLOR CODE FIRST EYELET OR STAND P MAT OR MAY Wine NUMBER INDICATES BASE COLOR SECOND OFF TERMINAL MAY OR NOT BE NUMBERED NUMBER INDENTIFIES WIDER STRIP 4 MAY NOT BE NUMBERED COMPLETE THE THIRD INDICATES THE NARROWER DESIGN TOR NAL STRIP 924 DENOTES WHT RED YEL WIRE 1 LEM PARTIAL REFERENCE DESIGN
75. Belf Testi deri reds 4 1 5 17 Amplitude 5 5 4 12 Sine Wave Verification 4 1 5 18 Mixer Spurious Signal 5 6 4 14 Square Wave Verification 4 2 4 16 Triangle and Ramp Verification 4 3 Mona Page 4 18 Amplitude Flatness 4 3 4 20 Sync Output Check 44 VI REPLACEABLE PARTS lige vy ama 6 1 4 22 Frequency Accuracy 44 6 1 Introduction eene eene 6 1 4 24 Output Level and Attenuator 6 4 Ordering Information 6 1 Chek reas ct 4 4 6 6 Non Listed 6 1 4 26 Harmonic Distortion Test 4 5 6 8 Proprietary Parts 6 1 4 28 Close In Spurious Signal Test 4 6 6 10 Printed Circuit Assemblies 6 1 4 30 HP IB Interface Test 4 6 4 32 Performance Tests 4 11 4 35 Equipment 4 12 Section Page 4 31 Harmonic Distortion Test 4 12 MANUAL BACKDATING 7 4 39 Spurious Signal Tests 4 13 7 1 Introduction 7 1 4 41 Integrated Phase Noise Test 4 15 7 3 ie sisal 7 1 4 43 Amplitude Modulation Envelope 7 5 Change Sheets and Service Notes 7 1 Distortion Test 4 15 7 8 Backdating Information 7 2 4 45 Square Wave Rise Time 7 9 Service Group A Keyboard and and Abberations
76. Example 2 This program sets up sweep parameters and initiates a single sweep Address the controller to talk Address the 3325A to listen Send Program Data Function Sine Amplitude 3 Vrms Start Frequency 1 kHz Stop Frequency 10 kHz Marker Frequency 5 kHz Sweep Time 2 seconds Start Single Sweep NOTE To start a single sweep the mnemonic 488 must be sent twice The first 755877 sets the 3325A to the Start frequency and the second SS starts the sweep 7 Interface select code 17 3325A address Function Amplitude Start Frequency Stop Frequency Marker Freq Sweep Time Start Single 000 T r EI e Bi wet PlTI FUIRMGVRSTIKHSPIORHMFSKHTI2SESSSS 2 Model 3325 Appendix Example 3 This example checks the Require Service status of the 3325A and if it did re quest service determines the reason 1 Enables all service request conditions 2 Program data contains an error Stop frequency SP15KH is too large for triangle function FU3 3 Wait statement allows time for sweep to start before reading status om PLL Lae s 41 gag PERDU WITH 4 Read status byte from the 3325A and place in the calculator variable 5 5 If bit 6 of the status byte 1 the 3325A did request service Go to subroutine to determine the reason 6 Programming continues at this point if the 3325A did not re
77. Fan Start Does Front Panel Display Indicate Function Sine Frequency 1000 0 Hz Press Blue Key SELF TEST Did AIILED s Light Did Display Momentarily Read FAIL I Go To Sine Wave Trouble shooting Service Group J Are Any Front Panel LED s On YES Check 2 1 And Fan Sea Serv ica Group D Is Display Blank Are Power Supply Woltages Correct Service Group Check Powar Supplies Service Group 0 Go To Logic Trouble shooting Service Group C Did Display Momentarily Read FAIL 2 Go To Square Wave Trou bleshooting Service Group J Is Rear Panel Fuse Good YES Determina Reason For Bad Fuse And Replace See Service Group 0 Check Power Supplies Service Group 0 Are Display Characters Abnormal To Logic Trouble shooting Service Group A Did Display Momentarily Read FAIL 3 Go To Triangle Trouble shooting Service Group J Does Display Read OSC FAIL Go To Troubleshooting Service Group D PASS 3 Go To Symptom Table Figure 8 28 b Basic Troubleshooting Procedure Service 8 31 Service 4 5 14 15 8 32 10 GENERAL SCHEMATIC NOTES PARTIAL REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ARE SHOWN PREFIX WITH ASSEMBLY OR SUBASSEMBLY DESIG NATION S OR BOTH FOR COMPLETE DESIGNATION COMPONENT VALUES ARE SHOWN AS FOLLOWS UN LESS OTHERWISE NOTED 7 RESISTANCE IN OH
78. MT CHI Maine 3 uszDiv Figure 8 F 1 9 amp TP10 Waveforms Board Board Board Board Board Desiynator Location Designator Location Designator Location Designator Locetion Designator Location CI A CRM B 0163 R81 8176 G C2 9162 G R82 R177 G B CR 3 0163 G 883 C R178 G C4 8 CRIS c 0364 G R84 C R179 G CR16 ce A CRI B R1 A R86 R181 G G7 CR 8 R2 A 887 R182 o C8 A CRi9 R3 A R88 R183 G c9 R4 A R89 A R184 G CR131 D R6 A R91 B R186 G 011 C CR161 G R7 A R92 B R187 G C12 CR162 G R8 B R93 B R188 G C13 A CR163 G R9 B R94 B R189 G C14 CR164 G C15 A CR166 G 811 8 ROG 8 R191 G R12 B R97 R192 G C16 A Ji D R13 B R98 R193 G 017 a 48 814 R99 B R194 G C18 8 415 G cig 416 Ri6 R101 R196 6 R17 c R102 R197 G 221 J17A A R18 R103 R198 G C22 A 4178 B R19 R104 A 8199 C23 A J18A A 8200 G C24 A J188 E R21 106 2201 R22 8107 C26 A Lt R23 C R108 A 1 C27 A 12 R24 c R109 B TP2 0 C28 A 13 D C29 c R26 A R111 8 1131 F R27 A 8112 B TPS E C31 1132 R28 A 8113 B TPG F C32 G 1133 R29 A R114 B TPS C131 E L161 G R34 8116 TP9 B C132 F L162 G R32 A 8117 B C133 L163 G R33 B R118 11 C134 F R34 8 R119 c C138 D Q1 B 01 Q2 8 R36 8121 02 C136 F R37 8122 U3 B C137 Q4 B R38 R123 U4 C C138 R39 o R124 c 5 D C139 F
79. Operating and Service Manual Section VIII Service Group M for activating the rear panel signal output in one of two ways 1 Placing the standard high voltage output on the rear panel only disconnecting the front panel signal output or 2 Disabling the high voltage output and enabling the standard front rear output configuration 3 43 DC Offset DATA 3 6 Model 3325A Table 3 3 High Voltage Output Amplitudes Option 002 Peak to Peak Function Max Min Sine Square Triangle Ramp 3 44 Offset Only AC Function When func tion is present the dc voltage output may be programmed from OmV to 5 with 4 digit resolution When no function is present the DC OFFSET entry prefix is au tomatically selected It is necessary merely to enter the numerical data followed by the V or mV delimiter The rms keys cannot be used to enter offset NOTE When the High Voltage Output is selected Option 002 minimum amplitude for dc only no ac function is 0 01 mV and max imum is 20 0 V 3 45 Offset with AC Function When dc offset is to be added to any ac function there are minimum and max imum offset limits which must be observed These limits are affected by the ac voltage and the resulting at tenuator settings which are shown in Table 3 4 Figure 3 2 is a set of graphs which show the approximate max imum dc offset permissible for a given ac peak to peak voltage The f
80. R112 R113 R114 R115 R116 R117 R118 R119 Location 0000D 0000 0000 C nnmmmm mmmm mmmpmm mmm Designator R121 R122 R123 R151 R153 8154 R156 R167 R158 R159 2 1 2 TP6 TP7 U18 Y1 Norm Test Board Location F F OOOO mm EOOD 0000 gt gt BOOQn 2111 6124 C123 3325 0103 L105 0121 122 pi23 1113 3 1 1114 C126 127 0128 14 120 A3 03325 56503 Rev C e e Pe a i a i s 5 SIGNAL SOURCE 08325 5 1SV D A30 50MH FROM C126 a RI25 492 H 482 44 8122 RI2 68 68 1 COPYRIGHT 477 BY HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY G FROM UIC Lie BaH 1 Lite Lua E E C124 Spf 123 cia 5 20 LPF MIXER 5 24 SECTION vu SEE PARAGRA WHEN MIXER Ror 2 2 324 MYR OUT wae To Function J CIRCUITS Figure 8 41 Mixer A3 8 H 3 8 H 4 E SECTION YII SEE PARAGRAPH 8413 WHEN REPLACING 33458 34 3 Model 3325A Se
81. R34 R35 08 and F2 1748A01076 1748A05825 1748A05826 1748A07339 went Rev D when the relay cur rent limiter circuitry of Q13 and 112 were added went Rev E following PC trace mod to eliminate a potential shock hazard See Service Note 3325 11 5 1748407340 1748 15073 went Rav F following mods to widen PC trace spacings Note that all serial number ranges ara approximate 7 54 The following backdating information pertains to the power supply assembly 03325 66502 1748A15074 Present 48 Page 8 O 3 8 O 4 Figure 8 49 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748405825 and below Instruments in this range contain the fuse F2 shown in Figure 7 19 in place of the circuitry shown in Figure 8 49 See Service Note 3325A 12 for details and procedures for improving the reliability of the over voltage protection circuitry 7 25 Service Model 3325A IS VOLTS REGULATOR Figure 7 19 Location Of F2 Serial Numbers 1748A05825 to 1748A01076 A8 Page 8 O 3 8 O 4 Figure 8 49 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748401075 and below Instruments in this serial number range do not have R35 R34 Q8 or F2 See Figure 7 20 h 5 VOLTS REGULATOR g Figure 7 20 15V Regulator Serial Numbers 1748A01075 and Below 7 26 Model 3325 Service 8 Page 8 0 3 8 0 4 Figure 8 49 Affected i
82. Resistor 43ohm 0 1 0 125W 1 ea 0698 8264 Resistor 1330ohm 0 1 0 25W 3 ea 0698 7453 Capacitor 300 pF 5 1 ea 0160 2207 Used only to test High Voltage option 002 Amplitude Accuracy at Frequencies up to 100 kHz a Sine Wave Test Connect the 3325A signal output through a 50 ohm feedthrough termination to the AC digital voltmeter input Model 3325A b Set the 3325A as follows High Voltage Output Option 002 Off Function Sine Frequency 100 Hz Amplitude 3 536 5 10 Vp p DC Offset Press AMPTD CAL key d Read AC Voltmeter Change 3325A frequency to 1 kHz and 100 kHz and repeat Verify that all three voltmeter readings are between 3 495 and 3 577 Vrms 50 1 dB Change 3325A amplitude to 1 061 Vrms 3 Vp p and take ac voltage readings for 100 Hz 1 kHz and 100 kHz s above Verify that all three voltmeter readings are between 1 048 and 1 073 0 1 dB f Change 3325A amplitude to 3536 and set dc offset to mV Set 3325A frequency to 100 Hz 1 kHz and 100 kHz and read ac voltage Verify that all three readings are between 3411 and 3660 Venus 40 3 dB g Function Test Connect 3325A sync output to ex ternal trigger input of oscilloscope Connect 3325A signal output to the voltage divider of Figure 4 10 A Connect the voltage divider output to oscilloscope ver tical input and to high speed voltmeter input Connect delayed sweep ga
83. SM Sweep Mode MD Data Transfer Mode Valid data for RF is 1 Select Rear Output 2 Select Front Output If the 3325A receives the RF mnemonic but does not have rear output capability Option 002 for example SRQ if enabled and an error code will be generated See Paragraph 3 134 Valid data for SM is Linear Sweep The 3325A turns on in Linear Sweep function This function need not be pro grammed except to change from Linear to Log Sweep or to return to Linear 2 Logarithmic Sweep Valid data for MD is 1 Data Mode 1 The 3325A turns on in Data Mode 1 This function need not be programmed if it is desired to remain in Data Mode 1 2 Data Mode 2 3 128 Programming Execution Functions 3 129 The programmable execution functions are Assign Zero Phase Reference Perform Amplitude Calibration Start Single Sweep Start Continuous Sweep Perform Self Test The programming syntax for execution functions 18 Mnemonic EOS Valid mnemonics AP Assign Zero Phase Reference AC Perform Amplitude Calibration SS Start Single Sweep Model 3325A 5 start Continuous Sweep Perform Self Test NOTES 1 The Start Single mnemonic must be sent twice 5885 The first 55 sets the output and display to the start frequency and the second SS starts the sweep 2 While the 3325A is in Continuous Sweep mode if it receives the mnemonics SC SS FR PH AC AP or TE it will
84. data bit becomes the End or Identify 8 3 Service Model 3325A OPTOELECTRONIC STATUS ISOLAT ON 4 LINES PARALLEL IN 18 LINES HP 1B LINE SERIAL OUT DATA 1 0 SHIFT 8 LINES REGISTER READ BUS DATA 8 B1T MACHINE DATA 8 1 SERIAL IN SUS 8 LINES 3 STATE PARALLEL OUT SHIFT REGISTER BUFFER LOAD DATA INPUT DECODER DIRECT CONTROL 0 BUS CLOCK DIRECT CONTROL sp Figure 8 4 HP IB Data Input Path T T NES b MA ACHING BATA 18 peta Zo REGISTER 1 BUS CLOCK Je DIRECT CONTROL DECODER LOAD DATA OUT DIRECT CONTROL 1 313264 6 Figure 8 5 4 Data Output Path 8 4 Model 3325A SERVICE REQUEST ADDRESSED LISTEN cdN 5 INTERRUPT Reg ster Service DATA ctf Figure 8 6 4 Management and Handshake signal to the bus if the 3325 is addressed to talk and ATN is false 8 15 Acceptor Handshake The Listen circuits shown near the upper center of Figure 8 6 enable the Acceptor Handshake block to operate if the 3325A is addressed to listen or if ATN Attention is true When it is not addressed to listen but is true it accepts data in order to detect its listen or talk address or the untalk command After the 3325A has been addressed to li
85. he manual and or copied to be used as a programming reference 3 The following front panel key actions can not be remotely programmed Modify group Sweep bandwidth x 2 Sweep bandwidth 2 Set sweep center frequency to marker fre quency Display bus address Clear display 4 The 3325A must be set to REMOTE and addressed 10 LISTEN before it will accept device dependent data messages 3 113 3325A Data Message Formats 3 114 The following are valid programming strings data messages for the 3325A Mnemonic Data Delimiter EOS Mnemonic Data EOS Mnemonic EOS 1 Mnemonic EOS Where 118 the ASCII character I and EOS is the end of string character which is required for Data Transfer Mode 2 sce following paragraphs Valid EOS characters are LF Line Feed 12 octal Asterisk 52 octal 3 17 Operation Model 3325A Table 3 9 Summary of 3325A Programming Characters Mnamonics Parameter or ASCII Operation Code _ Delimiter Approximate Programming lime Programming Time Data Transfer Mode Data Mode 1 MD 4 5 ms Data Mode 2 Function FU 1500 ms 3 Triangle 4 Positive Ramp 5 Negative Ramp 11 Digits HZ Hertz FR 7 0 ms and Decimal KH Kilohertz Each digit or decimal 2 8 ms MH Megahertz HZ KH or 12 5 ms sa MUN 4 Digits VO Volts 6 8 ms and Decimal Also MV Millivalts p p Each digit decimal or decimal
86. operating and maintenance personnel and the safe operating condition of the instrument these in structions must be adhered to 1 27 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT 1 28 Equipment required to maintain the Model 3325A is listed in Table 1 5 Other equipment can be substituted if it meets or exceeds the critical specifica tions listed in the table Model 3325 General Information Table 1 4 HP IB Response Times Input Data Devica Output Data Function Mnemonic Transter Time Time Transfer Time MELLE nn itn Function Waveform FU 450 500 1600 ms 450 500 1 Digit 225 250 us 2 8 ms 225 250 us R Frequency F 450 500 us 7 0 ms 450 500 ps 11 Digits Decimal 225 250 each 2 8 ms each 225 250 each Delimiters HZ KH or MH 450 500 us 12 5 ms 450 500 Amplitude AM 450 500 us 6 8 ms 450 500 us 4 Digits Decimal 225 250 each 2 8 ms each 225 250 us each Dalimiters VO or MV 450 500 90 ms 450 500 us VA or MR 450 500 ps 130 ms 450 500 450 500 250 ms 450 500 OC Offset OF 450 500 ps 6 8 ms 450 500 ys 54 Digits Decimal 225 250 us each 2 8 ms each 225 250 each Delimiters VO or MV 450 500 us 82 ms 450 500 ps Phase 450 500 us 5 ms 450 500 us z 4 Digits Decimal 225 250 ps each 2 8 ms each 225 250 each Delimiter 450 500 ps 28 ms 450 500 us Sweep
87. u25 E C52 c R53 A C53 A R54 G u26 g W1 8 C54 A R55 927 655 928 C56 A 1 B 929 C57 A C58 c Test Points 931 058 c u32 D c 1 G 933 261 B 2 c U34 C62 8 3 F 935 4 C U36 CR1 F 5 D U37 CR2 H 7 c 938 CR4 C 51 A 939 CR5 c 52 A 940 53 U41 J1 F 54 A 942 42 0 GNO D 3 D GND H 44 D J51 A SA CLK G SA 5 5 F 1 G STBY A L2 F 13 8 36 Model 3325 Service A 45 A6 03325 66506 Rev C Note 1 Refer to paragraph 8 113 if board replacement is necessary FP SELECTION m HMC LZ Mim COCK FROM US la ROM PPA SELECT rest aur Bas P G ARE c T VOLTAGE SENSE PONTS WEAR 54 922 BUFFER N HED MACHINE DATA 5 HRAD 12 tony HI L 5 Wan Va ROH ADDRESS ora vs PROTE SHOR IF U9 I RERLACED SEE sed SERVICING INFO DENCE SELECT x i p SABceY FRON rt ihe 2 Ake CLOCK FROM UIS e REA WRITE CONTROL 1 2 MHZ CLOCK FROH UIS 0 10 PROCESSOR N
88. 0 601 mV START SWEEP RANGE SWITCHES Figure 8 23 Marker and X Drive Start Stop Flip DC Only or 4 500 V t 1 500 V 9 1 499 V to 0 500 V 499 9 mV to 150 0 mV 48 89 mV to 15 00 mV 14 98 mV t 5 000 mV 4 999 mV to 1 500 mV Model 3325 linear or log single sweep high at the end of the sweep and remains high until the start of another sweep For continuous sweep Z Blank is low during sweep up and high during sweep down The Z Blank output circuit is capable of sinking current through a relay or other device The maximum ratings are Maximum current sink 200 mA fused at 25 A Allowable voltage range 0 V to 45 V de Maximum power voltage at output x current 1 W 8 85 Marker Output A Marker output pulse occurs only during linear sweep up either single or continuous sweep The NAND gate flip flop that produces this output is shown in Figure 8 23 The output is high at the start of a sweep up then the Sweep Limit Flag input gocs low at the Marker frequency changing the flip flop output to low Immediately following a sweep up the Marker Reset input goes low resetting the flip flop output to high 8 86 X Drive The output of the X Drive Start Stop flip flop Figure 8 24 is set high by the low true Start signal and is returned to low by the Sweep Limit Flag pulse that occurs at the end of the sweep The Start signal remains low until just before the end of sweep to prevent
89. 020 V 1 50499V 0 50190 V 0 15050 V 0 05019 V 0 01505 V 0 005019 V 0 001519 V 20 225 V 20 225 V All Harrnoni s Below 25 dB 30 dB 40 dB 60 dB 65 dB 65 dB 65 dB 65 dB 65 dB 65 dB 60 dB 40 dB Passed Passed PERFORMANCE TEST RECORD Hewlett Packard Tested Model 3325A Synthesizar Function Generator Date Serial No Par 4 37 Harmonic Distortion Fundamental Fraquency 20 MHz 18 MHz 2 MHz 200 kHz 50 kHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 100 Hz High Voltage Output Option 002 100 Hz 10 kHz 200 kHz a 1 MHz 4 39 Spurious Signal Tests Mixer Spurious Test 2 1 spur 3 2 spur 2 1 spur 3 2 spur 4 100MHz 7048 6 100MHz 7048 8 100MHz gt 70dB 10 100MHz EN 7048 12 100MHz 7098 14 100MHz I 7048 16 100MHz m 70dB 18 100MHz 7098 20 100MHz 7048 Close in Spurious Test 5 0001 2 5 00001MHz 5 000001MHz 20 001MHz Par 4 41 Integrated Phase Noise 19 901 MHz Par 4 43 Amplitude Modulation Envelope Distortion Par 4 45 Square Wave Rise Time Specification 25 dB 30 40 dB 60 dB 65 dB 65 dB 65 dB 65 dB 65 dB 65 dB 60 40 dB 70 48 7048 7088 7048 7048 7048 7048 7048 60 dB 30 48 20 ns Fall Time OS Overshoot Positive Peak ee 506 Overshoot Negative Peak 500 mV Pa
90. 0683 2213 i 220 5 25 FC TOs 400 0660 01121 15 01481090 1085 2229 FOR 2 7K 5 00 4700 01121 CR2225 8148101 0693 2225 RESISTOR 01121 ae 148192 0603 4705 RESISTOR 47 SX 559 TC 01121 E See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 18 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation 4148102 8148104 5148195 106 148147 68148108 ALAR 148110 4148111 148112 1123 1 46114 4148116 ALAR117 8148118 8148119 148121 A1 4812 1AR123 148124 A14R126 amp 14R127 AL4R120 6148129 01518130 148131 01548132 81451233 148134 148136 AL4R137 ATARI 01484137 A14R141 4148142 126145 08148144 8140145 148146 8148147 1481 48 1 48149 148151 148152 148153 1 48134 5148156 148157 140158 148189 68188100 A14R161 A14R162 81481683 81481584 6148156 8148188 A148169 1 48209 81482211 148212 148214 6148215 A14R216 6148217 A la4R218 148220 Al R221 1 8222 4126223 1 44224 146226 A1 AR220 148 229 0757 0273 1257 0205 01757 035698 1515 0698 4427 0757 0420 0683 2 0583 5 0683 7505 0757 0209 0698 6317 0690 6317 0698 4123 2698 4183 9698 6320 0998 6320 0698 6520 0698 6360 0698 3279 2108 3212 0757 0279 0698 3179 9685 4705 07957 3456 0698 3557 0757 0280 075
91. 080 000 MHz 5 12 ption 001 High Stability Frequency Reference Adjustments Equipment Required Oscilloscope 2 channel hp Model 1740A Quartz requency Standard 5 MHz hp Model 1058 The rear panel 10 MHz Oven Output must be connected to Ext Ref In a This procedure is for instruments with the Option 001 High Stability Frequency Reference The instru ment must have been connected to ac power either in STBY or ON for at least 30 minutes before attempting this adjustment b Connect the frequency standard 5 MHz output to one vertical channcl of the oscilloscope and trigger the sweep from this channel c Set the 3325A as follows FUrnctlon e ined PR ERN Sine Freque hcy ices peat vba ES i Guys 5 MHz 10 Vp p 4 Connect the 3325A signal to the second channel of the oscilloscope e Adjust the Fine Adj A9R7 to stop the 3325A signal on the oscilloscope display The frequency stan dard signal must be stationary and the 3325A signal as near stationary as possible f If the Fine Adj A9R7 does not have enough range proceed with Step g Adjust the Fine Adj A9R7 to mechanical center h Remove the screw from the Coarse Frequency ad justment in the end of the temperature controlled oven assembly 9 1 i Using a non conductive tool adjust the Coarse Adj to stop the 3325A signal on the oscilloscope as near stationa
92. 1 2 6 Power Requirements 2 1 2 8 Line Voltage Selection 2 1 2 10 Power Cable 2 1 2 12 HP IB Connections 2 1 2 15 3325A Listen Talk Address 2 3 2 17 HP IB Description 2 4 2 19 Connecting Oven Option 001 2 A 2 21 Operating Environment 2 4 2 23 Cooling System 2 4 2 26 Bench Operation 2 4 2 28 Rack Mounting 2 4 2 30 Storage and Shipment 2 4 2 31 Environment 2 4 2 33 Instrument Identification 2 6 2 35 2 6 Section Page OPERATION a CUR eee 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 3 Panel Features 3 3 3 5 Power Warm Up 3 3 3 8 Initial Conditions 3 3 3 30 Self Test 248224 ten Sa 3 3 3 12 Front Rear Signal Output 3 3 3 14 5 3 3 3 16 External Reference 3 4 3 18 10MHz Oven Option 001 3 4 3 20 Manual Programming 3 4 3 22 Clear Display 3 4 Section 3 24 3 26 3 28 3 30 3 32 3 34 3 36 3 39 3 41 3 43 3 46 3 49 3 55 3 58 3 60 3 62 3 66 3 68 3 70 3 72 3 74 3 76 3 78 3 81 3 83 3 88 3 89 3 91 3 93 3 95 3 97 3 100 3 1
93. 10 00 mV 1000 9 999 mV to 3 000 mV 3000 2 999 mV to 1 000 mV DC Offset Only Attenuation Amplitude Factor Peak to Peak 5 000 V to 1 500 V 1 499 V to 500 0 mV 499 9 mV to 150 0 mV 149 9 mV to 50 00 mV 49 99 mV to 15 00 mV 14 99 mV to 5 000 mV 4 999 mV to 1 500 mV 1 489 mV to 1 000 mV General Information Table 1 2 Supplemental information Cont d AC Function with DC Offset Attenuation AC Function Factor Amplitude p p 9 998 V to 1 000 V 999 9 mV to 333 4 mV 333 3 mV to 100 0 mV 99 99 mV to 33 34 mV 33 33 mV to 10 00 mV 9 999 mV to 3 334 mV 3 333 mV to 1 000 mV Maximum DC or 1 000 mV to 4 500 V 1 166 V to 1 499 V 333 3 mV to 450 0 mV 116 6 mV to 149 9 mV 33 33 mV to 45 00 mV 11 66 mV to 14 99 mV 3 333 mV to 4 500 mV 1 000 mV 0 100 mV 0 100 mV 0 010 mV 0 010 mV 0 001 mV 0 001 mV Model 3325A High Voltage Output Option 002 Amplitude and Ranges 4 times the standard instru ment amplitudes Output impedance 2 0 at DC to 10 2 at 1 MHz Square Wave Settling Time 1 us to settle to within 0596 of final value for frequencies of 10 Hz to 500 kHz tested at full output with no load FREQUENCY SWEEP Sweep Time Linear Sweep 0 01 second to 99 99 seconds single or continuous Log Sweep Single Sweep 2 seconds to 99 99 seconds Continuous Sweep 0 1 second to 99 99 seconds Maximum Sweep Width 1 Hz to maximum frequency of the function selec
94. 10 kHz Pos Ramp 2 700 V 3 300 V 2 10 kHz Neg Ramp 2 700 V 3 300 V cc Change 3325A amplitude to 1 Vpp and set de of fset to 1 mV Set frequency to 99 9 Hz and function to square Set CRO vertical sensitivity to 05 volts div for all 1 Vpp tests dd Repeat tests i through z New test limits are as follows Test Frequency Function Minimum Maximum m 99 9 Hz Square 970 1 030 o 99 9 Hz Triangle 960 1 040 4 99 9 Hz Pos Ramp 960 1 040 r 99 9 Hz Neg Ramp 960 1 040 5 1 kHz Square 970 1 030 t 2 kHz Triangle 960 1 040 u 500 Hz Pos Ramp 960 1 040 y 500 Hz Neg Ramp 960 1 040 w 100 kHz Square 970 1 030 X 10 kHz Triangle 940 1 060 10 kHz Pos Ramp 890 1 110 z 10 kHz Ramp 890 1 110 4 22 Model 3325 High Voltage Output Amplitude Accuracy For Frequencies To 100 kHz For instruments with High Voltage Option 002 ee Sine Wave Test Connect 3325A signal output to the AC voltmeter via a 6 ft cable Connect a 500 Q 300 pF load at either end in parallel with the line ff Press the 3325 high voltage key near the 3325A output connector A LED in the key indicates that the high voltage output is on gg Set 3325A function to sine frequency to 2 kHz and amplitude to 14 14 40 Vpp Press AMPTD CAL key The AC voltmeter reading should be 13 86 to 14 42 VRMS hh High Voltage Function Test Connect 3325A signal output to CRO and voltage divider via a 6 ft cable Trigger CRO on 3325A sync output Trigger
95. 1025 0685 4705 0683 4715 0737 0291 0683 3325 0757 0397 0698 4435 0698 3156 0698 4037 0757 8279 0757 0279 0757 0407 0698 3444 0698 3444 8100 0568 0757 0381 0698 3444 0698 3444 0257 0275 0698 3440 0757 0397 0757 0397 0757 0275 0757 0327 0683 1029 0683 1025 0083 1015 0683 4705 0698 3439 0685 2225 0757 0276 0757 0276 9100 4038 08552 6044 1820 1991 1820 0629 1820 0321 1020 1199 1920 0693 1820 8683 1820 1924 1826 0043 1029 1568 1820 1195 OU Bh 250 2 2 0 0 9 N outa ANF n NOpot Delor Fi gt Q Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description RESIBTOR 3 894 1 1258 F TG D 25 RESISTOR 1K 5 25 FC Tie 40074600 3ISTOR 10K 10 G TOP ADJ 17 TRN TOR 47 5 058 FC TC 400 4500 STOR 10K 1 125W F TCs04 100 RESISTOR 14 74 1 1258 F TC 0 r 100 2 94 1 125W F TCs09 100 TOR 4 32K 1 1258 F 10504 100 STOR 10 7K 1 1254 TCs r 100 17 8K 1 04 100 TOR 6 04K 1 20 10 04 100 OR 47 5 400 500 ESTSTOR 237 1 0 100 RESISTOR 47 5 4007 500 RESISTOR 97 6 1 125W F RESISTOR 97 6 134 F RESISTOR 4 99K 17 8 RESISTOR 13 7 17 RESISTOR 13 7K 1 RESISTOR 3 01K 1 RESISTOR 3 01 STOR 3 01K STOR 97 6 1 125W F T RESISTOR 19 6K 1 1258 F T RESISTOR 1K 5 28W F 400 500 RESISTOR 2 2K 52 29W 4040 6700 RESISTOR 97 6 1 125 4 F
96. 1152 G R59 D 1 C16 B C126 F 1153 G T2 F C17 B C127 F R61 D C18 B C128 F P2 D R62 D TP1 C19 B C129 F R63 D TP2 R64 C21 B C151 G Q2 B 22 B C152 G R66 C23 B C153 G Q4 R67 TP6 E C24 C154 G 06 R68 7 26 R69 27 156 G 0101 R70 Ui A C28 B C157 G 0102 U2 A C29 B C158 G R71 D U3 A Ri A R72 C31 B CR1 A R2 B R73 D 05 8 C32 CR2 A R3 A R74 C33 CR3 A U6 C34 B CR4 A R6 A R76 07 B R7 A R77 u8 B C36 CRE A R8 A R78 D 99 C37 C CR B R9 R79 U10 C38 CR8 R10 A C39 R81 011 CR101 F R11 A R82 D U12 D C41 C R12 A R83 D U13 D C42 J1 R13 A R84 D U14 D C43 42 R14 A 915 C44 43 G R86 R16 A R87 016 C46 47 D R17 B R88 D U17 G C47 c 48 B R18 B R89 18 G C48 49 R19 B 919 G C49 D J10 A R91 D J11 A R21 B R92 D 1 C51 D R22 B R93 D C52 D J15 G R23 B Norm Test D C53 D 423 R24 B R101 C54 D J24 R102 E R26 8 R103 E C56 D 1 R27 B R104 E C57 12 B R28 B C58 D 13 B R29 B R106 E C59 E 14 R30 B R107 E 15 1 R108 E C61 E R32 B R109 E 16 B R33 c C101 E L7 B R34 111 C102 18 C R112 E C103 E L9 C R36 113 C104 E R37 114 1101 R38 115 C106 E L102 E R39 C107 E L103 E R116 F C108 1104 R117 F C109 E L105 E R118 F R119 F A3 Component Locations 8 D 5 Service Model 3325A 3325 0103 033
97. 1234 CONNECTOR SEL CONT PIN 1 14 850 32 50 28480 WIREFORM CU BRT TIN 28400 LABEL CAUTION 1 925 IN WD 2 24 IN LG 28480 1251 0600 1460 1336 7121 1234 gt 03325 66521 ASSY FFS D A 26400 03225 50521 1555601030049108 0160 3847 1900876 90108 e21C1 0140 9191 A21C2 0160 3047 A21C3 9180 1861 CAPACITOR FXO 56 4 04 300VDC MICA 72136 CAPACITOR FXD 03107 100 0 SOVOC 280400 CAP amp CITOR FXD 27UF4 10x 10920 TA 56287 A21C6 2107 1 8 A21C9 821010 A21C1i1 amp 21C12 21013 A2114 A21C15 1 1 421617 821018 21019 821623 A21C24 A21C26 216027 A21C28 AP1C29 21031 1032 801633 A31C131 ALTE APACITS A210134 0180 1745 0140 0121 0160 4571 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 4571 0180 1861 D16D 5847 0169 22 0150 0160 2222 9160 3847 0160 4461 9160 2257 0180 1746 0100 1746 0160 5306 0160 5847 0140 0149 0150 3847 0160 2243 6155 2208 0160 5647 0160 3847 0160 4571 0160 4047 8140 0191 1160 5847 0160 3847 0160 4571 cuo 8 9 9 8 5 9 6 9 2 9 A49 CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR F XP CAPACITOR FXD CAPACTTOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACI TURF XD CAPACITOR FXD C PACITOR FXD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPACITUR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACI TUR F XD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACTTOR FAD
98. 2 Output Amplifier A14 8 K 5 8 K 6 Relay Drivers Al4 and Attenuator 8 L 3 8 L 4 High Voltage Output Option 002 8 3 8 4 High Stability Reference Option 001 Sweep Drive Circuits A14 8 N 3 8 N 4 Power Supplies A2 8 O 3 8 O 4 Function Block Diagram 9 1 8 2 Model 3325 General Information SECTION GENERAL INFORMATION 1 1 INTRODUCTION 1 2 The Operating and Service Manual contains infor mation required to install operate test adjust and serv 106 the Hewlett Packard Model 3325A Synthesizer Func tion Generator The Operating Manual supplement is a copy of the first three sections of the Operating and Serv ice Manual plus the Operational Verification procedures from Section The supplement should be kept with the instrument for use by the operator The part num bers of both the Operating and Service Manual and the Operating Manual supplement are shown on the title pages 1 3 Also shown on the title page of this manual is a Microfiche part number This number can be used to order 4 6 inch transparencies of the Operating and Service Manual Each Microfiche contains up to 96 photo duplicates of the manual pages The Microfiche package includes the latest Manual Changes supplement as well as pertinent Service Notes 1 4 Additional copies of the Operating and Service Manual Operating Information Supplement or Service Notes can
99. 20 TA 167 80 20 SOVDC CER 1UF 80 287 SOUDU CER AUF 80 20 50900 CER 178 10 210906 TA s80 20xX 50906 5 00 35 PD 509 SOMA 2NS 00 35 30 SOMA NG 00 35 809 200MA 2 5 DD 35 5 00 35 4 80V 200MA 2 5 00 35 809 200MA 2NS 00 35 30V SONA 2NG 90 35 SOMA 2NS 35 SOMA 2 00 35 28480 28480 56289 56237 28489 agaga 22480 28480 28489 28460 204890 28480 23485 28480 28489 28480 20480 20460 28480 20480 20480 28480 20480 28480 23489 20480 ag480 28480 2848 20480 28480 28400 28489 74970 28430 5629 28400 29480 28489 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 23490 56289 28480 28480 20480 28490 28480 28480 20490 28480 56289 56289 28400 28400 28480 95789 28430 20480 28480 29460 26480 28489 28480 28488 28480 28480 28409 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number 01690 3047 0160 3847 1500156X9029E2 1500156 902082 0160 3847 91650 3947 0162 0299 0160 3047 0150 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 2240 0160 3847 0150 3847 9160 2250 0160 3847 0160 2240 0160 3508 0160 4571 0160 4571 0160 3847 9160 4571 0168 0156 0160 0301 0160 2414 0160 3847 0160 3466 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 5 150 150 9020 2 0160 4571 0160 3847 0160 2250 0160 3847 47 0160 3047 0160 2
100. 208 432 F R33 B R138 E C4 c C209 F R34 B R139 E 126 c C211 F L27 8 R36 B 141 C212 F R37 B C26 A C213 L76 E R38 B R143 E C27 A C214 177 E R39 8 R144 F C28 A L78 E R40 B R145 F C29 A C216 G L79 F C217 G R41 B R146 F C31 B C218 G L101 D R42 B R147 F C32 B C219 G 1102 R43 B R148 F C33 8 L103 D R44 B R149 F C34 8 C221 G L104 F R45 c C35 C222 G L105 F R151 F C223 G L201 F R46 B R152 F C36 B C224 G 847 B R153 F C37 B C225 G P31 D R48 B R154 F C38 B P32 F R49 R156 F C39 B C226 G R50 B R157 F C227 G 01 8 R158 F C41 B C228 G a2 B R51 159 C42 8 C229 G 52 160 F B C230 H R53 c C44 B C231 H Q25 B R54 8161 F C45 B Q26 B R162 F C233 G Q27 c R56 163 C46 B C234 G 028 8 R164 F C47 c C235 H R57 C48 C236 H Q76 H R58 c R166 F C49 C237 H Q77 H C238 H 078 G R60 R168 F C61 C C239 H 169 C62 0101 R61 C63 C241 H 0102 D R62 R208 F C242 H Q103 E R63 R209 F C65 c C245 H Q104 E R64 C66 C C246 G Q105 D R65 R211 F CR1 R212 F C76 C CR2 9106 R67 077 CR3 0107 68 R214 F C78 G CR4 B 0108 R69 c R215 G C101 D CR5 B Q109 E R76 R216 F CRE A R77 217 F C103 D CR7 A Q112 F R78 H R218 G C104 D 0113 R79 H R219 G CR76 H 0114 R80 H C107 R81 H R221 G C108 D CR101 D 0116 R222 G C109 D CR102 D 0117 F Ri00 R223 G C110 D CR103 E Q118 F 8101 D R224 G CR104 F 0118 F R102 R226 G C111 D R103 D R227 G C112
101. 21033 4 Missed Limit U32 3 32 1 Troub 2 8 451 22 Missed Sweep YES Limit Interrupt YES U35 1 u32 3 9061 NO NO Troubleshoot 1125 2 1 9056 Troubleshoot NO U35 Troubleshoot u32 Troubleshoot u17 oe YES Missed 1ms Clock YES Check U35 12 For Ims Pulse NO NO Troubleshoot Go To ROM S A Test Or A Test O Troubleshoot 035 Troubleshoot U34 Troubleshoot Data Bus Troublashoot U31 Figure 8 35 c Signature Analysis Test 5 8 C 35 Service Model 3325A Board Board Board Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location C1 G P52 A T N G 043 2 cso G 944 01 CS1 G 045 C4 F Q2 D CS2 G 946 H C5 G u51 G Ri G 452 G R2 G U2 H 953 R3 G U3 H 954 20 H R4 G U4 H 055 021 H R5 F US H U56 C22 H R6 G U6 H C23 H R7 F U7 H U57 B C24 G R8 F 558 B C25 G R9 c us G 59 B C26 F R10 D 960 8 C27 F R13 G 910 G 961 8 C28 E R14 011 062 C29 815 012 G U63 B C30 E R16 913 U64 C31 E R17 914 965 B C32 D R18 B 915 966 C33 R19 E 946 067 C34 D R20 D U17 F U68 A C35 c R21 418 969 C36 H R22 019 970 C37 H R23 920 F 971 C38 c R24 921 F 972 C39 8 R25 c U22 F 073 C40 B R26 F 923 F 074 41 G R51 B 024 975 R82
102. 218107 218109 211109 218111 21 112 6218113 ARIRIH 8218116 215117 62181198 218119 218121 218122 218123 A31R124 218126 A21R130 8218132 A218133 218154 218159 8218126 68218137 AL1R13B 18140 218141 18142 4219145 218144 62184145 80218146 218147 6 24 0683 4715 1662 1015 0683 1035 0683 1019 0737 0419 9698 0084 0757 0401 0683 4705 0590 0093 0828 069 56 1757 0698 42 0663 1025 0683 4705 2100 3211 0757 0442 2100 3096 0603 1065 0757 0498 0757 0401 06803 1935 1683 5625 0685 2025 0757 0209 0757 0439 0683 4705 2109 3305 0683 4705 0698 0083 0683 1025 0685 1015 0683 1015 0757 9421 1683 1025 0683 2225 0605 4705 1757 0421 0757 0416 0757 0416 0683 4705 0757 0439 0683 1025 9683 1835 0683 1025 0690 3162 0757 0465 9683 1525 0683 1025 0684 2225 0757 0398 0685 1025 9685 1035 0698 4442 0683 1053 0698 4422 0683 1025 9603 1015 0683 3325 2582 1025 4683 1855 0683 1035 gose STINE 460450 coeno 49 13 EXERCI Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description 51 9 ESM FC 400 4500 TOR 470 57 TOR 100 54 STOR 10K 57 STOR 109 409 500 406 4700 490 2500 TOR 681 1 12 TOR 2 15 1 128 STOR 100 1 125W F T SISTOR 47 3 25W FC 400 1500 518709 1 9
103. 22 HRA9 19 HRAIO The frequency of the signal at 1 should be one half that of HRAS HRA2 should be one half ete through HRAIO None of the address lines should be a constant level and no two lines should be the same After completion of the test replace the N T shorting connector to the N position After completion of all signature analysis tests make sure the ROM Disable switch A651 is set to the ON 1 position SIGNATURE ANALYSIS TEST 0 Use of this test is recommended after the ROM test or tests 1 through 5 have failed to isolate the faulty circuit This test reads all the signatures on the A6 assembly which are presented tabular form Close attention should be paid to the schematic diagrams in Service Groups B and C while using this test Procedure a Set 3325A POWER switch to STBY b Disconnect the flat cable to the attenuator assembly to prevent damage to the relays Be sure to replace this cable carefully after completion of the test making sure the cable is e aligned properly in the connector 8 C 6 Model 3325 c Connect the signature analyzer as follows Clothes tins Loses EX bade SA CLK at left of A6U9 Start and 5 5 at right of A6U15 Ground 3325A ground stiffener channel on deck between A6 and A21 or any Ground test point d Set thesignature analyzer controls as follows LIRE e E ERU ES CL ae a ties
104. 24 1748402476 to 1748 07390 7 9 4 10 Triangle and Ramp Linearity Test 4 26 7 8 Integrator and Phase Modulation Circuitry 4 11 Triangle Linearity Test 4 27 Serial Numbers 1748A02475 4 12 X Drive Linearity Test 4 29 and Below 7 10 4 13 X Drive Linearity Test 4 30 7 9 Sample Hold Circuitry Serial Numbers 4 14 Ramp Reset Waveform 4 30 1748402475 and Below 7 11 Model 3325 Figure 7 10 7 20 8 15 8 16 8 17 8 18 8 19 8 20 8 21 Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS Cont d Page 014 Biasing Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748A00620 and Below 7 12 Sine Amplitude Control and Amplitude Modulation Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748A04675 and Below 7 13 Mixer Driver Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748404675 and Below 7 15 DC Offset Control Serial Numbers 1748401075 and Below 7 18 DC Offset Control Seria Numbers 1748A08790 to 1748 01076 7 18 Amplitude Control Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748A05825 and Below 7 19 Amplitude Control Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748405826 to 1748408790 7 20 Output Amplifier Serial Numbers 1748401900 and below 7 21 Relay Drive Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748401075 and Below 7 23 Location Of F2 Serial Numbers 1748A05825 to 1748 01076 7 26 15V Regulator Se
105. 37 8 8 0111000 56 38 9 9 9111001 57 39 decimal 0101110 46 minus 0101101 4 5 Data Suffix Delimiter Hertz 0 110 72 0 132 90 Kilohertz 0 113 75 Megahertz 1 115 77 4D N Volts p p dc 1 126 86 56 1 117 79 AF Millivolts or dc 1 115 77 1 126 86 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 c TA EE o OOOO OIA OO O GO H GOGO O j 2E 20 TS m lt lt Z lt ofa ofan oo ooloo gt 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 Volts rms 1 126 86 56 Millivolts rms 0 115 77 4D 122 2 s B REED 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 104 68 44 Degrees 104 68 44 105 69 45 Seconds 123 83 53 105 69 45 5 0 123 83 53 R 122 82 52 122 82 52 O S O co olco jo O O O G oo EX UJ 3 19 Operation Model 3325 Table 3 10 Programming Codes Cont d High Voltage Output lt 1 Interrogate Parameter Interrogate Error EOS End of String Line Feed Asterisk All spaces 40 octal carriage returns 15 octal com mas 54 octal and all lower case alphabetics are ig nored by the 3325A NOTE A program string may program one para meter or all parameters For ex
106. 4 30 HP IB Interface Test 4 31 The following calculator program tests the opera tion of the 3325 HP IB interface circuits The pro gram 15 written for an hp Model 9825A calculator but may be adapted for other controllers Equipment Required hp Model 9825A Calculator equipped with 98034A HP IB Interface set to select code 7 Any combination of ROM s that includes a General 1 0 ROM and an Extended I O ROM a Connect the calculator interface cable to the 3325A rear panel HP IB connector It is recommended that no other equipment be connected to this HP IB during this test b Enter the program into the calculator c Press RUN Tests 4 through 7 in this program re quire the operator to press CONTINUE if the test passes or 1 CONTINUE if the test fails If the Test 4 question SRQ LIGHT ON 1 does not appear in the calculator display within 30 seconds after start of the program RUN the 3325A and calculator are not interfacing properly The calculator may display an er ror indication that will identify the problem If not the 3325 HP IB circuits are probably not operating cor rectly Model 3325 Instrument Returns To Known Conditions After Self Test Test 1 Did Frequency Go To 1000 Hz Test 2 Interrogate Frequency Test 3 Interrogate Amplitude Test 4 Test 5 Circuits Test 5 Test Talk Circuits Test 6 Test Listen Circuits Test 7 Test Remote Circuits PROGRAM
107. 40 1 125W F T E 24546 4 1 8 70 3481 RESISTOR 12 1K 1 1254 F TC 04 100 24546 04 1 8 10 1212 21 1 9 8757 0228 A21R21 0683 4705 ALIR22 0683 1525 1 23 0583 6819 021824 1683 1825 RESISTOR 1 78K 1 125 F 04 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1781 F RESISTOR 47 5X 3M FC 400 580 01121 284705 RESISTOR 1 5 5 25 Y 01121 081525 RESISTOR 680 5 25 TC 01121 6815 RESISTOR 1 6K tX 25W FC T 91121 CBLS25 Np DO A21R26 0757 0395 421827 0757 0317 2 1828 0757 0317 421829 0683 4705 821831 0683 3328 RESISTOR 56 2 1 125W F 24546 4 1 8 0 5682 RESISTOR 1 33K 1 128W F T 24546 1 8 TOL ISL F RESISTOR 1 32 1 125W F TCv 04 100 24546 C4 1 8 TO 1331 F RESISTOR 47 5 29M FC 400 4500 03121 CD4705 RESISTOR 3 3K 5 254 FC TC 400 700 01121 CES325 Sanne RESISTOR 470 5 25 Tae 01321 084715 RESISTOR 47 57 25W FC TC 5 01121 084705 RESISTOR 5 11 1x 1258 F 54546 4 1 8 T0 5111 F RESISTOR 1K 1 125 F 24546 4 1 8 70 1001 RESISTOR 3 83 1 1208 F 24546 4 1 8 T0 2831 F AZ1R32 0603 4715 621R33 0683 4705 21834 0757 0438 A21R36 0757 0280 A21R37 0698 3153 lil HO RESISTOR 1 96K 1X 125W F 0 109 84546 04 1 8 0 1961 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F 0 108 24546 C4 1 8 T0 101 F RESISTOR 680 5 25W FC 400 9600 01121 286815 RESISTOR 3 02 1X amp F TCx04 100 24546 04 1 8 10 3831 RESISTOR
108. 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 5 29M FC 10 409 500 01121 CB4795 A21R163 0683 1049 3 RESISTOR 100K 54 253 FC 408 800 01121 181045 APIR164 0683 4735 4 REBISTOR 47K 5 25W FC 400 800 01121 84735 4218165 0683 1045 3 RESISTOR 100K SZ 205 400 4000 01121 CE1045 6218166 1565 4755 4 RESISTOR 47K 57 AY FC 400 800 01121 084739 4218157 0683 4725 2 RESISTOR 4 7K 5 2GW FC TC 406G 700 01121 CHA725 4218168 0683 1935 1 RESISTOR 10K 57 PIU FC Ths 4007 799 01121 281835 AL TRIS 04698 3519 0 RESISTOR 7 32 1 125W F 04 100 24546 4 1 8 TU 7321 F 2218170 0683 2425 3 RESISTOR 2 4K SZ 25W FC 10 400 700 01121 AB181714 0757 1094 9 RESISTOR 1 47 1 1254 F 1004 1080 24546 C4 170 TO 1471 F 218172 0683 1025 9 RESISTOR IK SX 29 FC 1 400 4002 81121 C21025 80184173 0683 1045 3 RESISTOR 100K 5 25W FC T 00 4800 01121 1049 218174 0533 5125 RESISTOR 5 1 25W TC 90 4700 91121 085125 218176 0683 4705 8 RESISTOR 47 5 25W FC TCz AQ00 t9500 01121 004709 A21R177 0757 1417 RESISTOR 562 1 1255 F 1 0 04 100 24546 04 1 8 0 5628 8218178 9 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F 2 100 24546 4 1 8 0 101 218179 0 RESISTOR 370 FC 1 0 400 4600 21121 083915 218181 0683 3919 0 RESISTOR 390 54 294 FO TO 400 600 01121 683915 A21R102 5683 1525 4 RESISTOR 1 5K 5 25M FC T 4007 700 91121 15825 A21R1835 0683 1025 9 RESISTOR 1 52 25W FC 400 4600 01221 023 A21R1B4 5 2
109. 5 25W FC 400 700 91121 Che225 RESISTOR 10K 5 25W FC T 400 700 81121 081935 RESISTOR 10K SX 26W FC 400 4700 01121 1055 RESISTOR 1K 5 289 FC 1 400 4600 01121 281025 AL4R20 0683 2225 A14R29 0683 2225 614831 0603 1055 14832 0683 1035 14833 0685 1025 RESISTOR SOK 5 25W 400 4800 01121 CBZ635 REGIGTDR 22K 29M FO T 4097 B00 01121 CP2235 RESISTOR 2 2K 5 25 FC TCs 4 01121 Cp2225 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125 F T 19701 401 8 0 1352 RESISTOR 10K 1 1258 F 04 100 24546 CA4 1 8 T6 1602 F A14R34 0683 5635 14856 0683 2235 614837 0683 2225 014838 0757 0289 014839 0757 0442 RESISTOR TRMR 100K 10 C TOP ADJ 1 TRN 28480 2100 3214 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TC 0 100 19701 01 8 10 1332 RESISTOR 10 2K 1 129M F 70404 25 28480 0679 0124 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F 7 0 100 24546 04 1 8 0 100 RESISTOR 8 25K 1X 1258 F TCs04 100 24546 04 1 8 0 825 14RA0 2100 3214 14841 0757 0289 014842 0699 2124 41 4843 0757 0442 414644 0757 0441 RESISTOR 47 5 254 F T 400 500 01121 084705 RESISTOR 1K 9 258 FC T 400 1600 81321 081929 RESISTOR 22M 5 25W T 9007 1200 01121 265 RESISTOR 4 7K SZ 259 TC 400 1700 01121 084725 RESISTOR 5 11 1X 1258 F 7 0 100 24545 4 1 8 8 5111 814845 0603 4705 14846 1633 1925 814847 0683 2265 A14R4D 0683 4725 614849 0757 0438 RESISTOR 2 2K 5 25W 1 0 400 4
110. 5 w 12HU U58 2 COPA YE Troubleshoot 12H7 Treubleshoot U58 916 Troubleshoot vag Troubleshoot 016 Troubleshoot 116 US 4 U38 2 U38 4 U38 6 U38 8 U38 12 U38 14 U38 16 U38 18 P9324 5508 UUFP CUHO 4FUC P10U 9399 ol H H Troubleshoot U38 NO NO Troubleshoot us U38 1 35AU NO Troubleshoot 025 Troubleshoot 115 U29 8 2064 Shoot 8 Figure 8 31 b Signature Analysis Test 3 8 7 8 8 26 5V U45H Data Lost in Shift Register YES U37 7 3H74 Troubleshoot 137 Troubleshoot 29 U38 YES Troubleshoot 038 5V 3102 YES Data Lost In 068 3 531F U68 4 QGP U68 7 0104 068 8 H9HA FO23 OH76 Troubleshoot 058 U59 068 YES 5 8 3 GAME ae 058 7 0000 58 6 3102 iy 058 5 0000 23 5 YES 058 4 3102 YES d U59 7 0000 U58 U59 24 059 6 3102 89 5 0000 4 34 U58 4 310 NO YES of Troubleshoot 58 VERTE 00 U66 067 959 od NO or NO Y 072 10 3102 YES LATN Failure U64 13 3102 i NO YES NO Load Data Out Failure 2 5 Failure 1 Skt 547 5V 2A78 YES Go To SA Test O jeshoot Treubleshoot 059 058 U59 tm Troubleshoot Troublashoot 058 059 or 068 068 1367 Th
111. 50 0 attenuator hp Model 355C to 3 dB and connect to signal output Connect 1 thermal converter hp 11050A to attenuator output Connect DC digital voltmeter with microvolt resolution hp 3455A to thermal converter output See Figure 4 9 pp Press 3325A AMPTD CAL key Record the voltmeter reading in the 3 V sine wave 1 kHz reference space on the performance test record qq Set the 3325A modify key to the IMHz position and bump the frequency in 2MHz steps from 1kHz to 20 001 MHz recording the voltmeter reading at each fre quency In each case allow the thermal converter several seconds to stabilize rr Verify that all flatness readings are within 6 6 of the 1 KHz reference reading Change attenuator to 12 dB Change 3325A amplitude to 10 Vpp Repeat steps pp and qq for 10 Vpp Verify that all readings are within 6 3 of the 1 kHz reference tt Disconnect the thermal converter from the 3325A output uu Square wave flatness Set the 3325A as follows High Voltage Output Option 2 OFF Function Square Amplitude 10 Vpp Frequency 1 kHz vv Connect the 3325A signal output to an oscilloscope hp 1740 with a 500 load Set the oscilloscope as follows Vertical Sensitivity Time Div 2 volts div 1 msec ww Use the modify keys to bump the 3325A fre quency from 1 kHz to 10 001 MHz in 2 MHz steps Two lines will appear on the oscilloscope Verify that they re main within 4 major division o
112. 54713 MPS 612 48107 1854 0215 1 TRANSISTOR NPM SI PD 350dMy 300 42 04713 2M3904 ALIQLIB 1853 0083 9 TRANSISTOR DUAL PNP PDs6005M 20480 1853 0083 AT 4107 1053 0085 TRANGISTOR DUAL PNP FD 60 0K 20480 1953 0083 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 17 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts e ACE Description Mfr Part Number 140112 1854 1314 140113 1884 0550 8140114 1854 0215 140116 1853 0066 2140117 1855 0066 TRANSISTOR NPN GI PD 31DMU 200 2 28480 1854 0314 TRANSISTOR NPN 81 DARL PD 31089 04713 MPS ate TRANSISTOR NPN 51 0 350 00 2 84713 2N3904 TRANSISTOR PNP 51 TO 92 PD c625MW 20480 1853 0066 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 70 92 280489 1883 0066 mox TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE SI 28400 1855 0981 TRANSISTOR NPN GI DARL PDz310MW 04713 MPS 12 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 2330MW FT 306MHZ 94713 245904 TRANSISTOR NPN 25866 I 10 59 14 3 585 2N3066 TRANSISTOR NPN 51 TO 92 PD625MU 04713 5 10 144118 1855 0081 A14Q119 1854 0560 4140201 1854 0215 A14Q203 1854 0233 140204 1854 0795 TRANSISTOR NPN PD 350MM 300 7 04713 203904 TRANSISTOR NPN 2376866 81 397 3 595 2N3856 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 350MM FTs300HHZ 94713 243704 TRANSISTOR PNP 61 10 39 00 2 04713 018 TRANGISTOR DUAL NPN 28480 18
113. 66 J7 AMPTD MOD Input connector for an amplitude modulating signat of 5 V maximum peak voltage see Paragraph 3 62 J8 SYNC OUT This output is identical to the output at the front panel sync connector Item 15 J10 AUX 21 60 MHz A signal is available at this output when the sine wave frequency is programmed above 21 MHz see Paragraph 3 34 J9 Z BLANK A TTL compatible output is present during a sweep operation see Paragraph 3 60 J11 X DRIVE This output progresses from V to 10 V during a sweep up operation see Paragraph 3 58 J12 MARKER This TTL compatible output goes low at the selected marker frequency during 8 sweep up and high at completion of the sweep see Paragraph 3 55 13 Power Transformer T1 Line Fuse F1 Model 3325 NOTE The is Hewlett Packard Company s implementation of IEEE Standard 488 1978 3 3 PANEL FEATURES 3 4 Figure 3 1 identifies and describes the functions of the front and rear panel controls indicators and con nectors 3 5 POWERIWARM UP 3 6 Thc Model 3325 requires a power source of 100 120 220 or 240 Vac 5 10 48 to 66 Hz single phase The selection of line voltage and fuse is described in Paragraph 2 8 and Figure 2 1 3 7 The 3325A POWER switch has two positions STBY and ON Power is applied to some circuits at any time the instrument is connected to the ac power source If the instrument has the Oven Assembly Option 001 i
114. 8 G 4 Figure 8 40 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A04250 and below Instruments in the preceding range may have an assembly which contains connector J1 p n 1251 4494 for use with cable W33 p n 8120 2577 The older black connector and white cable have been replaced on newer boards by a more reliable connector orange p n 1251 6567 and cable gray p n 8120 3108 The newer connectors are incompatible with the older cables as are the newer cables incompatible with the older connectors If the A3 assembly is replaced in one of the above instruments refer to paragraph 8 113 in Section VIII for additional information on connector cable compatibility 7 31 Service Group H Mixer P O 03325 66503 A4 7 32 A3 Past to Present Table 7 9 briefly summarizes the engineering changes that have brought A3 to it current revision Tahle 7 9 Board Revisions Board Instruments Shipped Board Revision With This Revision Changes 1748A00101 1748A00470 1748A00471 1748 04675 went Rev B with modification to 20MH2 LPF 1748A04676 Present went Rev C when modifications were made to the mixer driver and multiplier ckty Note that all serial number ranges are approximate Model 3325 Service 7 33 The following backdating information pertains to the mixer portion of the A3 assembly 4 Page 8 H 3 8 H 4 Figure 8 41 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A00470 and below Instrument
115. 816 817 7 59 a poll 415823 5 CRIS g Teneo 841 CR7 842 843 844 825 R24 11 C12 A21 03325 66521 R33 s ex RB6 L1 2 1 L3 ju 42 29 SAL 3 2 5 FRACTIONAL N ANALOG n ee PHASE COMPARATOR 217 1506 5 Ci 7 174 R3 84 Gey MIN 5607 56440 42 C22 M PROM 0 1 H mis f1 828 5 2 1 33K TP3 45 4 871 CR4 194 2 mo 138 ster 0368 ra HU p 5 P R26 R27 aon 58 2 33K V Y R34 NM S 5 148 15 15V to RAMP DOWN BIAS CURRENT SOURCE 2 15V 817 3 48K CRS 1 4 11 ADJ esv APTS FROM U15121 I 8133 0 03313 15V PAROM FRAC N CHIP 013 uy H tates ARON Utz 6 45 838 Wis n0 1 36 Vio 14 NV 6 2 ae 018 9 wi 844 1 9 841 580 FM 47 s 2 CRs 5 7 COPYRIGHT 1360 BY HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY SHORTING W2 TURNS THE W2 1 INTEORATOR INTO TRANSCONDUCTANCE AMPLIFIER 00011 au TP3 R68 865 870 14 78 000 100 aso 15V 15 1GK 100 RE 1 96K 45V 05V R98 887 15v 2 2K 2 2K CURRENT CONTROL
116. 9583 3915 218210 0693 4765 RESISTOR 1K 1 24546 RESISTOR 330 SK 2 2 21121 RESISTOR 29 gt TO 400 706 01121 RESISTOR 4 49 409 603 01171 RESISTOR 5 25 490 500 91121 RESISTOR 6 01K 1X 125W F 04 100 24546 1 8 0 6921 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F gt 2454b 04 1 8 10 101 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F 1C 24546 1 8 10 1002 RESISTOR 22 57 25W FC T 400 4500 01121 RESIBIGQR ZIAK 14 129W F 130 24546 CA 1 8 T0 3161 F Aa1R212 0757 0439 ADIR213 0757 0401 218214 0757 0442 18215 0083 2 ASIR216 0757 1272 ONG QOoOb50 RODS 1840 0817 2102 1021 0001 A2104 1820 1196 2105 1820 1112 621 1826 0021 I FF ECL D M S DUAL 04713 MCi0151P TRANSISTOR ARRAY 14 PIN 5 3 985 CASI4G FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM 01295 5 741 5174 FF 9 01275 SN74L874A N OF GP 70 99 PKG 27014 Oo IC FF TTL 5 J K NEG EDGE TRIG SN748112N DRVR TTL 8 NAND LINE DUAL 4 INP GN7498140N XC CNTR TTL LS DECD UP DGWN SYNCHRO SN74LS190N gt GP 0 99 PKG S09 307 CNTR TTL LS UP DOWN BYRCHRO 21275 SH7ALS170N 2107 1820 0629 A21U8 1820 0097 2109 1320 1279 AZO 1826 0043 AML 1820 1279 1 12 1020 0681 2 GATE TTL 5 QUAD i 01295 GN74500N amp 21U13 1820 0629 1 F TTL J K NEG 16 01295 5N745112N 21014 1029 1196 2 FF LS g TRIG COM 0129
117. A 920 R11 A R12 A R13 A R14 A R15 A 03325 66505 R16 A Revisian A Revision B and Revision C 03325 66505 boards are identical regarding component layout and values The revisions reflect manufacturing changes only ROM COUTROLLER gt C E LCSR FROM ot CONTROLLOR 1 COPYRIGHT 1977 by HEWLETT PACKARD 8 5 g TRE SIFT REG 1 2 1 j 10 P SHIFT 9 i REGISTER CLIK TPR v d LATCH RI 47 powers AK _ i 25 gt rere Fig 39 she 344 5 533 537 sss 5 FREQ LOCAL SINGLE 57 55 5 S4 57 dag Vera MKR FREQ ssa 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 n u R p ie FT PACKARD oo LLL PACKARD COMPANY 8 55 527 5 Se KEYBOARD NOTE Power STBV OM SWITCH 544 IS SHOWN ON THe POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC SERVICE GROUP ame NUE RIC 2 5 PLAY GOMMA ANNU AT ORS 6 6 REAR 2il 2 7 CRIS enue Me CRI s
118. Aberrations operation to its specifications listed in Table 1 1 A 4 47 Ramp Retrace Time Performance Test Record is located at the end of this 4 49 Sync Output section This Test Record lists all of the tested specifica 4 5 Square Wave Symmetry tions and the acceptable limits For ease of recording 4 53 Frequency Accuracy data at various times copies of the blank Performance 4 55 Phase Increment Accuracy Test Record may be made without written permission 4 57 Phase Modulation Linearity from Hewlett Packard 4 59 Amplitude Accuracy 4 61 DC Offset Accuracy DC Only 4 34 The Performance Tests include the following 4 63 DC Offset Accuracy with AC Functions 4 65 Triangle Linearity Par No Test 4 67 X Drive Linearity ee a 4 69 Ramp Period Variation 4 37 Harmonic Distortion 4 71 HP IB Interface Test 4 39 Spurious Signal Tests 4 4 Integrated Phase Noise Table 4 2 Test Equipment Required For Performance Tests Critical Specifications High Frequency Frequency Range 1 kHz to 80 MHz hp 1417 85528 85538 Spectrum Analyzer Amplitude Accuracy 40 5 dB 8566 8568 Noise gt 70 dB below reference 50 Load Accuracy 0 2 Model 11048C Power Rating 1 W 56 20 1 8W 1 0 hp 0757 0395 Low Frequency Frequency Range 20Hz to 5OkHz hp 3580A 3585A Spectrum Analyzer Amplitude Accuracy 0 598 Spurious Responses 80dB below reference Sine Wave Signal Frequency Range 1 MHz to 21 MHz hp 3335A Source Amplitude Range to
119. B C15 G 216 H 09 G R32 A C17 H 010 F R33 F C18 H 011 51 D B R1 A 52 E CR2 B R2 A CR3 C R A Test Points CR4 R4 A G D R5 A 15V G 5V G CRG E R6 A 15V F CR7 E R7 A F RS 415 CR9 H R9 A 5 0 CR1O R10 A 18U B CR12 R11 8 ui B CR13 E R12 B u2 F CR14 E R13 E U3 F CR15 G R14 D 04 G CR16 E R15 K1 H R16 E Vi G 8 O 2 Gu 5 ue 33 7 820 821 836 088 us 841 Iaa 7 013 cris K R43 E Ras 826 828 69 6 O 2 A2 03325 66502 Rev F oTP 5 oTP 15V 1 9TP 15V 8 0 220V ME 100V LINE 120v LUE gt gt gt 24 120 340 visu 54 gi 100 226 e 3 5 7 OVEN ERE NT ET o lt E Fuse 15 REAR PANEL POWER SUPPLY ASSERBLY 03325 e 1 5 cR RS x lt lt SI AND 52 SHOWN IN FOBITIOU 50 FOR NORMAL I20 LIVE FOR OTHER LINE VOLTAGES MAKE THE APPROPRIATE DROWN ABOVE 10 17 Rid CRS 5 VOLT REGULATC 55 v 60 CR 1251 2 RA len 42 24 S NOTE THIS SCREW MUST i BE SECURELY PLACE OR CURCUIT I Wie CT OPERATE CORRECTLY KEYBOARD ASSY
120. BO fs x 4 7 5 lt 2207 839 us BA 294 Rite i STATE hep Mustek 4 Lay BUFFER 12 LOC 5 O ety 674 dew esy 4 23 41 o i po Tie 915 R34 R36 8590 se 15 4 99 55v Atl TU E CLOSED OPen 9 L See paragraph 8 113 when replacing HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY VEO OSCILLATOR Ras CRB 7spF C47 SIOpF PH R34 e SINE AMPLITUDE CONTROL AUD E AMPLITUDE MODULATION ee TT ee seqana 15 75K 415 m Roz 205 V4 7K RBZ 3 01K X OFFSET 7 46 5 LLS 2 Rot 41 4 44 Ut 1 V MULTIPLIER 8 2 47 47 60 4 ky RSs Qe m m oe Sz Lg 3 TN 59 e 250 20K TPZ REF 4 1OMHE OSCILLATOR TLLA 152 FY 5 LLL REFERENCE gt o RY 2 176 vl Counter Bi Quivaey T COUNTER 5 1 xm cae cre lor 4 ese R42 200 tivi R34 m 1 21 i
121. C 8 19 The Control circuits include all the blocks in Figure 8 2 labeled Service Group C plus other circuits such as Read and Write Control and the 1 2 MHz con trol elock oscillator Figure 8 7 is a basic block diagram of the Control circuits A brief definition of some cir cuit components may be helpful Processor Commonly known s a micropro cessor As the name implies this device processes its input information and detcr mines what data and or instructions to issue ROM A Read Only Memory issues predetermined set of data in response to a given set of input data called an address 8 5 Model 3325 Service 5 weibeIq 30014 oiseg 7 9 K ISN3SSV NOI LONRI 15153 SANIT 81 4798518 GNV OHVOBA33 VIVO SNIHOWW VIVI 3NIHOVM NOLLONNA SIS3HINAS 94300343 AVIS 10 ONY QuvVOBA3X OL S IOMINOO 3101uM OV3u LIAL 9338 ldhHH31Ni 39019 ldfiMa3lNi 1408 Sm SL1noMIO Gi dH OL WULNOD 103810 SANIT ti 5539007 WO 8 6 Model 3325A RAM A Random Access Memory or Read Write Memory accepts data data can be written into it which can then be read out at a later time Data location is determined by the address input 8 20 Read Only Memory The 3325A Read Only Memory ROM consists of four units which are selected by signals from the ROM Control Register Designed into the ROM are the fixed routines or resp
122. CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR F XD CAPAC ITOR FXD CAP ACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACT TOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPAC ITOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR V T CAPACLTOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPAGTTOR F XD TON amp GUF r 20 TA TUF 2 100VDC MET POLYC 01UF 100 0 S0VDC CER 1008 4 26X SEVDE CER 1SUF 10 ZBYDE 150 4 102 20UDC O1UF 4100 04 54 0 CER SO1UF 190 0 SOVDC CER 01UF 100 02 CER 80 20 S0VDC CER 010 4100 05 SO0UVDC CER B1UF 4100 03 50UDC CER 1009 410 1 CER 1000PF 20 5090 CER 108 80 29 50900 CER 0229UF 10 200 0 POLYE 022UF 104 200VDC POLYE 100 0 50 0 CER O1UF 100 0 SO0UDC CER AUF 80 20 50 0 CER AUF 3B0 20X 50990 CER 1 100VDC POLYSTY 2 2UF 0 3 VDC CER 2 2UF 20 50VDC CER 1UF 10 100 0 MET POLYE 9192 41060 9X 50 CER 3 3UF 20 15400 TA 1SUF4 10 28 0 AUF 80 20 SO0VDC CER AUF 10 100UDC MET POLYE 107 18 100VDC MET POLYE TUE 18 100UDC AUR 10 100UDC 1 107 100900 AUF 480 204 59 0 CER U01UF 100 0X 50900 CER U1UF 100 0 59700 CER 2 100VDC MICA 4 3 a00UDC MICA 140pF 300V 2 500906 MICA 7 300900 MICA 15085 5 09700 MICA 01UF 109 0 4100 2
123. CHAN DMO TRANGISTOR NPN ST PD 0 F GMHZ 4 2N3904 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD FT s300HhHZ 7 23914 A2124 1854 0215 21025 1055 0089 21026 1954 0215 001627 1995 0081 1028 1054 0296 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PDc330MW FT SNC MHZ 3 2 2904 TRANSISTOR PNP 284717 01 PDe200MU 2N4917 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 2 3 245904 TRANSISTOR D 40 1055 9081 TRANSISTOR SI 70 92 PDps310MW 2 1854 0296 4216429 1354 0896 A21Q31 1853 0089 21032 1854 0830 21633 1653 0082 42140137 1854 9219 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 10 92 10 2840 1854 0296 TRANSISTOR PNP 2N4917 SI 200 2N4917 TRANSISTOR DUAL NPN 271 LM324 TRANSISTOR 7 D MODC 61 1855 0002 TRANSISTOR NPN 51 PD2350MW FT 40 MHZ 04713 2N3904 D 821438 1855 0086 421439 25 0081 2 1941 054 0296 621942 354 0296 A21443 1053 0089 TRANSISTOR PNP GL PDe318MW FT 40MW3Z 27014 087 TRANSISTOR J FET D MODE 51 28480 1855 0081 TRANSISTOR NPN 51 10 92 PD 3t MU 204800 1834 0296 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 10 92 PL 28480 1654 0296 TRANSISTOR PNP 244917 I 200 07263 2 4917 621944 1355 0059 214121 1853 0448 210132 1854 0071 210161 1853 0448 210162 1854 0345 TRANSISTOR PNP 2N4917 SI PD 200MW 07263 284717 TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO 92 PD 625MW 04713 1 TRANSISTOR MPN 51 PD2300MM 0 2 28431 1894 0071 TRANSISTOR PNP S
124. CHANGING THE LINE VOLTAGE SELECTION MAKE SURE THE CORRECT FUSE 15 INSTALLED FOR FOR THE VOLTAGE SELECTED LINE VOLTAGE FUSE NO 100 7 20V 2110 0001 220 240V 2110 0012 AFTER CHANGING LINE VOLTAGE SELECTION BE SURE TO INDICATE ON THE REAR PANEL THE NEW VOLTAGE SELECTED 3325A 23 SWITCHES VIEWED FROM REAR OF INSTRUMENT Figure 2 1 Line Voltage Selection Model 3325 8120 1361 8120 0698 570 4195 UL LISTED FOR USE IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA Figure 2 2 Power Cables Up to 15 instruments including the controller may be connected in an HP IB system The HP IB cables have identical stacking connectors on both ends so that several cables can be connected to a single source As a practical matter avoid stacking more than three or four cables on any one connector If the stack gets too large the force on the stack can produce enough leverage to damage the connector mounting Be sure that the connector screws are tightened firmly in place to keep it from working loose during use and be sure to observe the Section II CAUTION of Figure 2 3 2 14 Cable Length Restrictions System components can be interconnected in virtually any configuration However to achieve reliable system performance proper voltage levels and timing relationships must be maintained If the system cable is too long the lines cannot be driven properly and the system will fail to perform The maximu
125. CRIDES 081055 083329 bu APRA 0737 0290 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 APRS 0698 3498 3 100 19701 24546 MFAC1 8 T0 6191 F 04 1 8 0 8668 BUM 7 RESISTOR 8 66K 1 1559 F 1C D 100 ec AIRE 9098 5274 AQR 2100 3252 0483 1015 AVR 1545 2025 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F 70 08 22 RESISTOR TRMR 5k 10 C TOP AD RESISTOR 100 5 25U FC RESISTOR 2 5 25W FC T 20486 28480 01121 01121 0698 3274 2100 3252 081015 4007 390 400 700 NOW 1820 0216 IC 0 AMP GP 8 01 28480 1820 0216 035325 265 PC BD BLK 22212 28480 03325 26509 2190 2213 2200 0103 2200 9143 WASHER LK NO 4 415 IN ID SCREW MACH 4 40 25 1 10 PAN HD POZI SCREW MACH 4 40 375 IN LG PAN HD POZTI 28400 28480 28400 2190 0913 2200 0103 2200 0143 2261 0001 2260 0113 3050 0105 5030 0440 3050 0604 NUT HE X DBL CHAM 4 40 THD 094 IN THK SCREW MACH 6 50 25 IN LG PAN HD POZI WMASHER Fi 4 125 IN ID MASGHER SHLDR 4 115 1 1 2 IN OD WASHER FL 7 16 TN S IM ID 28400 20020 20490 28481 20480 22650 0001 RDER BY DEGCRIPTION 3050 0105 3050 0440 5054 0604 35050 0716 7121 1234 MAGHER FL NO 5 128 ZN ID 28480 LABEL CAUTION 1 925 IN WD 2 24 IN LG 28480 3050 0716 7121 1234 A14 A14C1 1402 1 403 ATACS A14C amp A14C26 14027 14 28 14 29 014031 A1 4032 14033 414034 14 35 61403
126. Clock U42 4 HCH5 No U15 13 0000 No U26 1 5634 Yes Troubleshoot U26 19 5634 026 99 16 5C34 09 Not Giving HWR Signal Troubleshoot U15 023 U24 039 Yes Yes Troubleshoot 077 33 Troubleshoot 114 U4 Troubleshoot U15 U39 8 0000 No U30 9 No Yes Machine Check U28 Inputs U28 2 U28 4 U28 6 U28 8 U28 12 U28 14 U28 16 U28 18 No Troubleshoot U27 Then U28 aan 5V AHHC If 5 signature is HCH5 022 signatures should be 022 2 U22 3 816P U22 4 C659 U22 5 U22 6 8H43 U22 7 83 U22 8 8067 U22 9 3958 8us Failure THPS C032 9403 1351 AA35 79 4 U53A 8 84 Troubleshoot U39 Troubleshoot 930 022 11 022 12 022 13 022 14 022 15 022 16 022 17 022 18 028 3 028 5 46H3 U28 7 F551 U28 9 P5CO U28 11 UC67 U28 13 8005 U28 15 A468 U28 17 7205 Troubleshoot 928 5 2 Check U28 Outputs 6P29 BFAB 2C3B P1A6 9PHA 5070 1H33 HN d 0 HM H H 15 HCH5 022 signatures U22 11 U22 12 6P29 U22 13 8FA8 022 14 2038 U22 15 P1A6 U22 16 9 022 17 BU7U U22 18 1H33 928 Outputs Check RAM Address Bus 5V AU96 Yes U28 3 PCOB 1 28 75 FEST U19 4 CHE U28 7 F551 U28 9 PSCO Yes U19 6 1091 Yes Yes U28 11 UC67 U20 11 180H U19 8 75
127. D CR106 F 0201 R104 R228 G C113 D CR107 F 0202 G R105 R229 G C114 D Q203 G CR205 G Q204 G R106 D R231 G C116 D CR208 G R107 D R232 G C117 D CR209 G Q206 G R108 D R233 G C118 E Q207 G R109 D R234 G C119 E CR210 G 0208 G R110 D Q209 G R236 G C121 E CR211 G R111 D R237 G C122 212 G Q211 H R112 E R238 G C123 E CR213 G 0212 H R113 R239 G C124 E CR214 G 0213 H R114 E R241 G CR215 H Q214 H R242 F C126 E R116 E R243 G C127 E CR216 G 0216 H R117 E R244 G C128 E CR217 H Q217 G 2118 C129 E CR218 H Q218 H R119 E R246 G CR219 H 0219 H R120 E R247 H C131 E CR220 H R248 H C132 E CR221 H R1 A R121 E R249 G C133 E R122 E R250 H F1 B R3 A R123 E C134 E F2 A R4 R124 E R251 G C135 F F3 G R5 B R252 H F4 G R126 R253 G C136 F R6 B R127 E R254 H C137 F J1 F R7 B R128 E R255 G C138 F 42 G R8 B R129 E C139 F J4 H R9 C R256 H J5 G R131 E R257 H 2141 R11 132 R258 H C142 F J9 B R133 E R259 H C143 F J12 A R26 R134 E R260 G C144 F J13 B R27 A J14 28 C203 F R29 A 423 J24 D 8 K 3 Service Model 3325 R261 H 15V B U1 A U26 R262 H 15V B U2 A U27 R263 H 15V G U28 C R264 H 15V G 94 B 029 R265 H U5 c U30 G ACD G 96 8266 H AMPL 07 031 R267 H AMP OUT G U32 R268 H AZ 9 U33 D R269 H U10 B U34 D R270 H DAC c U35 D R271 H GND G 011 B R272 H LVL U12 B 036 R273 H 081 U13 B U37 E R274 H 052 U14 B U38 E R275 H U15 8 U39 E PK F
128. Diagram Model 3325 Service SERVICE GROUP D VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR SHIELD The VCO circuit is covered by a shield consisting of a flat cover and an extrusion Always set the POWER switch to STBY before removing or replacing the shield When replacing the shield make sure the key on the bottom edge of the shield is aligned with the hole in the printed circuit board Voltage Controlled Oscillator Troubleshooting OSC FAIL Display Indication a With an oscilloscope check the reference pulse signal at A21U1 11 This should be a very narrow pulse with an amplitude of approximately 2 V p p at a frequency of 100 kHz If this signal is correct go to Step b If this signal is not correct go to Service Group Do not allow disconnected cable connectors to contact the printed circuit boards or components or circuits may be damaged b Check the 5V 15V and 15V power supply voltages at the following points 5V C33 Service Group F 15V CIO Service Group F 15 C26 Service Group F Moreover when the problem has been isolated to the functional block the first step should be a check of the power supply voltage into the functional block 8 D 1 Service 8 D 2 Model 3325A c Make sure the VCO oscillates at the top and bottom of its frequency range Disconnect the cable from A21J18A cable marked 18 S H This is the VCO control voltage Measure the frequency of the sign
129. E 4 lt lt 2 grr 8 wont 1 12 D 5 L Vee BUS RECEIVERS AMD DRIVERS BUS RECEIVERS Abo DRIVERS 5 M KS INTERFACE 1 1 2 Lx er 351 5 75 y v 18 CONNECTOR DE REAR PANEL Viewed FROM OUTS sw 5 2 32 sit 3 i 8313A 6GA 71 32 HP IB Circuits A6 Figure 8 8 B 11 Service EN ECT ROI C BP RES BUS CLOCK DIRECT CONTRCL O DIRECT CONTROL PONES DECODER LOAD DATA OUT HP IB Data Input Path READ BUS DATA 8 81 MACHINE DATA 8 81 SERIAL IN BUS 8 LINES 3 STATE PARALLEL OUT BUFFER 18 LINES SHIFT REGISTER BUS CLOCK DIRECT CONTROL 0 DIRECT CONTROL OPTOELECTRONIC STATUS SOLAT ON 4 LINES i2 BIT il LINE PARALLEL 18 LINES SERIAL OUT SHIFT REGISTER BUS CLOCK LOAD DATA INPUT HP IB Data Output Path 8 B 12 Model 3325A x 18 DATA 1 0 18 LINES Model 3325 Service TRE ECT RGN IG AEST al T ADDRESSED LISTEN ARET NEW BYTE ACCEPTED NEW DATA READY int a E NEEDED uo
130. F FRACTIONAL N ANALOG CIRCUITS Fractional N Analog Troubleshooting If pin 1 of A21U33 is positive in Service Group D Troubleshooting and the signal at TP9 is always positive or if pin 7 of A21U33 is positive and the signal at TP9 is mostly negative the trouble is probably in the Integrator Bias or Sample Hold circuits The following waveforms may be observed at the points indicated If the Bias API waveforms are correct but the Integrator output is mot correct the trouble is probably in the Integrator Current Sources or the Sample Hold circuit Set the frequency to 1 kHz function to sine or switch the power from STBY to ON and observe he waveforms below a 1f the Counter circuit and VCO are working correctly but the VCO is still not tuning properly set the frequency to 1 1MHz and the amplitude to 10Vp p and test for the correct signal at A21TP10 see Figure 8 F 1 Make sure cable W18 is connected from the Sample and Hold output to the VCO input A INTEGRATOR sat OV 3 5 Q19 SOURCE TV BIAS 06 07 EMITTERS b If the waveform at TP10 is rounded or slightly distorted make sure the Sample Hold FETs are not leaking c If the waveform at is bad test the integrator and Sample Hold circuitry Heat sink and remove A21CR4 and A21CR8 to open the phase locked loop at the integrator input
131. FC TCz 400 4500 91421 3665 RESISTOR 1 125 F TO 0 106 24546 4 1 8 10 2001 ABR AS 0883 4708 AGR26 0683 3305 AAR 27 0683 3305 0683 0365 ABRIL 0757 0283 f mro 000 Jo RESTSTOR 200K 1 129W F 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 2003 F RESISTOR 200K 13 1259 F TCs0 100 C4 1 8 30 2002 F RESISTOR 2K 1 125 F TCs04 10D 24546 C 4 1 8 T0 2001 F RESISTOR 3 6 5 25W FC T 90 4500 01121 CB36G5 RESISTOR 5 6 SX 29W FC 400 4 509 01121 285509 6832 0757 0472 ABRIZ 0757 0472 AGRS4 0757 0283 ADR35 0683 0365 ABRIS 0683 0565 0 4 400 500 01121 CLS6GS 4007 500 01121 68837 0683 0555 88838 0683 2205 RESISTOR 5 6 5X 258 FC TG RESISTOR 22 8 854 FC TCs DIODE FW BRDG 20090 2A 94713 2 02 IC V RGLTR TO 220 84713 MC78M XC V RGLTR 10 220 04713 7919 ABUT 1906 0096 ABUZ 1825 0454 AGUS 1826 0214 aN CONNECTOR SGL CONT PIN 1 14 MM BSE SZ 28480 1251 0600 WASH LK INTL T NO 4 2115 1 10 28400 2190 0004 SCREW M amp CH 4 40 S5 IN LG 021 20480 2200 0147 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 4 40 THD 062 IN THK 28400 2260 0002 SCREW MACH amp 32 25 XN LG 10 21 00000 ORDER HY DESCRIPTION 1251 8600 2190 0004 2200 0147 2260 0002 2360 0113 WASHER FL MILO NU 5 128 IN ID 204980 5050 0710 LABEL CAUTION 1 925 IN WD 2 24 1540 28480 7121 1234 3059 0716 7121 1234 on
132. Figure 7 13 Offset Control Serial Numbers 1748A01075 and Below Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A08790 to 1748A01076 These instruments contain the dc offset control circuitry shown in Figure 7 14 tC 1 COWTROL FROM I tfr ERROR __ FROM 5390 SG UARE ENABLE FRAM 228 ON FOR AL FUNCTIONS TRIANGLE ENABLE ARA EXCEPT FROM U28 UD Figure 7 14 DC Offset Control Serial Numbers 1748A08790 to 1748401076 45 Page 8 J 7 8 J 8 Figure 8 43 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A02350 and below These instruments do not have CR110 See Service Note 3325A 5A for a modification procedure to improve square wave phase control in these instruments Model 3325 Service A 45 A6 03325 66506 Rev C Note 1 Refer to paragraph 8 113 if board replacement is necessary Service 7 20 Model 3325A Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A05826 to 1748A08790 These instruments contain the amplitude control circuitry shown in Figure 7 16 e AMPLITUDE FROM 023 6 Figure 7 16 Amplitude Control Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748A05826 to 1748 08790 5 Page 8 J 7 8 J 8 Figure 8 43 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748408790 and below These instruments do not have U36 In these instruments pin 8 or 9 of U34 is connected to R101 o via a jumper wire AS Page 8 J 7 8 J 8 Figure 8 43
133. In order for the 3325A to meet the specifications listed in Table 1 1 the operating environment must be within the following limits Temperature 0 to 55 Relative Humidity 95 at 40 C Altitude 4600 meters 15 000 feet 2 23 Cooling System 2 24 The cooling fan intake and the exhaust vent are located in the rear panel When operating the instrument provide at least 75 mm 3 inches of clearance at the rear and at least 7 mm 14 inch on all sides of the instrument Failure to allow adequate air circulation will result in excessive internal temperature reducing instrument reliability 2 25 It ig imperative that the fan filter be inspected frequently and cleaned or replaced as necessary to permit the free flow of air through the instrument To clean the 2 4 Model 3325 filter remove the four nuts that secure the filter retainer Remove the filter and flush with soapy water rinse clean and air dry 2 26 Bench Operation 2 27 The instrument has plastic feet attached to the bottom panel The front feet contain foldaway tilt stands for convenience in bench operation The tilt stand raises the front of the instrument for easier viewing of the control panel The plastic feet are shaped to make full width modular instruments self align when they are stacked A front handle kit hp Part No 5061 0089 Option 907 can be installed for ease of handling the instrument on the bench see Figure 2 4 The kit is shipp
134. Interrogating Program Errors 3 24 4 67 X Drive Linearity 4 27 3 148 Interrogating Entry Parameters 3 25 4 69 Ramp Period Variation 4 29 3 150 Interrogating Function 4 71 Interface Test 4 30 3 152 Interrogating Miscellaneous Section Page PROMIS enc ee 05212226 ADJUSTMENTS 5 1 3 154 Using the Interrogate Capability 3 26 5 1 Introduction 5 1 3 156 3325 Programming Procedure 3 27 5 3 Equipment Required 42 5 5 Adjustment Procedures 5 2 Appendix A Meta Messages Block 5 7 Power Supply 5 2 An 5 8 D A Converter Offset 5 2 5 9 Voltage Controlled Oscillator Appendix B Programming The Model 3325A VCO Frequency 5 2 with the 9825A Calculator 1 5 10 Analog Phase Interpolation 22842 5 11 30MHz Reference Oscillator 5 3 Section Page 5 12 Option 001 High Stability IV PERFORMANCE 8 8 4 Frequency Reference 5 3 4 1 4 1 5 13 Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration 5 3 4 3 Calculator Controlled Test 4 1 5 14 X DING De De us 5 4 4 5 Operational Verification 4 1 5 15 Amplifier Bias Adjustment 5 4 4 8 Required Test Equipment 4 5 16 Ramp amp 5 5 4 10
135. Keyboard Printed Circuit Assembly A5 Disconnect the flat gray cable to the keyboard assembly from A6 and disconnect the signal and sync output cables from the front panel Remove the plastic trim strip from the top of the front frame by prying up with a small screwdriver or similar tool in one of the slots near either end of the strip Remove the two screws from the top of the front frame beneath the trim strip and two correspond ing screws from the bottom side of the front frame Push the printed circuit board and front panel assembly forward to remove from the front frame Remove the ten screws that hold the printed circuit board to the front panel assembly Replacement of Keyboard Switches The keyboard switches except the power switch may be removed by using a hot soldering iron to melt the plastic tabs on the back of the printed circuit board that hold the switch to the board Service 8 A 2 Model 3325 The keycap is press fitted to the switch and may be pulled off To install a new switch make sure the switch is oriented properly hold it firmly against the printed circuit board and rivet the plastic tabs with a flat soldering iron tip Be careful not to apply so much heat that the tabs are completely melted SIGNATURE ANALYSIS TEST 4 This test checks the ability of the processor A6U9 to identify front panel switch closures It also checks the A5 LED drivers current sources and digital circu
136. Lost Connect one input of a dual trace oscilloscope to A21U28 pin 1 This is the LRAD signal Trig ger on this input Adjust sweep to observe two LRAD pulses Use the othar input to observe signals lavels concurrent with the LRAD pulses YES NO at the points listed below First Second A1U28 LRAD Pin Pulse Pulse 3 High Low 13 Low Low 11 Low High 9 Low Low Troubleshoot 21019 A1U28 Check Cable From A21 To AG 5V 7112 YES Fractional N IC Qata Lost 5 Connect ona input of a dual trace oscilloscope to A21U28 pin 1 This is the LRAD signal Trig ger on this input Adjust sweep to obsarve three LRAD pulses Use the other input to observa signal levels concurrent with the LRAD pulses YES at the points listed below First Second Third A1U28 LRAD LRAD LRAD Pin Puisa Pulse Pulsa 3 High Low Low 13 Low Low High 11 Low High Low 8 Low Low High Check Cable Troubleshoot From A21 To A8 A21U19 A21U28 ES Troubleshoot 915 Figure 8 35 b Signature Analysis Test 5 8 C 33 8 C 34 Lis y 356 ght A 45V 1123 YES Invalid Sweep Limit Flag Trace Signal Through 21018 A210132 ABUS And Cable 5V 1232 YES No Sweep Limit Fiag Troubleshoot 21 19 5V 2320 Processor Receiving VCO High Signal Trace VCO High Signal Thorugh A21U28 And A21U33 YES Processor Receiving VCO Low Signal Trace VCO Low Signal Through 21028 And
137. MAG 4604 1918 0705 IC NMOS 32768 32K ROM 450 NS 3 8 55976 2352 MASKED asus 1820 1197 IC CATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 1 01295 5 741 500 NMOS 40776 AK STAT RAM 450 NS 3 5 THS21 14 45 Ni IG FP TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM 9 9 741 5175 IC TIMER TTL MOND ASTBL 5 4 MICPROC NMOS 20488 DFR TTL 1 6 NON XNV 0031 27014 018119973 AGUS 1618 0438 AGU 1920 1195 nous 1826 0160 2609 1820 1691 AoUT0 1820 1759 0225 IC NMOS 1024 iK STAT RAM 500 34255 21182 NMOS 1024 1K STAT 500 35 34335 AM 1126PC IC FF LS D TYPI POS TRiG COM 01295 SN74L9175N IC FF TTL 15 D TYP POG EDGE TRIG COM 01225 SN74L S174N LC INV TTL 01292 SN744N Abit 1818 0199 1818 0199 66 13 1020 1195 AbUTA 1020 1196 ASUIS 1820 0174 Sones IC DCDR TTL LB 3 10 0 41 3 1 91295 5 74 5130 IC DCDR TTL 1 8 3 TO O LINE 3 1 01295 SN74L5139N IC INU TTL HEX 1 INP 11275 58745048 BFR TTL LB NON INV 27014 DMB81L897N CNTR TTL LS BIN UP DOWN SYNCHRO 01295 SN741 8193N 1320 1216 AGUI7 1820 1216 18520 96803 8019 1820 1759 6020 1020 1124 eoo oiu 1820 1194 IC CNTR TTL LS HIN UP DOWN SYNCHRO 01275 SN741 8193N oUu22 1820 1757 iC BFR TTL LS NON INY 27014 0 811597 1820 1197 IC GATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 01295 SN741 800N 1829 1208 3 GATE L8 OR QUAD 2 1 31295 SN7 4LS32N AGW25 1820 1216 IC
138. NO 45V FCBA YES Turn On Circuit may be YES tested by unsoldaring and shorting YES A6R21 With S A Probe Turn On Circuit Problem uss1 PES 5V Signature should U35 1 FF6C Troubles be U33 11 0000 U35 The ims Pulse tram NO on AG6UB 3 may be checked with an Oscilloscope U25 1 F YES U25 2 U25 6 769P U25 3 w U25 4 A NO NO Troublesha ug NO 18 16 FFC3 123 Traubleshoot Troubleshoot NO YES U33 13 U33 9 Troubiest 033 NO NO 040 3 0000 Troubleshoot T 1 YES Troubleshoc 017 Troubleshoot ug z 8 35 544 5 5V PCUS Troubleshoot 035 1 25 3 U25 4 Mu H ll H 638H AFC7 NO Troubleshoot NO YES Troubleshoot 083 3 PCUS U25 NO jJleshoot 1 NO YES 064 2 0000 Troubleshoot NO U33 Troubleshoot 917 Troubleshoot U57 Go To 5 Test 3 Troubleshoot 057 Go To S A Test 3 156 10 PCUS YES Erroneous Bus Int rrupt U56 9 PCUS 2 NO Troubleshoot U70 Troubleshoot Erroneous Ath Signal Troubleshoot c m B NO YE 072 12 PCUS U64 12 0000 YES Troubleshoot i S a B3 Koti 4 2 1 38 3 AUH6G YES 9 NO T Troubleshoot Fractional N Control iC A21U19 Troubleshoot 9 Troubleshoot 055 056 YES Troubleshoot 139 6 0000 Tecos NO Troubleshaot U32
139. OUT A square wave sync signal is available at this connector and also at 2 rear panel connector item 28 This signal is always in sync with the output signal cross over point Zero volts or dc offset voltage see Paragraph 3 14 J2 AUX 21 60 MHz REAR annunciator This annunciator is on when the rear panel AUX output is active see Paragraph 3 34 REAR ONLY key In standard instruments switches signal output from front to rear pane and vice versa Rear panei output is active when the annunciator in the center of the key is on In instruments with High Voltage Output Option 002 this key switches from normal to high voltage output and the annunciator indicates when the high voltage output is on The key is labeled 40 Vpp 40 mA 0 1 MHz for Option 002 in Option 002 instruments no rear panel signal output is pro vided SIGNAL output Standard output impedance is 50 ohms High Voltage Output Option 002 output im pedance is nominally lt 1 ohm at dc and lt 10 ohms at 1 MHz Load impedance must be at least 500 ohms Standard and High Voltage amplifier outputs are fused 41 10 MHz OVEN OUTPUT This signal is present only instruments with Option 001 To make use of the Oven Output it must be connected to the REF IN connector Item 21 special connector hp Part No 1250 1499 is supplied with Option 001 for this pur pose J3 cers AC POWER input connector 1 REF IN An external reference may be used to
140. PUPS 075A 13 FF32 BOPP UUCU 0000 14 FF32 FF32 FF32 8375 36HC FF32 15 0000 3797 16 FF32 872 17 7839 18 4131 19 FF32 20 2 1 FF32 2 AC69 3 U83F 4 1UA2 5 2 6 7 0000 8 0000 9 0000 10 0000 11 12 2963 13 14 1104 15 0000 16 FF32 17 18 19 20 FF32 W O Jumper 0000 W Jumper 8 C 12 Model 3325 Service NOTE For signatures on 057 and above circuitry Refer to test zero pro cedure 8 13 Service Model 3325A 1 FF32 2 A961 3 4 3F19 5 8058 4P71 7 1P82 8 USAT 9 362 10 0000 11 2PFC 12 F129 13 1 1 14 1710 15 6932 16 U707 17 F955 18 CH13 19 5861 20 FF32 No signatures for U65 No Signatures U74 8 14 Model 3325 Service SIGNATURE ANALYSIS TEST 1 This test checks the data paths between the processor and machine data bus through A6U13 1720 U21 U26 U27 U28 and 045 It also checks the enable signals to these IC s This test uses two methods of signature analysis The main difference between these methods is Method 1 tests a repetitive data stream for a fixed period of time and generates single stable signature Method 2 tests a logical 1 5 V for several periods of time which are deter mined by the 3325A processor in response to the errors it has sensed or the test routine that has been programmed Each situation produces a unique stable sig
141. Performance Test Record in the Fit Straight Line column Model 3325 Performance Tests 2 BLANK OUTPUT DRIVE OUTPUT POWER SUPPLY EXTERNAL TRIGGER INPUT ie2Kn 196 125W 100KQ 1 125W 3325 4 13 Figure 4 12 X Drive Linearity Test n Determine the minimum and maximum allowable a voltages at each point by subtracting and adding 0 004 V to the voltages calculated in Step m 10 5 V 2 6x 0 1 Enter these voltage limits on the Performance Test Record under Minimum and Maximum The voltages measured and recorded in the X Drive Ramp Measurement column should be within these calculated tolerances NOTE The 3325A X Drive maximum voltage 100 is set at the factory to 10 5 V 4 69 Ramp Period Variation 4 70 This procedure tests the variation between alter nate cycles of the positive and negative slope ramps to the specification in Table 1 1 lt 1 of period max imum Equipment Required Oscilloscope with delayed sweep hp Model 1740A a Connect 3325A signal output to the oscilloscope vertical input NOT use a 10 1 probe If the oscilloscope is hp Model 1740A set the input switch to the 50 ohm position If your oscilloscope doesnot have a 50 ohm input use a 50 ohm load hp 0 Model 11048 50 ohm Feedthru Termination at the in put b Set the 3325A as follows Negative Slope Ramp E
142. Reference HP Part Designation Number Description Mfr Part Number CHASSTS AND MISCELLANEOUS PARTS 20601 SHLD TOP 20602 BOTTOM 02325 04104 COVER NO 02325 04104 3160 0209 45 115V 50 60 Hz 1 5 THK 28480 3160 0209 WITHOUT CABLE FAN WITH CABLE 28480 03325 61612 PUR 28400 03325 66592 PC EG 8CE 28481 33Y 28480 5595 PC ASSY CONTROL 28480 6506 PC ASSY FUNCTIDN 28480 33325 66514 PC ASSY HI VOLT OPT 002 28480 03325 66508 66521 PC ASSY FFS D A 28480 03325 66521 66003 PC ASSY ATTEN 28480 03325 66523 03325 66509 PC ASSY OVEN OPT 001 28480 03325 66508 0150 0012 CAPACITOR FXD G1UP 202 1 56289 C0236192J102M338 8150 0012 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 1 6209 CO2Z6102710343368 0150 0012 CAPACITQR FXD Q1UF 20 1 56289 023A102J103M936 0150 0012 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 IKVDC 56287 C023A102T102H538 03325 61612 03325 66502 V3325 66503 SN WO Qi ol 2110 0001 2110 0012 FUSE 1 2590 1 25X 23 UL 73919 312001 FUSE 25900 NTD 1 25 25 UL 28480 2110 0012 lt ADAPTER COAX STR F BNC 28480 1250 1558 ADAPTER COAX STR F RCA PHONO 28480 0 1558 ADAPTER COAX STR F RCA PHONO 28480 58 ADAPTER COAX STR F BNC F RCA PHO ND 28480 DAPTER COAX STR F RCA PHONO 28400 1250 1558 10 NN MX 1250 1258 1558 1250 1558 1250 1558 1250 1558 1850 1558 ADAPT
143. Slope Ramp 3 152 interrogating Miscellaneous Parameters 3 153 The other parameters shown below can be inter rogated by the controller to determine their present state The programming syntax is I Mnemonic EOS I The ASCII character I and indicates interrogation desired Valid Mnemonics parameter to be interrogated SM Sweep Mode RF Rear or Front Output HV High Voltage Output Amplitude Modulation MP Phase Modulation 3 26 Model 3325A Rear Front output and High Voltage Output Option 002 are mutually exclusive If either RF or HV is inter rogated the mnemonic and data returned will indicate the actual capability of the instrument and its state For example if the High Voltage option is present and OFF HV will be returned in response to either or IHV After receiving an interrogation the 3325A will send back the following the next time it is addressed to talk Mnemonic Data CR ASCII Carriage Return LF amp ASCII Line Feed with EOI sent simul taneously Mnemonic The mnemonic of the parameter being in terrogated Data 1 ASCII digit specifying the state of the parameter This is the same digit that would be used to program the parameter to that state 3 154 Using the Interrogate Capability 3 155 When the 3325A is changed from local to remote operation or vice versa it retains its currently pro grammed state until this program is changed by the operator
144. Start Frequency ST 450 500 ps 7 0 ms 450 500 5 511 Digits Decimal 225 250 ps each 2 8 ms each 225 250 each Delimiters HZ KH or MH 450 500 5 10 3 ms 450 500 us Sweep Stop Frequency SP 450 500 us 7 0 ms 450 500 ps 11 Digits Decimal 225 250 each 2 8mseach 225 250 each Delimiters HZ KH or MH 450 500 10 3 450 500 Sweep Marker Frequency MF 450 500 us 7 0 ms 450 500 us 11 Digits Decimal 225 250 each 2 8 ms each 225 250 each Delimiters HZ KH or MH 450 500 us 10 3 ms 450 500 us Sweep Time 1 450 500 5 5 ms 450 500 us z 4 Digits Decimal 225 250 each 2 8 ms each 225 250 ys each Delimiter SE 450 500 7 0 ms 450 500 us 450 500 x AC 450 500 us 85 450 500 x 225 250 ms Recall Assign Zero Phase Amptd Cal Start Single Sweep Start Continuous Sweep Interrogate Add Parameter Mnemonic Time 1 7 General Information Oscillascope Electronic Counter Digital Voltmeter 50 ohm Load High Frequency Spectrum Analyzer Low Fraquency Spectrum Analyzer Sine Wave Signal Source Double Balanced Mixer Impedance 500 ERE Frequency to 20 MHz 1 MHz Low Pass Filter 15 kHz Noise Equlvalant Filter 1 8 Model 3325A Table 1 5 Recommended Test Equipment Oper Perf Adjust Trouble Critical Specifications Ver Tests ments sh
145. The Reference Oscillator is a 30 MHz crystal controlled oscillator that can be Model 3325A synchronized to an external reference signal of 10 MHz or subharmonic of 10 MHz minimum MHz 8 45 External Reference Phase Lock Loop Figure 8 14 is a block diagram of the External Reference Phase Lock Loop The external reference input is sent thorugh a squaring circuit amplified and then differentiated to provide a narrow positive pulse to the gate of a FET switch This turns the switch on momentarily sampling the instantaneous voltage of the sine wave at the FET switch source This voltage is stored on the capacitor at the input of a Sample Hold amplifier The resulting dc output voltage from the S H amplifier is applied to a varactor in the 30 MHz oscillator circuit to adjust the oscillator frequency 8 46 When the 30 MHz oscillator is in phase with the external reference the FET switch will sample the sine wave at exactly the same point each time and the S H amplifier output voltage will remain constant But if there is a change in phase relationship the amplifier output voltage will change correcting the oscillator frequency and restoring phase lock 8 47 External Reference Detector Whenever an external reference input is present a detector circuit provides a logical 1 signal to the control circuits This causes the front panel EXT REF indicator to light 8 48 Unlock Detector When the external reference loop is
146. an external DC voltage source at the input to the VCO 3V to 10V and monitor the waveform at U1 pin 6 The 2Vp p narrow pulse should begin to approach a frequency of 100kHz as the external DC control voltage is varied If the frequency does not approach 100kHz troubleshoot the N circuitry step c Note that the frequency will approach 100kHz for every N number programmed into the 3325 and with the ap propriate DC level at the VCO input If the frequency at U1 pin 6 approaches 100kHz and the problem appears to be digitally related check that the API current sources are getting the correct signals and that the FETs are not leaking see Service Group F c Disconnect the external power supply Leave cable W18 disconnected at A21J18A d Measure and note the frequency of the VCO signal at jumper W3 This signal should be approxi mately 45MHz Connect test points A21TP6 and A21TP to ground This disables the N Shift Register and the Pulse Remove circuits f Measure the frequency at each of the following points in order and determine the relationship to the VCO frequency at W3 step d Replace any defective components should be VCO 2 If not correct check A21U32 and A21U27 for signal transitions at the input and output pins 21 2 should be VCO 10 If not correct check A21U13 and A21U18 A21U21 pin 8 should be VCO 100 If not check A21U9 A21TP3 should be 1000 if not correct check A21U9
147. are TTL compati ble and the output logic levels are as follows Linear sweep Single Goes LOW at start of sweep HIGH at stop whether the sweep is up or down Remains until start of next sweep Continuous LOW during sweep up HIGH during sweep down 3 10 Model 3325A Log sweep Goes LOW at start frequency HIGH at stop In single sweep remains HIGH until start of next sweep In continuous sweep is HIGH momen tarily at stop frequency When the Z BLANK output is low it is capable of sink ing eurrent through a relay or other device The imum ratings are Maximum current sink 200 mA Allowable voltage range 0 V to 45 V dc Maximum power voltage at output x current 1 3 62 Amplitude Modulation 3 63 To program amplitude modulation press the blue prefix key then press the STORE key remove the modulation press the blue key then RECALL The display shows or OFF momentarily to indicate the status of the amplitude modulation The status of phase modulation ON or P OFF is displayed at the same time The modulation input must be connected to the rcar panel AMPTD MOD input The impedance of this input is 20 kQ 10 kQ when AM is OFF 3 64 When amplitude modulation is programmed the amplitude of the output signal with no modulation is halved however the display still indicates the program med amplitude Then when the output
148. area near the center of A6 is 4 5 V If the signature is 5159 proceed to Step k If the signature is not 5139 troubleshoot A6U9 processor A6U10 buffer the processor data lines HPD 7 and associated circuits Refer to the ROM Signature Analysis Test k Set bus address bit 1 switch to ON 1 and set switches 2 through 5 to OFF The signature should be HCHS as indicated at the START of the flow diagram If it is not go to the section of the diagram headed by the signature actually observed If no stable signature or none of the signatures shown are observed go to the ROM Signature Analysis Test If Test 1 passes successfully go to Signature Analysis Test 2 The tests associated with each signature heading are described as follows 5 6PCP AHHC AU96 8 16 This test verifies that data can be successfully transmitted to and from the processor via the machine bus data latch U27 and buffer U28 It also tests U13 and U45 This signature indicates a failure of the machine data bus A 1010 data signal is sent from the processor on the bus through U27 U28 and U26 and read back into the processor This test checks data paths clocks and enabling signals This test is identical to that for signature 6PCP except that a different data structure is used 0101 Since 6PCP was not displayed the clocks and enabling signals are assumed to be correct This test reads data through 1720 and U21 to
149. block diagram of the data input path Thelowtruedata fromthe HP IB DIO lines is inverted to high true in the Bus Receivers It is then loaded into the last eight positions of the 12 bit parallel in serial out shift register when the Load Data Input signal is low The data loaded into the first four bits of this register is information concerning the ATN REN and IFC management lines Data is then shifted serially across the isolation barrier into 8 bit serial in parallel out shift register The first four bits status are shifted across gated into the tri state buffer by the Read Bus Data signal and onto the Machine Data Bus After the control circuits have accepted this information the eight bits of HP IB data are transferred in the same manner 8 14 Data Output The output data path shown in Figure 8 5 is essentially the reverse of the input data path Parallel data from the Machine Data Bus is loaded into a parallel in serial out shift register by the Write Bus Data signal It is then shifted serially across the isolation barrier and into the same 12 bit shift register used for input data However for output data it is used asa serial in parallel out register The data is then loaded into an 8 bit latch by the Load Data Out signal where it is available to the Bus Drivers When the Bus Drivers are enabled by the Data Out Enable signal the data is inverted and placed on the HP IB DIO lines The eighth most significant
150. center frequency to 5 002MHz to dis play the API 1 spur It may be necessary to decrease the analyzer s video bandwidth to optimize the display resolution 1 All spurious non harmonic signals should be at least 70dB below the fundamental m Without changing the reference level set the 3325A frequency and the spectrum analyzer center frequency to the frequencies listed below For each setting verify that all spurious signals are at least 70dB below the fun damental 3325A Frequency Spectrum Analyzer Center Frequency 5 0001MHz 5 0011MHz 5 00001 MHz 5 00101MHz 5 000001 MHz 5 001001MHz 20 001MHz 20 002MHz 20 001 MHz 20 003MHz 20 001MHz 20 004MHz 20 001MHz 20 005MHz AC VOLTMETER 15kHz FILTER DIGITAL VOLTMETER 3325A 42 Figure 4 3 Integrated Phase Noise Test 4 14 Model 3325 4 41 Integrated Phase Noise Test 4 42 This test compares the integrated phase noise to the specification in Table 1 1 which is 60 dB for a 30 kHz band centered on a 20 MHz carrier excluding 1 Hz about the carrier Equipment Required Sine wave signal source hp Model 3335A Mixer hp Model 10534A 50 ohm load hp Model 11048C DC digital voltmeter hp Model 3455A AC voltmeter hp Model 400 FL 15 kHz noise equivalent filter consisting of Resistor 10 2 19 hp Part No 0757 0340 Capacitor 1600 pF 5 hp Part No 0160 2223 See Figure 4 3 IMHz Low Pass Filter
151. computes the dc offset error and programs an offset correction The processor then sets the signal amplitude to 8 V with full attenuation and proceeds to determine both the positive and negative peak voltages in a similar manner From this information it computes the gain error which is used for subsequent amplitude calculations for any range selected This error information is retained and used by the processor until the next amplitude calibration which may occur because of the change in the function programmed or because the operator or HP IB system controller programmed AMPTD CAL 8 75 The Level Comparatoris also used to reset both the positive and negative going ramps for frequencies of 100 Hz and higher The Level voltage 16 set by the processor to the peak ramp voltage programmed When the ramp and Level voltages are equal a Ramp Reset pulse is generated by a one shot and used to togglea Ramp Reset flip flop see schematic in Service Group J The ramp is then reset as explained in Paragraph 8 65 If the Level voltage is sct incorrectly the digital phase detector causes the ramp to be reset and the Function Integrity Flag to the processor to be high see Paragraph 8 68 processor then adjusts the Level voltage until the Level Comparator output resets the Function Integrity Flag indicating that the ramp is being reset by the Level Comparator This ramp loop level process is disabled when th
152. connector 3 The continuity of the data path from the processor to the HP IB connector and back is also checked by running signature analysis test 3 4 A check of the handshake circuitry is made by running signature analysis test 0 Service Group C This test writes signatures to every point on the A6 board When used in conjunction with the schematic one can check the signatures at the output and input of the individual chips If a chip has an incorrect output signature one should then check the input signature If the input signature 5 is incorrect then the output signature of the preceding chip should be checked By troubleshooting TS in this manner backwards one can then identify the chip where the incorrect signature originated This test does not check those gates whose data comes directly from the HP IB connector If the 03325 66506 assembly is to be replaced in 3325A with serial number 1748404250 or below or in one that contains a revision A or revision B A6 assembly see paragraph 8 113 in the Servic ing Troubleshooting Information section SIGNATURE ANALYSIS TEST 3 This test checks the HP IB data path from the processor U9 to the HP IB connector and back It does not check the handshake circuits This test uses two methods of signature analysis The main difference between these methods is Method 1 tests a repetitive data stream for a fixed period of time and generates a single stable signature Meth
153. digit 5 counter is counting VCO 2 from the prescaler Therefore in order to count an odd number the prescaler is forced to count one additional pulse during each reference period To accomplish this the pulse remove circuits are enabled when the least significant BCD bit of the least significant digit of the preset number is even as 15 the case in example 2 decimal 8 binary 1000 Then the negative going pulse from the preload one shot changes the prescaler to 3 for one cycle The pulse remove action associated with fractional N is independent of and in addition to the odd number count 8 41 The chip clock counter output Figure 8 13 is the prescaler output divided by five The Q output from this counter goes to the fractional N control IC and is used to clock data in and out of the four shift registers within the IC The counter Q output is used in the N F counter output synchronization and to clock the cycle start flip flop 8 42 The cycle start flip flop is set by the Q output from the preload flip flop and is cleared by the next trailing edge of the chip clock signal A cycle start pulse occurs at the time the N least significant digit is preloaded which is once every reference period Cycle start is used to initiate operations within the fractional N control IC It is also used to set the pulse remove circuit when is an odd number 8 43 Reference Circuits Service Group G 8 44 Reference Oscillator
154. div Delayed Sweep 50 ns to 20 ms div Oscilloscope 2 channel Electronic Counter Frequency Measurement to 20 MHz Accuracy 2 counts Resolution 8 digits 8 26 hp 5004A Logic Circuit Troubleshooting 33124 Logic Circuit Troubleshooting 3466A General Troubleshooting hp 17404 General Troubleshooting hp 53284 N Counter Troubleshooting Model 3325 Service COAXIAL CABLE 1 METER hp PART 8120 0144 NUT hp PART 1250 0050 BNC BODY hp PART NO 1250 0052 PHONO PLUG PART 1251 0698 BNC PIN hp PART NO 1250 0089 Figure 8 27 Adapter Cable Figure 8 28 Access to Reverse Side of Assemblies 8 27 Service 8 119 Adjustments Required After Repair 8 120 Following repair of some circuits certain adjust ment procedures must bc performed to assure proper operation of the instrument These adjustments are shown in Table 8 4 8 121 Basic Troubleshooting Procedures 8 122 Make sure all cables and connectors are firmly scated and that the flat cables from A6 to A21 A3 and 14 are properly aligned in their connectors Look for burned or loose components Also make sure the microcircuit packages that are mounted in sockets are firmly seated 8 123 The flowchart of Figure 8 28 b may be used to help isolate the trouble Some symptoms that are iden Lifiable from the display outputs or response to inputs or entries ar
155. eae a e aere RM N in BIOS Lud er ica Ree A COCK oie ee RA es _ out 52 21 eee ae aqa Pe Quni aha Off Sell Test es wa tad eost ru Off e Place CS CS1 and CS2 shorting connectors near right front corner of in the 0 position to select ROM 1 f Set the ROM Disable switch A651 to ON 1 See switch drawing below These numbers are printed on the PC Board itself Ignore any 0 1 numbers printed on the switch Clr 5 1 210114 1 3 Address Switches 0 2 1 LON Listen Only ROM ROM Disable For Test Only g Connect A6TP3 between U15 and U16 to ground Do not disconnect this ground during this test h Set 3325A POWER to ON i Place the signature analyzer probe on 5 V logic 1 The large plated area near the center of A6 is 5 V If the signature is FF32 proceed to Step j If the signature is not FF32 troubleshoot A6U9 1 10 the processor data lines HPD 7 and associated circuits Refer to the ROM Signature Analysis Test j Set all five Bus Address switches to OFF O k Place the signature analyzer probe on the points indicated in the tables and compare the signatures If no stable or valid signatures are obtained the ROM s A6U1 4 or the pro cessor A6U9 may bc at fault Refer to the ROM Signature Analyzer Te
156. enters the A14 board as a current via cable e W24 A check of this current is made as follows 1 Connect the ACD test point Service Group K to ground and cycle instrument power 2 Move the Norm Test jumper on A3 Service Group H to the test position 3 Program the front panel for a sine function at 10Vp p 4 Remove cable W24 from connector J24 on A3 Service Group H 5 Place an oscilloscope probe on J24 s center connector The signal should be close to 2 00 with 2 2Vdc 6 Program an instrument sweep from 1kHz to 20MHz while monitoring the signal at the center connector of J24 Note that the voltages should remain the same If they do not check the multiplier U11 and the differential amplifier U14 in Service Group G PRESET CURRENT COUNTER gt SOURCE MULTIPLE 14 1 14 1 The Amplitude Calibration Disable ACD s used to break the feedback path during troubleshooting of amplitude problems Connect ACD to Gnd and cycle power off and on FUNCTION CIRCUITS PEAK i HIGH VOLTAGE OUTPUT JATTENUATOR DETECTOR AMPLIFIER P a23 L j OPTION 002 14 8 Each box contains a code such as 14 This lists first the board number lallowed by the schematic number QUT 33 5 8 20 Figure 8 H 1 Sine Amplitude Control Path 8 H 2 e fis 7 4 ht AY Designator ci c2 C12 C13 C14 C16 17 C18 C19 22 C
157. first entering 21 MHz or higher then entering the desired frequency For example if the desired frequency is 19 5 MHz first enter FREQ 21 MHz then 19 5 MHz Then if a front panel SIGNAL output of 19 5 MHz or any frequency between 19 MHz and 21 MHz is desired enter any frequency 19 MHz or lower then enter 19 5 MHz NOTE Only one signal output is active at one time A lighted 21 60 MHz Rear annunciator dicates that the rear panel AUX 0 dBm 21 60 output is active A lighted Signal Rear Only annunciator indicates that the rear panel signal output i5 active Neither light on indicates the front panel signal output is active dBm 80 0 0 354 mV 0 5 mV 0 289 mv Q 289 mV 3 36 Amplitude Entry ENTRY 3 37 Amplitude is entered and displayed with 4 digit resolution Press the AMPTD ENTRY key then the numerical data followed by the V mV Vrms mVrms or dBm key The V and mV keys enter peak to peak value of ac functions Maximum and minimum amplitudes for each function are shown in Table 3 2 3 38 The 3325A will convert an amplitude value be tween peak to peak rms or dBm for any function For example if a sine wave amplitude of 10 V p p has been entered press the Vrms or mVrms key to display the same amplitude as 3 536 Vrms or press the 4 key to display the value as 4 23 98 dBm 3 39 Amplitude Calibration CAL EXT REF z MODULATI
158. frequency No marker output 15 present dur ing swecp down or during a log sweep Set the marker frequency by pressing the MER FREQ key and entering the numerical data and the frequency suffix 3 57 The sweep band can be moved up or down to center on the marker frequency by pressing the blue prefix key and then the MKR CF MKR FREQ key This does not change the sweep bandwidth unless either ihe new upper or lower limit would be beyond the fre quency limit for the present function 3 58 Sweep X Drive Dutput 3 59 The rear X DRIVE output is as follows Linear sweep Single 0 V at start increasing linearly to gt 10 V at stop whether the sweep is up or down Re mains at essentially this voltage until reset prior to the start of another sweep Voltage will drift downward less than 10 mV s Continuous Increases linearly from 0 V to gt 10 during sweep up then goes to 0 V at beginning of sweep down and remains at 0 V during sweep down Log sweep Starts at 0 V and increases to gt 10 V with the sweep segments NOTE The X DRIVE output has a nominal voltage of 10 5 V at the end of a sweep This final voltage is specified to be greater than 10 0 V to ensure compatibility with oscilloscopes having a horizontal sensitivity of 10 0 V for full screen deflection X DRIVE output voltage is linear with time in both linear and log sweep modes 3 60 Sweep Z Blank Output 3 61 The Z BLANK outpul voltages
159. from the amplitude control current source in this section 8 62 Square Wave The sine wave input is sent through a squaring circuit and then divided by two to produce the squarc wave output Consequently in the square wave function the sine wave must be twice the output frequency and the maximum output frequency is 10 MHz 8 63 Triangle To generate a triangle wave the sine wave input is first put through the squaring circuit then 8 16 Model 3325A divided by 20 2 10 and 2 The result is a square wave whose frequency is MHz plus the programmed output frequency This signal is phase compared to a 1 MHz reference an exclusive OR gate Because the output of the gate is high when one and only one input is high the gate output is a series of pulses whose width varies in proportion to the phase difference between the two gate input signals Figure 8 21 is a simplified illustration of this The gate output drives a current amplifier which inverts the signal and the resulting current pulse signalis sent through a filter which shapes the triangle 8 64 The triangle output frequency is the difference between the 1 MHz reference and the input frequency from the mixer divided by twenty Consequently the input frequency must be 20 MHz 20 x output To produce the maximum triangle output frequency of 10 kHz for example the input must be 20 2 MHz Output frequency 10 000 Hz Reference 1 000 000 Hz 1 010 000 Hz x
160. function to negative slope ramp The display should be one ramp per division approx imately five divisions peak to peak f Change the oscilloscope horizontal and vertical controls so that the ramp retrace time from the 90 to 10 points can be measured Retrace time should be less than 3 us g Change 3325A function to positive slope ramp and repeat Step f h Change 3325A function to triangle i Set oscilloscope vertical control to 2 V div horizontal to 10 The oscilloscope should display one triangle wave with no visible irregularities in either slope 4 18 Amplitude Flatness Check 4 19 This procedure provides a visual check of the sine wave amplitude flatness Equipment Required Oscilloscope hp Model 1740A a Connect the 3325A signal output to the oscilloscope vertical input If the oscilloscope is an hp Model 1740A set the input switch to the 50 ohm posi tion If your oscilloscope does not have a 50 ohm input use a 50 ohm load hp Model 11048C 50 ohm Feed thru Termination at the input b Set the 3325A as follows High Voltage Output Option 002 Off Function Cras rr t ry Sine 2 kHz Amplitude 10 V p p Sweep Start Freq 0 Hz Sweep Stop 20 MHz Sweep Marker Freq 5 MHz Sweep 01 sec Connect the 3325A X Drive output to the o
161. gt Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description WASHER FL MTLC 10 203 IN ID WASHER FL MTLO NO 6 147 18 10 WASHER FL NO 5 128 1 10 WASHER FL NM 9 16 IN 63 IN ID 75 IN OD PLUG HOLE 625 LABEL INFORMATION 873 IN WD 1 725 IN LG LABEL WARNING 1 3 IN UD 1 6 IN LG VINYL CARTON CORR RSC 26 75 5 24 79 IN WD CHANNEL W ELASTIC GRIP S IN MD CUT JUMPER CUT TUMPER 20480 28480 29480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28490 28480 28489 See introduction to this section for ordering informatton ndicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number 3090 0716 3050 0835 6960 8027 7120 6482 7120 8539 9211 282 JUMPER LUG JUMPER 6 29 6 30 0 1 Skt rf Y TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW fie SIC OR MP27 MP29 MP 6 MP IS Figure 6 1 Location of Parts 6 31 6 32 Model 3325 Service SECTION VII MANUAL BACKDATING 7 1 Introduction 7 2 The contents of this manual apply to all instruments Earlier versions of this instrument however differ in design and appearance from those currently being produced The information in this section documents the earlier instrument configurations and associated servicing procedures Also included 15 information on recommended modifications for improvements to earlier instruments The following backdating information is organized by service group wi
162. high speed DC voltmeter on delayed sweep gate from CRO See Figure 4 9B H The voltage divider shown in Figure 4 9B is built into a smali metal box with 2 BNC connectors Parts used are R3 443 ohm consists of 3 parallel 1330 ohm resistors each 0 1 0 25 watt hp Part Number 0698 7453 R4 43 ohm 0 1 0 125 watt hp Part No 0698 8264 C1 300 pF 5 hp Part Number 0160 2207 Connect the tap to the input of high speed DC voltmeter as shown in Figure 4 9B jj Set 3325A frequency to 2 kHz and amplitude to 40 Vpp Set DC voltmeter to 1V range and ext trigger Set oscilloscope as follows Vertical Sensitivity 2 volts div Vertical Position 8 o clock Trigger Ext Main Sweep 20 usec div Delayed Sweep 05 usec div Delay 615 Magnify X10 kk Set 3325A to square wave and read positive peak on DC voltmeter Switch CRO to neg trigger take ver tical position to 4 o clock and read neg peak Verify that peak to peak voltage is between 3 466 and 3 607 volts H Change 3325A function to triangle and read peak voltages Vpp should be 3 466 to 3 607 volts mm Change 3325 to pos ramp Change CRO main sweep to 1 msec div and delay to 500 Verify Vpp of 3 466 to 3 607 volts Repeat for neg ramp by changing CRO trigger 0 pos Amplitude Flatness Frequencies above 100 kHz Model 3325 nn Set the 3325 as follows High Voltage Output Option 2 OFF Function Sine Frequency 1 kHz Amplitude 3 Set the
163. hp 5004A Characters Othru 9 A C F H P U Threshold Logic 1 42 2 V Logic 0 0 5 V Clock Frequency z 1 5 MHz Pulse Generator Pulse Rate 500 kHz hp 3312A Pulse Width x 1 5 DC Offset 1 V 56 20 1 1 8W e hp 0757 0395 Thermal Converter Input Impedance 75 0 hp 11050A Input Voltage 0 5 V rms Frequency 2 kHz to 20 MHz Frequency Response 0 05 dB 2 kHz to 20 MHz Resistive Divider Consisting of Resistor 36 5 Q 196 W hp 0757 0896 Resistor 13 7 0 196 hp 0698 4998 Resistive Divider Consisting of Rasistor 30 0 196 W hp 0698 7533 Resistive Divider Consisting of Resistor 40 2 0 1 W hp 0698 5022 Resistor 102 1 Y W hp 0757 0984 Resistor 20 0 1 74 W hp 0698 6296 Resistive Divider Consisting of X Resistor 100 1 1 8 W hp 0757 0465 162 196 1 8 W 0757 0470 Termination 50 im x l 9486 1 9 1 10 Model 3325 Section II SECTION INSTALLATION 2 1 INTRODUCTION 2 2 This section contains instructions for installing and interfacing the Model 3325A Synthesizer Function Generator Included are initia inspection procedures power and grounding requirements line voltage selection environmental requirements installation instructions HP IB connection procedure and instructions for repackaging for shipment 2 3 INITIAL INSPECTION 2 4 Inspect the shipping container for d
164. i I5 Figure 7 6 2108 Gating Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748402475 and Below A3 Page 8 E 3 8 E 4 Figure 8 38 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748 02476 to 1748A07390 The above range of instruments contain the U8 gating circuitry shown in Figure 7 7 2743 TD REMOVE CYCLE 3 WHEN A IS HIGH PULSE REMOVE TIMING LATCHES Figure 7 7 A21U8 Gating Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748A02476 to 1748A07390 A3 Page 8 E 3 8 E 4 Figure 8 38 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A04250 and below Instruments in the preceding range may have an 21 1 board which contains connector J1 p n 1251 4494 for use with cable W31 p n 8120 2577 The older black connector and white cable have been replaced on newer boards by a more reliable connector orange p n 1251 6567 and cable gray p n 8120 3108 The newer connectors are incompatible with the older cables as the newer cables incompatible with the older connectors If the A21 A1 assembly is replaced in one of the above instruments refer to paragraph 8 113 in Section VIII for additional information on connector cable compatibility 7 9 Service Model 3325 7 24 Service Group F Fractional Analog Circuits P O 03325 66521 A3 7 25 A21 Past To Present Table 7 7 summarizes the engineering changes that have brought A21 to its current revision Table 7 7 21 1 Board Revisions Board Instr
165. mV 45 00 mV 33 33 mV 149 9 mV 116 6 mV 450 0 mV 333 3 mV 1 499 V to 999 9 mV with 1 166 V 1 000 V with 4 500 V to 9 998 V with 0 001 V Minimum DC Offset Entry 0 001 mV A 1000 0 001 mv A 0 010 mv EXE A 100 0 010 mV Attenuation Range Factor 3 7 Operation 3 8 DC OFFSET DC OFFSET DC OFFSET 211110 rsen sp 12 ex psp AC VOLTAGE 1 000 Epp to 9 2987 MINIMUM pp EE EE ENN 24 2 8 4 5 6 8 10 AC VOLTAGE VOLTAGE MINIMUM OFFSET 385 4 383 O 33 34mV 98 9 O Olmv 3 B34mV TO 9 999 O 00 mVY fal 1 1 E SES aR fe 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IQ PEAK TO PEAK VOLTAGE ASS EE HEEE IEE siw mais IE 2 0 11111110 Oa Pan mm S HH VOLTAGE MINIMUM OFFSET 100 TO 383 10 00 TO 33 33mV 1 000mv TO 3 333mV O 0ImV 0 00 ImV 2 3 4 5 6 Y 8 9 0 PEAK TO PEAK AC VOLTAGE 3325A 30 Figure 3 2 Maximum DC Offset With AC Functians Model 33254 0 Model 3325A NOTE The Marker Frequency must be ower
166. neg ramp and CRO trigger to pos Verify Vpp of 3 643 to 3 754 volts w Change 3325A frequency to 100 kHz and function to square Return CRO sweep vernier to calibrate and set main sweep to 5 usec div and magnify to off Read pos and neg peak voltages in the center of the screen By pressing pos neg trigger Verify Vpp of 3 661 to 3 735 volts x Change 3325A function to triangle frequency will go to 10 kHz Set CRO main sweep to 5 psec div and press magnify Verify Vpp of 3 513 to 3 883 volts y Change 3325A function to pos ramp Set cro main sweep to 20 usec div Adjust delay to set end of inten sified spot on highest peak Verify Vpp of 3 328 to 3 996 volts z Change 3325A function to neg ramp Verify Vpp of 3 328 to 3 996 volts Change 3325A amplitude to 3Vp p and remove the voltage divider from the circuit Reconnect the 3325 sig nal output to the oscilloscope and voltmeter through the 50 ohm feedthru termination Set the 3325A frequency to 99 9Hz and the function to square bb Repeat tests i through z New test limits are as follows Test Frequency Function Minimum Maximum m 99 9 Hz Square 2 970 V 3 030 V 99 9 Hz Triangle 2 955 V 3 045 V q 99 9 Hz Pos Ramp 2 955 V 3 045 V r 99 9 Hz Neg Ramp 2 955 V 3 045 V 5 kHz Square 2 970 V 3 030 V t 2 kHz Triangle 2 955 V 3 045 V u 500 Hz Pos Ramp 2 955 V 3 045 V 500 Hz Neg Ramp 2 955 V 3 045 V w 100 kHz Square 2 970 V 3 030 V x 10 kHz Triangle 2 850 V 3 150 V y
167. of High Speed DC Digital Voltmeter TTL Edge Trigger Resistive Divider Consisting of 2 8 Calculator Adapter Step Attenuator 4 35 Equipment Required BNC Tee 4 36 The test equipment required for the Performance Tests is listed in Table 4 2 Any equipment that satisfies the critical specifications given in the table may be substituted for the recommended model 4 37 Harmonic Distortion Test 4 38 This procedure tests the harmonic distortion of the 3325A sine wave output against the following specifications from Table 1 1 4 12 Bandwidth dc 100 MHz Deflection 1 V to 5 V div Sweep 0 05 us to 1 s div Frequency measurement Frequency Range to 20 MHz Resolution 8 digits Accuracy x 2 counts Time Interval Average to B Resolution 0 01 ns Input Impedance 50 Q Input Voltage 1 V rms Frequency 2 kHz to 20 MHz Frequency Response x 0 05 dB 2 kHz to 2 Resistors 61 11 0 196 1 4 W 2 Resistors 36 55 0 1 1 8 W Capacitor 300 pF 596 Resistors 1330 0 1 1 4 W Resistor 439 1 1 8 W DC Voltage to 10 V External Trigger Low True Trigger Delay Selectable 10 us to 140 ps BNC to Triax 50 ohm hp 1250 0595 Adapter Adapter or 11172A RF Cable Resistor 30 0 1 1 4 W Resistor 20 Q 196 1 4 W Resistive Divider Consisting of 2 6 Resistor 100 k2 196 1 8 Resistor 162 kQ 1 1 8 W HP IB Control Capability Famale BNC to D
168. or controller This feature can be useful in set ting up a program string for HP IB programming For example using the 3325A in local the operator can determine experimentally the parameters required to perform the operation or test desired Then the 3325A can be placed in remote and its function and entry parameters interrogated Each item can be stored by the controller and then combined to form the 3325A pro gram string to be incorporated into the total HP IB pro gram Model 3325 3 156 3325A Programming Procedure 3 157 The following examples are given to illustrate the basic procedure for developing a program Program examples are shown in Appendix B 3 using the hp Model 9825A Calculator as the system controller Ap pendix A 3 diagrams the required messages Example 1 Address controller to talk 3325A to listen Send Program Data Example 2 Address controller to talk 3325A to listen Send Program Data Check for Require Service message If yes determine reason from 3325A Status Byte Take corrective action if necessary Operation Address Controller Talk 3325 To Listen Send Program Data Address Controller To Talk 3325A To Listen Send Program Data Require Service Determine Reason for SRQ Status Byte Is Action YES Corrective Action 3 27 3 28 Model 3325 Appendix A a APPENDIX A SECTION III M
169. phase lock the internal 30 MHz reference see Paragraph 3 16 2 HP IB connector Remote control of the 3325A by means of an HP IB system controller is accomplished through this connector Part of W6 REF OUT A 1 MHz signal from the 33254 reference cir cuits is available at this connector J5 SIGNAL The output signai is switched to this connector by the front panel REAR ONLY key item 17 J6 nstruments with Option 002 do not have rear panel signal output NOTE The rear panel signal output is inactive no inter nal signal connection if the instrument has the High Voltage Output Option 002 installed In structions are given in the Operating and Service Manual Section Vill Service Group M for ac tivating the rear pane signal output in one of two ways 1 Placing the standard high voltage out put on the rear panel only disconnecting the front panel signal output or 2 Disabling the high voltage output and enabling the standard front rear output configuration if the standard instrument signal output is not ter minated by an external 5O ohm load a high im pedance load for example undesirable distortion may result particularly at higher frequencies Similar conditions may result if the High Voltage Output Option 002 is terminated by less than 500 ohms BLOWER 81 PHASE Input connector for a phase modulating signal of 5 V maximum peak voltage see Paragraph 3
170. phase locked the Sample Hold amplifier output is a steady dc voltage However if the loop is not locked this voltage will vary The unlock detector is triggered by this varying voltage to provide a logical 1 to the control circuits During an unlock condition the front panel EXT REF indicator will flash on and off 8 49 30 MHz Reference Amplitude Sine wave output amplitude and amplitude modulation are controlled by varying the amplitude of the 30 MHz Reference Figure SAMPLE HOLD SCILLATO DC VOLTAGE 4 Goo DEC TET CONTROL OMHz 3325A 14 Figure 8 14 External Reference Phase Lock Loop Block Diagram 8 12 Mode 3325A hor ON ILTUD NOBUS OF oorr Y 3425 15 much SE R Service se ns Figure 8 15 Level Control and Amplitude Modulation 8 15 is a simplified diagram of the level control and amplitude modulation circuits The reference signal amplitude 15 varied by controlling the current available from the current source Figure 8 15 which in turn is controlled by the Sine Amplitude signal and or the Amplitude Modulation input signal When the AM Control switch is OFF the X input to the voltage multiplier is constant and the output level is controlled by the Sine Amplitude only When the AM switch is ON however both the X and Y inputs influence the output The output of
171. points indicated the table for IC s with designators U56 and greater Compare the signatures to the correct signatures in the table NOTE After completion of tests be sure to replace all cables switches connectors and jumpers to the normal position Model 3325A Service 11 through Pin U4 US U6 U7 1 OHCO FF32 C475 FF32 0000 68CC 2 H52C 88 17 66P6 7515 AF1P 2H70 3 3HA4 44F5 F342 C927 FH4P 4 2F5H 0000 77 7 FF32 1594 5 1590 8807 9581 0237 FF32 2 6 FH4P FF32 2H79 41PH 3HA4 7 2H70 0000 7010 8HHU H52C 8 68cc 44F5 71H5 0000 2 OHCO 9 1C2P FF32 0000 2 10 PC97 8807 FA47 3F37 2 11 68AF 0000 0005 FF32 12 0000 FF32 P8F2 7Q0UC 7U44 13 1 71 FF32 1UA2 64U1 7A54 14 1P24 FF32 U83F 0000 6CF2 15 P4AH 8HHU H62P UPUH 16 467P 7515 FF32 O75A 17 A12C P476 0000 18 0000 FF32 U83F 19 FF32 1UA2 20 0000 2 U1 and U3 FF32 U2 and 14 21 0000 22 2 7 23 FF32 152U 24 2 7UC6 25 21P3 26 88U7 27 28 0000 29 FF32 30 0000 31 0000 32 FUOG 33 4UFF 34 14UH 35 36 60PP 37 0655 38 0000 39 FF32 40 FF32 8 9 Service Model 3325A Fin U10 U11 012 U13 U14 u15 8 1 44F5 2 2 2 1 2 7010 7C10 A029 3 U83F 2 79 2 79 6F1C 2963 4 PC97 9581 9581 67 O1A6 5 1UA2 66F6 66P6 152U 2 08 6 68 C475 C475 5930 1104 7 2 476 P476 950H 22 9 0000 8 1C71 0000 0000 0000 0000 FC68 9 U83F C
172. pulses should occur at a 1 kHz rate The 2 MHz Reference at the 2 MHz test point is divided by 2 in 014 to provide a clock signal to the DAC circuits PRESET CURRENT COUNTER SOURCE The Amplitude Calibration Disable ACD is used to break the feedback path during troubleshooting of amplitude problems Connect ACD to Gnd and cycle power off and on FUNCTION CIRCUITS A14 J PEAK HIGH VOLTAGE OUTPUT JATTENUATOR AMPLIFIER A23 L I Each box contains a code such as 14 1 This lists first the board AS number followed by the schematic number BUT 3325A 8 26 Figure 8 I 1 Sine Amplitude Control Path Service 8 1 3 Service Model 3325A Board Board Board Board Board Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location C205 F J30 H R31 B R136 E C2 B J31 D R32 B R137 E C208 F J32 F R33 B R138 E 4 C209 F R34 B R139 E C5 126 B 211 F 127 B R36 B R141 E C212 F R37 B C26 A C213 F L76 E R38 B R143 E C27 A C214 F L77 R39 B R144 F C28 A L78 E R40 B 8145 C29 A C216 G L79 F C217 G R41 B R146 F C31 B C218 G L101 R42 B R147 F C32 B C219 G L102 D R43 B R148 F C33 B L103 D R44 B R149 F C34 B C221 G L104 F R45 C C35 C C222 G L105 F R151 F C223 G L201 F R46 B R182 F C36 B C224 G R47 B R153 F C37 B C225 G 1 R48 B R154 F C38 B P32 F R49 C R156 F C39 B C226 G R50 B 8157 F C227 G B R158 F C41 B C22
173. should be counting at one half the frequency of the previous line 4 Again should the instrument not respond properly at turn on check that the turn on interrupt request is coming from A6Q1 and 1741 pin 6 This interrupt should also appear at U35 pin 2 5 AGUI8 and A6U19 because of marginal conditions are a common cause of OSC FAIL and A CAL FAIL 6 Check the position of ROM select switches CS0 CS2 During normal operation when SA is not being performed the switches must be in their center position Note also that the Normal Test jumper used during SA sould be returned to the Normal position following the tests 7 Jumper 1 is in place in standard instruments W1 is clipped when the High Voltage option is installed If the instrument is configured with the option but will not accept inputs greater than 10Vp p check that W1 was not resoldered 8 The nanoprocessor U9 though often replaced is not always at fault Because U9 1820 1691 is a MOS device care should be taken when handling 50 45 not to create punch through damage due to static electricity If U9 is replaced insure that AGRS is 9 53kQ 2 9 The 1ms one shot U8 interrupts the processor at 1ms intervals to check the front panel for switch closures and to refresh the front panel display Signatures from U8 may vary from one instru ment to the next due to U8 being an analog device Any signatures therefore should be disregarded
174. signals may be bad m Set the 3325A frequency to 5 001 000Hz n The spectrum analyzer should read lt 70dB at TP11 If this signal is incorrect troubleshoot the API 1 sub block and the U19 programming signals If the signal is good the problem is probably not in the API 1 sub block Proceed to step o Set the 3325A frequency to 5 000 100Hz The spectrum analyzer should read lt 70dB This frequency tests the 2 circuit If the signal is incorrect troubleshoot the API 2 sub block and the U19 programming signals If the signal is good proceed to step q q Set the 3325A frequency to 5 000 01082 The spectrum analyzer should read lt 70dB This frequency tests the 3 circuit If the signal is incorrect troubleshoot the API 3 sub block and the U19 programming signals If the signal is good proceed to step s s Set the 3325A frequency to 5 000 001Hz t The spectrum analyzer should read lt 70dB at TP11 This frequency tests the API 4 circuit If the signal is incorrect troubleshoot the API 4 sub block and the U19 programming signals 1f the signal is good proceed to step u u Set the 3325A frequency to 5 000 000 1Hz v The spectrum analyzer should read 70dB This frequency tests the API 5 circuitry 1f the level is incorrect troubleshoot the API 5 sub block and the U19 programming signals Phase Modulation Troubleshooting If the output does not respond properly to a phase modulation in
175. single sweep the X Drive ramp remains essentially at 10 V until reset prior to the start of another sweep This voltage will drift downward less than 10 mV sec During continuous sweep the ramp is reset at the start of sweep down The reset switch isa FET connected across the integrator capacitor The Ramp Reset pulse is initiated at the proper time by the control circuits INTEGRATOR RAMP RESET 1 DRIVE QUTPUT RAMP 3325A 24 Figure 8 24 X Drive Ramp Output 8 21 Service 8 89 Crystal Oven Option 001 Service Group M 8 90 AC power for the Crystal Oven is supplied by a separate winding on the instrument power transformer Consequently power is supplied to this assembly at any time ac power is applied to the instrument 15 V regulator provides dc power to the Crystal Oven The oven output frequency is 10 MHz It is capacitively coupled to the rear panel output connector 8 91 Power Supplies Service Group 8 92 All three regulators 5V 15V and 15V shown in the schematic diagram in Service Group 0 are voltage and current controlled Each regulator has 4 voltage sense connection If the voltage at the load 1s too low for ex ample this sense voltage feedback causes the regulator to adjust its output to the correct voltage If the output current increases excessively because of a short circuit for example the voltage drop across the current sensing resistance causes the active device in
176. stop sweep ing It must receive SC again in order to resume continuous sweeping or if a single sweep is to be programmed 5555 is re quired 3 The flag bit 7 in the status byte see Paragraph 3 138 will be I for the duration of a Self Test operation After Self Test the 3325A returns to the previously programmed conditions except that if a sweep was in progress the sweep will remain stopped 3 130 Programming Amplitude Units Conversion 3 131 The programming syntax for converting ampli tude units Vp p Vrms dBm is Mnemonic Delimiter EOS Mnemonic AM Amplitude Delimiter The units to which you want to convert VO Vp p MV mVp p VR Vrms MR mVrms DB dBm Example If amplitude was programmed in Vp p it may be converted to dBm by programming If amplitude was the last parameter programmed and is shown in the display only the delimiter needs to be programmed 3 132 Programming Storage Registers 3 133 The data that will be stored includes the current program of Entry Parameters Function Waveform Binary Functions and Selection Functions The storage register functions are Store Data in Register N Recall Data from Register N Operation The programming syntax for storage register functions 15 Mnemonic Data EOS Valid mnemonics SR Store RE Recall Valid data thru 9 ASCII numerics specifying register number NOTES
177. talker Serial Poll Unaddressed to talk if NOTE addressed to listen Basic listener Listen Only Unaddressed to listen if addressed to talk Table 3 8 Interface Functions The meta message in itself is not a program code or an HP IB command It is only in tended as a tool to translate program written as an algorithm into the controller s code Service Request capability Remote Local capability No parallel poll capability Device clear capability No device trigger capability No controller capability Open collector bus drivers Model 3325 Define the operation in program codes that the in strument can use Each instrument has its own set of program codes which are ASCII characters The 3325A program codes are shown beginning with Paragraph 3 120 or Table 3 9 d Convert the program into the controller s language The conversion information is supplied with each controller For example the hp 9825A Calculator Extended I O Manual provides a chart for program code conversion NOTE Examples for controlling the 3325A with a specific Hewlett Packard calculator are pro vided in the Supplemental Programming In formation Appendix B 3 at the rear of this section 3 106 Block diagrams and explanations of the meta messages that apply to the 3325A are shown in Appen dix A 3 at the rear of this section 3 107 Universal and Addressed Commands 3 108 The 3325A will respond to the following univer sal
178. that this is true and that the N number is 400 In this case the output of the phase comparator would be a series of pulses of equal width Each pulse turns on a current source which causes given amount of charge to be placed on the integrator At a specified time this voltage is stored on the Sample Hold amplifier capacitor Figure 8 9 The integrator output is illustrated in Figure 8 10 The charge slope is much greater than the discharge slope because the phase comparator current source has about ten times the magnitude of the bias current source INTEGRATOR SAMPLTFTER Figure 8 9 Phase Detector 8 8 Model 3325 SAMPLE HOLD AT THIS POINT i PHASE BiAS ON COMPARATOR ON ES gw ONE REFERENCE CYCLE y 10 5 Figure 8 10 Integrator Output 8 31 Immediately after a sample the bias current source is turned on to discharge the integrator capacitor to the level it held before the phase comparator current was allowed to charge it If this were not done the charge would continue to accumulate to the limit permitted by the power supplies and remain at that level nullifying the entire PLL scheme The bias current is controlled by a pulse from the fractional N control IC 8 32 Up to this point we have considered only the situation where N is a whole number consisting of three digits Now suppose an output of 10 04 MHz i
179. the 3437A Verify that sum of positive and negative peak voltages is between 3 643 and 3 754 volts p Change 3325A function to pos ramp Change oscilloscope to Trigger pos Main Sweep 2 msec div Place spot on positive peak press hold then ext then hold a few times on the 3437A and record most positive reading q Move vertical position knob to 3 o clock adjust delay and read negative peak Ramp jitter should be visible on all ramp readings the 3437A will hold the readings Verify that sum of pos and neg peaks is bet ween 3 643 and 3 754 volts r Change 3325 function to neg ramp Change CRO trigger to pos and take neg ramp reading as above s Change 3325A function to square and frequency to 1 kHz Set CRO as follows Main Sweep 50 Delayed Sweep 05 usec div Read positive peak push neg trigger and read negative peak Verify that sum is between 3 661 and 3 735 volts t Change 3325A function to triangle and frequency to 2 kHz Set CRO main sweep to 20 psec div and delay to 610 Adjust delay and position and set pos and neg trigger to read peaks Verify Vp p to be between 3 643 and 3 754 volts u Change 3325 function to pos ramp and frequency to 500 Hz Set main sweep of CRO to 2 msec div and adjust sweep vernier to return peaks to center screen trigger must be neg to see jitter at this point Verify Vpp to be between 3 643 and 3 734 volts 4 21 Performance Tests v Change 3325A function to
180. the Sweep Limit Flag pulse that sets the Marker flip flop from also changing the X Drive flip flop The marker frequency and stop frequency points must be separated by approximately 400 microseconds to allow timc INPUT ANALOG SWITCHES SWITCHES RANGE HIGH TRUE START HIGH TRUE RANGE 2 HIGH TRUE X DRIVE DC VOLTAGE Service between the two Sweep Limit Flags for the control circuits and Fractional N IC to return the Start signal to high and process the information for the stop frequency 8 87 The high output from the Start Stop flip flop is used to turn on one of two analog switches depending upon which Range signal is high Range is high for sweep times of 0 0 second to 0 999 second and Range 2 is high for times of 1 second to 99 99 seconds As illustrated in Figure 8 24 each analog switch turns on a switch for the duration of the sweep providing current to an integrator whose output is the X Drive ramp The value of the current to the integrator depends upon the X Drive analog voltage and the resistance in the integrator input circuit The resistances are fixed at 10 kilohms for Range 1 and 1 megohm for Range 2 The value of the X Drive voltage is supplied from the D A Converter and Sample Hold circuits see Paragraph 8 53 and is calculated by the control circuits to provide the proper current to increase X Drive Output Ramp from 0 V to 10 V during the sweep time selected 8 88 Following a
181. the address lines of 019 Data from U19 is then sent via U26 back to the processor U9 This test also checks the enable signals to U20 1721 019 1726 is presumed to be good since it did not fail in previous tests 3325 HHCH 3AHH 760A PC76 and H82C Service This test is identical to that for signature AU96 except that a different address 1010 as opposed to 0101 is sent to U19 This test sends data through 1713 and U22 and tests the enable signals to these IC s This test is identical to 3AHH except that it uses a different data stream These tests send data to U22 via 1745 Enable signals should be good since they did not cause a 760A signature m When incorrect signatures are encountered troubleshoot the circuits indicated on the flow diagram n Following a repair indicated by this test repeat the test beginning at START to deter mine if there are any other problems that could be detected by this test NOTE After completion of tests be sure to replace all cables switches connectors and jumpers to the normal position NOTES 1 A constant interrupt low at TP5 be circumvented by a Set POWER to STBY b Unsolder one end of 5 c Set POWER to ON d Momentarily short across 5 2 To isolate the control board 6 from the other assemblies disconnect the long flat cable going to the keyboard and the three short flat cables to the other assemb
182. the multiplier Vg is normally equal to 1XY but because the multiplier output is con nected to an operational amplifier input this voltage cannot be measured Use of the voltage multiplier 1n this circuit makes it possible to change the 3325A output carrier amplitude without affecting the percent of modulation or to change the percent of modulation without affecting the carrier Jevel The output of the Level Control and Amplitude Modulation circuit goes to the Mixer covered in Service Group H 8 50 Reference Dividers The 30 MHz Reference frequeney is reduced through a series of dividers to provide the following signals 10 MHz to the External Reference PLL 2 MHz to the D A Converter Service Group I 1 MHz rear reference output 100 KHz referenec to the Fractional N Phase Comparator Service Group F For phase stability the 100 kHz output is clocked first by 10 MHz then by the 30 MHz reference signal The 100 KHz signal is then differentiated to provide a narrow pulse to the Fractional N Phase Comparator 8 51 Mixer Service Group H 8 52 The Mixer circuits are diagrammed in Figure 8 16 The 30 MHz reference is passed through a low pass filter and mixed with the 30 50 MHz signal from the VCO ina diode mixing circuit The mixing circuit output is applied to a low pass filter to remove all but the difference frequency which is amplified by a current amplifier This signal then goes to the Function circuits Pa
183. the sine square wave The high level should be greater than 1 2 V and the low level should be less than 0 2 V 4 22 Frequency Accuracy 4 23 Thus test compares the accuracy of the 3325A out put signal to the specification in Table 1 1 5 x 106 of selected frequency Equipment Required Electronic Counter hp Model 5328A calibrated within three months or with an accurate 10 MHz external reference input a Connect the 3325A signal output to the electronic counter channel A input with 50 0 load Allow 3325A and counter to warm up for 20 minutes b Set the 3325A output as follows Function Sine Frequency e Rx 20 MHz Amplitude 0 99 DC Offset OV c Set the counter to count the frequency of the A input with 0 1Hz resolution and adjust for stable triggering Electronic counter should indicate 20 000 000 0Hz 100Hz 4 Change 3325A function to square wave Frequen cy automatically changes to 10 MHz Electronic counter should indicate 10 000 000 0 Hz 50 Hz e Change 3325A function to triangle Frequency auto matically changes to 10kHz Move the counter input to 4 4 Model 3325A the syne output of the 3325A Set the counter to average 1000 periods Electronic counter should indicate 100 000 00ns 0 5ns f Change 3325A function to positive slope ramp Electronic counter should indicate 100 000 ns 5 ns 4 24
184. when the start or stop frequency is reached It also outputs a Sweep Limit Flag at the marker frequency during a sweep up c Under control of algorithms performed by the processor it performs arithmetic functions for example the arithmetic for conversion of amplitude in V p p to V rms or dBm Figure 8 8 Phase Lock Loop 8 7 Service 8 23 Processor The Processor coordinates the operation of all the other control logic circuits Device select outputs from the processor are decoded into read write and cnable commands to various logic elements such as the RAM control registers and buffers Direct Control input output lines provide information to and from the circuits Interrupt capability allows the Processor to be interrupted by the or by a Sweep Limit Flag 8 24 Frequency Synthesis 8 25 The Frequency Synthesis circuits found in Service Group D Voltage Controlled Oscillator Service Group E Fractional N Counter and Service Group F Fractional N Analog 8 26 How does the 3325A generate a given frequency Assume that the output desired is an even 10 MHz A method for obtaining this frequency is illustrated in Figure 8 8 Basically the 3325A uses this method 8 27 The frequency of the VCO Voltage Controlled Oscillator in Figure 8 8 is controlled by the dc voltage out of the phase detector This de voltage reflects any phase change between the two detector input signals Co
185. which are deter mined by the 3325A processor in response to the errors it has sensed or the test routine that has been programmed Each situation produces a unique stable signature Usc the following procedure for Signature Analysis Test 4 a Set the 3325A POWER switch to STBY 3 b Disconnect the flat cable to the attenuator assembly to prevent damage to the relays c Connect the signature analyzer as follows a ce mek a SA CLK at left of A6U9 Start and StoP ana SAS S atrightof A6U 15 Ground ea Eure de eee 3325A ground stiffener channel on deck between and 21 or any Ground test point d Set the signature analyzer controls as follows BATE ise aede eae rue e On uet tr era Dat Da ae ad sco Ea _ in esto ore TW DURUM RED VEI E in Clock out Holds ks cast ae ee C ici tank Du a Off Self Testi iie aee ae aka Eae SURE E Ra Off e Make sure the CS through CS2 shorting connectors near right front corner of A6 are in the center position e f Connect A6TP3 and A6TP6to ground 8 C 29 Service 8 30 g Set all bus address switches A651 to the OFF position See switch drawing below Model 3325A These numbers printed on the PC Board itself Ignore any 1 numbers printed on the switch Address S
186. 01 3 103 3 107 3 109 3 111 3 113 3 115 3 118 3 120 3 122 3 124 3 126 Table of Contents Page Entry 3 4 Function Selection 3 4 Frequency Entry 3 4 Frequency Limits 3 4 Frequency Display and Resolution 3 5 Auxiliary Output Sine Function Only 3 5 Amplitude 3 5 Amplitude Calibration 3 5 High Voltage Output Option 002 3 6 DC eiae 3 6 Phase 3 7 Frequency 5 3 7 Sweep Marker 3 9 Sweep X Drive Output 3 10 Sweep Z Blank Output 3 10 Amplitude Modulation 3 10 Phase Modulation 3 1 Modify Keys 3 11 Store and Recall 3 11 Operators Checks 3 11 Self Test oue vuv err hs 3 11 Output 3 11 Operator s Maintenance 3 12 HP IB Operation 3 12 General HP IB Description 3 13 Definition of HP IB Terms and 3 13 Basic Device Communication 3 14 Message Definitions 3 14 3325 Response to Messages 3 14 HP IB Work 3 14 Addressing 3 14 3325A Remote Programming 3 14 3325A HP IB Capabilities
187. 02 3 49 Frequency Sweep Amplitude Modulation 3 55 Sweep Marker Phase Modulation 3 58 Sweep X Drive Output 3 126 Programming Selection Functions 3 60 Sweep Z Blank Output Rear Qutput Front Qutput 3 82 Amplitude Modulation Linear Sweep Logarithmic Sweep 3 66 Phase Modulation Data Transfer Mode 3 68 Modify Keys 3 128 Programming Execution Functions 3 70 Store and Recall Assign Zero Phase Refarence 3 72 OPERATOR S CHECKS Perform Amplitude Calibration 3 74 Self Test Start Single Sweep 3 76 Output Chacks Start Continuous Sweep 3 78 OPERATOR S MAINTENANCE Perform Self Test 3 81 HP IB OPERATION 3 130 Programming Amplitude Units Conversion 3 83 General Description 3 132 Programming Storage Registers Figure 3 3 Interface Connections and Bus 3 134 Service Requests Structure 3 136 Serial Poll Table 3 5 General Interface Management 3 138 Status Byte Lines 3 140 Busy Fiag 3 88 Definition of HP IB Terms and Concepts 3 142 Sweep Flag 3 89 Basic Device Communication Capability 3 144 Masking or Enabling Service Requests 3 91 Message Definitions Table 3 11 SRQ Mask Enable Data Table 3 6 Definition of Meta Massages 3 146 Interrogating Program Errors 3 93 3325A Response to Messages 3 148 Interrogating Entry Parameters Table 3 7 Implementation of Messages 3 150 Interrogating Function Waveform 3 95 HP IB Work Sheet 3 152 Interrogating Miscellaneous Parameters 18 Addressing 3 154 Using the Interrogate Capability 3 3325A Programming Procedure
188. 0280 0757 0280 0757 0283 10 5W CC 9 412 110 1 125U F 1K 1X 129W F TC 1K 1X 21253 F T SK 1X 21254 F TC RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC TC RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F T RESISTOR 47 10 59 10K 1X 1254 F T 47 8 FC TC 0683 2209 0757 0442 0687 4701 1757 0442 0685 4705 6 8 5 295 FC 10 400 500 6 8 5 258 FC T 4007 500 63 4 1 125W F 04 100 324 1 125W F 04 100 47 5 054 FC 400 4580 0683 0605 0683 0685 0698 4388 0698 4450 0583 4705 pum mows RESISTOR 10 17 1254 F TCz0s 100 RESISTOR 2 57K 1 125M F 04 102 RESISTOR 162 1 1250 F 0 100 RESISTOR 22 5 2854 FC 400 4500 RESISTOR 49 9 1 1254 F TCs04 100 1757 0346 0698 3492 0757 0485 1504 2205 0757 0277 RESISTOR 1 32K 1X 125W 2 04 100 RESISTOR TRMR 20 10 C 2 1 TRM RESISTOR 3 7 5 258 FC TC2 400 4500 RESISTOR 12 5X PIU FC 400 300 RESISTOR 5 62 1 125M F 100 0757 0317 2100 3409 0683 0395 0683 1205 0757 0200 Dwr wn 1251 4822 CONNECTOR 3 PIN POST IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDCE TRIG COM IC GATE TTL LS NAND QUAD 2 INP IC SWITCH 8 DIP P PKG SWITCH ANLG 9 01 IC OP AMP LOW BIAS H IMPD 10 99 PKS 1820 1196 1020 1197 1826 0476 18026 0476 1826 0304 N96 10 CNTR TTL LS BIN UP DOWN SYNCHRO IC CNTR TTL L6 DECD UP DOWN SYNCHRO IC CNTR TTL LS DECD UP DOWN SYNCHRO
189. 030 3088 012 089 030810 1902 0025 ASCRIL 1901 0518 AZERI 1701 0518 Wore 1906 0207 1901 0535 1901 0535 28400 28480 28480 ASCR101 AS3CR102 A3CR103 1906 0207 1901 0535 1901 0535 DIODE MATCHED DIOD SGM SIG SCHOTTKY DIODE 8M SIG SCHOTTKY 9 28480 1251 6567 29480 1258 0141 28480 1251 2969 28480 1251 2969 29480 1251 2769 CONNECTOR 21 PIN POST TYPE JUMPER REH CONNECTOUR PHONO SINGLE PHONG JACK DIP CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONO JACK DIP CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONG JACK DIP AST1 ASIA ASTS ABTS 356 1251 6567 1258 0141 1251 2969 1251 2969 1251 2959 1251 2969 1251 2969 1251 2969 1251 2967 1281 2969 20480 28480 28480 28480 28480 8337 23280 ABI 710 83111 1251 2969 1251 2969 1251 2969 1251 2969 1251 2969 CONNECTOR PH N U SINGLE PHONO JACK DIF CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONO JACK DIP SINGLE PHONG JACK DIP CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONG JACK DIP CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONO JACK DIF 29400 1251 2969 28480 9100 3551 26480 7100 1791 28480 9140 0210 28450 9140 0210 28480 9170 0894 26480 9140 0210 ASIIS A3L1 A3L 3 A34 15 531 6 1251 2969 9100 3551 9100 1791 2140 0210 9140 0210 9170 0894 9140 0210 CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONO JACK DIP Coit Mld 1uH 5 Q 50 INDUCTOR 290NH 20 23DX 37S5LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 10008 54 166DX 305LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 5 165 5991 6 CORE SHIEL
190. 06 102 R39 c C107 E L103 E R116 F C108 E 1104 117 C108 E L105 E R118 F R119 F A3 Component Locations i SIGNAL AA 25 buses 028 28 c23 R 12 L 25 i JUNE 041 46 o 088 R49 TP2 06 43 42 M 47 R44 033 E 06 865 uae gt x 2 pn C a nac 158 pe 4 L2 1416 gt ot x 22 ev dor UM 23 SING Are rupg J Rios 22222 lt 37 monl E 25 ice 3325 C10 A3 03325 66503 Rev See par COPYRIGHT 1977 BY HEWLETT SIGNAL SOURCE 05325 60503 TT EXTERNAL REFERRUCLE 50 241 R24 120 4 22 Co wil 2 R 08 2 5 aF per 421 2 1 i 10 PN CRI VN ples v 3 es 47 V V Le Vv RG 8 38 45 REF UN CRS cag UNE ance Ee R4g TP2 5 412 47 4 47K C46 73 c20 MHz M 7 1 OUMLOCK e 22 24 ce 33 75 e c D c EU R36 345 n R36 Ras SINE AMPLITUDE ws 259 47 4 na e g
191. 1 OUOH YES U24 13 2593 Troubleshoot W 024 5 5V 760A YES YES i Control Register YES RAM Control Register U24 11 OUOH Failure Troubleshoot YES U22 YES roubleshoot NO YES 3 022 023 U24 3 104A Troubleshoot 5 76 U13 Then U30 Then U22 YES YES Troubleshoot U22 Rom Page Reg Failur U22 2 993F NO YES U22 4 P58U U24 13 2593 U22 6 0504 022 8 9002 Troubleshoot U24 12 924 NO YES Troubleshoot Troubleshoot 9 Not Sending HWR Signal z 3 516342 5V 760A YES RAM Control Register Failure YES Troubleshoot U13 Then U30 Then U22 YES Go To Signature Analysis 5V H82C No YES Test 0 RAM Page Reg Failure U22 2 U22 4 U22 6 U22 8 C6A8 8643 7P37 COP8 YES Troubleshoot U22 Troubleshoot U45 Then U14 Rom Page Reg Failure U22 2 U22 4 U22 6 U22 8 leshoot 24 sleshoot 124 026 993F P5gU 0504 9002 YES Troubleshoot U22 Troubleshoot U45 Then U14 Figure 8 33 b Signature Analysis Test 1 8 C 21 8 C 22 Model 3325 Service SIGNATURE ANALYSIS TEST 2 This test checks the ability of the RAM address register to count up and down and checks the RAM output data This test uses two methods of signature analysis The main difference between these methods is Method 1 tests a repetitive data stream for a fixed period of time
192. 1 If no data has been stored in a register the recall command for that register will be ignored 2 An amplitude calibration is performed when a register is recalled 3 The numeric value for the phase is stored but the phase of the output is not changed when the register is recalled Phase may need to be reprogrammed 4 DCL Device Clear and SDC Selected Device Clear commands do not affect the storage registers 3 134 Service Requests 3 135 The 3325A will set the SRQ line true for any of the following reasons if enabled by the 5 mask see Paragraph 3 144 Program String rror Sweep Started or Sweep Stopped System Failure Possible component problem Failed Self Test Failed Amplitude Calibration External Reference Unlocked Main Oscillator Unlocked 3 136 Serial Poll 3 137 When the system controller determines that thc line is true it may conduct either a Serial Poll or Parallel Poll to determine which device s initiated the Service Request and the reason s for the request The 3325A responds to a Serial Poll which is conducted in the following manner Controller places ATN true command mode Controller sends Serial Poll Enable SPE on lines DIO1 8 ASCII CAN binary code 0011000 Operation Controller sends 3325A Talk address controller Listen address Controller places ATN false data mode 3325A responds by sending status byte on DIOI 8 Controller places true af
193. 1 and 2171 on the destination assemblies must be replaced also The new connectors which can be mounted in the same holes as the old ones were implemented because of their greater reliability Table 8 2 identifies the assemblies cables and connec tors affected when board replacement is necessary 8 115 TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION 8 116 Service information is organized into service groups which include schematic diagrams block dia grams and troubleshooting information for specific areas of the instrument Paragraph 8 2 contains an index of the circuits and the service groups in which they can be found 8 117 Test Equipment Required 8 118 Table 8 3 lists the test equipment needed to troubleshoot the 3325A Any equipment that meets or exceeds the critical specifications may be substituted for the recommended model Table 8 3 Test Equipment for Troubleshooting Critical Specifications Recommended Model Signature Analyzer Signature 4 digit hexadecimal Characters O thru 8 A C F H P U Threshold Logic 1 2 2 V Logic O 0 5 V Clock Frequency z 1 5 MHz Pulse Rate 500 kHz Pulse Width 1 xs DC Offset 1 V Pulse Generator DC Function Ranges 1to 100 V Accuracy 0 2 AC Function Ranges 1 to 100 V Accuracy amp 0 5 Ohmmeter Ranges 100010 1 Accuracy 1 Digital Multimeter 4 Digit Vertical Bandwidth de to 100 MHz Deflection 5 mV to 10 V div Horzonta Main Sweep 50 ns to 2 s
194. 1 Hz to 100 kHz Attenuator ranges 2 through 8 100 kHz to 10 MHz Attenuator ranges 2 through 8 10 MHz to 20 MHz Attenuator ranges 2 through 4 Attenuator ranges 5 through 8 4 3325 General Information Table 1 1 Specifications Cont d Accuracy of DC Offset into 50 ohms DC Only No AC Function 0 4 of full peak out put for each range lowest attenuator range where accuracy is 20 pV DC AC 1 MHz 1 2 Ramps 2 4 DC AC gt 1 MHz 3 AMPLITUDE MODULATION of Sine Function only Modulation Envelope Distortion 30 dB to 80 modula tion at 1 kHz O V dc Offset PHASE OFFSET Range 719 9 with respect to arbitrary starting phase or assigned zero phase Resolution 0 19 Stability 1 phase C increment Accuracy 0 2 PHASE MODULATION Linearity Sine Function 0 5 best fit straight line SYNC OUTPUT Output Levels into 50 ohms Square wave with V High z 1 2V Vow 02V X ORIVE OUTPUT Amplitude to 10 V dc linear ramp proportional to sweep frequency sweep up only Linearity 1096 to 9096 best fit straight line X 0 196 of final value Specified for all linear sweep widths which are integral multiples of the minimum sweep width for each function and sweep time OPTION 001 HIGH STABILITY FREQUENCY REFERENCE Ambient Stability 5 x 108 09 to 55 C referenced to 30 C Aging Rate 5 10 8 per week after 72 hours co
195. 100 15V 15V 415V AGG 1 1K 4 0 OFFSET U38 2 5 047 858 83 i 100 K po 15 Figure 8 42 D A Converter and Sample Hold A14 8 1 5 8 1 6 Model 3325 Service SERVICE GROUP FUNCTION CIRCUITS Function Circuits Troubleshooting The 140112 amplifier circuit supplies sine wave current to the output amplifier Disconnect the cable marked 23 from A14J23 to permit maximum signal amplitude at A14 test point SIN Do not allow disconnected cable connector to contact the printed circuit boards or components or circuits may be damaged The sine wave signal at test point SIN should be approximately 200 mV p p at the selected frequency If this signal is not correct the trouble is ahead of the SIN test point If the sine function is the only one not operating correctly check the diode CR101 and the filter components in the Q112 emitter circuit If there is a signal at the SIN test point check the Sine Enable voltage at U28 pin 10 This should be at a TTL high level If not check input and clock signals to U28 and U27 The inputs to U28 can be traced to 729 Service Group I Be sure to reconnect cable 23 to A14J23 Square Triangle and Ramp Functions If the sine function is operating properly but none of the other functions is correct the trouble is probably in the 0101 Q102 circuits or 1731 inverters Also check for the correct enable signals from U28 The ta
196. 12 ASCID 555 3 18 7 9 Board Revisions 7 14 3 10 Programming 3 19 7 10 14 Board Revisions 7 16 3 11 SRQ Mask Enable Data 3 25 7 11 14 4 Board Revisions 7 17 4 1 Equipment Required for 7 12 1 4 Board Revisions 7 21 Operational Verification 4 2 7 13 A23 A7 Board Revisions 7 22 4 2 Test Equipment Required 7 14 14 4 Board Revisions 7 24 for Performance Tests 4 11 7 15 A2 Board Revisions 7 25 5 1 Test Equipment Required For 8 1 Attenuation and Voltage Ranges 8 20 Adjustments 5 1 8 2 Assembly Cable Compatibility 5 2 Padding 5 6 for Serial Numbers 1748A04250 6 1 List of Abbreviations 6 2 and 8 25 6 2 List of Manufacturers 6 2 8 3 Test Equipment for Troubleshooting 8 26 6 3 Replaceable Parts List 6 3 8 4 Adjustments Required After Repair 8 28 7 1 3325A Circuit Board Revisions 7 2 8 5 Trouble Symptoms 8 29 7 2 5 Board Revisions 7 2 8 6 Mnemonic Dictionary 8 30 7 3 Board Revisions 7 3 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Figure Page Figure Page 2 1 Line Voltage Selection 2 2 5 1 Ramp Reset Waveform
197. 1259 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 2001 F RESISTOR 47 5 254 FC 4007 500 81121 084705 ABRI 0696 3279 2 0757 0458 ABRI 0757 0283 ABRA 2757 0283 AGRE 0683 4709 RESISTOR 47 5 25W FC TC 400 7 500 1121 084705 RESISTOR 4 99 1 1259 F 100 24546 4 1 8 0 4991 RESISTOR 1 24K 1X 1259 F 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 1241 F RESISTOR 399 1 125U F 8 100 24546 04 1 8 0 3098 RESISTOR 10K 14 18254 F TCsQr 25 28489 0698 6360 0683 4705 ABR 0698 3279 ARS 0678 3223 AOR11 0698 4449 ASR12 0698 5360 RESISTOR 10K 17 125W F 0 25 28400 0698 6360 RESISTOR 402 1 125W F 04 100 24546 04 1 8 0 4028 RESISTOR 40 1 125W F 1 6 04 100 24545 4 1 8 0 4028 RESISTOR 100 5 25W FC 104 400 4900 01121 281015 RESISTOR 100 5 254 FC Toe 400 506 01121 081919 ABR 1D 0698 6360 AQ0R14 0698 4453 ABRIS 0698 4453 ASR16 0683 1015 ARIZ 0683 1015 RESISTOR 100K 5 2512 FC TCs 400 000 01121 081045 RESISTOR 3 01 1 12 F TC 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 3011 F RESISTOR 53 8 1 120 F 04 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 Sz52 F RESISTOR 3 01 1X 125W F TC D 100 24546 C4 1 8 TU 3011 F RESISTOR 47 5 25W FC 400 4500 01121 084705 ABRIB 0683 1045 AOR21 0757 0273 6622 0698 4408 8123 0757 0273 ABR 24 0583 4705 RESISTOR 47 5 25 FC TOs A00 500 01121 CE4705 RESISTOR 33 25W F TC 400 500 01121 CP3305 RESISTOR 33 5 25W FC TCs 400 4500 01121 285509 RESISTOR 3 6 SX
198. 1299 01295 1295 01275 01293 91295 01295 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 27014 91275 01275 01295 01298 01275 01295 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number C 4 1 8 T0 4992 F 04 1 8 10 1331 F CR1205 283955 C4 1 8 T0 5111 F 4 1 4 70 9111 081045 084705 084709 EB4701 4701 04 1 0 10 1002 82205 4 1 8 70 1001 4 1 8 9 1092 BOZE 64 178 10 1002 CRATE 0699 0064 4701 4 1 8 0 111 04 1 08 9 1001 8 4 1 8 70 1901 64 1 8 0 2001 2205 04 1 8 10 1002 4701 04 1 8 70 1092 705 CB6055 CF6S05 4 1 8 0 6384 04 1 8 10 3848 84705 51 8 0 198 0 1 8 T0 2571 F lt lt 8 T0 162R F 2205 1 8 0 4992 1 8 0 1331 2140 3409 CP3965 CBi205 C4 1 8 T0 8621 F 1251 4822 SN74L8174N SN741 S00N TL 01 0P TLON1CP LF355H SN74LS191N 5 74 8178 SN7ALS190N 5 741 5190 SN7418109AN 5 741 874 SN74L874 N SN74LS123N SN74974N CA30 46 L F SH 9 L 4310N LM31 ON LF13331D LM310N LM310N LF13331D SN74L8273N 8 741 6138 4741 5174 SN74LS273N SN7 4 SIGEAN SN74LG04N Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation 614032 A1 4033 814034 1 4035 A14U36 Description Mfr Part Number 1020 1442 SN74
199. 134 A14C133 140156 140137 A140136 146139 1 40141 140142 1 4143 814 144 4140203 205 140208 A14C209 14 211 140212 140213 14 214 4140217 8140218 8140219 4140229 A14221 A14Cz222 A140223 A140224 4140225 140226 A1 40227 14 228 140229 14C230 1 40231 14 232 14 233 A140234 814 235 81406256 140239 4140259 8140246 8140241 14 242 140248 A1 4C244 A14C260 A14C261 4140262 140263 8140264 ALACRI AL4CR2 amp 14CR3 ALACRA ALACRS AL4CRG amp 14CR7 A1ACR76 1408101 A14CR102 6 16 HP Part Number 0160 3847 0160 3847 0180 1746 9180 1746 0160 3847 8160 3847 0160 0299 0169 3847 0160 3647 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 2240 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 2259 0160 3847 0160 2240 0160 3508 0160 4571 0160 4571 0160 3847 0160 4571 0160 0156 0169 0301 0160 2414 0160 3047 0160 3466 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 8140 3847 0160 4532 0160 4552 0121 0452 0150 4571 0180 1746 0169 4571 9160 3647 0160 2250 0160 3947 0160 3847 0160 3047 9160 2240 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3047 0160 3847 0180 1746 2180 4571 0180 0210 0169 3847 0160 3847 1160 3466 0160 2459 0150 4571 0160 3466 0160 3847 0160 3847 0180 1746 0180 1746 0160 4571 0160 4571 0160 4571 0180 1746 0160 4571 1902 0041 1901 0040 1991 0040 1901 0050 1902 5345 1901 0050 1901 0050 1901 0049 1901 0040 1901 0040 bM 2350
200. 1493 V 0 01493 V 0 004979 V 0 004979 0 001479 V 0 001479 V High Voltage Output Option 002 20V 20 V 4 63 Sine 20 999 999 999 MHz 4 5 4 5V Sine 999 9 kHz 45V 4 5V Square 999 9 kHz 4 5 4 5V Square 9 9999 MHz 4 5 V 18 775 V 19 775 V DC Offset Accuracy with AC Functions Minimum 4 350 V 4 350 V 4 440 V 4 440 V 4 440 V 4 440 V 4 350 V Maximum 5 020 V 5 020 V 1 50499 V T1 50499 0 50190 0 50190 0 15050 40 15050 0 05019 0 01505 0 01505 0 005018 0 005019 0 001519 V V V 0 05019 V V V V 0 001518 V 120 225 20 225 V Maximum 4 650V 4 650 4 560 44 560 V 4 560 V 4 560V 4 650 V Triangle 9 8 kHz 4 5 Ramp 9 9 kHz 4 5 V Par 4 65 Triangle Linearity X1 X3 X4 Xg g Lx x Values 21 2 9 45 74 440 V 4 380 V Positive Slope Measurement x times y 10 y 2096 30 4095 15096 ys 6096 yg 7096 y 8096 yg 90 Ly Lx 2028 ExEy Ex 285 Par 4 65 Triangle Linearity Con d Par 4 65 Triangle Linearity 7 2 e Ex 2025 ExEy 0 Yx 285 x Values Negative Slope Measurement times y 90 yg 8096 70
201. 190 0072 8190 0875 2190 0918 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 2200 0103 HLCL 8 1590 IN ID 28480 INTL T 1 2 IN 64 IN ID 28480 WASHER LK HLCL amp 141 18 10 23400 SCREM MACH 4 40 190 IN LG 10 21 90000 SCREW MACH 4 40 05 1 16 PAN HD POZI 2849 2190 0073 2170 0575 2190 0918 2200 1101 2200 0103 535m SCREM MA CH 4 40 1 25 1 166 21 00090 ORDER DESCRIPTION 6 32 25 IN LG PAN HD POZI 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION SCREM MACH 6 32 25 IN LG 82 DEG 89099 DRDER BY DESCRIPTION SCREW MACH 6 32 25 IN LG 62 DEG 00080 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION SCREW MACH 6 32 312 IN LEO PAN HD POZI 80800 GRDER DEGCRIPTION 2200 0123 2360 0113 908 6 32 75 1 16 PA N HD POZI 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 6 32 5 1N LG PAN HD POZI 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION NUT HEX DBL CHAM 6 32 THD 109 1 28480 2424 0002 SCREW MACH 8 22 25 1 10 100 DEG 90000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION NUT HEX DBL CHAM 8 32 THD 125 1 009000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 2360 01285 2360 0201 2420 0002 2510 0192 2580 0004 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 28 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation HP Part Number 3050 0027 3059 0256 3050 0716 3050 0835 6960 0027 7120 6482 7120 8539 9211 2257 9282 0906 JUMPER LUG JUMPER OCA ene
202. 1X 47 57 47 61 9 1 4 75 162 1X 22 5 1 125 F TC 0 2S 4 125W F 04 20 25 FD TCs 400 4700 254 F Tle 40074908 25 FC T 400 4700 258 TC 400 500 1254 F 0 100 1258 F 108 29 FC 800 0900 1 1254 F TC 04 100 1 1298 F T 0 1DO 85 FC 400 4800 7 125W F 100 1 5 100 254 FC T 40079600 25 400 4500 1 125W F 0 100 1 1259 F TCz04 100 29 TCs 400 806 25 FC TC 00 4680 294 FC TC 00 600 FC T 400 4700 1294 400 4809 254 FC TC 400 4890 PYA FC TC 400 500 F TCs04 100 1290 F TCzs04 25 258 TOx 490 500 25u FC 400 300 X F TCs0 100 iX 125W TC 0 100 1254 F TC 0 100 25W TC2 400 500 24546 24546 24546 01121 24546 24546 24546 81121 01121 91121 24546 95888 93868 24546 24546 24546 01121 28480 05888 03988 05888 28480 013888 24546 284910 24546 24546 01121 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 28480 24548 24546 81121 24546 24546 20480 28400 28480 28480 81121 81121 01121 01121 24546 24546 01121 24546 03888 01121 24546 24546 21121 81121 24546 24546 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 03121 01121 24546 93888 01121 01121 24546 24546 24546 01121 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected
203. 2 RMR CER 9 359 5 1PF 4100 07 DiUF 100 0 5090 CER S 0VDC CER 200U PC MTG 500 CER 30456 CER 50900 CER 1000PF 4 204 50906 CER 28480 56489 28480 28400 20460 56289 28489 20488 28480 290481 28480 28489 28480 28480 28480 8480 28480 28480 28480 28400 28480 84413 28487 28480 28480 28480 56289 56289 28480 28499 29491 28480 28480 28481 28480 26484 28480 28480 20499 28480 29480 28480 72136 28489 28480 52763 28480 28480 28480 23480 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 03325 66514 150D6B5X0006A2 0169 3560 0160 3047 0160 4552 1500156 902082 150 156 902032 0160 3847 9160 3847 0160 3847 0160 4571 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3456 0160 4552 1160 4571 9160 9162 0160 0152 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 4571 1160 4871 86504 0160 0129 9160 0128 0150 5335 0160 3847 1500335 00153 2 150D155X9020B2 0150 4571 0160 5335 0160 5335 0160 5306 0160 5506 0160 5306 0160 4571 0150 5947 8150 5847 0160 0145 0169 2201 0140 0217 0160 3084 0160 2306 19 151303008 108 0160 2847 0160 3847 304524 9 39PF 690 0168 2250 0160 3847 0140 3847 8160 4532 6 15 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation A140116 140117 140110 Al 40117 A140121 8140128 A14C124 1 42120 6146127 A1A4Ci28 8140129 81460130 140131 4140132 A14C133 04142
204. 2 8 ms sign if nagative dBm sign is val id but not required DC Offset 4 Digits and Decimal Also sign if negative dc offset sign is valid but not required VR Volts rms VO or MV 90 ms Phase z 4 Digits minus sign MR Millivolts rms VR or MR 130 ms DB dBm DB 250 ms VO Voks OF 6 8 ms Sweep Start Frequency ST 11 Digits Sweep Stop Frequancy and Decimal KH Kilohertz Each digit or decimal 2 8 ms Sweep Marker Frequency MH Megahartz HZ KH or 10 3 ms Millivolts Each digit decimal or sign 2 8 ms VO 82 ms Sweep Time 4 Digits 1 Seconds TI 5 5 ms 5 7 0 ms and Decimal Each digit and decimal 2 8 ms Sweep Moda 5 4 5 ms Linear Logarithmic Rear or Front Panel Output 44 5 ms Front Panel Rear Panel Store Program EXE 1 0 9 58 11 ms Recall Program EXE RE 1700 ms Execution Functions PH 5 ms DE 28 ms Each digit and sign 2 8 ms ST SP or 7 0 ms DE Degrees HZ Hertz Perform Self Test 10 000 ms Assign Zaro Phase 5 2 ms Perform Auto Cal 1500 ms Start Single Sweep 55 300 ms Start Continuous Sweep SC 300 ms 10 ms IAM 9 8 ms IOF 9 8 ms IPH 8 ms 15 10 ms iSP 10 ms 10 ms Interrogate Entry Parameters Fraquancy Amplitude Offset Phase Sweep S
205. 20 Input frequency 20 200 000 Hz 8 65 Positive and Negative Ramp A ramp output is generated in the same manner as the triangle except that when the phase difference between the MHz reference and the input 20 has advanced 180 the reference is inverted by the ramp reset circuits Figure 8 20 Figure 8 22 illustrates the ramp generation process Because the phase difference is allowed to advance only 180 instead of 360 as in triangle generation the frequency of the input 20 signal to the phase comparison gate must be 1 MHz plus one half the output frequency For the maximum ramp output frequency of 10 kHz frequency 10 000 Hz 2 5 000 Hz Reference 1 000 000 Hz 1 005 000 Hz x 20 Input frequency 20 100 000 Hz 8 66 Ramp reset may be initiated either by the phase detector output Figure 8 20 or by or ramp reset signal from peak detectors at the output amplifier Each reset pulse causes the reference signal to be inverted at the output of the ramp reset gate Al4 4 14 SINE MIXER QUTPUT 1 8 2 SINE 0 30 MHz SM 1 SQUARE 0 20 MHz es TRIANGLE 20 20 2 MHz RAMP 20 20 1 MHz SQUARE ENABLE ENABLE A14 SINE WAVE 21 FROM MIXER SINE SIGNAL SINE SLUARINE CURRENT ENABLE CIRCUIT TRIANGLE ENABLE UE REF A14 A14 J NABLE 0 ENA A14 d RESET MNA gt
206. 23 C24 C26 C27 C28 C29 C31 C32 C33 C34 C36 C37 C38 C39 C41 C43 C44 C46 C47 C48 cag csi C52 C53 C54 C56 C57 C58 C59 C61 C101 C102 C103 C104 C106 C107 C108 C109 Board Location gt gt OOOO O O wO wm woo m m m m m mm m m Designator C111 C112 C113 C114 2116 C117 C118 C119 C121 C122 C123 C124 C126 C127 C128 C128 C151 C162 C153 C154 C156 C157 C158 CR2 CR3 4 CR6 CR7 CR8 CR101 J1 J2 J3 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J15 J23 J24 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 17 18 L9 L101 L102 L103 L104 L105 Board Location mm mm mmm AHH mmmm m OO0U0Qg 00 OUO m m m m m Designator 1106 L107 1108 109 1111 1112 1113 1114 1116 1117 L151 L152 L153 P2 Q1 02 R19 R21 R22 R23 R24 R26 R27 R28 R29 R30 R32 R33 R34 R36 R37 R38 R39 Board Location m G gt OOM TT TT mmm PrP PP PPPRP w w w w Douw OOOO oan Designator R41 R42 R43 R44 R45 R46 R47 R48 R49 R56 R57 R58 R59 R6 R62 R63 R64 R66 R67 R68 R69 R70 R71 R72 R73 R74 R76 R77 R78 R79 R81 RB2 R83 R84 R86 R87 R88 R89 R91 R92 R93 101 R192 R103 R104 R106 R107 R108 R109 R111
207. 230 375 6 28480 301 429 Q 120 23480 ENDUSTOR MISE ITEM 28480 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1 19 5 166DX 385LG 8480 A211 161 A21L162 8211163 A211 165 9100 1791 9140 0460 9100 0539 2140 0349 Nob o o TRANSISTOR PNP ST 70 92 PD 6295HMMW 04713 MPSHO1 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 70 92 PD 04713 MP 81131 TRANSISTOR NPN 2 5179 81 TO 72 PD 04713 TRANSISTOR PNP BI 10 92 2 04713 PNP 2N4917 81 200 07263 A2141 1853 0448 2182 1855 9448 AR1QS 9345 42144 0448 a2106 1853 0089 roos 2N4917 2NA 17 2 4917 1854 0296 2NA917 1854 0296 TRANSISTOR PNP 2N4917 07263 TRANSISTOR PNP 2N4917 91 07263 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 0 92 s TRANSISTOR PNP 2N4917 5 TRANSISTOR NPN 1633 0907 1853 0089 1954 0296 1853 9089 AURA 1054 0296 TRANSISTOR PNP 87263 2N4717 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 10 72 P 2848 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 92 P 28488 TRANSISTOR HPN 51 70 92 PD 310MW 28 490 TRANOISTOR JFET DUAL N CHAM D MODE SI ARIZ 1853 0089 821413 0296 4210914 04 029 A21416 1 0296 821017 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 22 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation A21418 1855 0081 21919 1955 0081 421421 1855 9002 2 1822 1894 0215 21623 1854 1215 Description TRANSISTOR 1 Ne CHAN TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE 6 TRANSISTOR P
208. 24 E Second St Minaola NY 11501 Cut off Frequency 1 MHz Stopband Atten 50 dB by 4 MHz Stopband Freq 4 2 80 MHz Consisting of Resistor 10 1 Capacitor 1600 pF 5 hp 0757 0340 0160 2223 3325 General Information Table 1 5 Recommended Test Equipment Cont d Raquired For Oper Perf Adjust Critical Specifications Var Tasta ments shooting Recommended AC Voltmeter Ranges 0 1 V to 1 V X hp 400 FL Frequency Range 20 Hz 1 MHz Input Impedance z 1 MQ Meter Log scala Acc 100 Hz to 10 kHz 196 1 5 hp 0883 1025 Oscilloscope Probe Divisi n Ratio 10 to 1 hp 10041A Impedance 1 12 pF DC Power Supply Volts 0 10 V hp 6214A Amps 10 mA Floating output hp 1058 Frequency Standard Frequency 5 MHz Required for Option Accuracy 1 x 107 001 Calculator HP IB Control Capability hp 9825 with 98034 Interface Required for automatic testing General I O ROM Extended 1 0 ROM System Voltmeter DC Voltage Oto lO V Sample Hold Measurement hp 3437A External Trigger Low True TTL Edge Trigger Trigger Delay selectable 10 us to 140 BNC Tee Male female female hp 1250 0781 Adapter BNC to dual banana plug hp 1250 2277 BNC to Triax Adapter Female BNC to Male Triax hp 1250 0595 Signature Analyzer Signature 4 digit hexadecimal
209. 240 0160 3847 0190 3847 0164 3847 0160 3847 150 156 0 052 0160 4571 1500335 001542 1160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3466 0160 2055 0150 4571 0160 3466 9160 3847 0150 3947 180D156X9020L2 18509156 9020 2 0160 4571 0160 4571 0160 4571 1500156 9 02082 9150 4571 1992 0941 1901 0040 1901 4440 1701 0050 1902 3345 1901 0050 1701 0050 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0240 Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part fr Pa r Designation Number Description Mfr Part Numbe 61408183 1901 0040 1 DIODE SWITCHING 359 SIMA 2 DD 35 20480 1901 0040 ATACR10A 1901 0040 1 DIODE SWITCHING 309 SONA ONS DO 35 28489 1901 0040 14 8106 1903 0040 1 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 0 2NG 00 35 28480 1901 0940 1408107 1901 0040 1 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2 5 00 35 29489 1901 9040 AL4ACR108 1901 0539 9 DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1931 0939 1408109 1901 0535 9 DIOPE SM 516 SCHOTTKY 28480 1901 9535 81408110 1901 0040 1 DIDDE SULTCHING 30U SOMA 2NG DO 35 28480 1901 0040 1408111 1901 0040 1 DIODE SUITCHING 309 SOMA 2 5 00 35 26480 1901 0040 14 8205 1902 0631 Q DIODE ZNR 1 5551 14U SZ Tle 75 04713 B 1 ACR 08 1911 0040 1 5811 1 309 SOMA ANS 00 39 28490 1901 9040 Al4ACR209 1901 0040 1 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA ZNS 00 25 28480 1901 0040
210. 25 Operation Table 3 11 580 Mask Enable Data A B C D E G H L M N Q Initial turn on conditions The programming syntax for interrogating error is Mnemonic EOS Mnemonic IER After receiving IER the 3325A will send back the following the next time it is addressed to talk Mnemonic Data CR ASCII carriage return LF amp ASCII line feed with EOI sent simultane ously Mnemonic ER Data The ASCH numeric corresponding to the first error that occurred see list above If no error occurred the code returned is 0 When more than one error has occurred only the code for the first error will be returned After interrogation the error code is set 10 zero until the next error occurs 3 148 interrogating Entry Parameters 3 149 Each entry parameter be interrogated by the controller to determine its value The programming syn tax for interrogating entry parameters is 1 Mnemonic I the ASCII character I and indicates interrogation desired Valid mnemonics parameter to be interrogated FR Frequency AM Amplitude OF Offset System ASCH Bits Fail Character 3 thru 0 Bit 3 e Sweep Sweep Program Start Stop Error Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit O Mask Mask Mask Enable Mask Mask Mask Enable Enable Mask Enable Enable Enable Mask Enable Enable Mask Mask Mask Enable Mask Mask Mask Enable Enable Mask Enable Enable Enable Mask Enable Enable PH
211. 25 0160 3958 CAPACTTOR FXD 1UF 20 SOVDC CER 28490 0160 3598 1902 3205 1702 3205 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 2040 ABERI 1902 3205 2 3 IO0DE ZNR 159 5 DQ 35 PD 4U Tl 057 28480 AUCR2 1902 3205 ZNR 154 5 0 56 0572 29490 1921 0040 SWITCHING 394 SONA 218 90 35 28490 1901 0040 SWITCHING 30V SOMA ANS 00 35 26400 AOCRS 1901 0040 DIO0DZ SMITCHING 30V SIMA 2NS 00 35 28480 20400 28480 25490 28480 28480 1902 3205 1902 0244 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 ABCR 1902 5205 ABCR 1902 0244 ACRE 1901 0040 A3C811 1991 0040 80812 1901 0040 DIDDE ZNR 15 5 00 35 P 44 057 DIXODE ZMR 309 BA PDz1W 18 506 DIODE SWITCHING 509 SOMA 2NG DIODE SWITCHING 309 SOMA DIODE SUITCHING 300 SOMA 00 35 00 35 00 32 1991 0940 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 9080 1901 0050 28480 20490 28480 20480 28480 DIODE 581 509 SIMA 2 L SMITCHING 20 SOMA ANG 3 SWITCHING 30V TAMA 2 90 55 DIODE SWITCHING BAV 200 2 5 00 35 DIODE SWITCHING 809 200 NS 00 35 ACER LS 1931 0949 1901 0040 ADCR15 1901 0049 ABCRLG 1901 0050 17 1941 0050 ABT 1 2110 0343 FUSE 254 1259 NTO 281 093 28480 2110 0343 28480 1291 2969 28480 1251 2969 CONNECTOR PHOND SINGLE PHONO JACK DIP SINGLE PHONO JACK DIP ABN 1251 2969 ABJ 1291 2769 2948 0298 28400 1055 0011 28489 0340 0564 1 1205 0290 5 HEAT SINK PLSTC PWR CS
212. 25 66503 Rev 8 D 6 1818 38iu 9128 Law vm aos 2 R137 cie t R201 CR164 08 66 won TI rre rona Ala 2 65521 03325 Rev 27 Fig S KL 27 03325 66521 A3 FRACTIONAL N IVCO VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR 40 50 MHZ 45V 58186 8184 C174 511 IK 100gF NOTE Wi8 INPUT RANGES WIBDCV U34 14 10 5 30MHz 55V GND 53MH 2 5V A3 R2I6 316K C178 540173 C162 01 28 FROM US 5 W18 I Prol 1 1 ADJ 297 363uH C176 R200 4707 51 1 YCD CONTROL VOLTAGE DETECTOR ZR HS DETECTS DUT DE RANGE CONDITIONS n1 1 8171 TRIPS 1 47 12 5 VDLIAGE YOO HISH R166 CONTROL 212 m 5 1864 1333 45V L C171 0163 L C164 eae 17 p T EITHER CAUSES 15 OSC FAIL 154 47K CONTROL MY VDLTACE TDD LDW 15V 8163 E TRIPS AT 100K 4 7K 15V 15 gt MM na t COPYRIGHT 1380 BY THE HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY VCO BUFFER AMPLIFIER 1153 P D 03325 55503 7 10 NOTE LIFTING CABLE Wi8 WILL CAUSE SOURCE ASSEMBLY APPROXIMATELY 42 45 MHz As Mns 1 435 aie 10 14 1 HR R153 1 1 ik 1 t p 83 2 4K 9 68V yep 30 50 9H
213. 281085 RESISTOR 30 1K 1 125W F 0 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 3012 F RESISTOR 4 99K 1 1254 TE 0 100 24546 04 1 8 10 49901 RESISTOR 1K SX 25W Tl 400 4 600 01121 081025 RESISTOR 4 99K 1 129W F 04 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 4991 F 43549 0683 1035 3894 9757 0453 55 0698 3279 3856 0663 1025 3857 0698 3279 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 6 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation ASRSO ASRS A3861 A3R62 A3R63 ASR64 3866 A3R67 68 AIRG 85870 ASR72 83873 AXR76 A3R77 AARTE 2879 1 AIR Be A3RGA A3885 A3RB6 7 A3R ON ASRIO ASR 1 5092 3894 058101 A3R102 ASRIOI ASR104 ASR 106 58107 A3R107 A3R111 ASR112 A3R113 38114 ASRS A3R116 117 A3R119 119 A3R120 ABR124 h3R122 ABRI23 ASRISL A3R1S3 ASR154 156 157 ASR 158 A3R157 A3R160 38161 AST A3U2 304 ASUS ASUB A3U9 10 HP Part Number 0979 0192 0683 1025 2100 3286 0583 4795 0757 0442 0698 3156 9698 4437 0757 0436 0698 4478 2100 3207 0698 3135 0 98 3497 0683 4705 0698 3442 0583 4705 0698 4402 0670 4402 0698 3279 0690 3561 0698 3581 0757 0273 0757 0073 0757 0273 0698 4402 0698 3157 0683 1025 0683 2225 0698 4402 0698 4467 0683
214. 295 03888 04713 06383 07263 13606 18324 19701 24546 26654 27014 28480 3L585 32293 32997 34335 51642 52763 55576 56289 72136 74970 75042 75915 84411 91637 Nippon Electric Any Satisfactory Supplier Addressograph Multigraph Corp Allen Bradley Co Texas Instr Inc Semicond Cmpnt Div Pyrofilm Corp Motorola Semiconductor Products Panduit Corp Fairchild Semiconductor Div Sprague Elect Co Semiconductor Div Signetics Corp Mepco Electra Corp Corning Glass Works Bradford Varadyne Inc National Semiconductor Corp Hewlett Packard Co Corporate Hq RCA Corp Solid State Div Intersil Inc Bourns Inc Trimpot Prod Div Advanced Micro Devices Inc Centre Engineering Inc Stettner Electronics Inc Synertek Sprague Electric Co Electro Motive Corp Johnson E F Co TRW Inc Philadelphia Div Littelfuse Inc TRW Capacitor Div Dale Electronics Inc Tokyo JP Cleveland OH 44117 Milwaukee WI 53204 Dallas TX 75222 Whippany NJ 07981 Phoenix AZ 85008 Tinley Park IL 60477 Mountain View CA 94042 Concord NH 03301 Sunnyvale CA 94086 Mineral Wells TX 76067 Bradford PA 16701 Santa Monica CA 94040 Santa Clara CA 95051 Palo Alto CA 94304 Somerville NJ Cupertino CA 95014 Riverside CA 92507 Sunnyvale CA 94086 State College PA 16801 Chattanooga TN 13035 Santa Clara CA 95051 North Adams MA 01247 Florence SC 06226 Waseca MN 56093 Philadelphia
215. 2997 01121 24546 24546 84546 24546 24546 28480 84546 24546 01121 24546 01121 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 91121 01121 24546 24546 01121 81321 01121 19761 01121 24546 24546 24546 24546 24345 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24946 24546 91121 01121 01121 01121 24546 01121 24546 24546 28480 28480 01295 18524 31 585 01295 01295 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number 0599 0192 LHI UA 3292W 1 103 CB4709 04 1 8 10 1002 CA 1 0 10 1472 04 1 8 0 29741 F 04 1 8 0 4221 4 1 8 10 1072 2100 3207 04 1 8 10 3782 C4 J 8 TU 504R F CRA7055 178 TO 237R 084702 CA BOTO 9785 04 1 8 10 597 6 8 04 1 9 10 4991 4 1 8 0 1 V 04 1 08 10 12 04 1 8 10 45011 4 1 8 4 1 8 0 9786 04 1 8 10 1962 CE 029 cepe 4 1 8 10 9780 8 04 1 9 10 1051 081025 470 214715 4 1 8 0 2492 25 2 4 1 8 0 82 5 C4 1 8 T0 2491 F 04 1 8 0 468 C4 1 8 T0 3161 T CA 1 8 TO 3161 F C4 1 8 TU 201 F CA 1 8 T0 316 04 1 8 10 2168 2100 0568 1 8 10 198 0 1 8 10 2168 F 1 8 0 3161 1 8 T0 112R F 14 1 8 T0 196R 4 1 8 0 0881 1 8 0 0881 C4 1 8 TO 1138 F 04 1 8 0 6881 5 001025 681025 001019 084705 04 1 8 0 1708
216. 3 j Place the signature analyzer probe on 5V logic 1 The large plated area near the center of is 5V If the signature is not 5159 troubleshoot A6U9 processor A6U10 buffer the processor data lines through 7 and associated circuits Refer to the ROM Signature Analysis Test 8 B 2 Model 3325 Service k Set bus address bit 3 switch to ON 1 see drawing above Note the signature obtained with the analyzer probe on 5V The correct 5 signature is 78CU Most of the signatures taken in this test are on the 1 0 side of the isolators where the nor mal SA Clock is not available In order to take these signatures it is necessary to supply an external clock as follows 1 Set 3325A POWER to STBY m Disconnect the signature analyzer from the SA CLK n Unsolder the end of the SA CLK jumper nearest the left edge of the board away from U9 o Apply a pulse train with the following characteristics to the SA CLK jumper EREQ Pied atte 400 kHz Amphtude ys rte t sted CO ee a Ee E a Sh 4V p p apa EPA NE 2V Pulse Wate try Kasa akuspa a lad ae Set lgs a Connect the pulse generator ground to A6 ground jumper in right front corner of the board The hp Model 3312A may be used as the pulse generator p Connect clip lead across 1 left rear corner of to short the isola
217. 3 0160 2826 2160 357 0160 3847 26654 26054 26654 28400 28480 2130 54100819042 2130Y5U100R1047 2130 5910081042 0160 2009 0160 2009 40059 AGCAl AGCE CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 180 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD IUP 86 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD B2DPF 5x 300VDUC MICA CAPACITOR FXD BG20Pf 4 54 300UDC MICA 0160 3622 0160 0160 3622 0160 2009 0160 2049 eO 0100 3558 0160 3558 28480 28480 6C64 0150 3558 8160 3558 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 50900 CER CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 41 20 SOVDC CER x 0 28480 28480 28480 28480 1902 3155 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 6 1900 3153 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 DIODE ZNR 9 319 2X 00 39 DIODE SWITCHING 30 SOMA DIQDE SWITCHING 30V FAMA DIONE SWITCHING 309 SOMA n 1200 0473 1251 6567 1251 6567 1251 6567 1200 0654 29480 28480 28480 28489 28480 A641 1200 0473 A6J2 1251 6567 2635 1251 6567 A614 1251 6567 1200 0634 50 1 16 CONT DIP DIP SLDR CONNECTOR 21 M POST TYPE CONNECTOR 21 M POST TYPE CONNECTOR 21 PIN M POST TYPE SQOCKET I 24 DIP DIP SUDR Noo 28480 20480 23480 9100 2459 7100 1637 9180 3334 AGLI 2100 2459 AbL2 9100 1637 ACLS 9180 3354 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 121UH 1 166 3851 INDUCTOR RF Ch MLD 120UM 57 166DX 385L6 INDUCTOR 250 10
218. 3 ALARAS7 1 43258 48257 148260 48261 1422 A14R263 4R264 8145285 ALARGA 8145268 81482669 A14R270 ALAR27 1 A14R272 148273 4148274 A14R275 A14R276 amp 14R277 98148278 A14TP18 81401 1402 31403 1404 1405 ALAS 41407 81408 1409 814010 414011 4012 814013 14014 414015 414U16 14017 A14U18 14019 al4U20 A14U21 A14U83 amp 14U24 At alas 14U26 814927 Al 429 A41 40029 141130 014031 6 20 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts HP Part Number Description TOR 49 9 1X 215254 TCs9 100 RESISTOR 1 33K 1 1254 F TCzQ 100 RESISTOR 12 5 25W FC 1 5 400 4500 RESISTOR 3 9 5 25W FC T 40074500 RESISTOR 11 1X 1255 04 100 OG RESISTOR 5 11 1 125W F 09 1800 8 TOR 100 54 25W FC 4007 890 STOR 47 8 RESTSTOR 47 57 SW FC 1 RESISTOR 47 107 CC 0757 0438 0683 1045 0685 4705 0683 4795 0687 4701 RESISTOR 47 10 54 CO 0 04412 RESISTOR 100K 1 1298 F 0 169 515108 22 PIW VC T 0077509 1K 1X v 100 103K 1 1254 F 100 1687 4701 0757 0455 0683 2205 0757 0200 0757 0469 RESISTOR 22 5 29M FC T 4007 506 RESISTOR 2 7 5 254 FC 400 1509 RESISTOR 10K 1X 1254 F T 100 RESISTOR 2 7 5 294 FC T 400 4500 RESISTOR 50 4 SW F TCsQt 25 0683 2205 0583 0275 0757 0442 06 275 0099 0004 9 0687 4701 4257 0402 0757
219. 3 5 74 5174 821015 1820 1196 C FF 1TL LS P TYPE PQOG EDGZ TRIG 01229 SN74L 38174AN A21U17 1820 1522 TTL 5 NOR QUAD INP 01295 0 74502 211 18 129 0629 FF 8 NEC EDGE TRIG 01295 SN7AS112N 21019 1820 2004 IC MISC NMOS 28480 1020 2004 AZIU2I 1620 0683 1 INV TTL 5 HEX 91295 1022 18029 0681 C GATE QUAD 2 1 01295 2465008 1820 3681 TTL RAND GUARD 2 INP 91275 S874603N See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 25 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation 421024 ALW2S A21U26 a21u27 A21u28 Mfr Part Number Description 01295 01295 01295 01295 91275 5 745112 5 74674 5 74574 SN748112N SN741 8365 N 1920 0629 FF TTL 5 1 NEG EDGE TRIG 1820 0693 FF S D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 1820 0693 FF TTL 8 POS EDGE TRIG 1821 0629 IC FF TTL J K NEG EDGE TRIG 1820 1641 IC DRUR TTL LB BUG DRUR HEX 1 1 SN748112N N748112N N741802N SN748112N 1458 01295 01275 81295 01295 31598 1820 0629 IC FF TTL 8 J K NEGB EDGE TRIG 1820 0629 FF TTL 8 J K NEG EDGE TRIG 1820 1144 IC GATE TTL L NOR QUAD 1820 0629 IC FF TTL S J K NEG EDG E TRIG 1826 8111 IC 09 TO 99 PKG 421029 A21U30 A21U31 421052 21133 04713 MC10102P A21U34 1820 0802
220. 3 83K 1 2 F TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 70 5831 21838 0098 0085 A21R39 0757 0401 821841 8693 6818 A21R42 0698 3153 A21843 0698 3153 RESISTOR 1 96K 1X 125W F TC 0 100 24546 04 1 8 0 1961 RESISTOR 100 5 2GW FC TC 500 01121 081019 RESISTOR 3 3K 5 459 FC T 4097700 01121 085525 RESISTOR 100 5 258 00 4500 01121 1019 RESISTOR 287 1 125 F TC 04 109 24546 C4 1 8 T0 207R F 218 0598 0003 A21RAG 1015 621847 06032 Am 1R40 0683 1015 21849 0628 3443 ON GENS 0757 0410 21852 0757 0444 821853 0757 0380 21854 0757 0280 ARIRIH 0698 0083 RESISTOR 619 1 1259 F TC 0 104 24546 C4 1 8 T O 6198 F RESISTOR 12 1K 1X 1259W F TCs05 1D0 24546 64 1 8 0 1212 RESISTOR 1 1 125 10 0 100 24546 4 17 80 T0 1001 F RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F 100 24546 04 1 8 19 1001 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 1254 F 0 190 24546 04 1 8 10 1961 5 20 40 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Reference Designation ABARG 021858 A21RS9 021861 1863 A21R64 A21R65 2166 21867 021868 21870 21871 21872 621873 821074 821875 021876 21877 21878 421079 21 01 1884 APIRS 21 87 AP1REB 2 1889 421891 21892 821893 601894 A21R96 A21R97 801898 821899 ARI A21102 A218103 82158104 218106
221. 3 RESISTOR IK 1 129M F TC 100 24546 04 1 8 10 1001 5 218186 0757 0416 7 ISTOR 511 1 129M F 7 404 100 24046 04 1 0 10 32118 218107 0698 4123 5 RESISTOR 499 1 129M F TCzs04 100 24546 1 8 T0 4998 F Am1R188 0757 0289 3 RESISTOR 1K 1 1258 F TC O 4100 24546 4 1 8 11 1001 5218109 0757 0431 0 RESISTOR 100 1 1254 F YC 04 100 24546 04 1 0 0 101 A21R191 0757 0280 3 RESISTOR 1K 1 1254 F TC 24546 4 1 8 10 1001 218192 0757 0442 9 RESISTOR 10K 1 1 594 F Tes 24546 04 1 8 10 1002 ADIRI 0698 327 f RESISTOR 4 99 1X 125M F 08 100 24546 C4 1 80 T0 497 21 1 4 0757 0401 9 RESISTOR 100 1 125 F Tesd 100 24546 9 1 8 10 101 1 218196 0757 0452 1 RESISTOR 27 4 14 129M TC 0 24546 4 1 0 10 2740 6218197 0698 3440 7 RESISTGR 196 1 12 F 10408 100 24546 1 8 10 1968 718199 0698 4474 9 RESISTOR 8 45 17 1253 F T 160 24546 1 8 0 40491 08218159 4 RESISTOR 6 816 1X 1z FT 110 24546 4 1 8 1 6811 5 8218200 0 RESESTOR 51 1 1 125W F 04 100 24546 1 8 T90 S191 F 8218201 0757 0289 18202 1757 9401 218203 1698 3279 218204 0757 0442 4216205 0757 0283 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TC 24546 178 10 1091 RESISTOR 100 1X 125W 06 24546 14 1 8 10 101 RESISTOR 4 99 1 123W F 24546 1 8 To 4991 F RESISTOR 10K 1 125U F 24546 178 10 11002 RESTSTOR ZK 1 125 F Tt 24546 1 8 10 2001 A2i R206 0757 0280 0218207 0683 3315 18208 0595 4529 21 209
222. 325 Eis spe ert TEST F 53 sen otal 924 if TEST sta PRES Sua if risliert TEST FRAIL if 014131 d 1 ppt Heese ge 3 ent Chi Csliato ne n m cm cn E 256 P i Variables used in this Test Program Address of 3325A defaults to 717 Frequency read from 33254 in test 1 Frequency read from 33254 in test 2 Amplitude read from 3325A in test 3 Counter used to print test results 1 7 Test results 0 Pass 1 S Status read from 3325A in test 5 Samples of Program Printouts SSeS SRRER EEE EE Pee TEST HF IE TEST TEST RESULTS TEST RESULTS TEST 22 1 1 TEST 2 TEST d 2 1 n E ETI TEST 0 4 mw i 1 zn EF D mu atl rE t TE iw 4 TT 4 4 m Lim qe SS FRE E FASS Performance Tests Print Results of Tests Self Contained Program may be end Linked or Used as a Subroutine 4 33 4 34 OPERATIONAL VERIFICATION RECORD Hewlett Packard Tested by Model 3325A Synthesizer Function Generator Date Serial No Par 4 10 Self Test Passed Par 4 12 Sine Wave Verification Step d 20 MHz Frequency and Ampl
223. 4 1 0000 V Xs 5 0 0000 V Xe 6 1 0000 V 7 2 0000 V Xg 8 3 0000 Xo 9 4 0000 V 10 5 0000 V Xil 11 Enter the cumulative phase change in the Cumulative Phase column That is enter the 52 Phase Difference in the space then add the and 3 values and enter in the y space Add the and 4 values and enter in etc p On the Performance Test Record multiply each x value by the corresponding y value and enter in the x times y column q Total the DVM Reading column and enter in the Ex space Total the Cumulative Phase values and enter in the space Total the tires values and enter in the Dxy space Square each x value and enter in the 2 column Total this column and enter in the Ex2 space s Square the Ex value and enter in the Ex space t Multiply the Ex value by the Xy value and enter in the ExEy space u The equation for determining the best fit straight line specification for each y value is y aX a Where a x and a are constants to be calculated from data taken previously Where x is the value of the modulating voltage recorded as x through v First determine the value of using the following equation ExEy n Lx Where Ex Exy ExEy Ex and are the previously calculated values entered on the Performance Test Record
224. 4 R102 E R26 8 R103 E C56 D 1 R27 8 R104 E C57 b 12 B R28 B C58 D L3 B R29 B R106 E C59 L4 C R30 B R107 E ks B R108 E C61 E R32 B R109 E L6 B R33 C C101 E 7 R34 111 C102 E 18 c R112 E C103 E 19 R36 R113 F C104 E R37 C R114 F L101 R38 C R115 F C106 E L102 E R39 C107 E L103 E R116 F C308 E i104 R117 r C108 E L105 E R118 F R119 Component Locations SIGNAL SGURCE 03325 02 P ger d L 3 12 L8 271427 41 45 Bae CRB R49 TP2 t35 Cus 23 247 18 M 2695 C44 Mhz R55 28742 CER 854 0 876 c 052 guo 880 R85 x23 SWE AMPLITUDE WR e T Ow c 27 W7 2 gt oe 3325 0103 5 03325 85503 Rev See paragraph 8 COPYRIGHT 1977 B HEWLETT PACKARD COMPA _ et PERCE o3 EXTERNAL PLL By R28 R27 Riso o ae vii Xov R24 REE TONE 120K 4 22 12 Wwe i les 2 t 3 4 12 19 1 3 RU CRI eR2 3 lt KN oe 2 q T LN 5 amp 53 d iV en 022 2 26 Taa Tv 1 sv 5 gt pukog n
225. 4 20 Model 3325A n 1l the number of points to be calculated w Determine the value of using the equation x Calculate each value for y using the equation y o Enter each result on the Performance Test Record in the Best Fit Straight Line Values column y through y y Determine the test limits for each y value by in creasing and decreasing the calculated y values by 0 5 of the value Enter in the Maximum and Minimum columns z Transfer the y through y Cumulative Phase entries to the Measured Cumulative Phase column Each value should be within the calculated limits 4 58 Amplitude Accuracy 4 60 This procedure tests the amplitude of the 3325A ac function output signals against the accuracy specifications in Table 1 1 Equipment Required AC DC digital voltmeter hp Model 3455A average converter opt 001 preferred Accuracy sufficient to verify a 1 specifica tion to 100 kHz DC Resolution 1 microvolt High speed DC voltmeter hp Mode 3437A At least 31 digit resolution 1 microsec or faster set tling time 50 Ohm step attenuator hp Model 355C 50 Ohm feedthru termination hp Model 11048C Thermal converter hp Model 11050A Oscilloscope hp Model 1740A Must have delayed sweep of 05 microsec div and delayed sweep gate output Components Resistor 36 55 ohm 0 1 0 125W 2 0698 7169 Resistor 61 11 ohm 0 1 0 25W 2 ea 0699 0090
226. 45 V 3 030 V 3 045 V 3 045 V 3 045 V 3 030 V 3 150 V 3 300 V 3 300 V 1 030 V 1 040 V 1 040 V 1 040 V 1 030 V 1 040 V 1 040 V 1 040 V 1 030 V 1 060 V 1 110 V 1 110 V 14 42 V High Voltage Option 002 Function Test Amplitude 40 Vpp Square 2 kHz 3 466V 0 0 0 000000 3 607V Triangle 2 kHz 3 466V 3 607V Pos Ramp 2 kHz 3 486V ___________ 3 607V Neg Ramp 2 kHz 3 4668V _ 3 607V Amplitude Flatness Sine 3 Vpp 1 kHz Reference mew Allowable tolerance 6 6 nm 0 934 1 066 2 001 MHz 4 001 MHz 6 001 MHz 8 001 MHz 10 001 MHz 12 001 MHz 14 001 MHz 16 001 MHz 18 001 MHz 0 20 001 MHz UM Sine 10 Vpp 1 kHz Reference 2 Allowable tolerance 6 3 uu 0 9377 1 0637 2 001 MHz 4 001 MHz 6 001 MHz 8 001 MHz 10 001 MHz 12 001 MHz 14 001 MHz 16 001 MHz RU 18 001 MHz 20 001 E Square 10 Vpp am check one Pass Fail High Voltage Option 002 Flatness Sine 40 VPP __ check one 2282 Fass Fail 4 61 Entry 5v 5 1 499 V 1 499 V 499 9 mV 499 9 mV 149 9 149 9 mV 49 99 mV 48 9 mV 14 99 mV 14 99 mV 4 999 4 999 mV 1 499 mV 1 499 mV DC Offset Accuracy DC Only Minimum 4 980 V 4 980 V 1 49300 V 1 49300 V 40 419790 V 0 49790 V 0 14930 V 0 14930 V 0 04979 V 0 04979 V 0 0
227. 480 20480 56289 26480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 72136 28480 72136 28A80 72130 28480 72136 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 5847 0180 3847 0160 3847 0160 2265 9160 2265 01502 38047 0160 2847 0160 3538 0160 3647 0560 3847 1509156 9020832 0160 2252 0266 1900 55 9020002 0150 2293 0160 2263 0150 2372 0160 2260 0160 2572 150D156X9 020B2 0150 3847 0160 3847 0160 5847 0160 2244 DM15t390J703004V1CR 046 DMI 0160 2244 DM15ES90J03004V1CR 0160 225 DMISES9 0160 2244 0160 3847 0160 3847 0150 3847 0350 3847 0160 3847 1500156 902082 157 0180 1746 156 0169 3847 CAPACITOR FXD OLUF 100 07 SOVDC 28480 0160 3847 1 01 0040 1901 0040 1901 0810 1701 0518 1902 3149 ASCRI 03082 ASCRA 28480 28480 28480 20480 28480 1991 0940 1901 0040 1901 0518 1901 0510 1948 3149 841 30V SOMA ZNS 00 35 DIODE SWITCHING 309 HOMA 2NS 00 35 100 8 SIG SCHOTTKY 0100 8 SIG SCHOTTKY DIQDE ZNR 9 09 54 00 35 PD 4W 1902 3030 199 1902 0029 1901 0518 1901 0518 28480 04713 28480 28480 28480 DIQODE 2NR 3 019 57 DO 7 PD 4M TC 067 DIODE UUC 29PF 10 3 25 01 5 BUR 30V DIODE ZNR 109 5 0 35 PD 4W 06 DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY 5 SCHOTTKY 190
228. 480 28480 28480 01121 01121 01121 01121 01101 01121 1121 01121 61121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 81121 01121 29490 21637 91037 28480 28480 28480 20480 28480 28480 28480 28400 See introduction to this section for ordering information ndicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number 5041 0921 5041 0451 5041 0987 8041 0817 5041 0818 4041 0816 5041 0925 5041 0810 5041 0814 0041 0919 5041 0925 5041 0946 5041 0811 5041 0812 5041 0813 5041 0927 5041 0758 5041 0819 8041 0808 5041 0929 5041 0928 5041 0756 5041 0756 5041 0922 5041 0922 5041 0318 5041 0318 5041 0318 5041 0318 5041 4318 5041 0410 5041 0280 5041 0944 9100 3334 4040 1001 4040 1507 08505 40006 3855 0016 0016 18 3 0016 18953 0016 33 0016 GBeo0u CELOS CHL Sa C81 325 1525 081325 281325 1010 0135 CSP 091 07 47217 00809007 4723 1810 0055 5060 9456 5060 9436 9060 9436 5060 9426 5090 7456 5960 7436 50560 9426 5000 9436 5058 7456 5060 9458 6 9 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts e Reference Sae Designation Description Mfr Part Number 49517 5060 9436 45512 5060 9435 ASS13 5060 9438 5914 8960 9436 5815 5060 9456 PUSHBUTTON SWITCH MOUNT 28480 5050 9426 PUSHBUTTON SWITCH MOUNT 28480 5060 9456 PUSHBUTTON SWITCH MOUNT 28480 5060 9436 PUSHBUTTON SWITCH P MOUNT 28480 5060 9436 PUS
229. 4907 700 RESISTOR 10 57 254 FC TG RESISTOR 1 6K 5 254 FC T RESISTOR 5 25M FC TC AOR 41 0883 1005 A2R42 06 1625 ABR 43 0682 3025 3101 1162 5101 2042 28480 29489 5 1 1 8 SPDT MINTR 5 1259 PC SUITCH SL DPDT STD 250 SLDR LUG 4101 1162 3101 2042 Ger 04713 27014 27014 27014 0100 2009 2A 1826 0678 IC OP AMP GP DUAL 70 99 PKC 1826 0678 AMP GP DUAL 0 99 PKG 1826 0678 10 AMP GP DUAL TO 99 PKG ABU 1706 0096 A22 8203 231 0837 0120 VARISTOR 130VAC 28480 0857 0120 1251 0600 1400 0507 2200 0143 ORDER BY PRESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 28480 28480 25480 00006 0000 CONNEC TOR SGi CONT PIN 1 14 8 50 52 SQ CABLE TIE 052 2 DIA 095 WD NYL SCREW MACH 4 40 375 IN LG PAN HD POZT NUT HEX U LKWR 4740 THD 094 IN THK SCREW MACH 6 32 25 1 10 PAN HD POZEI 1251 0600 1400 0507 2200 0143 2860 0009 2360 0113 no 5050 0440 7180 6712 7121 1234 28480 28400 28480 WASHER BHLDR NO 4 115 IN ID 2 1 09 LABEL WUARNING 5 1 1N LG MYLAR LABEL CAUTION 1 925 IN WD 2 24 IN LG 5050 0440 7120 6712 7121 1234 0 5325 66503 SIGNAL SOURCE ASSY 28409 03329 66503 A3C4 ASCE ABC ASCO ASCP ACI 12 A3013 A3014 3C16 A3017 A3618 85019 A3C32 AJIJ A3C34 ASCE AICS 5038 85039 3641 83042
230. 4L105 9120 1628 3 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 5 160D0X 3091G eee 7100 1628 amp 14L201 9100 1791 1 INDUCTOR 290 207 250 573 6 80 9100 1771 A14L203 2170 0894 0 CORE SHIELDING FEAD 26460 9170 0894 41204 9170 0894 0 CORE SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170 0894 81401 1855 0092 TRANSISTOR J F D MODC 70 18 SI 20400 4 Ai 462 1958 0406 TRANSISTOR J P CHAN D MODE 51 52293 61403 1054 0692 B TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD321599 FTs39MHW7 04713 61484 1635 0406 4 TRANSISTOR J FET P CliaN D MODE SI 32293 17110 0 14025 1855 0410 TRANSISTOR J FET Ne CHAN D MODE TO 19 ST 8480 1855 0410 1 4926 1853 0020 4 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 500 FTz150MHZ 28480 At427 iE 0356 8 TRANSISTOR PNP 01 0 72 DT MW 28489 1054 0215 TRANSISTOR SI 200 2 04713 814040 1958 0065 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 4 PIN PLETE DIP LEON EAJ 02 AI 4950 1058 0047 5 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 16 PIN PLOTC DIP 15606 20 03 14Q76 16854 0087 TRANGISTOR NPN 51 PDz369MM 7 2 28480 1854 0087 Al 44101 NPN ST 10 92 PDSG 629560 64713 10 14Q1202 PRP 51 Pb 300MU 59442 04713 2H4209 46103 2 PRE 2NA917 51 07263 244917 8148194 1854 9404 TRENGISTOR NPN 81 10 18 560 28480 1854 0404 6140105 1854 21 TRANSISTOR NPN 51 PD335080 FTs300HH7 04713 ANIC 4140106 1054 036 r 9 TRANSISTOR NPN SI DARL PD 31 JMH
231. 5 went Rev C when PC traces were moved No circuit or comp layout changes Note that all serial number ranges are approximate 1748 03726 Present 7 2 Model 3325 7 11 All A5 board revisions are identical in design and component layout 7 12 Service Group B HP IB Circuits P O 03325 66506 A2 7 13 A6 Past to Present Table 7 3 briefly summarizes the engineering effort that has brought A6 to its current revision Table 7 3 AG Board Revisions Board Instrumants Shipped Board Ravision With This Revision Changes 1748A00101 1748A00130 1748400131 1748A00230 went Rev B when test points were added 4 1748400231 Present went Rev C when design changes were made to improve P interrupt ckty See Service Group C Note that all serial number ranges are approximate 7 14 There have been no design or component layout changes to the HP IB section of the A6 assembly If the assembly 03325 66506 is replaced in instruments with serial number 1748404250 or below there may be a compatibility problem between the older cables used 1n the instrument and the connec tors on the new board Refer to paragraph 8 113 1n Section VIII if replacement of A6 is necessary 7 15 Service Group C Control Circuits P O 03325 66506 A2 7 16 Past to Present Table 7 4 briefly summarizes the engineering effort that has brought to its current revision Table 7 4 AG Board Revision
232. 54 0357 81442026 1854 0215 148207 1954 0233 A140208 1854 0215 5140209 1853 0440 8149219 1854 0357 TRANSISTOR PNP ST 10 72 Pb 625Mu 14713 MP SHOAL TRANSISTOR PNP SI PD 310WW 250 2 28480 1852 0036 TRANSISTOR PNP SI 70 39 PD SW 9 04713 MM4019 TRANSISTOR PNP 51 PDes300MM 28480 1853 0020 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 3500 FT 300WHZ 04713 2N3904 4140211 1855 0448 4149212 1853 0036 A1 48213 1953 0440 6140214 1852 0020 144215 1054 0215 TRANGISTOR NPN 2N38654 81 70 39 04713 2N38666 TRANSISTOR PNP 51 70 39 FTeS00MHZ 04713 MM4016 A140216 1854 0784 149219 1853 0440 RESISTOR 4 64K t 129W F YC 04 108 24546 C4 1 8 T0 RESISTOR 6 81 1 125W F T 100 24546 04 1 8 10 515198 2 2K 5 25 FC 400 700 91121 Cp2225 GTOR TRHR 59K 10 C TOP ADJ 1 TRN 28480 2100 3253 ALARI 4698 3155 ALARA 0757 0439 1485 0583 22 A1486 2100 3253 58 E ALAR 0699 4817 AM oi RESISTOR PEK 1 258 TYCzs04 100 28480 9698 4817 RESISTOR 9 455 1Z 125W F 4 23 19701 1 8 19 94550 8 RESISTOR 501 1 125M 24546 04 3 8 10 3018 RESISTOR 361 1 125W F 24546 Ga 1 8 T0 301R F RESISTOR 2 2K 5 25W F 1 4 91121 Cn22285 RESISTOR 2 2K 54 25W FC 400 4700 01121 Ch2225 1488 0698 7856 01489 0757 0410 A14R11 0757 0410 14826 0602 2225 A14R27 0083 2225 RESISTOR 2 2K 5 25W FC T 0074 700 91121 225 RESISTOR 2 2
233. 55 The first 555877 resets the sweep to start conditions and the second 555577 starts the sweep B 7 Model 3325 Appendix B e e Q31N3WN3 ldMl lON N 3234 ONY 0 35 45 AGNO 3 1 943 5 179001 135 ONY 1103501 73712 TT T LL L LL 2 SE T TT T s ERE f C 212221 gt Pot 6539 12502001 8 7 31511 39 1 A3g LSSHSMYOM 81 4 8 Madel 3325 Performance Tests SECTION IV PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 1 INTRODUCTION 4 2 This section contains tests which are in cabinet procedures to determine whether the instrument 15 operating properly In the Operating and Service Manual two sets of procedures are provided Operational Verification procedures which are recommended for incoming inspection and general afler repair tests b Performance Tests which compare the instrument operation to the specifications listed in Table 1 1 The Operating Supplement contains only the Opera tional Verification Procedures 4 3 CALCULATOR CONTROLLED TEST 4 4 The only calculator controlled test in these pro cedures tests the HP IB interface circuits for proper operation All input and output lines are tested The program used for this
234. 6 013 PS ADJ 8 826 026 us 85 m Y ORTE ADJ X DRIVE R6 wo wo 4 R42 uit 858 6 EE 1 925 o 052 864 ur 055 024 55 RSI 1 ues AMPL 855 4865 un 044 845 34 Can 64 026 50 021 R43 Ni pac u7 85 Ziz 016 CR108 v p R64 663 19 RAMP AZJ ciu 8108 6809 8107 8108 1 gt lt ots u fr Y OFFSET IN R60 C208 211 R255 209 fS Rz14 o CR214 5 s PRY 8544 B260 w PK g 5 M C224 222 At R236 8237 aut 8255 215 CH221 08208 6113 169 t144 136 8158 1105 c P 2 3 155 a o R2tS CR26 2 n TP tS 77 t234 AD 3323 3142 REV 8 BIAS ADJ R275 FLT ADJ 20MHz C217 103 A14 03325 66514 45 Rev 0 45 see Section for adjustment locations on earlier boards ards 3 Location of Adjustments igure 5 F 5 7 5 8 Model 3325 Replaceable Parts SECTION VI REPLACEABLE PARTS 6 1 INTRODUCTION 6 2 This sccti
235. 6 R56 c C7 172 G L133 0164 6 R57 A 8 C173 G R58 A C9 E C174 G 1161 G R1 A R59 A C10 A L162 G R2 R61 A C176 G L163 G R3 A R62 A C11 C C177 G R4 A R63 A C12 C178 G Q1 B R64 A C13 A C179 G a2 B R6 A R65 A C14 03 B R7 A C15 A C181 G 04 2 R8 B R66 A C182 G R9 B R67 A C16 A C196 D 06 R68 B C17 B C197 D 07 R11 B R69 B C18 B 08 C R12 B R70 19 CR1 B ag A R13 B CR2 B 010 R14 R71 B C21 D CR3 B R72 B C22 A 84 B 011 R16 R73 B C23 A C Q12 A R17 R74 C24 A 013 R18 c R75 B CRE 014 B R19 c C26 A CR7 R76 C27 A CR8 B Q16 B R21 77 c C28 A CR9 B Q17 B R22 R78 C29 C Q18 B R23 c R79 c CR11 B 019 R24 G C31 CR12 C R81 C32 C 13 021 B R26 A R82 C CR15 022 B R27 A R83 131 CR16 c 023 28 R84 C132 CR17 B 024 c 829 C133 E CR18 025 R86 c C134 F CR19 c R31 A R87 c 135 26 R32 A R88 c CR131 D Q27 A R33 B R89 A C136 F Q28 B R34 B C137 E CR161 G Q29 B R91 B C138 E CR162 G R36 R92 B C139 CR163 G 031 B R37 R93 B CR164 G 032 B R38 C R94 B C141 D CR166 G 033 C R39 C C142 F R96 B C143 E A D 037 R41 R97 C144 E J8 A 038 C R42 c R98 c C145 E 415 G 039 A R43 R99 8 J16 R44 a P C161 F 041 B C162 G J17A 042 B R46 A R102 C163 G J178 B 043 B R47 A R103 C164 G J18A A Q44 R48 A R104 A J188 E R49 A 8 E 2 Ls YO 5 5 f Board Board Board Board Board Designator Location Desi
236. 60 G C144 F J13 8 R27 A J14 c R28 A C203 F R29 A J23 F 424 8 J 5 Service Model 3325A R261 H 15V B U1 A U23 6 R262 H 15V B U2 A U24 e R263 H 15 G B 925 R264 H 15V G U4 8 R265 H 06 926 G U6 C U27 R266 H AMPL 07 U28 R267 H AMP OUT G us A U29 8268 H AZ u9 A u30 G R269 H 910 B R270 H DAC 031 R271 H GND G U11 B U32 D R272 H LVL D 012 B U33 D R273 H 081 113 B U34 D R274 H 082 C U14 B 935 D R275 H U15 B PK F U16 B U36 R276 H RMP 017 B u37 R277 H SINE E U18 938 SOR E U19 Test Points 020 040 F 2MHz A TRI E U41 F 5V A TRIFILT F 921 042 D 044 F 045 046 047 G U48 G U49 G 050 G 8 J 6 E R100 L RKP To CR 10 nt 3 8554 l 1 0027 029 ne 2 R11D 0117 122 0116 i 035 U37 C114 R112 BLA aros 101217 ADJ 42 6112 S C141 IP 09 5800 Mut PLE bat acer d 732020200 222322 290320 2232 5 OER DILDOD 202020 e 0258 5 C 177 22 CERES g 2 20 m O Ame ret 10HHZ 1 LT ADS 4 68514 1 13325 S Rev fs 8 4 sht AFF Note 1 These voltage levels are use
237. 62 G R82 c R177 G B CR13 0163 G R83 178 B CR15 0164 G R84 179 CR16 c C6 A CR17 8 R1 R86 181 G CR18 R2 A R87 R182 G CR19 R3 A R88 183 G cg C R4 A R89 A R184 G C10 A CR131 D R6 A R91 B R186 G C11 CR161 G R7 A R92 B R187 G C12 CR162 G R8 B R93 B R188 G C13 A CR163 G R9 B R94 B R189 G C14 CR164 G C15 A CR166 G R11 B R96 8 R191 G R12 B R97 c R192 G 016 81 R13 B R98 R193 G C17 B J8 A R14 R99 B R194 G C18 B J15 G C19 916 16 101 196 G R17 R102 R197 G 021 417 R18 C R103 R198 G C22 A 4178 B Rig C R104 A R199 G C23 A J18A A R200 G C24 A J18B R21 C R106 A R201 G R22 R107 A C26 A L1 R23 R108 A 1 C27 A L2 D R24 R109 B TP2 C28 A L3 C29 R26 A R111 B 131 R27 A 8112 B TPS E C31 i132 E R28 A R113 B TP6 F C32 C L133 E R29 A 8114 B 7 TPS E 131 161 G R31 A R116 B TPS B C132 F 162 G R32 A R117 B 10 C133 E L163 G R33 B R118 C TP11 A C134 F R34 B R119 C C135 D 01 U1 A Q2 B R36 c R121 C U2 C C136 F o3 B R37 c R122 2137 a4 B R38 R123 U4 C C138 E R39 124 95 C139 F 06 07 R41 R126 C141 D 08 C R42 07 C142 F Q9 A R43 132 98 C143 E 010 R44 R133 E 2144 R134 F U10 145 011 R46 A R135 U11 E Q12 A R47 A U12 C161 013 R48 A R136 F U13 F C162 G 014 R49 A R137 F
238. 66503 A4 7 28 A3 Past to Present Table 7 8 briefly summarizes the engineering changes that have brought A3 to its current revision Table 7 8 A3 Board Revisions Instruments Shipped With This Revision 1748A00101 1748A00470 Board Changes Board Revision went Rev B with modification to 20MHz LPF See Svc Grp H Rev B 1748400471 1748A04675 went Rev C when modifications were made to the mixer driver and multiplier ckty Note that all serial number ranges are approximate 7 29 There is no backdating information for the A3 VCO Buffer circuitry at this time 1748A04676 Present Rev C 7 30 The following backdating information pertains to the 30MHz reference and divider portion of the A3 assembly A4 Page 8 G 3 8 G 4 Figure 8 40 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748400620 and below The preceding range of instruments contain the biasing circuitry for U14 shown in Figure 7 10 Com ponents unique to this design include A3R71 10 p n 0683 1035 A3R74 10kQ p n 0683 1035 A3R89 4 7kQ p n 0683 4725 H Figure 7 10 014 Biasing Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748400620 and Below Model 3325A Service A4 Page 8 G 3 8 G 4 Figure 8 40 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A02600 and below The preceding instruments do not have C20 A4 Page 8 G 3 8 G 4 Figure 8 40
239. 67C AC69 0000 075 10 0000 1 2 1520 62FP 3C7U 075 11 C67C 2 7006 2249 FC68 12 1 24 21 79 6 2557 FF32 13 152U UA22 46P4 21P3 2 08 0000 14 P4AH FA47 FA47 95C2 3P9A FF32 15 7UC6 F342 F342 5980 3566 16 467P FF32 FF32 FF32 FF32 17 21P3 18 A12C 18 44F5 20 FF32 Pin 916 117 918 19 U20 921 1 UPUH UPUH FF32 1UA2 1520 2 6CF2 6CF2 9581 2 79 66P6 3 7A54 7 54 77 7 9581 F342 4 7U44 0000 2 79 P7U2 4AF8 5 U237 UP89 1CF8 6 O75A 7044 7010 7010 C475 7 515P 9 92 70UC AH4F 76 8 0000 0000 AH4F 0000 0000 9 C982 42 6401 UPFS 21P3 10 1AUQ 6F55 H6F2 0000 2 7UC6 11 973C 4HAU 1AUO 8375 H5P4 H5P4 12 3P18 H4FH 5009 42 1CF8 2 13 5658 FA47 973C 4AF8 FF32 14 7FA5 5 4 2 66P6 0000 0000 15 AC69 3797 U83F C67C 16 FF32 FF32 C475 FF32 FF32 17 783U 18 P476 18 FF32 20 FF32 8 C 10 Model 3325A Q oO uo gt FF32 FF32 0000 FC68 9A92 075A 0000 2 42 0000 0000 FF32 FF32 FF32 Service 8 C 11 Service Model 3325A Fin 234 035 036 037 038 039 8 1 FF32 FF32 HUC5 3P18 FF32 2 0000 0000 1387 HO85 3 4HAU 77F7 FUOG 64U1 77F7 4 FF32 FF32 0334 7OUC CAH7 3300 5 0000 3300 F5HC U237 U237 H56C 6 FF32 0237 77F7 CFU7 BU2C 7 0000 0000 0000 HUC5 70UC 0000 8 P670 7OUC FF32 00090 H6UC 0675 9 0000 1387 64U1 Q75A 10 FF32 FF32 3A67 0000 0000 FC68 11 39A5 64U1 U655 783U 8375 H397 12 FF32 AFHF 3797
240. 6901082 15001 96 9 020002 159D156X9020582 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0100 5847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0150 3520 0160 2254 0160 2255 0160 3847 0160 3085 0160 2199 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation 5051 85053 ABCHL 830102 0105 30104 ASC105 436107 830108 830109 ASCII A3C112 ACT A3C114 116 amp 830117 A3C11B 36119 A3C120 121 A3C122 123 A30124 ABL ILS 430127 A3C129 850129 151 3 152 A307153 ASC1SA 030156 9100 5847 0150 3047 0160 4847 0160 3047 0160 3847 0160 2269 0160 2265 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0180 1746 0160 2252 0160 2266 0180 1746 0160 2223 0160 2263 0160 2372 0150 2260 0160 2372 0180 1246 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 2244 0140 0190 0160 2251 0140 0190 0160 2244 0140 0190 0160 2251 0140 0190 0160 2244 0160 3847 0160 5847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 440 44 20 BUNE BOA OMM Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description CAPAC LTTOR F XD CAPACITOR XD CAPACI TOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACTITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD 1 CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPAC TTOR FXD CAPACITOR F XD CAPACI TOR F XD CAPACI TOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR XD CAPACITOR FXD
241. 6H 019 1 8 4 028 13 5 8005 U19 12 OF45 U28 15 A468 U19 14 No 17 7FC5 U19 16 7028 U19 18 P6F1 Troubleshoot U28 See Note 2 Troubleshoot U20 U21 Then U6 931 012 U19 Yes U24 4 PHC6 No 09 16 PHC6 Yes 09 Not Giving BWR Signal Troubleshoot U15 028 19 47H7 No Go to S A Test O 024 5 3851 No 8272 723P APFH F813 DW Device Select Lines Bad Figure 8 3 V 96 Yes Check RAM Address Bus 164A 1091 11 180K 756H Go to S A Test O Yes U24 4 PHC6 96 011 912 919 5 024 5 3850 Troubleshoot 9 42UH 024 Yes Yes Troubleshoot U19 1 8UF4 U28 19 47H7 U19 Then U22 U28 Troubleshoot Ye No N U20 U21 Then Troubleshoot 017 U24 99 Not Givin HWA Signal Misit a No Device Select Lines Bad Figure 8 33 a Signature Analysis Test 1 8 C 19 8 C 20 2 Bode Troubleshoot YES U19 U28 If 5V Signature is 3AHH check the following signatures U13 4 U13 5 113 12 13 OHBA 57PF 1307 8FO 756 31F P34 A4C4 93CC 396F g 33b RAM Address Reg Data Path Faiture Check U19 45V HHCH YES C6F6 6C7C F6A1 7064 3714 25FC FU6H CPFP u m NO Troubleshoot U20 921 96 U11 012 019 024 11 0004 YES RAM Control Register Failure U24 1
242. 6K 1 1258 F 0 100 gt m z RESISTOR 14 7 1 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 RESISTOR 192 1 2 RESISTOR 44 2K 1 1254 F TC RESISTOR IK 5 254 FC 400 600 515108 47 SX 28W FC Tee 400 74506 RE ISTOR TRMR 194 C TOP ADJ 1 TRN RESISTOR 10K 1 125 F 04 100 RESISTOR TRMR SDK 10 C TOP ADT 17 TRN RESISTOR 10M 57 254 CC TC 900 1100 RESISTOR 999K 1 125W F TCz04 100 RESISTOR 100 1 12 F TC 100 RESISTOR 19K 34 25 FC 00 3700 400 700 RESISTOR EK 5 ZEW FC 400 700 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 STOR b GIK IX D TOR 47 5 25W STGR TRMR 50 10 TUP ADJ i TRN RESISTOR 47 8 25W FL TCs 400 500 JOK 1Z 1238 F TCx0 199 TOR IK 53 25W FC 400 500 SIOR 100 5 254 FC 10 400 9500 OR 100 5 25W FC TCs 400 590 RESISTOR 825 1 125W TOs043 100 RESISTOR 2 5 25W FC 400 9700 RESISTOR 2 2k 54 2254 FC T 401 704 RESISTOR 4 22K 1 125W F TC 0s 100 RESISTOR 1K 57 25 FC 10 490 600 RESISTOR 2 2 54 ATW FC T 400 4700 RESISTOR 47 Z ZIW FC T RESISTOR 22K FC TC RESISTOR 10K 9 1 00 739 RESISTOR TRMR 2K 10 C TOP ADJ TEN RESISTOR 1 96 1X 1296 F TCzD4 100 RESISTOR 109 5 259 FC TCs 400 500 RESISTOR 100 SX 25u FC TC 00 9500 RESISTOR 825 1 1254 04 100 RESISTOR 511 1X 125W F 7 0 100 RESISTOR 511 1 SMF TOsQe 190 RESISTOR 47 5 258 FC 400 500 RESISTOR 6 816 1 125
243. 7 Ramp polarity is determined by the ramp polarity gate If negative ramp is programmed the reference signal is inverted by this gate 8 68 Function Integrity Flag If the ramp is being reset by the digital Phase Detector the detector output sets the Function Integrity Flip Flop and the Function Integrity Flag HMD2 to the processor 15 high If the ramp is being reset by the analog Level Comparator at the amplifier output see Paragraph 8 74 the analog reset signal prevents the Function Integrity Flip Flop from being set The controller may reset the Function Integrity Flip Flop The Function Integrity Flag tells the processor which ramp reset method analog or digital is being used This information is used by the processor in setting the correct reference level for the output Level 8 18 Comparator Ramps are reset by the digital Phase Detector at frequencies below 100 Hz and by the analog output Level Comparator at frequencies of 100 Hz and higher 8 69 Amplitude and Offset Control The voitage output of the output amplifier is proportional to the current into its input summing junction Consequently signal amplitude can be controlled by varying the amount of current available from the current source which supplies the various functions The amplitude control signal is a de analog voltage from a D A converter see Paragraph 8 53 which receives its digital input from the controller 8 70 Because the square wave tria
244. 7 0280 0098 4453 2100 3409 0698 4037 9698 3279 0683 4705 0698 3277 0757 0442 2698 6617 0698 6360 1698 8607 0699 0123 0683 1055 0683 4795 0683 1035 0683 4705 0757 0449 0757 0449 0685 1155 1752 0273 0698 4475 0683 3935 0598 4382 0797 0401 0683 6815 0683 1013 1257 0430 0757 0458 8683 4735 0883 1925 0685 1025 0683 1035 0683 2235 0683 2235 2683 2205 0757 0401 0898 6320 0683 4705 1685 4705 0757 0276 0757 0437 0757 0405 0683 2205 ITO acute gt moo gt m u o gt 09 m lt RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESIST OR RESISTOR REGISTER RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR REST STOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTUR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESTSTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESTSTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESTSTOR RESISTGR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR REGISTOR RESISTOR REGISTOR RESISTOR RESISTOR Description 3 01K 1
245. 7 48 There have been no engineering or manufacturing changes to the 03325 66508 or 03325 66509 assemblies 7 49 Service Group Sweep Drive Circuits P O 03325 66514 5 7 50 A14 Past to Present Table 7 14 briefly summarizes the engineering and manufacturing changes that have brought A14 A4 to its current revision Table 7 14 A14 A4 Board Revisions Board Instruments Shipped Board Ravision With This Revision Changes A4 Rev B 1748A00101 1748A00190 Rev C 1748 00191 1748400470 went Rev C following PC trace and manufacturing modifications Rev D 1748A00471 1748 01075 went Rev D following manuf changes and the addition of CR108 CR103 and R55 1748A01076 1748AQ1900 went Rev E following mod to the ralay driver and de offset control partion of A4 1748A01801 1748408790 went A14 Rev A when output amp Svc Grp K was re designed R142 was also added 1748A08791 1748A14537 went Rev B with changes to dc offset and amptd control circuitry 1748A14538 Present went Rev C following PC trace mod to level comparator U42 ckty Note that all serial number ranges are approximate No A4 Rev A boards were ever produced 7 51 The following backdating information pertains to the sweep drive portion of A14 A4 A Page 8 N 3 8 N 4 Figure 8 48 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748400470 and below For instruments in this range is 20kQ part number 2100 0558 If US is re
246. 700 91121 RESISTOR 3 16K 1 125W F 10 04 100 24545 04 1 8 0 3161 5 RESISTOR 5 11 4 125 F TCz04 100 24546 54 1 8 0 5111 RESISTOR 1 5 1 125W F TC 04 25 28180 0698 6347 RESISTOR 156K 3 125W F 46 20 28480 0670 6936 014850 0693 2229 614891 0257 0279 14852 0757 0430 A1 4883 0698 6347 ALARDA 0678 6936 RESISTOR 1 1 125W 24546 04 1 8 0 1001 RESISTOR 20K 1 1855 F TC 24546 C4 1 8 T0 2002 F RESISTOR 2 05M 1 1258 F T 26480 0099 0121 RESISTOR 4 8 1 129W F T 25 29480 0629 0122 RESISTOR 100 5 25 FC TC 4002 500 01121 081015 1455 0757 0280 13856 0757 0447 14857 0659 0121 14858 0699 0122 014860 0683 1015 RESISTOR iK 5 25 FC T 400 1609 01121 CR1025 RESISTOR 100 5 ASW FC TC 400 7 500 81121 81015 RESISTOR 1K 54 254 FC T 400 4500 01121 081025 RESISTOR 1K 54 258 FE T 4007 4600 01121 001025 RESISTOR 100 5 25W 00 9500 81121 CE1015 A14R61 0683 1025 41 4R 2 0683 1015 ALARGA 0683 1025 A14R64 0683 1025 A14R 6t 0683 1015 ION NON SD me wet ON DN RESTSTOR iK 5 2 W FC 400 4600 01121 081625 RESISTOR 54 25 409 4600 91121 081025 RESISTOR 100 5 400 4500 01121 681515 RESISTOR 10K 5 D 91121 081039 RESISTOR 2 2 SX TC 01121 25 414157 0683 1025 A14R 68 0683 1025 A14R69 0683 1013 A14R76 0683 1035 A14877 05683 2225 AL4R7B 7683 1025 7 SSISTUR 5 254 FC T 4900 1609 01121 0 1029 148001
247. 75 1X 150 99 2 1 1 68 739 1 2 2 5 2 2K 5 79 53 AK 1 1 129M P TCs04 100 199U F 10 6 100 1259 100 FC 4087 560 21888 F 10 04 100 1X 1256 0404 100 1254 0 100 25W FC TC 00 9700 X 2254 FC 400 4700 29M FC TC 4060 6509 1854 F TCs94 100 60 1X 254 F TC 0 309 1 499 1 499 1 2 49K 2 2K 10K 1 SK 1 SK 1 SK 14 TC 04 25 1254 F 0 100 F 100 1X 125W F 0 04 100 X ASW FC 400 792 1859 F 04 25 1254 05 1254 F 1 0 295 NT 10K 1 11254 F TCD 9 9K 4 996 2 3 16K 2 SSK 47 5 5 11K 886 1X 402 17 TRMR 2 1 125 F 25 1 F 0 100 0D 10 C TUP ADJ 1 TRN 1854 F 0 100 14 125 F 10 04 109 2 FC TC 400 590 1X 1854 F TCs0 100 1258 F 0 100 z 0 100 TCs0 100 100 954 F 0 180 0 10 TOP ADJ 1 46 4 1 1258 F TC 04 100 4 97 47 5 4 99 10K 1 15K 21 1 1295 F 0 100 254 F 400 4500 12 125W F TCas04 100 125 F 7 0 100 X 11290 F TE 2 25S 19K 1X 1250 F TC 0 25 4 5K 6 75K 10K 5 47 5 10K 5 47 5X 2DK 1 20K 1 1M 57 3 01K 9 76K 39K 5 92 3 1 180 1 580 5 100 5 11X 11K SX 1 SX 1K 5 19K 5 22K WA 5 5 100 1 SK
248. 8 19 5 8 deep Weight in kilograms and Ibs Net weight 9 20 Shipping Weight 14 5 32 1 19 ACCESSORIES AVAILABLE 1 20 The following accessories are available for use with the Model 3325A Description 11048C 11356A 03325 80001 03325 80002 5061 0077 5061 0083 5061 0089 50 ohm Feedthru Termination Ground Isolator Oven Board Assy Converts 3325A to Option 001 High Voltage Option Converts 3325A to Option 002 Rack Mount Flange Kit Option 908 Rack Mount Flange Front Handle Kit Option 909 Front Handle Kit Option 907 1 5 General Information 1 21 INSTRUMENT AND MANUAL IDENTIFICATION 1 22 The instrument serial number is located on the rear panel Hewlett Packard uses a two section serial number consisting of a four digit prefix and a five digit suffix A letter between the prefix and suffix identifies the country in which the instrument was manufactured USA West Germany J Japan U United Kingdom All correspondence with Hewlett Packard concerning this instrument should include the complete serial number 1 23 The serial number prefix is the same for all iden tical instruments and changes only when a change is made to the instrument The suffix is assigned sequen tially and is different for each instrument If the serial number of your instrument is lower than the serial number on the title page of this manual refer to Section VII MANUAL CHANGES for the i
249. 8 A14C37 414038 14 32 14 41 14 42 14 43 414244 814 45 814046 14 47 814C4B 14 49 14 50 814061 014062 814063 A14C65 81 4066 14 7 14077 014078 81401015 142102 A14C103 14 104 4140105 140107 140108 81460109 140110 140111 140112 145113 14C114 03325 66514 0180 1781 0160 3560 0160 3847 0160 4532 0180 1746 0180 1746 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 4571 9160 3847 0150 3847 0160 4466 0160 4532 0160 4571 0160 0162 0160 9152 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 4571 0160 4571 0160 4137 0160 0128 0160 0128 0160 5335 0164 3947 9180 2210 0180 1746 0160 4571 6160 95 0160 5306 0168 4571 0160 3847 9160 1847 0160 0145 0160 2201 0140 0217 0150 3084 0150 2306 0140 0196 0160 3847 0160 3047 0121 0105 0160 2250 0150 3847 0160 3847 0160 4532 404928 ONEN 0 PC ASSY FUNCT CAPAC TTOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR F Xb CAPACI TOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPAC ITOR F XD CAPACITOR F XD CAPACI TOR FXD CAPACXTOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAP ADI TOR FXD CAPACITOR F XD CAPACITOR F XD
250. 8 2 18 SERVICE GROUP OUTPUT AMPLIFIER FUNCTION AND LEVEL CONTROL LEVEL COMPARATOR CONTROL Figure 8 1 Simplified Block Diagram PROCESSOR SERVICE GROUP C RANDOM READ ONLY MEMORY ACCESS MEMORY SERVICE GROUP C SERVICE GROUP ATTENUATOR INTERRUPT SERVICE GROUP C Figure 8 2 Basic Block Diagram Logic Circuits Model 3325A OUTPUT SIGNAL FRACT ONAL N LOGIC SERVICE GROUP 3325 2 Model 3325A WRITE KEYBOARD DISPLAY DATA 18 LINES REGISTER CLOCK SHIFT REGISTER 4 TRI STATE BUFFER 14 LINESI Service DIGIT ENABLE Ii LINES 18 LINESI SCAN TWELVE KEYBOARD MATRIX LINES ENABLE ELEVEN ENABLE FIVE NUMERIC DISPLAY ANNUNCI ATOR DIGITS SETS Figure 8 3 Keyboard and Display Block Diagram 8 10 Annunciator Matrix In each of the last five positions of the 16 bit shift register the high bit that is being shifted through enables one of five sets of annunciators Then another set of eight data bits is entered into the 8 bit latch Each low bit in this data set also turns on one of the eight current sources which supplies current to the proper annunciator 8 11 Scan Cycle Approximately 21 milliseconds are required for a complete scan of the Keyboard and Display During each scan cycle the events shown in Figure 8 3 happen concurrently 8 12 HP IB Circuits Service Group B 8 13 Data Input Figure 8 4 is a
251. 8 G 2 B R51 C R159 F C42 B C229 G B R52 C R160 F C43 B C230 H R53 C C44 B C231 H 025 B R54 R161 F C45 B 026 8 R162 F C233 G 027 56 R163 F C46 B C234 G 028 B R164 F C47 C C235 H R57 C48 C C236 H 076 H R58 166 C C237 H 077 H C238 H 078 G R60 R168 F C61 C C239 H R169 F C62 C 0101 D R61 C C63 C241 H 0102 R62 C R208 F C242 H 0103 E R63 C R209 F C65 C245 H Q104 E R64 C C66 C C246 G 0105 R65 C R211 F CR1 A R212 F C76 CR2 0106 R67 C C77 D CR3 107 R68 8214 F C78 G CR4 B Q108 E R69 8215 G C101 D B 0109 876 C R216 F CR6 A R77 D R217 F C103 D CR7 A Q112 F R78 H R218 G C104 D 0113 F R79 H R219 G CR76 H 0114 F R80 H C107 D R81 H R221 G C108 D CR101 D Q116 F R222 G C108 D CR102 D Q117 F R100 D R223 G C110 D CR103 E Q118 F R101 D R224 G CR104 F Q119 F R102 D R226 G C111 D R103 D R227 G C112 D CR106 F 0201 F R104 D R228 G C113 D CR107 F Q202 G R105 D R229 G C114 D Q203 G CR205 G 0204 G R106 D R231 G C116 D CR208 G R107 D R232 G C117 D CR209 G 0206 G R108 R233 G C118 E 0207 G R109 D R234 G C119 E CR210 G 0208 G R110 0209 G R236 G C121 E CR211 G R111 R237 G C122 E CR212 G 0211 H R112 E R238 G C123 E CR213 G 0212 H 8113 R239 G C124 E CR214 G 0213 H 8114 8241 CR215 H 0214 H R242 F C126 E R116 E R243 G C127 E CR216 G 0216 H R117 E R244 G C128 E CR217 H 0217 G 8118 C129 E CR218 H 0218 H R119 R246 G CR219 H 0219 H R120 E R247 H C131 E CR220
252. 814 210 1901 0040 1 ITCHING 30V SOMA 2 5 00 35 29480 1901 0040 A14CR211 1901 0050 3 ITCHING 800 200MA 2NS 20 35 28480 1901 0050 A14CR212 1901 0050 3 DIODE SWITCHING 809 280 2 5 00 39 28480 1901 0050 B1ACR 13 1902 3149 9 DIODE ZNR 9 99 52 00 35 PH aw 28480 3149 ALACR214 1902 3030 7 DYODC ZNR 3 019 5 00 7 PD 4W TCs 067 28488 2034 614CR215 1902 0631 8 DIODE ZNR 1853518 140 5 PD SW 73 04713 1453918 814 8217 1901 0048 1 DXODE SUITCHING 309 SOMA 2 5 00 35 28480 1901 0040 A 408219 1901 0040 1 DIODE SWITCHING 30V 50M amp 2NS 00 39 28480 1901 0040 81408220 1901 0040 1 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2 5 00 33 20480 1901 0040 AL4CR22 1 1901 0040 i DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2 5 00 35 28480 1901 0040 1901 0535 9 516 SCHOTTKY 28480 1901 0555 1901 0535 9 516 SCHOTTKY 28480 1901 0535 1901 0535 9 10 5 SIG SCHOTTKY 28400 1901 0539 A14CR225 1901 0535 DiUDE 9M GIG SCHOTTKY 1901 0535 2110 0345 FUSE 254 1850 NTD 281X 093 2110 0343 AT4F2 10 0343 FUSE 558 259 NTD 281X 093 2119 0343 A1 2110 0343 FUSE 1259 NTO 2801X 093 2110 0343 2110 0301 FUSE 125 1259 201 093 2110 0301 1411 8159 0005 RESISTOR ZERO OHMS 22 AWG LEAD DIA 28480 8159 0005 21432 1231 2969 B CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONO JACK DIP 28480 1951 2969
253. 815 5041 0926 5041 0946 5041 0811 5041 0812 5041 0813 5041 0927 5041 0258 5044 0019 5041 0808 5041 0929 5841 0928 3041 0756 5041 0756 5041 092 3041 0922 5041 0318 5041 0318 5041 0318 5041 0318 5041 0318 5041 0410 5041 0285 5041 0944 9100 3334 4040 1001 2041 1307 08535 40006 1853 0016 1853 0016 1053 0016 1853 0016 1853 0016 1883 0016 1853 0016 1852 0016 0683 2205 0683 2205 0083 2203 0583 2205 0603 2205 0583 2205 0483 080682 0083 0683 1325 0683 1325 06583 1325 0083 1325 0685 1325 0683 1525 0603 1325 1810 0135 1010 0164 1010 0164 1810 0055 5060 9436 50660 9436 5060 9436 5060 9436 5060 9436 5060 9436 5060 9436 5060 9436 5060 9436 5050 9436 roman 14366609 O Carrer BOTH 20x ca Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description KEY CAP DCOFFGET KEYCAP BLUEP IPE KEY CAP STORE KEY 7 KEY 8 KEY CAP 6 KEY CAP MHZ VOLT KEY CAP RECALL KEY CAP 4 KEY 5 KEY CAP KHZ MV KEY CAP CLEAR KEY 1 KEY CAP 2 KEY CAP 3 KEY CAP HZ VRMS KEY CAP DASH KEY CAP KEY CAP PERIOD KEY CAP SEC KEY KEY ARROW KEY ARROW KEY CAP LEFT ARO CAP FT CAP PTY GRAY CAP PTY GRAY PTY GRAY CAP PTY GRAY CAP PTY GRAY KEYCAP IPE PEARIPIPE KEY CAP PWR INDUCTOR 2SUH 10 30 STRIP PLASTIC REFLECTOR LED ANN GD 28 XN WD 01 1 1 TRANSISTOR
254. 8A02475 and Below sume PHASE In the Sample Hold Circuitry of Figure 7 9 R107 may be one of the following padded values 750Q 0757 0420 3740 0698 4452 13309 0757 0317 20000 0757 0283 A3 Page 8 F 5 8 F 6 Figure 8 39 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748402850 and Below These instruments do not have C33 C33 was added to reduce Fractional N spurs at 20MHz A3 Page 8 F 5 8 F 6 Figure 8 39 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748 02476 to 1748407390 These instruments contain the Sample Hold circuitry shown in Figure 8 39 These instruments do not however have CR20 A3 Page 8 F 5 8 F 6 Figure 8 39 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748404250 and below Instruments in this range may have an 21 1 board which contains connector J1 1251 4494 for use with cable W31 p n 8120 2577 The older black connector and white cable have been replaced on newer boards a more reliable connector orange p n 1251 6567 and cable gray p n 8120 3108 The newer connectors are incompatible with the older cables as are the newer cables incompatible with the older connectors If the A21 A1 assembly is replaced in one of the above instruments refer to paragraph 8 113 in Section VIII for additional information on connector cable compatibility Service 7 12 Model 3325A 7 27 Service Groups D and G VCO Buffer 03325 66503 30MHz Reference and Dividers 03325
255. 9 28480 8120 2587 gt bc CABLE ASSY EXTREF 28480 P Q 93325 51601 UNMARKED W11 29480 8120 2 CEL ASSY Z 28480 ASSY MKR 29490 ASSY 28481 5 01084 03325 61619 03325 61620 95325 61620 CEL ASSY VTO 28430 CBL 55 28480 CBL ASSY PHASE DET 28431 CBL A SY S amp H 28480 CABLE ASSY GVEN 28480 03325 61606 03325 61606 33258 61597 x 5 61608 61609 13525 51010 SN O p fO QOO CARLE ASSY HI V1 28480 CABLE ASSY 92 28480 CHL ASSY PWR CON 28480 61611 CEL ASSY ALC 28430 1761605 Cf 28480 03325 61605 92 05325 61611 03325 61603 0 325 61618 ASSY FAN 28490 3 CEL ASSY HPIE 28480 83325761613 CEL ASSY KEYED 2848 13325 61614 CABLE ASSY HIGH POWER COP 002 29400 P O 9180 4099 CABLE ASSY OVEN POWER OP 001 28400 03329761616 FLAT RIBBON ASSY 28 6UG 14 COND 29480 9120 3216 FLAT RIBBON ASSY 26 AWE 21 00 S IN LG 28480 8129 3108 05325 01612 Wea buy Omm 8120 3108 FLAT RIBBON ASSY 28 AWG 21 COND 5 IN LG 28488 8120 3108 FLAT RIBEON ASSY 28 00 21 COND S IN LG 28480 8120 3108 CABLE ASSY 108 0 3 CNDCT BLK JKT 28480 8120 1248 ASGY COMPLETE INCLUDES W3 4 5 7 28480 03325 61601 8 9 10 11 8120 3100 8120 3108 8120 1348 03325 61621 0 03325 61622 03325 61623 93325 61623 CABLE ASSY 193 28480 CALLE ASSY 15V UNREG 28480 CEL ASSY CUTPUT 20480 03325 61622 05322 61623 03325 61623 2110 4545 FUSEMOLDER BAYON
256. 990 CER 29490 CAPACTIOR F XD 01UF 198 0 SOVEC LER 28481 0160 A21C135 A21C136 0160 3847 0160 3847 802044 26480 0160 1527170500491 0160 3847 0160 3847 150 156 902082 CAPACITOR FXD 0108 4100 02 30990 CAPACITOR FXD 270 5 500 MICA 72136 CAPACITOR FXD 10107 100 0 50900 CER 28480 CAPACITOR FXD 01137 100 0z 59 00 CHR 28480 55209 0150 3847 9140 0206 0160 3847 0160 3847 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXO 1554 1031 TA 6210137 e21Cc138 210139 6210140 216141 9169 3847 0160 38047 CAPACITUR FXD 100 0 50900 CLR 28499 CAPACITOR FXO 1UF 4100807 SOUDC CER 28400 CAPACITGOR FXD 10 1J9VDC 5628 1500276 9010 82 CAPACITOR FXO 15 10 20900 198D156X9020R2 CAPACITQR FXD 010 20 190 CER 9160 3879 0160 2047 0160 3847 0180 1861 2 8180 1746 210162 0160 3679 CAPACITOR FXO 100 0 50 CE 204800 06369 3847 01017 100 8 00800 29489 0160 3847 210167 0160 3047 CAPACTTOR F XD 010 4100 03 S0UDC 28460 0360 3847 210168 0160 2234 CAPACITOR EXD 100PF 4 5 30090 MICA 28400 0160 2204 ARICLE 0160 3847 GUF 160 67 50400 CER 26480 5160 3847 21 155 0160 5847 4210164 1160 3047 See introduction to this section for ordering information ndicates factory selected value 6 21 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable P
257. A21UIJ 211 21 and A21U22 21 4 should be VCO 1000 If not check A21U12 and A21U22 e 21 5 should be VCO 10 If not check A21U24 A21TP7 should be VCO 1000 If not check A21U29 8 E 1 Service Model 3325A A21Q131 collector should be VCO 1000 very narrow pulse at approximately 2Vp p If not check A21U26 A21U27 210131 and 21 o A21U19 pins 2 3 4 5 6 10 and 11 should be VCO 1000 If not A21U19 is probably defective g If all of the above signals are correct check for the presence of input pulses at A21U19 pins 20 through 23 h Reconnect cable to A21J18A Press the START CONT key and check for the presence of pulses at A21U19 pins 11 13 14 15 16 and 17 i Disconnect ground from 21 6 and A21TP8 While in continuous sweep mode check for the presence of pulses at the input pins output pins and clock pins of A21U14 and 21015 If pulses appear at the input pins and clock inputs and the level at the clear inputs pin 1 is high replace the defective latch IC If pulses are also present at the outputs the gates in the 5 Counter circuit A21U12 A21U17 A21U23 may be defective Board Board Board Board Board Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location C1 A C166 G L1 0131 R51 A 2 C167 G 12 D 0132 R52 A c3 B C168 G L3 D R53 C4 B C169 G 161 R54 1131 0162 G C6 A C171 G 1132 E Q163
258. ACITOR FXD 108PF 5 290UDC CER 51642 A21Ci90 0180 4521 21 195 1160 3876 A210196 0160 4283 216197 0160 4283 070 1901 0940 1701 0040 1981 0518 1901 0318 1901 8040 0 581 309 SAMA ANS 00 35 28480 DIODE SUITCHING 30V SOWA ZNG 20 35 28488 DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28486 SIG SCHOTTKY 28489 DIODE SWITCHING 300 SOMA 2NS 00 35 28480 1901 0040 I 1901 0040 ARICI 1907 0518 AZICRA 1901 0518 21085 1901 0040 DIODE ZNR 1N825 6 09 SZ 00 7 04713 1N825 DIO0DE ZNR 1 825 6 2U 5 7 PD 4W 04713 14025 SIG SCHOTTKY 28400 1901 0518 DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1911 0518 DIODE SWITCHING 309 SOMA 2 8 20 35 28480 1901 0040 1902 0777 1902 0777 1901 0518 1901 0518 1901 0040 821086 1087 4 RB 2169 621CR11 0 1201 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1932 3054 1902 0064 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA ANS 00 55 26480 DIODE SWITCHING 30V SOMA 2NS DO 35 28480 DIODE SWITCHING 309 SOMA ANS 00 35 28489 DIODE ZNR 3 65U 5 00 35 PD 4M 28480 DIODE ZNR 7 59 5 00 35 4 05 28480 1901 0040 1731 8040 1901 0040 1992 3054 1902 0064 AZICRI2 6210813 Uie 5 00 35 PD 4W TE 05 28480 1902 0064 30v SOMA 2 00 395 28480 1901 0040 DIDDE ZNR 5 010 5 00 7 PD 4W 067 28480 1902 3030 DIOD M SIG SCHOTTKY 28488 1901 0518 DIODE GMITCHING 30V 2NS 90 39 28489 1901 0049 8210819 2108210 ABLTER 131 BZ1UR161 AP
259. AMPLIFIER 22 5 2 Figure 8 45 Relay Drivers A14 and Attenuator A23 8 L 3 8 L 4 a Model 3325A Service SERVICE GROUP M OPTIONS HIGH VOLTAGE OUTPUT OPT 002 AND HIGH STABILITY REFER ENCE OPT 001 High Voltage Output Amplifier Troubleshooting Before servicing the A8 assembly be sure that it is being uscd within its limits of operation Frequency Range 0 IMHz Output Load 5000 minimum If the standard output is normal but there is no high voltage output move the small shorting connector marked AMP IN on 14 from the NORM position to the opposite position Measure the dc voltage at 8 5 and at both ends of A8F1 This voltage should be approx imately 15 V If voltage is present at only one end of replace the fuse 25 A hp Part No 2110 0343 If the fuse is good return the shorting connector to the NORM position Discon necl the cable marked 20 HI V1 from A8J20 Measure dc voltages with the cir cuit as shown on the schematic Voltages should be within 10 Check that jumper A6W1 is clipped or missing The absence of this jumper indicates to the processor that the High Voltage option 15 installed and the processor will then allow voltages greater than 10Vp p to be programmmed Note that the A8 assembly has its own 30V power supply Be sure to reconnect the cable to U8J20 after troubleshooting REAR PANEL OUTPUT WITH OPTION 002 Normally inst
260. ATIONS ARE SHOWN PREFIX WITH ASSEMBLY OR SUBASSEMBLY DESIGNATION S OR BOTH FOR COMPLETE DESIGNATION STD B 2192 8 33 8 34 Model 3325 Service 8 SERVICE GROUP A KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY Troubleshooting Information The most common problem with the A5 front panel assembly are stuck keys A stuck key is often noticeable by its lack of play The following troubleshooting hints are intended to help determine whether a problem on the A5 assembly is due to a malfunctioning key or a component failure 1 Check the 1kHz clock signal at TP1 TP2 and The 1kHz clock is the rate at which a logic 1 supplied by HMD4 of the machine data bus is shifted through registers U6 and U3 2 Check U3 pin 13 for a 5V pulse every l ms A 5V pulse on this pin at a 16ms rate indi cates that shift registers U6 and U3 are functioning properly 3 Using an oscilloscope look at the inputs 00 03 to U8 A negative going pulse on one of these inputs occurs when a front panel key is pressed A negative pulse that is present when no keys have been pressed indicates a stuck key 4 Check the machine data bus lines at the input and output of 1 9 for logic level transi tions The same level present at the input and its corresponding output indicate a problem with U9 0 5 Signature Analysis Test 4 can be used to determine if a key is stuck This test also checks the LED drivers current sources and digital circuits Removal of
261. Affected instruments serial numbers 1748404675 and below The preceding range of instruments contain the sine amplitude and amplitude modulation circuitry shown in Figure 7 11 These instruments also do not have A3R85 or A3R90 see Figure 8 40 28 2 SLL e aT 4 2 27 14 fe 1 ANVLITUDE M DULATIQU 028 29 C34 10 u EA B 836 R48 TIPLIER th 1 RE a muL Y 1908 TS Bowes 0 H oe wagon FB a ores ia 225 qa OOS 7 di Figure 7 11 Sine Amplitude Control and Amplitude Modulation Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748 04675 and Below A4 Page 5 3 paragraph 5 13 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748404675 and below For these instruments the following Amplitude Calibration adjustment procedure should be used Equipment Required b Disconnect cable W7 from A337 Oscilloscope hp Model 1740A 10 1 Oscilloscope Probe hp Model 10041A CAUTION DC Power Supply hp Model 6214A Oscillator hp Model 204C Do not allow disconnected cable con AC Digital Voltmeter hp Model 3466A nectors to contact the printed circuit board or components or circuits may a Set the 3325A as follows be damaged Function i Bas puq eas ees Sine c Adjust the dc power supply output to approx
262. All Due to earlier fabrication processes it was necessary to pad the value of A6R8 in order to set the nanoprocessor s 609 backgate voltage V to the voltage stamped on the processor Briefly processors stamped with the following voltages require the corresponding padded values for A6R8 Vas AGRE hp Part Number 2 0 34 8k 0757 0123 2 5 26 7k 0698 4488 3 0V 21 5k 0757 0199 3 5 17 4 0698 4482 4 0V 14 7k 0698 3156 4 5 12 7 0698 3359 9 53 0698 4020 Note that the nanoprocessor s fabrication process has been controlled to the extent that on processors is now 5 0V Therefore if A6U9 is replaced p n 1820 1691 insure that A6R8 is 9 53kQ 7 18 Service Group D Voltage Controlled Oscillator Shield P O 03325 66521 7 19 A21 Past to Present Table 7 5 summarizes the engineering changes that have brought A21 to its current revision Service 7 5 Model 3325 Service Table 7 5 21 1 Board Revisions Board instruments Shipped Board Ravision With This Revision Changes A1 Rev 1748 00101 1748 00230 Rev 1748A00231 1748402475 went Rev B when U25 and assoc ckty were added to reclock HINV to the Frac N IC See Svc Grp E A21 Rev A 1748A02476 1748A02600 went A21 Rev A following rede sign and layout of the VCO plus mod to the S H ckty See Svc Grps D E 1748A02601 1748A07390 Rev B boards are identical to Rev A with th
263. Analysis Test 3 8 B 5 8 B 6 YES U57 10 793H 79 U63 9 P7AO VES Troubleshoot Tee annot R NO YES Troubleshoot ES U36 6 gupiesnoo U36 11 6PFP Y 95 036 13 NO 40 6 793H YES Troubleshoot Troubleshoot 1136 052 075 YES Troubleshoot U40 5 7 NO Troubieshoot NO pu YES U16 or Clock U60 5 0000 Troubleshoot R5 o o m hd Control Paths Bad From Processor Troubleshoot u a 5V 45V 3HCC YES YES llega REN Recognized YES Date Lost in Shift Register YES U54 6 C 957 6 0000 U37 7 41 4 Ni NO Troubleshoot U ut D 4 Troubleshoot 157 Troubleshoot U a YES 81 10 0000 E Troublesh Troubleshoat U54 136 052 U75 Troubleshoot 061 rum NO YES U60 11 SHUH Interface Connection Bad Troubleshoot Troubleshoot 60 R5 YES U37 2 12HU U37 1 7 NO N No Clock 0161 71 016 2 1 016 3 7 016 4 5 NI U16 6 Troublesh U16 US 57 38 51323 4 U54 6 C2H5 ves U31 11 8353 NO NO YES Troubleshoot U36 2 7F1U 8353 031 12 8 031 YES NO YES Troubleshoot 056 11 8353 U55 NO Troubleshoot 5 NO Troubleshoot 054 Troubleshoot NO Clock No Clock To Troubleshoot U57 U73 YES Troubleshoot 057 2 66H7 Troubieshoot
264. B 3 PROGRAMMING THE MODEL 3325 with the 9825 CALCULATOR Q noo SWECP LINEAR LOU irae ENTRY 9 TART HO 2 H dins Mer th START 8 i cost Lll 2032 POWER STBY ON Key the STBY position power is applied to the Oven Option 001 the interface circuits that are external to the isolation barrier and the High Voltage Output circuits Option 002 in addition to the power supply circuits BLUE prefix key This key must be pressed to select any of the key functions labeled in blue SWEEP key group These are entry prefix keys for the sweep parameters plus the sweep start keys When preceded by the blue prefix key the sweep parameter keys control sweep modification functions and linear log selection Figure 3 1 3325A Front and Rear Panels 3 2 HA LIAC Root LOCAL key Returns 3325A from remote to front panel control untess Local Lockout has been programmed When preceded by the blue prefix key this key causes the 3325A address to be displayed in decimal code STATUS annunciator group These annunciators in dicate the 3325A 1 status Remote Addressed to Talk Addressed to Listen Request Service 5801 ENTRY group Prefix keys for programming signa parameters ALPHANUMERIC display Displays the value of the parameter selected erro
265. C CER 28480 0160 3847 047 CAPACITUR FXD 4100 07 S0UDC CER 29480 0160 3847 8182 0062 1 CAPACITOR FXD 300UF 75 187 GYDC AL 28480 0180 0062 ASCS 0160 3847 CAPACITDR FXD O1UF 4100 0974 606 CER 28480 0160 3847 ASCO 0160 3847 7 CAPACITOR 01UF 100 0z SOVDC CER 28480 8160 3847 016 847 CAPACITOR FXD 01 160 0 50 00 CER 28480 0160 3847 9160 3847 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF gt 100 0 SOVDC CER 28480 0160 3847 0350 0012 01UF 20 1KVDC CER 234102 1 03 38 0150 0012 CAPACTITOR FXD 4 20 1 CER 262 C0236102J1034538 LED LAMP LUM INT ISMCD 152 5082 4658 LED LAMP LUM INT 28400 5092 4658 LED LAMP LUM INT 15MCD XF220MA MAX 28480 5082 4658 LED L6MP LUM INTz1MCD IP 20MA MAX BUR SV 28480 1990 0665 LED LAMP LUM INTstMCD 20 20480 1990 0665 1990 0533 1990 0533 1990 0532 1990 0665 1990 0665 Gerad LED LAMP 1 0 1 1 0 28480 1970 0665 LE MP LUM INT INCD 0 BUR 20460 1990 0685 LED LAMP 0 MAX m 28480 1990 0665 LED LAMP LUM INT 1MCD IF 20MA MAX B 28480 1990 0665 LED LAMP LUM INT 1MCD 20 28480 1920 0665 ASCR7 1990 0665 1990 0665 1990 0665 ASCRIU 1990 0665 ASCR11 1990 0668 LED LAMP LUM INT 1MCD IT EUR SS 28480 1990 9665 1 4 0 LUM INT 1MCD 28430 1990 0665 LED LAMP LUM INTcIMCD 28480 1990 0665 L D LANWP i 28480 1990 0665 LED LAMP LUM
266. C181 ADJ 287 36 R196 27 4 0 m 2 15V C C166 1 145 1 15 8181 6175 8200 47006 51 1 Figure 7 4 VCO Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748403226 to 1748A07390 For instruments with serial numbers 1748A02476 to 1748A04675 refer to Service Note 3325A 9 if necessary for a modification procedure to prevent oscillator failures A3 Page 8 D 7 8 D 8 Figure 8 37 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748404250 and below Instruments in the preceding range may have an 21 1 board which contains connector J1 p n 1251 4494 for use with cable W31 p n 8120 2577 The older black connector and white cable have been replaced on newer boards by a more reliable connector orange p n 1251 6567 and cable gray p n 8120 3108 The newer connectors are incompatible with the older cables as are the newer cables incompatible with the older connectors If the A21 A1 assembly is replaced in one of the above instruments refer to paragraph 8 113 in Section VIII for additional information on connector cable compatibility 7 21 Service Group E Counter 03325 66521 7 22 A21 Past To Present Table 7 6 summarizes the engineering changes that have brought A21 to its current revision 13 Service Model 3325A Table 7 6 21 1 Board Revisions Board Instruments Shipped Board amp Revision With This Revision Changes 1 Rev 1748A00101 1748A00230 Rev B 1748A00231
267. CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAP CITOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD 1508 1034 20UDC POPE 5 300400 MICA 4806 207 SOVDC CER O1UF 1090 5096 CE OLUF 100 0 50900 CER iUF 80 20 50900 CER 270 103 18900 TA 8106 4100 0 50 0 CER S 1PF 29 500UDC CER DiUF 109 0 5090 CER 1880PF 55 300 MICA O1UF 4100 0 50900 CER 180PF 2 57 160 0 POLYP SZ S00VbC CER 0 60 1SUF4 10X 20 0 TA 19UF 10x 20UDC 440 100450 100 0 056 CER SZ 300UDC DiUF 2190 02 SOVDC 2 7 F S00UDC CER 5 300VbC MICA Q1UF 10007 50 CER 1000 59900 CER TUF 490 207 50906 CER 01UF 100 0 50 0 CER S6PF 20000 MICA O1UF 4190 3 50406 CER 0108 100 0 96406 CER IUF 88 207 59 0 CER 5629 72136 20409 2848 28480 28480 56289 28480 29480 29400 28480 90289 56269 28480 7848 72136 28408 28450 28480 28480 28480 20480 28380 72136 284800 23489 28480 15481506 9020802 DM122560J03004U1CR 0160 4571 0160 3847 0160 0150 4571 1500276 901082 0160 2047 0160 2250 0160 3847 0160 2282 6160 3847 0160 4461 0160 2257 1509156 902080 1500156 902082 0160 5306 0160 2847 DMIGFA71TOSAGUYICR 0160 0160 6160 020 0160 3847 0160 4571 0160 3847 pM13ES69J0 3509UV1CR 0160 4847 CAPACTTOR FXD 01 4100 027 50
268. CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONO JACK DIP CONNECTOR PHONG SINGLE PHONO JACK DIP CONNECTOR PHONG SINGLE PHONG JACK DIP A23J2 2353 42324 1081 2989 1291 2769 1251 2969 1251 2969 0498 1141 0490 1141 0490 1141 0490 1141 28489 28480 28480 28490 RELAY 40 12UC CDIL 12992 RELAY AC 12VC COTL 12VDC RELAY 4C 12VC COIL 12UDC RELAY 4C 18VC COIL 124056 0490 1141 0490 1141 0490 1141 0490 1141 AB 3K2 A23K 3 ARIKA 0699 0065 0599 0065 0629 0273 9699 0274 MFS2C1 4 T 247RS B 20480 29480 RESISTOR 51 91 25 54 04 30 RESISTOR 51 01 25 SW F TC 0 50 RESISTOR 2 19 1 129M F TC 04 25 28480 RESISTOR 350 1 120W F TCs04 23 28480 RESISTOR 247 8 15 25W F TCe04 25 19701 0699 0065 0699 0065 0599 0273 0699 0274 0678 8258 2561 AZIR AZ IRG ARR A23R10 0698 7984 0978 7984 0697 0066 1690 7448 0690 7448 RESISTOR 61 1 RESISTOR 51 1 RESISTOR 66 7 RESISTOR 100 RESISTOR 100 1 4 SW F 1 W F 25 29M 1 29M F F 29460 28480 28480 17701 19701 2698 7984 0698 7984 1697 0866 2 1 4 19 1008 MF5201 4 T 1 00R B 7121 1234 LABEL CAUTION 1 925 IN WD 2 24 IN LG 28480 7121 1234 See introduction to this section for ordering information ndicates factory selected value 6 26 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts
269. CONTROL 1 HANDSHAKE G GONTROL CIRCUITS ISOLATION CONTROL FREQUENCY SYNTHESIS CENE 1 AMPTD MOD r 10 REF IN 25 1 OVEN OUTPUT 11 10 MHz o _ Dm 10980 wit XT REF CONTROL AFO Tone AMPL TUDE MODULAT ON T H SINE AMPLITUDE FROM FUNCTION CIRCUITS 144 CURRENT SOURCE 2 F ANI BIAS ANO PHASE MODULATION CURRENT SOURCE 21 FRACT ONA DATA BUS A COUNTER CONTROL CHIP NoD fp ag BUFFER VCO OUTPUT 4 ms GATING A2 2 TER VOLTAGE LEL OUT CONTROLED DSC I LLATOR TRI STAYE BUFFER Lock Dar REF DECODER 2 B KO KT TO RELAY DEVICES IAL OUT CONTROL fis 8 59 smag SINE SIGNAL FILTER eint SQUARING ENABLE CIRCUIT 4 atg 3 MH REF RAMP nw ENABLE 214 1 t DATA ENABLE LATCH GATING 4 RE FUNCTION INTEGRITY EMABLE SIGNALE 77 SOUARE TRIANGLE EN RAP POL CLEAR Aid 1 TM REF 7 TO RELAY DEVICES 7 KO COUNTER PRESET DATA FLIP FLOP CLOCK 7 COUNTER 8 bi CURRENT FUNCTIONS AND LEVEL CONTROL 4 SINE BIAS CURRENT CORRECTION 4 4 4 1 1433 9 FREQ FOR TRIANGLE
270. D to Gnd and cycle power off and on HIGH VOLTAGE OPTION 002 AB M OUT Figure 8 26 Sine Amplitude Control Path 8 23 8 24 Model 3325 Service 8 104 SERVICING INFORMATION 8 109 Adapter Cable 0 105 Power Line Voltage Selection 8 110 An adapter cable may be made as shown in Figure 8 27 that will aid in adjusting and troubleshooting the instrument This cable has a phone plug at one end to connect to the phono jacks used as signal connectors on the printed circuit board The BNC connector at the other 8 106 Instructions for setting your instrument to the proper power line voltage are contained in Paragraph 2 8 and Figure 2 1 8 107 Fan Filter end connects to the input of an oscilloscope or other test equipment 8 108 The fan filter must be inspected frequently and cleaned or replaced as necessary to permit the free flow 8 111 Access to Reverse Side of A21 14 and AG of air through the instrument To clean the filter remove the four nuts that secure the filter retainer 8 112 The square slotted fasteners used to secure one remove the filter and flush with soapy water rinse edge of printed circuit assemblies A21 A3 A14 and A6 clean and air dry can be used to support the board in a vertical position Table 8 2 Assembly Cable Compatibility for Serial Numbers 1748A04250 and Below Part Numbers For Assembly To Be Affected Destination Ca
271. DING BEAD INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 5 166 38516 as CORON oomoo 9140 0210 9100 3560 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 100UH 5 166DX 3B5L6 INDUCTOR RF CH MLP 5 6UH 5 1660 385 0 INDUCTOR RF CH HLD 00 1 166DX 385LG INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 47UH SX 166DX 3006 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1UH SX 166DX 303LG ASL A3i B 85 20 001 9140 0210 9190 3560 9140 0253 9100 1629 9100 3551 See introduction to this section for ordering information ndicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Reference p Designation Description Mfr Part Number A31 101 7100 1791 es 102 9100 1791 ASL 10 9140 0263 51 104 9100 5552 A3L 108 91490 0349 INDUCTOR 290NH 20 PSDX 373LG 20480 9100 1791 INDUCTOR 290 20 23DK 375LG 28480 9100 1791 INDUCTOR 1 601 5 1660DX 385LG 29480 9140 0265 INDUCTOR CH MLD 1 500 5 166DX 2651 6 28480 9100 3552 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1 1UH 5 166 385 28480 9140 0349 NO m INDUCTOR RF MLD 1 6UH 54 166DX 385LG 28480 INDUCTOR ITEM 28480 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 2 2UH 187 195DX 26L6 20400 9140 0142 INDUCTOR d MLD 820NH 166DX 385t6 28480 9100 3315 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 820NH 5 1660 358516 28480 9109 3515 A3L 106 9140 0265 ASL107 9100 0339 8 9140 0142 8351111 2100 3315 ASLI12 9100 3315 ASL113 9100 3546 7100 3546 8 I
272. DIO i a SELECTED DEVICE CLEAR 0044 DIO 1 8 UNLISTEN 0776 REMOTE Only the system controller can place the device into the Remote operating dition To implement the Remote message the controller must set the REN line true The 1 is then in the Remote Enable mode The controller then sends the listen addresses of those devices that are to be placed in the Remote operating condition Some instruments have been designed to enter the Remote mode as soon as REN is true COMMAND MODE DIO 1 8 NEISTEN LISTEN ADDRESS 0778 LLL ADDRESSING mh REN TRUE LOCAL The Local message will remove addressed devices from the Remote operating mode to local front panel control The controller must place the HP IB into the command mode and address to listen all devices that are to be returned to local The Local message does not remove the HP IB from the Remote mode only the listening devices COMMAND MODE DIO 1 8 UNLISTEN 010 1 8 n LISTEN ADDRESS GO TO LOCAL 077g GTL 001g L ADDRESSING J Model 3325A Appendix A LOCAL LOCKOUT The Local Lockout message prevents the operator from placing the a instrument into local control from the front panel The controller must be in the command mode to send the Local Lockout message COMMAND MODE LOCAL DIO 1 8 LOCKOUT LOCAL LOCKOUT MESSAGE 110 021 REN MUST GE TRUE BEFORE EXE CUTING THE LOCAL LOCKOUT MES SAGE CLEAR LOCK
273. E a MOWING Check Appropriate Switch Troubieshoot 5 8 ABU6 B Connection ABUS 2 A5U9 5 A5U9 6 ABUS 9 508 12 A5U9 15 509 16 599 19 A6U16 1 A6U16 2 A6U16 3 Faulty Device A6U9 or Bad 6 5 3056 Device Select Problem Troubleshoot ASUS Select UAUA P840 FFAB 69P8 9263 C362 C1U6 8PC8 Are All Leds YES Press and Hold the designated key and read the signature at the IC pin NO indicated YES A5U6 8 A5U6 3 506 4 NO 506 5 506 6 A5U6 10 A5U6 11 A5U6 12 A5U6 13 3 A5U3 4 A5U3 5 6 10 A5U3 11 A5U3 12 503 13 Won ow dw IC Pin Sig 9P9H FHO1 76U5 HA2P YES Ramp Down A5U5 11 23HC Up Arrow A5U5 13 82CF 8 ABUT 1 C875 Phase A5U1 3 AU7C Store A5U1 5 5991 Local A5U1 9 6HOF Freq A5U1 11 F431 MHz 501 13 FFHH 4 505 1 0 505 3 Minus 505 5 Sine 505 9 Fauity Device Select 609 Bad A6 To A5 Connection pnus bone NO NO Troubleshoot ASU3 U6 C2 Troubleshoot ABUS US or Switch Troubleshoot ABUB8 YES YES A5TP1 3056 NO Troubleshoot A6U16 or 6 5 Con nections A5U9 2 Troubieshoot 509 5 509 A5U9 6 A5U9 9 YES A5U9 12 509 15 A5U9 16 A5U9 19 ASTP 3056 YES Troubl
274. E PIPE 28480 5040 6098 WASHER SHOULDERED 28480 00310 48801 WASHER FL 7 16 IN S IN ID 20480 3050 0604 TERMINAL SLDR LUG Pi MTG FOR 1 2 SCR 28480 0560 1089 THREADED INSERT NUT 6 32 058 1 1 6 SST 28480 8519 0152 INSULATOR XSTR THRM CNDCT 28480 0340 0564 SHIELD RF 28400 03329 00601 25150 0228 3180 0227 5180 0201 1400 1229 5040 6896 00310 48801 3050 0604 0360 1089 0512 0153 0340 0564 05325 09691 Oude a BUN OD 0663 1015 RESISTOR 100 5 25 F 400 9500 01121 083015 o N 7100 4099 TRANSFORMER POWER 100 120 220 240 VAC 28480 9100 4099 03325 61602 ASSY SIGNAL 28480 03325 61602 03325 61617 CEL ASSY SYNC 28480 05329 61517 Z0 03325 61601 CABLE ASSY 20 00 REAR 28480 P O 03529 61601 8120 2585 UNMARKED W3 20400 8120 2985 0 03325 61601 CABLE ASSY 0 28 REAR 28490 P 0 03325 61601 8120 2585 UNMARKED W4 28480 8120 2585 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value 6 27 Replaceable Parts Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation Description Mfr Part Number CABLE ASSY REAR SYNC 28489 UNMARKED WS 28480 CABLE ASSY 24AWG 24 CNDCT 28480 CABLE AGGSY AMPTD MOD 28480 3 761601 UNMARKED W 28480 Bono 0120 2585 5 1008 2 28400 328 61691 UNMARKED WB 23480 CABLE ASSY 2 MHZ 28480 P O 9 5 61001 UNMARKED W 23480 8120 CABLE ASSY 1MHZ 28480 P70 03325 UNMARKED W1
275. ER COAX STR F RNC F RCA PHONO 28480 SIR F BNC F RCA PHON 28481 ADAPTER COAX STR F BNC F RCA PHONO 28488 ADAPTER COAX STR F BNC F RCA PHONG 20400 F RNC F 28480 425454 1250 1558 1280 1558 ADAPTER COAX S F F RCA PHONGO 28480 E ADAPTER COAX STR F BNC F RCA PHONO 20480 1250 1938 NN 04325 04301 5040 6928 05325 29301 03325 00201 5029 0003 PNL DRESS 28480 05525 04301 DIVIDER STRIP 28480 5042 6928 WENDOW 28480 05325 29301 SUB PNL FRT 28480 03325 00201 FRONT FRAME 28480 5020 8903 5048 7202 5020 8837 5060 9880 5040 7219 5060 9804 TRIM TOP 29480 5040 7202 CORNER STRUT 28480 5020 8827 SIDE COVER 28480 5960 9080 STRAP HDL CAP FR 28400 5040 7219 STRAP HDL 161W 28488 5060 9804 a PODST b 5040 7220 5060 9835 85325 00202 5021 8804 95325 06812 STRAP HDL CAP R 28480 5840 7220 COVER 28480 5160 9835 PAL REAR 28480 05325 00202 REAR CASTING 28480 5920 8804 FRAME MAIN 28480 03385 06602 SIDE TRIM 28489 5001 0437 BOTTOM COVER 28400 3060 9847 FOOT 28489 5040 7201 TILT STAND SST 20486 1460 1545 HEAT SINK 284898 03325 21101 50231 0435 5000 9047 5040 7201 1460 1345 03325 21111 stoo eNO Sm 20 FILTER SCREEN STEEL 3 44 WD 3 44 LG 28480 3190 0229 INSULATION POLYE 25 18 28481 3150 0227 FAN GRILLE 28489 5160 0201 CLAMP CARLE 375 DIA 1 WD NYL 28489 1490 1229 LIT
276. ET 6 38 2509 20486 2110 0545 2110 0543 a 2110 0543 FUSENOLDER BODY EXTR PST BAYONET THD 28480 00310 48901 03325 04105 03325 90002 03325 90013 0560 1610 0361 0911 WASHER SHLDR COVER OP SVC MANL A MANL A TERMINMAL SLDR LUG PL MTG FOR 4 SCR RIVET SEMI TUBULAR 28400 28480 28480 28480 28400 28489 90310 49961 03325 04105 05325 90002 93325 90013 0564 1610 0561 0011 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 0460 1356 0590 0167 STANDOFF RUT ON 25 IN LG 6 32THD 00000 STANDOFF HEX 327 IN LG 6 32THD 208000 TAPE iNDL 5 18 00359 1 POLYE FLM 28480 NUT THUME 6 32 T4D HRS 28480 0280 0111 0380 0644 0460 1356 0590 0167 0o SOUNDS THREADED INSERT NUT 4 40 062 IN LG 26480 0590 0343 SCREW TPG 6 30 S IN LG 21 STL 29490 0624 0208 SCREW TPG 4 40 25 IN LG PAN HO POZT STL 00000 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION SLEEVING FLEX 04 1 3 016 WALL 28480 0899 0012 TUBING HB 093 D 046 RCVD 02 WALL 90909 ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 0590 0343 0524 0208 0624 0227 0890 0212 0820 0870 ON 1285 0356 PLTIN 8 1400 0719 2190 0020 2190 0034 HEAT SINK 28480 CABLE TIE 062 825 010 0V1 WD NYL 06583 CABLE TIE 062 1 125 DIA 14 WD NYL 28480 WASHER LK HLCL NO 128 1 10 28400 WASHER LK NO 10 194 IN ID 28480 1205 0256 1400 0249 1400 0719 2190 0020 2190 0034 TOGO Be 2
277. ETA MESSAGES BLOCK DIAGRAMMED DATA MESSAGE The Data message is the actual information that is sent from a talker to one or more listeners This action requires the controller to first enter the command mode to set up the talker and listener s for the transfer of data The information is then trans ferred in the data mode COMMAND MODE ADDRESSING DIO 1 8 DATA 2 5 UNLISTEN CONTROLLER TALK MESSAGE DEVICE LISTEN 077g DEVIC TALK CONTROLLER LISTEN DEVICE TALK ANOTHER DEVICE LISTEN TRIGGER Trigger message causes all addressed instruments with this capability to execute some predefined function simultaneously DATA MODE ATN DIQ 1 8 DEVICE DEPENDENT FALSE DATA The 3325A does not have Trigger capability p COMMAND MODE DIO 1 8 DIO 1 8 ATN UNLISTEN GROUP EXECUTE TRUE LISTEN ADDRESS TRIGGER 077 010g L ADDRESSING TRIGGER MESSAGE GROUP EXECUTE REN MUST BE TRUE BEFORE CUTING THE TRIGGER MESSAGE CLEAR The Clear message may be implemented for addressed devices or for all devices on the bus capable of responding In both cases the controller places the bus in the command mode to execute the message COMMAND MODE CLEAR MESSAGE ATN TRUE ALL DEVICES Appendix A A 2 SELECTED DEVICE REMOTE MESSAGE Model 33254 COMMAND LISTENER ADDRESS r ADDRESSING at
278. Errata Title amp Document Type 3325A Synthesizer Function Generator Operating and Service Manual Manual Part Number 03325 90002 Revision Date May 1984 HP References in this Manual This manual may contain references to HP or Hewlett Packard Please note that Hewlett Packard s former test and measurement semiconductor products and chemical analysis businesses are now part of Agilent Technologies We have made no changes to this manual copy The HP XXXX referred to in this document is now the Agilent XXXX For example model number HP8648A is now model number Agilent 8648A About this Manual We ve added this manual to the Agilent website in an effort to help you support your product This manual provides the best information we could find It may be incomplete or contain dated information and the scan quality may not be ideal If we find a better copy in the future we will add it to the Agilent website Support for Your Product Agilent no longer sells or supports this product You will find any other available product information on the Agilent Test amp Measurement website www tm agilent com Search for the model number of this product and the resulting product page will guide you to any available information Our service centers may be able to perform calibration if no repair parts are needed but no other support from Agilent is available Agilent Technologies HEWLETT PACKARD OPERATING AND SERVICE MA
279. FLOWCHART Enter 3325A Bus Address Perform Self Test Freq 1000 Hz Program Freq 1234 56789 Hz AMPTD 50 mV Is NO Frequency Correct Is NO Amplitude Correct Program Sweep 1 kHz to 10 kHz 10 sec Enable Mask SRO NO Light On NO Listen Light On REM NO Light On Print Results Performance Tests ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Performance Tests Model 3325A 8 1 I Clear the 3325A to Turn on State Set HP IB Remote Enable Select Code 7 1145 wrt Perform Self Test art Pa interregate Frequency Le B rem Ss Read 3325A Frequency id 821 Compare Frequency to 1000 Hz SETUP RMSEDpV SetFreq to 1234 567890 Hz Amptd to 50mV Store Settings in Register cle B s 0 6 the 3325A Ha TREG Pu Reeall Settings in Register TEST z s FY Aa Interrogate Frequency Aly ta Read Frequency if 00801224 Ser Compare to Frequency Stored 5 Interrogate Amplitude red CER es P id Amplitude Compare to Amplitude Stored 4 8 Model 3325 Performance Tests 201 TILES a Lin Sweep 1 10kHz Enable SRO Mask Clear Interface interface to Local LIGHT 0171 3325A Initiate SRO Read Status into Va
280. G 0118 F L113 F R47 8154 G C119 F L114 R48 R49 156 G 011 0121 F L116 F R157 G C12 B C122 F 1117 F R56 D R158 G C13 B C123 F R57 D R159 G C14 B 0124 L151 G R58 D 1152 R59 D T1 F 016 B C126 F 1153 G T2 F C17 B C127 F R61 D C18 B C128 F P2 D R62 D TP B C19 B C129 F R63 D TP2 ai A R64 C21 B 151 G 02 8 TP4 C22 B C152 G Q3 B R66 D C23 8 C153 G Q4 c R67 0 TP6 C24 C154 G Q6 E R68 7 C28 R69 0 C27 C156 G Q101 R70 c C28 B C157 G 0102 U2 A C28 C158 G R71 D 81 R72 c U4 A c31 8 CRT R2 8 R73 Us 8 C32 CR2 A R3 A R74 D C33 c U6 B C34 B CR4 R6 A R76 D 97 R7 A R77 D 98 C36 c CR6 A RB A R78 Ug C37 C B R9 A R79 U10 0 C38 cra C R10 A C39 R81 U11 CR101 F R11 A R82 D U12 D C41 R12 A R83 0 013 042 13 R84 D 014 C J2 D R14 A U15 E C44 43 G R86 D R16 A R87 D U16 F C46 47 817 8 R88 D U17 G C47 48 8 R18 8 R89 D U18 G C48 G J9 A R19 8 919 C49 D J10 A R91 0 411 R21 B R92 D Y1 c C5 D R22 8 R93 D C62 D 915 G R23 8 Norm Test 253 0 423 R24 8 R101 C54 D J24 D R102 26 B R103 C56 11 R27 8 R104 E C57 0 t2 B R28 B C58 D 13 B R29 B 2106 C59 E 4 R30 B R107 i5 B R108 E C81 E R32 8 R108 E 46 B R33 C101 E 17 B R34 8111 C102 E L8 8312 E C103 E 9 R36 113 C104 E R37 R14 F 101 R38 8115 C1
281. Group O Service Group C Service Group C Service Group K Service Group Service Group E Service Group N Service Group G Service Group G No AUX output or incor rect frequency sine func tion 21 60 MHz front panel output normal Amplitude Modulation does not respond proper ly Phase Modulation does not respond properly Display reads OSC FAIL Qutput amplitude incor rect for all functions Instrument accepts front panel entr es but will not program from 1 Fails 1 Perforrnance Test OSC FAIL display indica tion but oscillator circuits check good Display or keyboard Switch problems Control problems or in strument locks and will not accept entries Cannot perform Signature Analysis Tests 1 2 or 3 Above tests do not locate the defective componant Troubleshooting Procedures Sarvice Group D Service Group G Service Group F Service Group D Service Group L Service Group B Signature Analvsis Test 3 Service Group C Signature Analysis Test 5 Service Group A Signature Analysis Test 4 Service Group C Signature Analysis Tests 1 2 Service Group C ROM Signature Analysis Test Service Group C Signature Analysis Test D 8 29 Service 8 30 Table 8 6 Mnemonic Dictionary Model 3325A Definition HATL HATN HATT H BBCL LBCL thru HBDC1 HBDS1 thru H BDS2 HB HBIG LBOR BPID1 thru H BPID8 HBPOD1 t
282. H2 10 2 1 5 KI SEE PARAGRAPH 8 13 WHEN REPLACING 21 1 CONTROL TAGE YDD KISH OSC FAIL CONTROL LIAEE 100 LOW 43 SEE SECTION VII 73336 A12i73 SOM P UM ata re 270 03325 65503 2755 2i 5V3 wig WILL CAUSE SIGNAL SOURCE ASSEMBLY AT 1153 Y 92 48 MHz ns 1 4 I 8157 1 47 1 c 1 3 VEE 30 50 2 10 CHNENES AUX OUTPUT ON 1 iF 21 lt FRONT PANEL FREQ lt 2 121nHZ P lt 3 0MHZ1 vCD 2 4 7 4 Nee AUXILIARY OUTPUT ENABLE DRIVE F 3336 12173 75 8113 A vco 10 MIXER 5 H x 8156 2 100 8154 iK x C152 01 1 83 IX OUTPUT ON 1 IF 21 MHz lt FRONT PANEL FREQ lt Pe ALOA I21HH24P c30nH2 t tl pe rl REAR 1 21 60 Tad AUXILIARY OUTPUT ENABLE DRIVE IpUI Figure 8 37 VCO A21 and VCO Buffer A3 8 D 7 8 D 8 Model 3325A Service SERVICE GROUP E COUNTER N F Counter Troubleshooting Do not allow disconnected cable connectors to contact the printed circuit boards components or circuits may be damaged To check the N circuitry program the front panel for a frequency of 10MHz and disconnect cable W18 at b Place
283. HEUTT N SWITCH MOUNT 28480 5050 9436 MOUNT 28480 8060 9436 MOUNT 28480 5060 9456 MOUNT 20460 5000 9455 MOUNT 28480 5060 9436 MOUNT 28480 5060 9456 PUSHGUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH AS816 5060 9436 85517 3050 9456 55518 5064 9436 45819 5060 2456 5820 5060 9436 MOUNT 29480 5060 9436 MOUNT 28480 5060 9456 MOUNT 28480 5060 7436 MOUNT 28480 5060 9436 MOUNT 28460 5060 7436 PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 5521 5060 9436 A922 5050 9435 A3823 5060 7436 65924 5060 9436 5060 7436 SONNY 545144413 255 TTT TT MOUNT 28480 8000 0436 MOUNT 28480 5060 9436 MOUNT 28480 5060 9436 OUNT 28480 5060 9436 MOUNT 26480 5060 9436 PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHRUTTON SWITCH 5860 9430 5050 9436 5060 9438 5060 2436 5060 9436 5 99 09 eon O yG MOUNT 28480 5060 7436 MOUNT 20480 5060 9436 MOUNT 28480 5060 7436 MOUNT 29490 5060 9456 MOUNT 28480 5060 9436 PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 5000 9456 5832 5000 9436 85833 5060 9436 5634 5060 9436 5835 5060 9426 459294 oT 5700 MOUNT 28480 5060 9436 MOUNT 28489 5060 9436 MOUNT 28480 8060 9456 MOUNT 28480 5060 9436 MOUNT 28480 5000 9435 PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON
284. IC CNTR TTL LG OECD UP DOWN SYNCHRO 10 FF LS J K BAR POS EDGC TRIG 1829 1278 1820 1279 1820 1279 1820 1279 1820 1282 oN ae IC TTL LS B TYPE POS EDGE TRIG FF LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG TTL LS MONOSTBL RETRIG DUAL IC FF TTL 8 D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG TRANSISTOR ARRAY 14 PIN PLSTC 1820 1112 1828 1112 1820 1423 1820 0695 1821 0081 2 AMP LOW BIAS H IMPD 70 99 PKG UP LOW BIAS 10 99 PKG gt OP AMP GP 8 01 GP 8 01 PKS SWITCH ANLG QUAD 16 DIP C PKG 1826 0304 1826 0304 1826 0298 1826 0288 1026 0416 G DIP P PKG AMP GP 8 DIP P SWITCH ANLG QUAD 16 DIP C PKG OP AMP GP 8 01 PKG FF TTL LS D TYPE PQS EDGE TRIG 1826 0208 1828 0218 1826 0416 1826 0208 1820 1730 DOOR TTL LS 5 10 8 11 3 1 FF TTL LG P TYPE PO G EDGCE TRIG COM FF LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG COM DRUR TTL LS BUS DRUR HEX 1 1 INV TTL LS i INP 1820 1216 1820 1198 1880 1730 1820 1641 1820 1199 5000 cum 24546 24546 01121 01121 24546 24546 01123 01121 01121 1121 01121 24546 81121 24946 24546 01121 01121 24546 91121 28480 71121 24548 24546 24546 01121 24546 01121 24546 01121 01121 01121 546 24946 24546 24546 91121 24546 24546 23480 01121 01121 24846 28480 271295 01295 01295 01295 27014 0
285. IX KEYBOARD Model 3325A SEGMENT SELECT 1 SEG AND DECIMAL DIGIT NUMAR C DISPLAY DIGIT ENABLE 11 LINES CURRENT SINKS 115 LINES ANNUNC ATOR 8 LINES MATRIX SCAN CYCLE EVENTS SHIFT resister 12 13141516171818 1 01121345 8 SCAN TWELVE KEYBOARD MATIX LINES ENABLE ELEVEN ENABLE FIVE NUMERIC DISPLAY ANNUNC I ATOR DIGITS SETS 3325A 3 Keyboard and Display Block Diagram 8 A 6 Designator Board Location Designator Board Locstion e 6 20 6 c2 F R21 F R22 ras R23 A C6 G C7 F 51 H 52 H ce B 3 H C10 A S4 G CRi H 5 F 1111 CR2 G S6 F CR3 G 57 H 11131111 lll 4 8 meee ORS 58 iiu 10 F ITTT CR6 H 511 F j G 812 F cra 813 cag F 514 CR10 H 515 E 816 517 CR12 G 818 CR13 F 518 E 520 CR15 G 521 22 D CR16 F S23 E 817 824 CR18 c S25 E CR19 B CR20 26 D 27 D CR21 C S28 E CR22 B 529 CR23 c S30 E CR24 c S31 CR25 B 532 533 534 CR26 B 35 CR27 B S36 CR28 B 537 B CR29 B 538 B CR30 A 39 A CR31 A 40 A CR32 A 41 A CR33 A 42 A CR34 A 43 A CR34 A 44 H CR35 A CR36 A Test Points 1 c J1 gt L1 c 3 G GND A 02 GND G a3 A Q4 A U1 6 92 6 Q5 A u4 E U5 ER 07 3 ug B A 010 R3 A 011 R4 A U12 F R5 A U13 3 U14 015 916 U17 D R8 A U18 D R9 U19 D R10
286. JJ NEW BYTE AVAILABLE ADDRESSED TO TAL CDS H ehit REA M EE P 325A 5 HP IB Management and Handshake 8 B 13 8 B 14 Model 3325A Service SERVICE GROUP C CONTROL CIRCUITS Troubleshooting Information The majority of problems which are isolated to the A6 board can be pinpointed through Signature Analysis There are however a series of troubleshooting checks that can be made prior to running the SA tests The checks common failures and bricf descriptions of the SA tests are presented below 1 Begin troubleshooting by checking the 1 2MHz oscillator circuitry for the correct frequency 2 Should the instrument not turn on properly or respond to inputs the problem could be with the processor A check of the nanoprocessor U9 can be made by disconnecting the A6 board from the A21 1 Frequency Synthesis board W31 674 A21J1 If CAL FAIL and OSC FAIL are then displayed a significant portion of the processor circuitry is working 3 A further check of the nanoprocessor is to first disable the buffer 1710 by opening switch 510 This enables 5V level to be present on each of the lines in the data bus When the processor sam ples cach data line the 5V is interpreted as a operation instruction The processor then incre ments the ROM address and the process repeats Using an oscilloscope monitor the ROM address lines Note that the lines
287. LANK x3 RESET RNG oru kz 5 cu 02 2 K7 Y 5V SANA E 3i EO RIO A 1 4 HMD e 1 EL T 245 BMD 26 vt DECODER RNG 2 094 WMD 2 Ble CONTROLER H SART 4050 8 5 Y 1 3 1 1 3 As li j 1 pa T i I L27 START m gt l s I UP i tL co X DRIV T i FROM 018 il ad 5 7 i 17 T 1 are sv 1 L CI T ne ce RANGE 120 RANGE 22 ls gt it 24 et isv 8 cs 5 AS SEE SECTION COPYRIGHT 1977 BY HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY WPUTS ANALOG START 52 x OPEN CLosed x k OPEM crosed Closed Se 3 48 Slt spP WEEP RANGE SW TCHES ANALOG ANALOG 0 999 Fla To 9299 INPUTS ANALOG RNGZ staat So Te L x OPEN K L OPEN H cose gt INTEGRATOR 15 PARAGRAPH WHEN REPLACING lt 0 8 BSASA 4A 3 1 p gt BLANK TTL WiL 100 To SRC CONNECTOR K SNELL aM x Drivel eR IHYAYY Figure 8 48 Sweep Drive Circuits A4 8 N 3 8 N 4 Model 3325 Servi
288. LD 110 5 166DX 305LG 28480 9100 3907 28480 28480 28480 28489 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 07263 1251 4246 1251 3750 1251 3638 1251 4246 1251 3570 85325 56901 03325 66902 03325 66903 1854 0094 2N4917 CONNECTOR 3 PIN M POST TYPE CONNECTOR 10 PIN M POST TYPE CONNECTOR PIN M POST CONNECTOR 3 PIN M POST TYPE CONNECTOR 10 PIN M POST TYPE XSTR ASSEMBLY XSTR ASSEMBLY XSTR ASSEMBLY TRANSISTOR NPN SI 200 FTe 350MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP 2 4217 SI PD 200MW APP t AQP2 ARPS 2 5 201 AZAZ 293 A204 4205 1251 4246 1281 3750 1251 3638 1251 4246 1261 3570 03325 66901 0 5325 66902 03325 66903 1854 0094 1853 0089 gt 04713 07263 04713 28480 04713 2N3904 2NA 17 2N3904 1854 0071 MJr223 A207 azna 209 2010 1854 0215 1853 0089 1854 0215 1854 0071 1054 0692 TRANSISTOR NPN SI 50 FT 300MHZ TRANSISTOR PNP 2N4917 SY Pb 200MW TRANSISTOR NPN 81 0 550 FT 300MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN 500 FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN 51 PD 15W FT S0MHZ 07263 04713 28480 984717 MIES71K 1853 0066 TRANSISTOR PNP 2 4717 51 PD 200MW TRANSISTOR PNP SI TO 220AB PD 60W TRANSISTOR PNP SI 0 92 525 2012 2413 1853 0089 1953 0450 1853 0066 24546 24546 83121 73042 01121 C4 1 8 T0 2001 F 04 1 8 0 2011 CH2035 20 1 2 856 1 083925 81 AGRI APRA
289. LS290N 1821 0693 1020 1112 1820 0693 1020 0694 CNTR TTL 15 DECD ASYNCHRO 01295 FF 8 D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 01295 IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POGS EDCE TRIG 91295 FF D TYPE P S EDGE TRIG 01275 IC GATE TTL EXCL OR QUAD 2 1 01275 SN74574N SN74586N y N741 810N 14987 1826 0879 102 1458 LM311L 8N74LS74AN SN7ALGI BIN 5 727101 974 504 SN741 827 3N ULN 2003A 0350 1716 1200 0796 A1 41137 Al 4033 14039 A14U40 14041 A14U42 614044 A14U45 A14UA7 14048 614047 A14U50 1820 1202 1826 0111 1826 0879 1858 0063 1826 0111 1826 0026 1820 1112 1920 1423 1020 0321 1020 1199 1820 1730 1858 0047 0360 1716 1200 0796 1209 0011 1205 0018 1005 0055 IC GATE TTL L NAND TPL 3 INP 91293 10 AMP GP DUAL 10 99 PKG 31505 IC LINEAR 28480 XSTR ARRAY 14 PLSTC DIP 0192B AMP GP DUAL 99 PKG 31585 IC COMPARATOR 99 PKG 01295 FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 01295 IC MV TTL LS MONOSTEL RETRIG DUAL 1295 IC COMPARATOR GP TO 99 PKG 01295 IC INV TTL LS HEX 1 1 01295 FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 21225 XSTR ARRAY 16 PIN PLSTC DIP 13606 TERMINAL STUD SGL PIN PREGS MTG 28481 50 10 8 CONT DIP DIP SLDR 28480 HEAT SINK 0 5 70 39 5 28400 1205 0011 HEAT SINK TO 18 CS 28480 1205 0018 HEAT SINK 10 5 10 39 08 28480 1209 0053 9135351 1251 0600 1460 1356 7121
290. MS CAPACITANCE IN MICROFARADS INDUCTANCE IN MILLIHENRYS 3 DENOTES EARTH GROUND USED FOR TERMINALS WITH NO LESS THAN A NO 18 GAUGE WIRE CONNECTED BETWEEN TERMINAL AND EARTH GROUND TERMINAL OR AC POWER RECEFTACLE DENOTES FRAME GROUND USED FOR TERMINALS WHICH ARE PERMA NENTLY CONNECTED WITHIN APPROXIMATELY Q 1 OHM OF EARTH GROUND DENOTES GROUND ON PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY PERMANENTLY CONNECTED TO FRAME GROUND DENOTES ASSEMBLY PATH oes DENOTES FEEDBACK PATH C 751 DENOTES FRONT PANEL MARKING DENOTES REAR PANEL MARKING DENOTES SCREWDRIVER ADJUST x AVERAGE VALUE SHOWN OPTIMUM VALUE SE LECTED AT FACTORY THE VALUE OF THESE COMPONENTS MAY VARY FROM ONE INSTRU MENT TO ANOTHER THE METHOD OF SELECTING THESE COMPONENTS 18 DESCRIBED IN SECTION V OF THIS MANUAL 4 2 3 u DENOTES SECOND APPEARANCE OF ON 2 F PIN 1924 DENOTES WIRE COLOR COLOR CODE SAME AS RESISTOR COLOR CODE FIRST NUMBER IDEN TIFIES BASE COLOR SECOND NUMBER IDEN TIFIES WIDER STRIP THIRD NUMBER IDENTIFIES NARROWER STRIP e g 1924 WHITE RED YELLOW ALL RELAYS ARE SHOWN DEENERGIZED Model 3325A gt DENOTES BUFFER DENOTES INVERTER B POSITIVE AND e NEGATIVE OR POSITIVE NAND NEGATIVE O m gt NEGATIVE POSITIVE NOR
291. Model F882 Allen Avionics a Connect the equipment as shown m Figure 4 3 con necting the 15kHz noise equivalent filter output to the ac voltmeter Phase lock the 3325A and the signal gener ator together b Set the 3325A as follows Function Sine Frequency 19 901 MHz Amplitude 048 Set the sine wave signal source reference as follows Frequency 19 9 MHz Amplitude 7 00 dBm 4 Record the ac voltmeter reading dB scale e Change 3325A frequency to 19 9 MHz f Connect the 15 kHz filter output to the de digital voltmeter Performance Tests g Press the 3325A PHASE entry key Using the MODIFY keys adjust the 3325A output phase for a minimur reading on the digital voltmeter h Disconnect the 15 kHz filter output from the digital voltmeter and connect it to the ac voltmeter i Record the ac voltmeter reading dB scale and sub tract it from the reading recorded in Step d The dif ference should be 54 dB or greater Add 6 dB to this number and enter on the performance test card The 6 dB is a correction factor compensating for the folding action of the mixer NOTE Frequencies used minimize the phase noise contribution of the 33354 4 43 Amplitude Modulation Envelope Distortion Test 4 44 This procedure tests the 3325A against the amplitude modulation envelope distortion specificati
292. N POLL ENABLE MESSAGE BIT 7 peices CONFIGURE PPE 1405 CONFIGURE 077g PPE 058 THRU 1575 DEVICE CONTROLLER PARALLEL POLL RESPONSE BIT EOI MESSAGE TRUE POLLING STATUS BIT FROM OEVICES FALSE CONTROLLER TO DEVICE PARALLEL PARALLEL STATUS UNLISTEN LISTEN POLL POLL MESSAGE BIT DISABLE 7 ADDRESS CONFIGURE UNCONFIGURE 077g PPD PPD 1504 on PPE ASSIGNS THE LOGIC LEVEL ANG DATA LINE OF A DEVICE S RESPONSE 140g THRU 147g ASSIGN THE LOW TRUE LEVEL AND 150g 18078 ASSIGNS THE HIGH FALSE LEVEL 140g AND 150g ASSIGNS BIT 2 DATA LINE 7 141g AND 157g WHICH ASSIGN BIT 27 AND i THE LAST POSSIBLE PARALLEL ASSIGNMENT POLL UNCONFIGURE PPU 0252 The 3325 does not respond to Parallel Poll 5 Appendix A Model 3325 PASS CONTROL The Pass Control message transfers bus management responsibilities from the active controller to another controller In order to pass control the active con troller must enter the command mode send the talk address and the HP IB characters for talk control PASS CONTROL MESSAGE COMMAND MODE DIO 1 8 DIO 1 8 UNLISTEN TALK ADDRESSING OF TAK EIGN TEDL ATN RECEIVING CONTROLLER FALSE 0114 077 THE RECEIVING CONTROLLER TAKES CONTROL AT THIS TIME The 3325A does not respond to the Pass Control message ABORT The system Controller implements the Abort Message to regain control of the
293. N WD 2 24 IN LG 28480 03325 66508 HIGH VOLTAGE OUTPUT ASSEMBLY 002 28489 03225 66508 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 0160 2055 0160 2055 0108 2803 1180 2803 0100 2822 1 160 2 APACITOR FXD 010 80 20 100 0 CER ABCA 2055 CAPAC ITOR F XD 80 20 100UDC CER ABCS 180 2 CAPACTTOR FXD 50 10 50UDC AL ABCA 0180 2803 CAPACITOR FXD 0 107 SOVDC AL AGUS 0180 2822 CAPACITOR FXO 18UP450 10Z 50000 Al 28480 20480 2848 28460 28480 ARCH 4 CAPACITOR FXD 10UF 5010 SOYDC AL AB CAPACITOR FXD 10 44 55 580906 CER 04 60 ANCS CAPACITOR FXD 5 S00VDC CER 06 00 AUCTI COPACTTOR FXD 0107 100 0 S0VDC CER TN ABCIS 0150 2244 CAPACITOR FXD 3PF 300UDC CER 66 14 0100 0210 CAPACITOR FXD 3 3UF 20 15900 ABCIS 0180 CAPACITOR FXD 3 SUF F2 18VDC ABC 16 0160 3558 CAPACETOR FXD 1UF 4 50906 CER 9017 0160 3558 CePACITOR FXD JUF 20 50900 CER 0160 3847 0160 2244 0160 3847 0160 2244 28480 0160 2244 26289 1500335X0015A2 55289 1509535 001532 28480 0160 2558 28480 0160 3558 CAPAGITOR FXD JPF 25PF 900006 CER CAPACITOR FXD 50 10 508996 AL 28480 25 CA PACTTOR FXD 59 10 50 0 28490 00 2825 1108 107 20 SOVDC CER 28480 CAPACTTOR FXD S0UDC CER 20480 CAPACITOR FXD 20 SOVDC CER 28480 18 0100 2825 2 1 018 0160 AgC23 0168 8 24 0160 337 0160 3558 ASC
294. NCIES Sine Wave Signal Output Front or Rear Panel 0 000 001 Hz to 20 999 999 999 Hz Auxiliary Output Rear Panel 21 000 000 000 Hz to 60 999 999 999 Hz Underrange to 19 000 000 001 Hz Square Wave 0 000 001 Hz to 10 999 999 999 Hz Triangle 0 000 001 Hz to 10 999 999 999 Hz Positive and Negative Slope Ramp 0 000 001 Hz to 10 999 999 999 Hz FREQUENCY RESOLUTION 1 2 for frequencies below 100 kHz 1 mHz for frequencies 100 kHz and higher FREQUENCY ACCURACY Standard Instrument 5 x 10 of selected value 20 to 30 C FREQUENCY STABILITY Standard Instrument 5 x 107 per year 20 to 30 C SIGNAL CHARACTERISTICS Sine Wave Harmonic Distortion relative to the amplitude of the fundamental frequency at full output on each range No Harmonic Greater Than Fundamental Frequency 0 1 Hz to 50 kHz 65 dB 50 kHz to 200 kHz 60 dB 200 kHz to 2 MHz 40 dB 2 MHz to 15 MHz 30 dB 15 MHz to 20 MHz 25 dB Spurious All non harmonically related output signals will be more than 70dB below the carrier 60dB with DC off set or less than 90dBm whichever is greater Phase Noise 60dB Option 001 Only for a 30kHz band centered on a 20MHz carrier excluding 1Hz about the carrier Square Wave Rise Fall Time lt 20 nanoseconds 10 to 90 at full output Symmetry x 02 of period 3 nanoseconds Overshoot lt 5 of peak to peak amplitude at full output Triangle Linearity 1096 t
295. NDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1 508 53 831116 7100 3546 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1 408 5 HDX 575 28480 631 117 9100 3546 8 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1 304 5 159DX 379L6 28480 31 151 9100 1791 INDUCTOR 290NH 28 230 375 6 28480 9100 1771 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1 3UH 5 1550 5751 6 28480 9100 3346 3 28480 9100 3546 INDUCTOR MISC ITEM 28480 9100 0539 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 1000 5 166DX 385L6 28480 9140 0210 ASL 132 9100 0539 ABLISS 9140 0210 SHIELD 28480 033 SHIELD BOTTOM 28480 93 COVER 1 28480 032 COVER 3 28480 03225 04105 ASMP 1 03325 20601 ASMP 3 03325 20602 0 53255 04101 ASMP A 03325 04103 Pron A 1251 4822 CONNECTOR 3 PIN M POST 28480 1291 4082 e TRANSISTOR PNP 61 10 92 PDs625MW 04713 MP SH81 TRANSISTOR J FET D MODE SI 28400 1855 0091 TRANSISTOR PNP 2 4917 51 200 07263 2N4917 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 200MW FT 609MMZ 26480 1854 0092 TRANSISTOR NPN SI FT 300MHZ 04713 2N3904 301 1853 0448 A32 1855 0081 8585 1855 0087 1854 0092 506 1854 0215 moa TRANSISTOR PNP 2N4917 SE PD 200MU 07263 2N4917 TRANSISTOR PNP 2 4917 GI 200 07265 244917 530101 1853 0089 30102 1895 0067 RESISTOR 47 WX 254 FC TC 400 4500 81121 084709 RESISTOR 20 1 1 125W F 0 100 03808 PMESS 1 8 T0 26R1 F RESISTOR 75 1 125W F TCs04 100 24546 04 1 8 70 75 0 RESISTOR 2 2K 5 25W FC Tl 400 700 01121 2225 RESIST
296. NUAL MODEL 3325A SYNTHESIZER FUNCTION GENERATOR Serial Numbers All IMPORTANT NOTICE This manual applies to all instruments Earlier versions of the 3325A however may differ in design from the instruments this revision documents directly Design and documenta tions changes are identified by a A symbol The delta symbols refer servicing personnel to the backdating section Section VIY where specific information regarding the change is presented To prevent potential fire or shock hazard do not expose equipment to rain or moisture Manual Part No 03325 90002 Microfiche Part No 03325 90032 Copyright Hewlett Packard Company 1978 1981 1984 P O Box 69 Marysville Washington 98270 Printed May 1984 HEWLETT PACKARD SAFETY SUMMARY Tha following general safety precautions must ba observed during all phases of operation service and repair of this instrument Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design manufacture and intended use of the instrument Hewlett Packard Company assumes liability for the customar s failure to comply with these requirements This is a Safety Class 1 instrument GROUND THE INSTRUMENT To minimize shock hazard the instrument chassis and cabinet must be connected to an elec trical ground The instrument is equipped with a three conductor ac power cable The power cable must either be plugged in
297. Note that in all cases all spurious responses should be gt 70dB below the desired signal Table 5 2 Padding Values 14 103 130pf hp p n 0140 0195 75pf hp p n 0160 2202 140pf hp p n 0140 0217 82pf hp pin 0160 0145 1S0pi_ hp p n 0140 0196 Loaded Value Digital Voltmeter 68pf hp p n 0140 0192 10Vp p Pad 00 Converter 1 509 Thermal Converter Figure 5 2 Amplitude Flatness Adjustment 3Vp p Pad 5 6 Sit P A21 TOP VIEW yl A9 A14 A3 A8 A23 BOTTOM VIEW 2 R74 C Dal w 70107 n TRAIT T OS Ni 11 os c 087 Tts 46 07 59 847 881 ore Dou 848 R z z 851 RGG 927 857 REG 01 AP 1 876 EXE API 4 R88 R44 619 21 ha 141 Ri44 Ria5 ni4o A3 R210 us z DNE sgg 114118 1 166 J 2 ERST ng 8152 jt HE 5 50142 R173 VCO ADJ L162 3336 101C A21 03325 66521 Rev C 11 nw ou 11 ES TP 15 R36 CRB 842 E 15 1 7 hun ERIS 2 11 ADJ R22 1 gt T id m N ri 2
298. OMPARATOR 205 14V V R255 15 1 pa 1K NE C205 1 1000F 1 1 01 U21 213 I 01 15V1 RAMP ENABLE PROM d 128115 RAMP POLARITY FROM 128 15 Le RAMP PARAGRAPH 84113 REPLACING Al4 4 COPYRIGHT 1389 BY TH HEWLETI PACKARO COMPANY 234 1 233 109 a CR211 2 4 253 125 43 CR212 8250 87 SYNC our TTL pe 5 333 W25 0 ATTENUATOR L 8V 5 LEVEL DAA qas R212 10k w33 1K 3 ACD i LRFF amp 1 ta nu u lt lt TO It C 6 4 HNDS E 401 L TI VY RESET an PROM 027114 W RAMP RESET ITA 5 R216 RESET J 037 15 10 RAMP RESET 10 U37 4 111 2214 2 1001 552 454 Tic Cr eg C s 2 33258 514 Figure 8 44 Output Amplifier 14 8 K 5 8 K 6 4 3325 a SERVICE GROUP L ATTENUATOR Troubleshooting Attenuator Relays and Drivers Set output to FUNGUO DC Offset only no AC function DEOISE 556 sss van pe d xfs teer ne e 5V Press AMPTD CAL Key Measure the 3325A output voltage with a dc digital voltmeter Do not use a 50 ohm load The output level should be 10 000 V 0 4 If the output voltage is incorrect by a large amount a factor o
299. ON SELF TEST 3 40 The 3325A will calibrate the output signal when the AMPTD CAL key is pressed The output goes to less than 4 mV while the calibration is in process An amplitude and offset calibration is performed auto matically whenever the function is switched and at in strument turn on NOTE if A CAL FAIL appears in the display momentarily after an AMPTD CAL opera tion the instrument should be referred to qualified service personnel for repair 3 3 Operation 3 41 High Voltage Output Option 002 2 AUX SYNC OUT ES ROME Ou 42 2 IH 3 42 The high voltage output is selected by pressing the key in the lower right corner of the front panel This op tion provides a maximum output of 40 V p p into a high impedance The load resistance must be greater than 500 ohms or distortion will result particularly at higher fre quencies To assure square wave overshoot lt 5 of peak to peak output the total capacitance connected to the output should be 500 pF The same entry pro cedures and display features apply as in the standard operation Maximum and minimum amplitudes are shown in Table 3 3 Maximum frequency for sine and square wave functions is 1 MHz 10 kHz for triangle and ramps NOTE The rear panel signal output is inactive no internal signal connection if the instrument has the High Voltage Output Option 002 in stalled Instructions are given in the
300. ONTROL ASGBSEHMELY 28409 03529 66506 0160 0978 CAPACITOR FXD 1500 13 S00VDC MICA 25480 0160 0978 0160 3847 CAPACITOR xD 231UF 109 0 50000 CER 28480 0160 3847 0160 0337 CAPACITOR FXD 00 1 3200UDU MICA 28480 01690 0337 A6CA 0150 0337 160PF 1X 309UDC MICA 28492 9160 0337 3 A605 0160 3847 CAPACITOR FXD 010 100 822 50 CER 28480 0100 3847 8 See introduction to this section for ordering information ndicates factory selected value 6 10 Replaceable Parts Reference Designation 7 6 28 29 A6C30 A663 56232 AGC SS ALCIA ALIS ASCIG AGCI7 3 66039 46040 5 52 3 86054 66638 6056 AGCS HP Part Number 0180 0228 0160 2847 0160 3847 0160 3947 0160 5847 5160 3847 0160 2047 9160 3847 01590 1847 0160 3947 0160 3847 0360 3847 1160 3047 0360 3947 7160 3897 0160 5847 0160 3047 0160 3047 0180 2823 0180 2823 0180 0692 0180 0692 0180 2823 0160 3047 0180 2823 0180 0160 3558 0160 3958 0160 3847 0160 3847 64402 2036 ae Bo QO Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description CAPAC I TOR F XD CAPAC TTOR lt F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACKTOR F XD CAPACTTOR FXD CAPACTTOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAP ACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACTTO
301. OR 178 1 1254 F TC 20 100 24546 04 1 8 10 1708 8381 0683 4705 0598 3452 ABRS 0757 0398 ASRE 0603 2225 A387 0698 3439 RESISTOR 68 1 1 1854 F 0 100 24546 C4 178 T0 68R I F RESISTOR 470 54 254 TC 4007 500 01121 Ch4715 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F 0 100 24546 4 1 8 0 101 RESISTOR 68 1 1 i 5M F 24546 24 178 TU 6G0R1 F RESISTOR 120K 5 25U FC TGs 91121 ASRO 0757 0397 ABR 0683 4715 ASR 1 0 0757 0401 0757 0397 A3R12 0683 1245 8 7 4 3 4 3 0 0 3 5 RESISTOR 4 7 SX 29M 2 400 9700 01121 684725 RESISTOR 1 5 29W FC 400 6060 01121 081025 RESISTOR 1K 57 25W FC T 400 600 01121 025 RESISTOR 2 2K 5 258 FC 40 0 700 01121 RESISTOR 10K 1 12590 F 04 100 24546 04 1 78 10 1002 58 13 0683 4729 63814 0685 1025 63816 0683 1025 03617 0583 2225 ASR1B 0797 0442 RESISTOR 100K 5 258 FC TC 400 4800 01121 CB1045 RESISTOR 1K X 25W FC TC 400 600 01121 1025 RESISTOR 3 16K 1X 125 F 04 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 3161 f RESISTOR 5 11 1X 1259 F 10404 109 24546 04 1 8 0 5111 RESISTOR 2 2K 57 25W FC 400 4700 01121 19 0683 1045 ASRAL 0683 1025 8757 0279 0257 0438 A3R24 0683 2225 OPO RESISTOR 2k 1 1290 04 100 24546 64 1 8 70 2001 RESISTOR 10K 1X 125W F TO 0 100 24546 04 1 8 10 1002 ASR2B 0698 4490 RESISTOR 29 46 1X
302. OUT AND SET LOCAL This message removes all devices from the Local Lockout mode and causes them to revert to local control Because the REN line is set false the HP IB is in the local mode COMMAND CLEAR LOCKOUT LOCAL MESSAGE REQUIRE SERVICE The Require Service message is implemented by a device setting the SRQ line true The Require Service message and therefore the SRQ line is held true until poll is conducted by the controller to determine the cause of the request for service or until the device no longer needs service REQUIRE SAO SERVICE TRUE MESSAGE REFER TO THE STATUS BYTE MES SAGE FOR THE SPECIFICATIONS REQUIRED TO FORCE 580 FALSE A 3 Appendix A Model 3325A STATUS BYTE The Status Byte message represents the operational status of a single in strument during a Serial Poll A controller usually Serial Polls devices in response to a Re e quire Service message The controller requests device status from one device at a time The status information byte 8 bits sent by the device will tell whether that device needed service and why A device will stop requesting service upon being Serial Polled or if it no longer needs service The controller initiates the message by placing the bus into the command mode sending the Serial Poll Enable command and addressing the specific devices to be polled one at a time The device then sends its Status Byte and clears the SRQ l
303. Output Level and Attenuator Check 4 25 This procedure checks the output level and the at tenuator by using the only function Equipment Required DC Digital Voltmeter hp Model 3455A 50 ohm Feedthru Termination hp Model 11048C a Connect the 3325A signal output through a 50 ohm feedthru termination to a dc digital voltmeter input b If the instrument has High Voltage Output Option 002 make sure the High Voltage Output is Off High Voltage indicator light in the center of the SIGNAL key in the lower right corner of tbe front panel if Off c Press whichever function key is presently active indicated by a lighted indicator in the center of the key This removes the ac output The indicator in the center of the DC OFFSET key should light d Set the 3325A dc offset to 5 V then press the AMPTD CAL key e The dc digital voltmeter reading should be 4 980V to 5 020V f Change 3325A de offset to 5 V Digital voltmeter reading should be 4 980 V to 5 020 V g Change 3325A dc offset to the following voltages The voltmeter readings should be within the tolerances shown DC Offset Tolerances 1 499 V 1 49300 to 1 50499 499 9 mV 0 49790 to 0 50190 V 149 9 mV 0 14930 to 0 15050 49 99 mV 0 04979 to 0 05019 V 14 99 mV 0 01493 to 0 01505 V 4 999 mV 0 004979 to 0 005019 V 1 499 mV 0 001479 to 0 001519 V High Voltage Output Option 002 DC Offset h Remove the 50 ohm feedth
304. PA 19108 Des Plaines IL 60016 Ogallala NE 69153 Columbus NE 68601 6 2 e Repiaceable Parts Reference Designation 203 A2C4 A2C5 ARCA ARER 9 2010 05325 66502 9160 3508 0160 0160 2 0150 3558 0180 2635 0169 35 0180 0180 2635 2180 4619 0160 3847 0160 3508 0160 4571 0188 1701 0160 3847 0180 2823 0180 0423 0180 0423 0180 3008 200 40 04 Table 6 3 Replaceable Parts Description POWER SUPPLY CAPACI TOR FXD CAPACYTOR F XD CAPACETOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACTTOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACI TOR FXD CAPACXTOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD 55 TUF 80 20 S0UDC CER 8020 S0UDC CER TUF 20 50 0 CER AUF 4 20 509 CER 10004 450 10 39900 A1 106 400 202 SOVDC CER 4 7UF 20X 10UDC TA 1000UF 50 10X 35 8000UF 30 10X 16900 010 100 0X 50 105 80 20 SOVDC 80 20 50900 CER b5 9UF 20X 6 0108 100 02 50900 CER 4 7007450 10 6 3UDC AL 100UF 50 107 100UF 450 102 470UF 450 10X 25 Al 25UDC AL SSVDC AL 28480 28480 28400 28480 28480 28480 28480 96289 28480 28480 28489 28490 28481 95289 28480 20480 28480 28480 28460 Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number
305. PEDR TTL LG 4 TO 8 LINE 3 1 91295 ON7 41 51 SAN 06028 1820 1759 7 IC BFR 1 5 NON INV 27014 DMOILG97N A6U27 1820 1730 IC FF TTL LS D TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 01295 5 741 5273 1920 1759 EFR TTL LS NGN INY 27014 DM81LS97N Atl 1820 1433 amp XC SHF RGTR TTL LS R S BSERIAL IN PRL QUT 01295 SN74L8164N AOU 1820 1197 GATE TTL LS QUAD 2 1 01295 SN74L500N GATE TTL 1 5 OR QUAD 2 INP 01293 ON74L532N 2030 1 IC TTL LB 0 POS E TRIG COM 01295 8 741 8175 AGUZS IC GATE TTL 65 NAND QUAD 2 INP 01295 5 741 500 80034 1820 1112 2 FF TTL LS D TYPZ POS EDGE TRIG 01295 SN74L874AN 1920 1568 IC BFR TTL LS BUS QUAD 01295 SN74181256N A636 1820 5664 10 INV TTL 5 HEX 1 INP 01275 SN74S05N A60137 1820 1975 IC 5 7415165 28480 1820 1975 D A6U38 1820 1759 BFR TTL 1 5 NON INU 27014 DMBILSY7N AGUIP 1820 1144 IC GATE TTL LS NOR QUAD 2 INP 01295 SN741 602N AGU40 1820 119 IC INV TTL LS HEX 1 18 91275 8 741504 AGUA 1820 1206 IC GATE TTL LS TPL 3 1 01275 SN74LG27N A6U42 1820 1112 IC FF TTL LS Oe TYPE POS EDGE TRIG 31295 5 7415746 AGUAS 1020 1073 BER TTL 15 INV 2 INP 27014 0 811590 66044 1820 0477 AMP GP DO DIP P PKG 50545 UP CIO 1 AC 56145 1828 1430 2 CNTR TTL LS BIN SYNCHRO POS EDGE TRIG 01295 SW74LS1616N AGUAS 1820 1127 GATE TTL LG QUAD 2 INP 1275 SN74L800N 61151 1990 0444
306. PNP 51 10 92 TRANSISTOR PNP 51 70 92 TRANSISTOR PNP 51 10 92 TRANSISTOR PNP 85 10 72 TRANSISTOR PNP 81 70 22 Pbs300MM TRANSISTOR PNP 51 70 92 Pl 300HW TRANSISTOR PNP 51 70 92 500 TRANSISTOR PNP 61 70 92 POH 2004 RESISTOR 22 5 259 400 500 Sx 259 FG 1 400 5500 1516 254 400 580 RESISTOR 54 22534 40075500 RESISTOR 22 5 25W 4007 500 RESISTOR 22 28258 RESISTOR 22 5 20M RESISTOR 22 5 235 RESISTOR SK 5 2 RESISTOR AK 254 400 1500 490 700 RESISTOR 1 3K GA 258 RESISTOR 1 2 29 RESISTOR 1 3K 24 258 FC RESISTOR 1 34 Z 25 RESISTOR 1 3K Z 25W 400 4700 400 7709 1 400 4710 400 700 400 700 RESISTOR 1 3K 5 254 TCs 400 700 WORK RES 51 10 0 X 5 NETWERK RES 9 GIP4 7K OHM X 8 NETWORK RES 9 SIPA 7K OHM X NETWORK REG 9 81910 0 OHM X PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SMITCII PUSHBUTTON SWIT PUSHZUTTON SWITCH PUSIIGUTTON SWITCH MOUNT MOUNT MOUNT MOUNT MOUNT PUSHBUTTON GWITCH MOUNT PUSHBUTTON SWITCH P C MOUNT PUSHBUTTON SWITCH P C MOUNT PUSHEUTTON SWITCH P C MOUNT PUSHBUTTON P C MOUNT 29480 20480 28480 28490 28480 28480 28480 28480 28489 28490 20480 20480 28480 20480 294800 25489 28480 28480 20480 28480 28480 28480 28489 28480 20400 28400 28480 28480 28480 28480 28489 2848 28481 28400 28480 28480 20480 28480 28400 28480 28480 28400 28
307. R FXD CaPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR f XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPAC ETOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR CAPACITOR FXD 20 10 15400 TA 100 07 50902 U1UF 100 0 509 OLUF 160 0 SOUDC 8108 04 50VPC 1 100 07 50 O1UF 180 0 50 0 OIUF 4100 602 OLUF 9100 02 50 01UF 100 0X 50 0 01UF 4100 07 SOVDC 100 0X 50900 109 0 SOUDE OLUF 100 0 50UDC U1UF 100 0 SPYDEE lUF 4100 02 SEVDE 410007 SOUDC O1UF 4100 0 58900 47008 090 104 6 3VDC A70UF S9 10X 6 4 0 229UF 50 10 35UDC AL 220Ur 50 102 39VDC AL 470UF 50 107 6 3VDC AL 0108 4190 07 S0VDC CER 470UF 50 10 6 3VDU AL 1600UF 4350 107 16UDC Al 10 20 50950 CER AUE 4 202 50 CER O1UF 100 97 50 00 CER UtUF 100 0 5099 CER 56289 egago 28400 25480 28480 204800 29480 28400 28480 284980 28480 20409 28480 20480 28489 28400 28488 20480 28480 20481 99494 00494 28480 26400 28480 28460 28480 28484 28480 26490 Replaceable Parts Mfr Part Number 1500286 90158 2 0160 3847 0150 3847 0160 3047 0160 3847 0160 3947 0160 3047 01460 3847 0150 3047 0160 2847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0150 3047 0140 3847 0180 2823 0180 2823 35UBSL 220 597061220 0190 2823 0160 3847 0180 282
308. RAM C Data YES 07 9 3727 Troublesh Troubleshoot YES Failure 0 Troubleshopt N U46 6 7983 ubleshaot NO YES 46 U46 5 33UC YES NO 23 10 6P4F Troubleshoot Troubleshoot U23 YES Bad RAM B Data U11 13 AF27 c NO 046 4 W136 NO YES U23 9 F206 Troubleshoot 022 U23 Read Write Control Problem blesnoot 1b eshoot 217 fs 8 342 NO Go To Signature Analysis 5V 5789 Test YES YES Bad RAM C Data U7 9 3727 YES evice Select NO U46 6 7983 NO YES U46 5 33UC Troubleshoot 7 No U46 4 E136 uc Troubleshoot YES yo 16 10 APSC Troubleshoot U6 Troubieshoot Read Write Control Problem Figure 8 34 b Signature Analysis Test 2 8 C 27 8 C 28 Mode 3325 Service SIGNATURE ANALYSIS TEST 5 This test checks the data path from the processor 609 to the Fractional N Control A21U19 It disables the processor interrupt and checks for signals on the various interrupt lines This test also checks the 1ms timing one shot A6U8 the Carry Sweep limit flag path the VCO status lines and the turn on circuits This test uses two methods of signature analysis The main difference between these methods is Method 1 tests a repetitive data stream for a fixed period of time and generates a single stable signature Method 2 tests a logical 1 5 V for several periods of time
309. RAM Page Register from Decoder Machine Bus Latch Q 7 Main Clock Machine Data Bus 0 7 New Byte Accepted by Acceptor Handshake New Byte Available to Source Handshake Enable Machine Bus Latch to Machine Bus New Data Ready Enable Machine Bus to Processor Bus Enable RAM Address to Machine Bus Enable Reset Code A Enable RCR to Machine Bus Enable ROM Data Enable Sweep Limit Flag Output Data Valid Processor Data Bus Q7 Parallei input Data from HP IB Processor side of Isolation Preset Program Source Gate ROM Address 0 11 Read Arithmetic Data from N F Chip RAM A Enable Read Bus Address Read Data RAMB Enable Reset Code A Reset Code B RAM C Enable Remote Enable Ready for Data Read Function Flags Reset Fetch New Data Read Interrupt Register Read Keyboard Data RAM ADDRESS 0 9 Reset Output Data Valid Read Signal Source Data RAM Write Enable Select RAM Address Register Set Addressed to Listen Set Addressed to Talk Set Code A Set Code 8 Select ROM RAM Control Register SetFetch New Data Sweep limit Control Sweep Limit Flag Sweep Limit Interrupt Select Monitor Select Machine Bus from Decoder Select Machine Bus Latch Serial Output Data to 18 Processor side of Isolation Set Output Data Valid Spare Select RAM A Select RAM 8 Setect RAM C Select RAM from Decoue Model 3325A wer Set POWER Switch From STBY To ON Does
310. RESISTOR 1 09K 1 125U F T RESISTOR iK S 254 FC 400 4600 RESISTOR 47 5 RESISTOR 470 SX 2 RESISTOR 24 7 1 1258 F RESISTOR 3 3 25W FC 400 9700 RESISTOR 82 5 1X 1258 F 09 100 RESISTOR 2 49 1 1254 F TC 0 100 ISTOR 14 7K 1 129W F ISTOR 46 4 1 125W F TC RESISTOR 3 10K 1 1294 F T RESISTOR 3 10 1 125 F 0 100 RESISTOR 200 1 125W F TCsQ 108 RESISTOR 316 1 1254 F 0 109 RESISTOR 316 1 125W F 14 1100 RESISGTOR TRMR 100 10 C TOP ADI 1 TRN RESISTOR 15 1X 125 F TCs0 100 RESISTOR 316 1X 125 F 100 RESISTOR 316 1 125M 0 100 RESISTOR 113 1 08 100 ISTOR 196 0 100 RESISTOR 58 1 17 1258 F TC 04 100 RESISTOR 68 1 1 125W F TC 0 100 RESISTOR 113 1 125W F 0 100 RESISTOR 68 1 1 125W F TC 0 109 RESISTOR 1K S 25 FC TCe 400 600 RESISTOR 1K 5 290 FC TC 400 600 RESISTOR 100 5 25W FC 400 4500 RESISTOR 47 5 25W FC T 409 4590 RESISTOR 178 17 125W F TC Q 100 RESISTOR 2 2K SX 29U FC 400 700 RESISTOR 61 9 1 1259 F TCS RESISTOR 61 9 1 1254 0 100 TRANSFORMER HEAD CORE WITH CT PRI amp SEC TRANS 6 TURNS CNTR TTL LS DEED DUAL 4 IC FF TTL 8 J X NEG EDCE TRIG 16 COMPARATOR GP 10 99 PKG TC INV TTL LS HEX 1 1 IC FF TTL 8 D TYPE POE EDGE TRIG IC INU TTL 5 HEX 1 INP INV TTL 5 HEX AMP GP 10 99 PKG BFR TTL LS BUS QUAD TIL LS 0 POS EDGE TRIG 28480 01121 3
311. ROUS PROCEDURE WARNINGS Warnings such as the example below precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this manual Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed Dangerous voltages capable of causing death are present in this instrument Use ex treme caution when handling testing and adjusting SAFETY SYMBOLS General Definitions of Safety Symbols Used On Equipment or In Manuals N Instruction manual symbol the product will be marked with this symbol when it is necessary for the user to refer to the Instruction manual in order to protect against damage to the instrument Indicates dangerous voltage terminals fed from the interior by voltage exceeding 1000 volts must be so marked Protective conductor terminal For protection against electrical shock in case of a fault Used with field wiring terminals to in dicate the terminal which must be connected to ground before operating equipment Low noise or noiseless clean ground earth terminal Used for a signal common as well as providing protection against electrical shock in case of a fault A terminal marked with this symbol must be connected to ground in the manner described in the installation operating manual and before operating the equipment Frame or chassis terminal A connection to the frame chassis of the equipment which normally includes all exposed metal struc tures Alternating current power line Direct current power line
312. S RI WIE ee e y rer A6 03325 66506 Rev C C54 ES n om 70 7 71 fuss gie 085 62 CA 47954 1184 4 T 6 54 ues iu s C60 814 00 323 Note Should replacement of A6 become necessary see paragraph 8 113 3 516342 5V 760A YES RAM Control Register Failure YES Troubleshoot U13 Then U30 Then U22 YES Go To Signature Analysis 5V H82C No YES Test 0 RAM Page Reg Failure U22 2 U22 4 U22 6 U22 8 C6A8 8643 7P37 COP8 YES Troubleshoot U22 Troubleshoot U45 Then U14 Rom Page Reg Failure U22 2 U22 4 U22 6 U22 8 leshoot 24 sleshoot 124 026 993F P5gU 0504 9002 YES Troubleshoot U22 Troubleshoot U45 Then U14 Figure 8 33 b Signature Analysis Test 1 8 C 21 8 C 22 Ase w HAND SHAKE 8 ves 1 4 482 55 50 67 cse cs1 cvo cad Cor TON RequLaTer 49 Ww 454 954 54 AC IPR 286 2 AP 28 LOAD PATA 5 zen WATT ib iQ Zee HSRQ LADR 2 A MM MENU SS j
313. SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH ASH 36 5060 9436 45337 5060 9436 5050 9436 8553 5060 9436 5840 5080 9435 19 02 MOUNT 28480 5060 9436 MOUNT 28480 5060 9436 PUSHBUTTON SWITCH MOUNT 28480 5060 9436 PUSHBUTTON SWITCH PUSHBUTTON SWITCH SUITCH PB DPDT ALTNG 65841 5160 9436 5542 5060 9436 65543 5060 9436 AS 344 3101 2441 100 20480 3101 2441 IC INV TTL L HEX 01275 5 74 505 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 16 PLSTC DIP 13696 UL N 2093 SHF RGTR TTL LS 8 5 SERIAL IN 01275 5 7415164 TRANSISTOR ARRAY 16 PIN PLSTC DIP 13696 ULN 2003A IC INV TTL 15 HEX 01295 SN74LS05N 1820 1200 1858 0047 ASUS 1820 1433 AGUA 1058 0047 ASUS 1820 1200 NNN SHF RGTR TTL LS 8 5 SCRIAL IN PRL DUT 01295 SN74LS8164N TRANSISTOR ARRAY 16 PLSTC DIP 13606 UL N 20034 1C BFR TTL LS BUS QUAD 01295 58741 8125 IC Ff FTL LS D TYPE PGS ZDGE TRIG 01295 SN741 85273N DISPLAY NUM SEG i CHAR 45 20480 5088 7655 1920 1435 0907 1858 0047 ASUS 1820 1568 AU 1820 1730 ASO 1990 0592 Mn dae DISGPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 43 H 28480 PISPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 45 28480 DISPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 43 28480 5082 7653 DISPLAY NUM SEG 1 CHAR 43 H 28480 5082 7653 DISPLAY NUM SED 1 CHAR 43 13 28490 5982 7653 85011 1990 0392 ASULA 1990 0892 1990 0592 714 1990 0592 85015 1990 0592 Qi umore o
314. T 5 T TB 7C TP negative positive zero izaro temperature coefficient nanosecond s 10 9 seconds NOt separately replaceable 222 Order by description 222 outside diameter peak 5 printed circuit picofaradis 10 12 tarads peak inverse voltage part of position s polystyrene potentiometer peak to peak parts million precision temperature coeffient long term stability and or tolerance resistor rhodium root mean square fOtary selenium section s silicon transistor transistor diode resistor thermistor Switch transformer terminat board thermocouple test point Model 3325A slide Single pole double throw single pote single throw toggle tolerance trimmer transistor 2 z vohis alternating current working voltage eene nnns Mariabie direct current working voltage watt s working inverse voltage without wirewound optimum value selected at factory average value shown part may be omitted standard type number assigned selected ot special type R Dupont de Nemours terminal strip micracircuit vacuum tube neon bulb photocell etc cable lampholder fuseholder crystal network o Tahle 6 2 List of Manufacturers Mfr No Manufacturer Name Address S0545 00000 00494 01121 01
315. T 0 92 04713 MP SHH TRANSISTOR NPN 2NS179 SI T0 72 PD 200MM 04713 285179 4210163 1854 0345 8210164 7854 0545 216125 18054 0345 8219106 1955 0448 TRANSISTOR NPN 24179 51 0 72 PD 200Wu 04713 285179 TRANSISTOR NPN 2N5179 SI 10 72 2008 04713 285179 TRANSISTOR NPN NG179 51 10 72 Pb 20GMW 04713 2 5179 TRANSISTOR PNP 51 TO0 92 04713 9 1 0752 0395 62182 0757 0419 2183 0757 0419 2184 0683 4705 821 6 0757 0421 RESISTOR 56 2 1 1259 F TCsQ 100 24946 4 1 78 10 56 2 RESISTOR 681 1 125W F 10504 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 681R RESISTOR 681 1 125W F 24546 04 1 8 10 6818 RESISTOR 47 5 29M FC T 01121 2 4705 RESISTOR 825 1 125W F TC 04 100 24546 04 178 10 8250 ooon ARIR 0683 4715 2188 0083 4705 2189 0698 3440 UN 821811 0583 2205 A2iR12 0757 0438 RESISTOR 470 54 25W FC TCs 400 4600 01121 CE4715 RESISTOR 47 5 258 FC TCs 400 4500 01121 705 RESISTOR 126 1 125W F 10404 100 24546 C4 1 8 T0 31968 F RESISTOR 22 5 25W FC 400 60200 81121 012205 RESISTOR 5 11 1X 125 0 100 24546 CA 1 T8 9111 F 21813 0757 0438 421814 0757 0418 A21R16 0757 0440 21817 2698 3152 21818 0757 0444 RESISTOR 5 100 1X 125 F 100 24346 C4 1 8 T9 3111 F RESISTOR 619 1 1254 F 1 0 109 24546 C4 1 8 T0 019R F RESISTOR 7 5K 1X 185 F TC 0 100 24546 4 1 8 70 7501 RESISTOR 3
316. TAGE OUTPUT OPTION 902 TSCA Mon i ER 1 t OPTION 2 t 3 ut V 4 i SiGNAL Lil v Ale K TRI STATE BUFFERS UY BLANK ther 2 N sweep CIRCUITS LIE Figure 8 50 Function Block Diagram 8 P 1 8 P 2
317. TCR162 1922 0064 1901 0040 1202 3030 1901 05t8 1901 0040 DIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28490 1961 0518 DIO0DZz UUC 29 10 5 5 RURZ30U 04713 109 PIODE SM SIG SCHOTTKY 28480 1901 0518 DIGDE VVC 29PF 10 3 25 1 5 04713 109 A21CR163 2108164 amp 2 CR165j AP1CR166 1901 0518 0122 0089 1901 0518 1122 0087 ao ca 1251 6567 1810 0294 CONNECTOR 21 PIN M POST TYPE 215480 NETWORK RESISTGOR 16 PIN RES 29480 CONNICTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONG JACK DIP 294800 1251 2969 CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONO JACK DIP 28480 1851 2969 CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONO JACK 28480 1251 2969 621 1 1251 6567 1810 0294 1251 2969 1251 2969 1251 2959 21115 ARIJA omeo CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONO JACK DIP 28480 2969 CONNECTOR PHONO SINGLE PHONO JACK DIP 28480 52 PHONO JACK DIP 28489 CONNECTOR PHONO SLE PHONO JACK DIP 28480 1251 0969 1991 2969 1291 2969 1251 2969 21117 A21317B A21718A A21J18B 1251 2969 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 24UH 5 166 387 0 28480 7100 1622 INDUCTOR RF CH MLD 24UH 5 1660 585 6 28480 9100 1622 INDUCTOR 290NH 20 23DX 375LG 28489 9100 1791 INDUCTOR 290NM 28 23DX 375L6 28480 9100 1791 CORE SHIELDING BEAD 28480 9170 0894 AZILI 7100 1622 9100 1622 A21L3 9100 1791 6211132 9149 1791 Aa21L133 9170 5894 nu Sean 9190 1791 9140 0460 9109 0539 9140 0349 INDUCTOR 290NH 20
318. These diodes are a prime noise source especially when overheated Install jumper W2 This jumper places a 1kQ resistor in parallel with C17 changing the integrator to a transconductance amplifier Eout 1000 x Jin While monitoring the integrator output at and the Sample Hold output at TP11 inject 9 various currents from 12mA to 5mA into the integrator input An easy way accomplish this to use a dc power supply with a 1 resistor in series with its output Every volt from the power supply will inject 1mA into the integrator The voltage at and should equal the power supply voltage only it will be opposite in polarity 8 F 1 Service Model 3325A If the voltage at TP10 is correct but the voltage at TP11 is not troubleshoot the Sample Hold cir cuitry Apply 5V to A21U6 3 The output voltage at 11 should be 5 If not replace U6 amp If the voltage at 11 is correct momentarily short across A21C24 then apply the 5V at the junc tion of A21Q27 drain and A21Q39 source The voltage at TP11 should be 5V If not check for the presence of the Sample Hold Control signal from the base of A21Q44 through to the gates of 027 and 039 This signal should be 0 3 to 0 6us TTL pulse at 100kHz The pulse width is derived from the VCO frequency VCO 10 and the repetition rate is derived from VCO N F d If the integrator and Sample Hold circuitry appear to be operating properly check the fo
319. U14 D C163 G R138 D U15 C164 G 016 B R51 017 B R52 A R140 D 017 F C166 G 018 B R53 R141 U18 F C167 G 019 B 854 R142 E 019 C168 G R143 E C169 G Q21 B R56 C R144 D U21 E 022 B R57 A U22 F C171 G Q23 C R58 A R145 U23 C172 G Q24 C R59 A R146 E U24 E C173 G Q25 A R61 A R147 E C174 G R62 A R148 E U26 F Q26 R63 A 2149 027 F C176 G Q27 A R64 A U28 D C177 G 028 B R65 A R151 U29 E C178 G 028 B R152 F F C179 G R66 A 031 B R67 A R161 F U31 F C181 G Q32 B R68 8 R162 G U32 F C182 G Q33 69 8 R163 F U33 F C196 R70 A R164 F U34 G C197 D 037 R165 F 038 R71 8 B 039 R72 B R166 F W2 8 CR2 B R73 B R167 F W3 F 041 B R74 C R168 F 8 042 B R75 B R169 F CRS c 043 B R170 G 044 C R76 C CR6 877 171 87 0131 R78 172 F CR8 B 0132 D R79 123 CRO B 2174 G A21 Component Locations 8 D 4 4 3325 Service Board Board Board Board Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location C1 A C111 E L106 E R41 121 C2 A C112 L107 F R42 R122 F C113 E L108 F R43 R123 F C114 L109 F R44 R45 C R151 G ce A C116 F L111 F c A C117 F L112 F R46 C R153 G c118 F L113 F R47 154 G c9 C119 F L114 F R48 R49 8156 G C11 A C121 F 1116 F R157 G C12 8 C122 F L117 F R56 D R158 G C13 B C123 F R57 D R159 G 14 124 F L151 G R58
320. U16 B U40 F R276 H RMP D 017 B U41 F R277 H SINE E 18 942 SQR E U19 Test Points U20 U44 2MHz A TRI E U45 F 5 TRIFILT F U21 046 XDR D 047 G U23 048 G 024 49 025 050 Programmed TP Amp Gut TP Amp Out Freq Amplitude OVde Offset 2Vdc Offset 1kHz 1 7 2Vp p 2 4Vp p 2 14 4Vp p 4 8Vp p 3 7 2Vp p 7 2Vp p 4 9 6Vp p 9 6Vp p 5 12 0Vp p 12 0Vp p 6 14 4Vp p 14 4Vp p 7 17 0 Vp p 8 19 0Vp p 9 22 0Vp p 10 24 0Vp p 8 4 8236 R237 R255 08215 221 245 0242 28277 R 4 1 03325 66514 Rev C Fs z 524 2 _ _ F 03325 68514 7 OUTPUT AMPLIFIER AMPLIFIER 8221 15 2 15V gaye SK 273 1572 15V R i BIAS ja sya 49 4 235 20 2 ADJUST lea 8271 Ko EN FLATNESS 8275 01 3182 0 0 0 ADS C226 6217 120 ES 2pF 1 3 5 4pF 8268 iu B 10 8268 R248 28224 28225 15V2 57 i 0212 ils w 1 CR222 CR223 i C218 I 2 4 PRON 22 er NN 1 0 20 2 44 R254 8257 152 lt 9 0215 CR217 218 Cr 0205 R254 1 R223 Khe e 228 324 822400001 61 3 152 01 V 15 2 48 8 15V2 1 178 15v2 15v2 15 15V2 15y
321. V K1 K3 7 4 999 to 1 500 mV K1 K2 8 1 499 to 1 000 mV K2 Relay drive pulses at A14U49 outputs and A14U50 and A14Q76 occur only in conjunction with a range change Changing the output level from 5V to 1mV results in pulses to K1 K2 and K3 which place them in the position Changing from ImV to 5V causes all three relays to change to the position Pulses may be observed at the proper points by observing an oscilloscope set to a slow sweep speed while entering the above voltages The clock pulse to U49 may also be ob served during any range change Pulses should appear at U49 inputs continually A23 Attenuator Relay Cleaning and Servicing Removal and Replacement Use a small screwdriver or similar tool to pry the flat spring retainer away from the side of the relay and remove the retainer The relay can then be lifted from the board cach relay should be marked on the case to insure that they will be returned to the same position When replacing the relay make sure the key tabs on the bottom of the relay case are properly aligned with the holes in the printed circuit board and that the contact pins also fit properly Relay and Board Cleaning Before cleaning the relays and the printed circuit board note the following precautions do not clean the relays with solvents or fluorcarbons e g Freon Dust OFF flux remover or circuit cooler avoid touching the contacts use o
322. W F TC 0r 100 RESISTOR 1K 5 25W FC T 400 1609 RESISTOR 18K 54 258 FC TC 00 4800 RESISTOR 1K 5 25W FC 400 9600 RESISTOR 46 4K 1X 1284 0 100 RESISTOR 100 1 125W F T 4 109 RESISTOR 1 5 SZ 25W FC T 400 700 RESISIOR 1K 5 2 FC TC A00 4600 RESISTOR 2 2K 5 TOs 400 4700 RESISTOR 75 1X 1254 F TG 100 RESISTOR 26 1 1 100 RESISTOR 10K SZ 259 400 700 RESISTOR 22 5X 25W FC RESISTOR 1K SZ 254 FC T RESISTOR 10K 53 25W FC TC 400 4709 RESISTOR 4 53 1 125W F 04 129 RESISTOR 10K 5X 254 FC TC ESISTOR 1 27 1 125W F TC RESISTOR 1K 5 29W FC TCz 400 600 00 500 4007 769 4007 6090 0 2705 00 3700 RESISTOR 180 5 25W FC Tes RESISTOR 3 3K 5 29W FC T RESISTOR 1K 57 25M Fe RESISTOR 10K 5 RESISTOR 10K 5 28 81121 51121 01121 01121 91121 24546 24546 84545 31121 24546 24946 24546 24546 24546 01121 61121 20480 24546 32997 01121 28480 24546 01121 01121 31121 19701 24546 01321 28499 03121 24546 01121 01121 01121 24546 01121 01121 24546 81121 01121 01121 01121 91121 28400 24546 01121 01121 24546 24546 24545 01121 24546 91121 01121 01121 24546 24546 01121 01121 01121 24546 03888 91121 01121 01121 01121 24546 01121 24546 01121 01121 01121 91121 01121 01121 See introduction to this section for ordering information Indicates factory selected value Replaceable Parts
323. abeled AUX OUT 4 20 d Connect Cable 20 to the 54 DUMMY connector e Secure Cable 21 in a position that does not allow the connector to touch the printed cir cuit board or any component f Solder a small wire jumper in the position on that is between 6043 and 651 This jumper is marked W1 on the schematic diagram and the component location drawing in Service Group C When this jumper is in place the logic circuits recognize the standard no high voltage output configuration g Attach a tag or other identification to the front panel to indicate that the high voltage output has been disabled and that the standard signal output is available at the front or rear panel switchable 919 PES E AS go szu zzo aE 118 9 A 9 10 5 Lx qr gRi 18 19 1HU2 1198 Gg 2 A2 03325 66502 Rev F 24 Shot AB 03325 66508 INPUT FROM w2O0 ASSEMBLY P FRM POWER TRANSFORMER L ameyatoa O COPYRIGHT HIGH VOLTAGE OUTPUT COPTION 909 le SOB 03325 4 99 41 4 2 FLIK WV 269v Re 41 CEN Q2 eu R7 4 9K 2 24K 869 30V amp SUPPLY 1877 BY HEWLETT VACKARD COMPANY RIZ CRI 00ly Se CRIL CR Ris 402
324. agement lines form the third set and are used in such ways as ac tivating all the connected devices at once clearing the interface etc Table 3 5 defines each of the management lines 3 88 Definition of HP IB Terms and Concepts Byte A unit of information consisting of eight binary digits bits Device Any unit that is compatible with the IEEE Stan dard 488 1978 Device Dependent 1 An action a device performs in response to information sent on the HP IB The action is characteristic of an individual device and may vary from device to device 2 The data required to com municate with a particular device Data Bus B signal fines Data Byte Transter Control 13 signal lines HANDSHAKE Lines General Interface Management CONTROL Lines Figure 3 3 Interface Connections and Bus Structure Cperation Table 3 5 General Interface Management Lines Mnemonic Description Attention Enables a device to interpret data on the bus as a controller command command mode or data transfer Data Mode Interface Initializes the HP 1B system to an Clear idie state no activity on the bus Alerts the controller to a need for c mmunication Service Request Places instruments under re mote program control Remote Enable End Or Identify Indicates last data transmission during data transfer sequence used with ATN to pol devices for their status Operator The person that o
325. al at A21U34 pin 14 and at A21Q161 collector The frequency should be approximately 45MHz If the frequency is not approximately 45MHz check varicaps CR164 and CR166 d Place an external dc voltage 3V to 10V at the VCO input and note the following frequencies at the collector of Q161 and at U34 pin 14 DC Voltage Frequency 3 60 9MHz 5V 42 6MHz 10V 30MHz If the VCO frequency is not correct disconnect the external DC power supply and measure the DC voltages noted on the VCO schematic diagram Voltages should be within 10 Voltages are meas ured with A21J18A still disconnected If the VCO frequencies are correct go to step e e Reconnect the cable to A21J18A Measure the voltage levels at A21U33 pins 1 and 7 The volt age at one of these pins may be at approximately 13V and the other at a negative voltage If the frequency synthesis circuits are operating correctly both pins will be negative f Connect an oscilloscope to A21TP9 If pin 1 of A21U33 is positive and the signal at TP9 is always positive the trouble is probably in the Integrator Bias or Sample Hold circuits Go to Service Group F If pin 1 of A21U33 is positive and the signal at TP9 is mostly negative the trouble is probably in the N F Counter circuits Service Group E or the Phase Comparator Service Group F If pin 7 of A21U33 is positive and the signal at TP9 is always positive the trouble 1 probably in the Counter circuit
326. alyzer controls to display the fun damental and at least four harmonics Verify that har monics are 25dB below the fundamental d Set the 3325A to the following frequencies and verify that all harmonics are below the specified levels relative to the fundamental 15 MHz 30 dB 2MHz 40 dB 200 kHz 60 dB e Disconnect the 3325A from the high frequency spec trum analvzer and connect it to the low frequency spec trum analyzer s 50 ohm input f Set the 3325A frequency to 50kHz and the ampli tude to 9 99mVp p g Set the spectrum analyzer controls to display the fun damental and at least three harmonics It may be neces sary to decrease the analyzet s video bandwidth to separate the harmonics from the noise floor Verify that all harmonics are a least 65dB below the fundamental h Set the 3325A to the following frequencies and verify P deas 2 2455552 EE ai2223 d m Performance Tests that all harmonics are 65dB below the fundamental 10kHz 1kHz 100Hz High Voltage Output Option 2 1 Connect the 3325A signal output to the low fre quency spectrum analyzer s 500 input See Figure 4 1 j Press the high voltage output key on the 3325A Set the amplitude to 40Vp p and the frequency to 100Hz k Set the spectrum analyzer controls to display the fun damental and at least three harmonics Verify that all har monics are 65dB below t
327. amage If the shipping container or cushioning material is damaged it should be kept until the contents of the shipment have been checked for completeness and the instrument has been checked mechanically and electrically This instrument was carefully inspected both mechanically and electrically before shipment It should be free of mars and scratches and in perfect electrical order upon receipt Procedures for checking electrical performance are given in Section IV If there is mechanical damage or defect or if the instrument does not pass the electrical performance test notify the nearest Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office listed at the rear of this manual If the shipping container is damaged or the cushioning material shows signs of stress notify the carrier as well as the Hewlett Packard office Keep the shipping material for the carrier s inspection The warranty statement is located in the front of this manual 2 5 PREPARATION FOR USE 2 6 Power Requirements 2 7 The Model 3325A requires a power source of 100 120 220 or 240 V ac 5 10 48 to 66 Hz single phase Power consumption is 100 VA maximum 2 8 Line Voltage Selection Before connecting ac power to this instrument make sure it is set to the line voltage of the power source Also ensure that the common connection of the power outlet is connected to a protective earth contact The line voltage selection switches are located inside the top cover of the
328. ample the string FU2FRIOKHAMS3VO programs the following FU2 Square wave function FRIOKH I0 KHz AM3VO 3 V The EOS character should follow the com plete string or a maximum of 48 characters see Paragraphs 3 115 through 3 118 3 115 Data Transfer Mode 3 116 The 3325A accepts data from the HP IB in either of two modes If speed of communication is a critical factor on your HP IB system Mode 2 is prefer rabic The characteristics of the two modes are Data Mode 1 The 3325A turns on in Data Mode 1 In this mode each device dependent character byte 18 processed when received 3 20 ASCII Binary Octal Instruction Characters Code Code re lt a sa oo ooc oo Modulation Amplitude WEGE Medulation Phase Rear or Front Output 115 77 4D 120 80 50 oer oo cisci o nO 00 fo N p 4 RO E 42 Onl og o 0 4 Po to uus ooloojoojoo Ma Go CRI 1 in pe 1 Sa O O O O O OG O O O 0 06 0 10 10 O aan 2 40 02 gt Decimal Hexadecimal Code Code 110 72 48 126 86 56 115 77 4D 101 68 41
329. and addressed commands which arc sent in the com mand mode true Mnemonic Command ASCII Code Universal DCL Device Clear LLO Local Lockout DCI MLA My Listen Address selectable Talk Address selectable SPD Serial Poll Disable EM SPE Scrial Poll Enable CAN UNL Unlisten UNT Untalk Addressed Go to Local SDC Selected Device Clear EOT DCL and SDC commands set the 3325A to its initial turn on conditions see Paragraph 3 8 and cause an AMPTD CAL operation Any data in the HP IB input buffer is lost The storage registers SRQ masking and the status byte are not affected 3 109 Placing the 3325A in Remote 3 110 The 3325A will go to Remote when ATN is true REN is true and it receives its listen address 3 111 The 3325A Address Operation 3 112 The 3325A address 15 normally sel at the factory to 5 Octal ASCII Character 5 Bit Octal Equivalent Decimal Hexadecimal Listen Talk 17 11 The 3325A can be made to display its address in decimal code by pressing the blue prefix key and the BUS ADRS LOCAL key NOTES 1 All programming is shown in ASCII code 2 Table 3 9 is a summary of the 3325A pro gram data messages and program times Table 3 10 lists program codes in binary octal decimal and hexadecimal Al the end of this section there is also a summary of the programming codes This chart may be removed from
330. and control clock circuits to verify operation of these and other cir cuits The following front panel indications result from this test LED check Turns on all LED s for about two seconds The following messages are displayed for about one second OSC FAIL displayed only if the is not con trolled displayed continuously after test PASS or FAIL 1 tests AMPTD CAL of sine wave PASS or FAIL 2 tests AMPTD CAL of square wave PASS or FAIL 3 tests AMPTD CAL of triangle Press the blue entry prefix key then press SELF TEST AMPTD CAL key All LED s should light and the display should not indicate any failures 4 12 Sine Wave Verification 4 13 This procedure visually checks the sine wave out put for the correct frequency and any visible ir regularities Equipment Required Oscilloscope hp Model 1740A a Connect the 3325A signal output to thc oscilloscope vertical input If the oscilloscope is an hp Model 1740A set the input switch to the 50 ohm posi tion 1f your oscilloscope does not have a 50 ohm input use a 50 ohm load hp Model 11048C 50 ohm Feed thru Termination at the input b Set the 3325A as follows High Voltage Output Option 002 Off Function es diver Erw TI ranks cere Sine 20 MHz 10 V p p Performance Tests Model 3325A Table 4 1 Tast eee Required for et Verification
331. and generates a single stable signature Method 2 tests a logical 1 5 V for several periods of time which are deter mined by the 3325A processor in response to the errors it has sensed or the test routine that has been programmed Each situation produces a unique stable signature Use the following procedure Set the 33254 POWER switch to STBY b Disconnect the flat cable to the attenuator assembly to prevent damage to the relays c Connect the signature analyzer as follows cancer naw Eae Dev os SA CLK at left of A6U9 Start and SA 5 5 at right of 6015 3325A ground stiffener channel on deck between A6 and 21 or any Ground test point d Set the signature analyzer controls as follows DG erie sa aen ie Ux bees On SARE os kaa ah ad agua A ase M in SEODIZ SI id dude RR ha ae RIS auque vrac ebrii in atu opi WIS A ALS out Holds S EN ERE Off GME 50222252 ened spe E Off Place CS through CS2 shorting connectors near right front corner of A6 in the O position to select ROM 1 m 8 C 23 Model 3325 Service f Set the ROM Disable switch 651 to ON 1 Set all other switches to OFF 0 0 1 1 numbers are printed on the PC Board itself ignore any 8 numbers printed on the switch 1 5 114 TI 3 Add
332. arts Reference Designation Mfr Part Number Description A21C171 A21C173 A21C174 amp 21C176 421C177 A21 178 0180 1746 0180 0238 0160 2204 0160 0571 0160 3879 0160 3847 0160 4040 0162 2204 CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITQR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACTTOR FXD CAP ACTTOR F XD CAPACITOR FXD 19UF 10x 20VDC 22UF 10X 19700 100PF 54 300 0 MICA 470PF 20 1009 CER DiUF 4 204 100UDC CER 01UF 100 0 SOVDC CER 1000PF 5 100VDC 108PF 5 300UDC MICA 56289 56289 28480 28490 28480 28480 28480 28480 1500156 942082 1500226 9035 2 0160 2204 0160 0571 0160 3879 0160 3847 0160 4040 0160 2204 0160 4441 0160 0127 CAPACITOR FXD 47 10 SOVDC CER 28480 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 20 25UDC CER 28480 21 182 0180 4441 1 183 0169 0127 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 9160 0127 CAPACITOR FXD G1UF 120 0 S0VDC CER 28480 CAPACITOR FXD O1UF 100 8 S0UDC CER 28480 CAPACITOR FXD 81UF 4190 04 50 CER 28480 CAPACXITOR FXD 180 0 SOVDC CER 884890 CAPACITOR FXD iUF 20 25VDC CER 28480 A21C184 210185 1 186 8210187 A210108 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 3847 0160 0127 390 oot 0160 4571 0160 3876 150 100 NPG 101J 150 100 NP 0 101 CAPACITOR FXD 1UF 89 20 SQUDC CER 28480 CAPACITOR FXD 47PF 20 200 28480 CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 5 200VDC CER 51642 CAP
333. as it was received Be sure to seal the shipping container securely Also mark the container FRAGILE to assure careful handling OPTION 908 2 37 Other Packaging The following general instructions should be used for repackaging with commercially available materials a Wrap the instrument in heavy paper or plastic If shipping to a Hewelett Packard office or service center attach a tag indicating the type of service required return address model number and full serial number b Use a strong shipping container doublewall carton made of 250 pound test material is adequate Use enough shock absorbing material 3 to 4 inch layer around all sides of the instrument to provide firm cushion and prevent movement inside the container Protect the control panel with cardboard RACK MOUNT FLANGE FRONT HANDLE KIT d Seal the shipping container securely Figure 2 4 Rack Mount and Handle Kits e Mark the shipping container FRAGILE to assure careful handling 2 6 Model 3325 Operation SECTION III OPERATION terface Bus programming The HP IB information in cludes the basic concepts of the interface bus operation with which you may already be familiar Use Table 3 1 to locate the information you need for your particular situation 3 1 INTRODUCTION 3 2 This section of the manual contains instructions for manual operation and HP IB Hewlett Packard In Table 3 1 Operating Information Paragraph
334. ate API 4 at a 0 0015 rate and 5 at 0 00015 rate h Using an oscilloscope check for each programming pulse at the following outputs API 1 175 9 API 2 U4 15 API 3 U4 12 API 4 U4 10 API 5 U40 i If these pulses are present then the digital section is probably good and the fault may lie in the analog current sources If any of the pulses are not present check the fractional N chip U19 for the proper signals Individual API Troubleshooting j Connect a spectrum analyzer through 1kQ series resistor to A21TP11 8 F 2 Model 3325 k Select the sine function on the 3325A and set the frequency to 5 000 000Hz 1 Set the spectrum analyzer as follows to measure the signal at TP11 Start OkHz Bandwidth 22254 30Hz Frequency 1KkHz div Sweep 2008 Input 10mV Sweep Manual Vertical ices oon wane hw EY 10dB div The analyzer should measure a level of lt 70dB If the signal at TP11 is lt 70dB the API current sources in their OFF mode are not interfering with the phase detector output and the digital portion of the board is probably good If the signal is not lt 70dB either the API current sources may not have turned off sufficiently or the phase detector input and output
335. ation in Table 1 1 0 02 of period 3 nanoseconds Equipment Required Electronic counter hp Model 5328A a Connect the 3325A signal output to both inputs of the electronic counter using a BNC tee see Figure 4 5 b Set the 3325A output as follows Function Square Frequency 1 MHz Amplitude 0 2 00 esas 1 V rms DOOR Set x nma OV Model 3325 Performance Tests Adjust the electronic counter to measure time in d Change Slope A to Slope B to Reading terval average A to B with Slope Slope B Note should be equal to the reading in Step lt 3 2 ns the reading ELECTRONIC COUNTER UR GEN 4 41415 Em 55 33 5 tic ot D o T CONNECTOR d325A 44 Figure 4 5 Squara Wave Symmetry 4 53 Frequency Accuracy f Change 3325A function to positive slope ramp Electronic counter should indicate 100 000 ns 5 ns 4 54 This test compares the accuracy of the 3325A out put signal to the specification in Table 1 1 4 55 Phase Increment Accuracy 5 x 10 6 of selected frequency 4 56 This test compares the phase increment accuracy of the 3325A to the specification in Table 1 1 Equipment Required Electronic Counter hp Model 5328 calibrated within three months or with an z 0 2 curate 10 MHz external reference input Equipment Required a Connect the 3325A signal output to the e
336. be ordered through your nearest Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office A list of these offices is provided at the end of this manual 1 5 INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION 1 6 The Model 3325A Synthesizer Function Generator produces the following signals at a minimum frequency of 1 Hz and maximum frequency of Sine wave 20 MHz Square wave 10 MHz Triangle 10 kHz Positive slope ramp 10 kHz Negative slope ramp 10 kHz Frequency may be selected with up to eleven digits of resolution Output amplitude is 1 mV to 10 V peak to peak The output level may also be selected or displayed in V rms or in dBm 50 ohms Any function may be de offset up to 4 5 V or the output may be de only up to 5 V An optional high voltage output produces up to 40 into 500 ohms load 1 7 Frequency sweep of all functions is provided in linear or log sweep at sweep times of 10 milliseconds to 99 99 seconds for linear sweep Maximum time for log sweep is 99 99 seconds and minimum time is 2 seconds for single log sweep and 0 1 second for continuous log sweep Single linear sweep may be up or down while continuous sweep is up down up etc in the linear mode and up up etc in log mode 1 8 The Model 3325 is fully programmable through the rear panel Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB connector A device such as a programmable calculator is capable of remotely controlling the 3325A Interface information is given in Section 11 of this manual a
337. ble IT Replaced Assembly ies Connector Destination Assy Modification AG A3 W33 A3J1 8120 3108 03325 66506 All Rev A and Rev 1251 6567 Conn B Boards A14 A4 All 4 Revistons and A14 Rev W32 A14J1 8120 3108 1251 6567 Conn A21 A1 All A1 Revisions and A21 Rev A W31 A21J1 8120 3108 CbI 1251 6567 Conn 5 All Rev A Rev B and some Rev 8120 3108 Cbl 1251 6567 Conn 14 4 03325 66514 04 W32 A6J2 8120 3216 1251 5064 Conn A23 A7 All A7 Revisions and A23 RevA RevB W30 A23J30 A3 03325 66503 W33 A6J3 8120 3108 1251 6567 Conn A6 All Rev A Rev B and some Rev C A21 A1 A6 W31 A6J4 8120 3108 Cbl 03325 66521 01 All Rev A Rev B 1251 6567 Conn and some Rav C A23 A7 A14 A4 W30 A14J30 8120 3216 All Ad Revisions 1251 5064 Conn and A14 Rev A 03325 66523 07 Assemblies ordered for replacement contain the new connectors however the newer gray cables are not included They must be ordered separately along with the connectors for the destination assemblies Note Because of the increased reliability all cables and connectors should be changed regardless of the assembly and destination assemblies involved Cable and connector replacement is recommended even if board replacement is not requ
338. ble next to U28 on the schematic relates the functions to the enable signal levels The trouble may also be in the Offset and Amplitude Control circuits Square Function Only If the square wave function only is not operating properly observe the signa at the SQR test point on A14 This should be a TTL level square wave at the selected frequency If this signal is not present check the Square Enable voltage level at U33 pin 4 which should be TTL high If correct check the clock input at U33 pin 3 then the U31 inverter circuits and Q101 102 If the signal at U31 pins 5 and 9 is correct but pins 6 and 8 are always low it is possible that U32 could be defective d If the signal at SQR is correct troubleshoot the U40 circuits and the Amplitude li Control circuits If Self Tests 1 and 3 pass and Self Test 2 fails suspect problems with A14U42 in Service Group K 8 J 1 Service Model 3325A Triangle and Ramp Functions If the sine and square functions are correct but the triangle and ramp functions are not operating properly use the following procedure a Connect oscilloscope to the TRI test point on 14 Set controls as follows usi 0 2 V div 10 probe deere IR orae AE Ra Eie E 0 1 us div Triede iy acer Fo eie aad Int slope b Set the 3325A as follows 4 DeC DES Triangle Frequency s ay kuya oe NI I RU bed 1 Hz Amphtud
339. ble that is terminated by a 50 ohm resistive load the sync signal levels are as follows Low Level lt 0 2 V High level gt 1 2 V NOTE sync output is connected to 50 coaxial cable hat is terminated by high pedance load 1 megohm the voltage levels are approximately twice the values given above However the improper ter Operation mination of the 50 system will cause ringing at the positive and negative transi tions of the syne signal 3 16 EXTERNAL REFERENCE INPUT 3 17 The 3325A may be operated with an external reference to control the standard 30 MHz internal reference oscillator frequency The external reference level must be greater than 0 dBm 50 ohms and the fre quency must be within 10 PPM of 10 MHz or a sub multiple thereof down to 1 MHz 10 5 3 33 2 5 or 1 MHz The front panel EXT REF annunciator will light to indicate that an external reference is being used The internal reference oscillator is phase locked to the exter nal reference and a phase lock detector circuit causes the EXT REF light to flash if synchronization is lost 3 18 10 MHz OVEN OPTION 001 3 19 Option 001 is a temperature stabilized 10 MHz oscillator which provides improved frequency stability see specifications in Table 1 1 The output from this oscillator is at the rear panel 10 MHz OVEN OUTPUT connector This output must be connected to the EXT REF input A special connector hp Par
340. calculated values entered on the Performance Test Record n 9 the number of points to be calculated 1 Determine the value of using the equation Ly EX po n Calculate Best Fit Straight Line value for each point y through using the equation y X a Enter each result on the Performance Test Record in the Best Fit Straight Line column n Determine the minimum and maximum allowable voltages at each point by subtracting and adding 0 002 V to the voltages calculated in Step m 10 V 2 5 x 0 05 9 Enter these voltage limits on the Performance Test Record under Minimum and Maximum The voltages measured and recorded in the Positive Slope Measurement column should be within these calculat ed tolerances o Algebraicaily add the voltages recorded in the Negative Slope Measurement column and enter the total in the space p Repeat Steps h through n to determine the Best Fit Straight Line values and tolerances for the negative slope The voltages measured and recorded in the Slope Measurement column should be within the calculated tolerances 4 67 X Drive Linearity 4 68 This procedure tests the linearity of the rear panel Drive output to the specification in Table 1 1 for linear sweep widths which are integral multiples of the Minimum sweep width for each function and sweep time 0 1 o
341. carrier is modulated 100 the maximum amplitude of the modulated output equals the programmed amplitude A modulation input of approximately 5 V peak results in 100 modulation Modulation frequency may be 0 to 50 kHz If amplitude modulation is ON when 3325A functions other than sine wave are selected the output may be gated depending on tbe level of the modulation input Amplitude modulation should be used only with the sine wave function and the modulation input should not exceed 10 V peak 3 65 A dc voltage may be applied to the AMPTD MOD input to control the 3325A output level or a pulse may be used to gate the output Approximately 5 V cuts off the output signal while approximately 5 V doubles the output Maximum output is 10 V p p DC or pulse inputs should not exceed 5 V peak Model 3325 3 66 Phase Modulation 3 67 To program phase modulation press the blue prefix key the the CLEAR key and to remove phase modulation press the blue key then M OFF The phase modulation signal at the rear panel PHASE MOD input may be up to 10 V peak The in put impedance is 10 The modulating signal frequen cy may be dc to 5 kHz An input of 5 V results in the following approximate phase deviation 170 per volt for sine function 3325A Function Phase Deviation Sine 850 Square 425 Triangle 42 59 Ramp 85 3 68 Modify Keys 58 3 69 The
342. ce SERVICE GROUP 0 POWER SUPPLIES Power Supply Troubleshooting The Power Supply printed circuit board mounting screws must be tightened securely or the regulators will not operate properly The line fuse may be destroyed To determine if the trouble is in the regulators or if some other circuit is pulling down a power supply voltage disconnect the cable W22 from 2 5 This breaks the conuector to the power switch ground A2P5 pin 10 to enable the power supplies The three power supply voltages 15V 5V are routed from A2P5 through the cable W22 to 5 and from are connected to the other assemblies through the flat cables at the side of and the gray or blue cable to the keyboard assembly In addition to the flat cables 15V are routed to 14 through either a 2 wire cable which has a connector at each end or through individual wires connect ing to square ping at either end When replacing either the 2 wire cable or the individual wires make sure the connection is correct The red wire goes to 15V and the black wire to 15V If the power supply voltages are not within 1V of the correct value with the cable removed troubleshoot the regulator circuits using the dc voltages noted on the schematic Note that sup plies are referenced to 15V Therefore if this supply is bad the 5V and 15V supplies will be off as well If the power supply voltages are correct with the cable disconnected discon
343. ce sent the required service message and the remaining 7 bits indi Gate operational conditions de fined by the device This byte is sent trom the talking device in response to Serial Poll operation performed by con troller Status Bit A byte that represents the opera tional conditions of a group of devices on the bus Each de vice responds on a particular bit of the byte thus identifying a device dependent condition This bit is typically sent by devices in response to a parallel poll operation The status bit message can also be used by a controller to spect fy the particular bit and logic level that a device will respond with when a parallel poll oper ation is performed Thus more than one device may respond on the same bit Pass Control This message transfers the bus Management responsibilities from the active controller to another controller The system controller sends the abort message to uncondition ally assume contro of the bus from the active controller The message will terminate all bus communications but does not implement th clear message a Completely define the operation s the system is required to perform b Write the program in flowehart or algorithm form An algorithm may be defined as a fixed step by step procedure for finding a solution to a problem Use the key words for meta messages shown in Table 3 6 in developing the program The twelve key words are repeated here
344. css R77 ONTROL AUD es 1 5 A LATION 2 18 MIXER a Res d cse los Res x 7 87 9 182 v 7K 2 2K 47 452 77 zd me A4 3 01 224 IzBk OFFSET SEE 1 5 12 VY 1 LOSK Vv DET i 220 WS A4 4 see fig amp 0 shh st REPCRANGE DWI DERE 4 27 e 119 wie pos VER oor IMHE 48 18888 iud 2 2K 16 4 Cs Qn Bi Quinney COUNTER lOOKHe REFERENCE TO sN E COMPARATOR R 5 wa 1 These voltage levels are useful when troubleshooting amplitude problems frequency 1kHz TP ACD grounded voltages OT pia converter Y Programmed OVde Offset 2Vde Offset 1Vp p 1 92 0 616 2Vp p 3 88 1 27 Jomas 3Vp p 1 92 1 92 4Vp p 2 57 2 57 5Vp p 3 23 3 23 Ree 6Vp p 3 88 3 88 VK 7Vp p 4 53 ne 8Vp p 5 18 i 9Vp p 5 84 10 6 45 A4 TOP VIEWS 03 08 093 v4 07 iE 4 44 see Section VII 33254 3 Figure 8 40 30 MHz Reference and Dividers A3 8 G 3 8 G 4 Model 3325 Service SERVICE GROUP
345. d of the resistor and monitor the DAC pulse train Con tinue to observe this pulse train while pressing the resistor lead down so that it makes contact with the point from which it was unsoldered If any change in the levels of the pulse train is observed the waveform is being loaded by a defective analog switch or Op Amp 84 2 Model 3325 The Preset Counters and Data Latch are not easily checked but fortunately they seldom fail If the correct DAC pulse train is observed with Auto Cal disabled the counters are working correctly Data pulses with TTL levels should be observable at all times at the inputs and outputs of 1406 1409 and A14U29 If any of these are not TTL levels or are not changing then the IC is suspect With the oscilloscope externally triggered at the AZ test point the switch drive signals from the Sample Hold Latch U26 can be observed at the latch outputs and the Analog Switch inputs U20 and U24 Pulse timing can be compared to the DAC Integrator outputs Pulses should be present at the inputs to U26 continually The charge time and consequently the output voltage of the DAC Integrator is determined by the width of the output pulses from U10 These pulses turn on the dual current source and the total current charges the integrator capacitor The U10 outputs are negative going pulses Pulses should be present at the input and output pins of the various IC s The Load LSD Load MSD and S H Strobe
346. d with W23 disconnected at 3123 measure the voltage at the following points A3TP4 6 8 4 A3U11 9 4 8Vdc Note also that U14 is probably bad if the frequency difference between pins 6 and 7 is greater than 20 the frequency should be approximately 30MHz on both pins d If after A3U11 and or A3U14 have been replaced and incorrect voltages are measured at TP4 the amplitude problem may be isolated via Service Groups C J or I e If the voltages at TP4 are correct and the output amplitude is incorrect troubleshoot the problem via Service Groups H or J PRESET CURRENT COUNTER gt SOURCE 14 1 14 1 The Amplitude Calibration Disable ACD s used to break the feedback path during troubleshooting of amplitude problems Connect ACD to Gnd and cycle power off and on FUNCTION CIRCUITS HIGH VOLTAGE PEAK DUTPUT ATTENUATOR DETECTOR i AMPLIFIER aM OPTION 002 Each box contains code such as 14 1 This lists first the board number followed by the schematic number QUT 3325 8 28 Figure 8 1 Sine Amplitude Control Path 8 G 2 Fig 70 Atip 5 Board Board Board Board Board Designator Location Designator Lecation Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location C1 A C111 E 1106 R41 121 F C2 A C112 E L107 F R42 R122 F C113 E L108 F R43 R123 F C4 A C114 E 1109 R44 c R45 c R151 G C116 F L111 F C117 F L112 F R46 153
347. dressed to listen will go inte remote operation This message clears the remote message from the listening 46 vice s and returns the device s to local front panel control Local Lockout The local lockout message is implemented to prevent the vice operator from manually in hibiting remote program control Clear Lockout and Set Local This message causes all devices be removed from the local lockout mode and revert t local It will also clear the remote mes sage for all devices A device can send this mes sage at any time to signify that it needs some type of inter action with the controller The message is cleared by the de vice s status byte message if it no longer requires service Require Service 3 103 Developing an HP IB Program 3 104 Basically the 3325A is programmed remotely in the same manner as it is programmed manually The se quence in which the various parameters pro grammed is not important At the end of this section HI there is summary of the Programming Codes This chart may be removed from the manual and or copied to be used as a programming reference NOTE Ho may be necessary to refer tO some paru graphs on manual operation for descriptions of certain signals and requirements 3 105 Several steps are needed to develop HP IB program Status Byta A e that represents the status of a single device One bit indi cates whether the devi
348. e 3325A to STBY Disconnect the dc power supply and the oscillator and reconnect cable W23 to A3J23 k Turn 3325A to 1 Connect ac digital voltmeter to the 3325A signal output via a 50 ohm feedthru termination m Set the 3325A to 1 KHz Sine 1 Vp p and mV DC OFFSET Press AMPTD CAL key n Adjust Offset In A3R33 for a voltmeter reading of 3536 Vrms 0040 Vrms Repeat Steps m and n until output voltage of 3536 Vrms does not change when AMPTD CAL key is press ed p Set the DC OFFSET to 0 V The output voltage should remain at 3536 Vrms 0040 Vrms q Set the output voltage to 10 Vp p The output voltage should be 3 536 Vrms 040 Vrms r If necessary the adjustment of R60 may be com promised slightly to bring these two voltages into tolerance 5 14 X Drive Equipment Required de digital voltmeter hp Model 3466A 5 4 Mode 3325 a Connect a dc digital voltmeter to 3325A rear panel X Drive output b Set the 3325A as follows u p rm rmn Sine suysya ies 10 Sweep Start Freg 1 MHz Sweep Stop 10 MHz Sweep Marker Freq 5 MHz Sweep 0 999 sec Press RESET START key to reset sweep to start conditions 4 Digital voltmeter reading should be less than 20 mV Adjust X Drive A14R6 to mechanical center f Press RESET START key once
349. e Analyzer Probe on 5V Press and hold each key and read the signature any signature is incorrect take the exit from this biock All LEDS should be ON except while a key is pressed Key Signature List Sig Key nature Local HOFH Start Cont 6475 Start Freq F431 Stop Freq 10 4 Reset Start 991H Marker Freq 40 Sweep Time CHPU Frequency 4310 Amplitude C433 Phase AU7C OC Offset 6HOF Blue Prefix U7CP Store 5991 6647 Clear 76U5 Minus HHCH o FHO1 1 3405 2 HO16 3 4058 4 6747 5 9P9H 6 7A77 7 P9HU 8 C875 9 P1H4 Period C76U Sec HCH5 MHz FHH2 kHz 3374 Hz FFHH DEG 374A Arrow 82 Down Arrow OAUS Left Arrow 2CP7 Right Arrow AUSH Sine HA2P Square 68CC Triangte A2PF Ramp Up 8CC3 Ramp Down 023H Amptd Cal 23HC Signal Output 8U6P YES NO If the signature is not 21 indentify the faulty circuit by finding the tua signature in the key signature list Then place the probe on the point shown below opposite the signature the signature observed at this point is the same as the previous signature take the YES exit trom this block If not take the exit If the signature does not corres pond to any on the list go to the ROM Signature Analysis Test ASUB Pin mn PINON E NAO le
350. e bus will be held up until the first 48 characters have been processed and the remaining characters accepted In order for the bus to be used dur ing 3325A processing time for communication between other devices a program string greater than 48 characters should be divided and an EOS character sent after or at a convenient place before the 48th byte The remaining program can then constitute a second string While the 3325A is processing input information a Busy Mag is set in the status byte see Paragraph 3 136 This flag can be used to determine when the 3325A has finished processing NOTE The 3325A will handshake bus communica lions even though the POWER switch is set to STBY This will not interfere with the operation of the bus unless it was set to STBY while addressed to talk Before it is set 10 STBY make sure it is not addressed to talk or else disconnect the HP IB cable the 33254 The addressed to talk con dition can be cleared by an IFC command even when the 3325A is in Standby 3 118 Programming Data Transfer Mode 3 119 Instructions for programming Data Transfer Mode are included in Paragraph 3 126 3 120 Programming Entry Parameters 3 121 The 3325A entry parameters are Frequency Amplitude Offset Phase Sweep Start Frequency Sweep Stop Frequency Sweep Marker Frequency Sweep Time The programming syntax for these parameters is Mnemonic Data Delimiter EOS NOTE All program cod
351. e exception of PC trace location 1748A07391 Present went Rev C following mod to VCO ckty See Svc Grp D Note that all serial number ranges are approximate 7 20 The following backdating information pertains to the VCO portion of the A21 A1 assembly A3 Page 8 D 7 8 D 8 Figure 8 37 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A02475 and below The above range of instruments contain an 03325 66501 assembly with the VCO design and layout shown in Figure 7 3 Note that in instruments with serial numbers 1748A00231 to 1748A02475 A1C177 is tied to 5V aro B um 7C D 23 ov wq EI CA A Cue a So 8181 Figure 7 3 Circuitry Serial Numbers 17484024785 And Below 7 6 Model 3325 Service A3 Page 8 D 7 8 D 8 Figure 8 37 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A02476 to 1748A03225 The preceding range of instruments contain the VCO circuitry shown in Figure 7 4 but do not have R216 A3 Page 8 D 7 8 D 8 Figure 8 37 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A03226 to 1748A07390 The preceding range of instruments contain the VCO circuitry shown in Figure 7 4 VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR 30 56 MHZ 15V R186 R184 C174 11 00 sy 1 100 C178 44 0173 162 R216 R173 22 04 3 16K 08163 100K W R187 499
352. e frequency is being swept or modulation is enabled Service 8 76 Sync Comparator and Driver The amplifier output waveform is one input to the Sync Comparator and the other input is the DC Offset voltage level If no de offset has been programmed the DC Offset voltage is zero and the comparator output changes at zero volts This results in a Syne square wave whose transition occurs at zero volts crossing of the output signal It follows then that the Sync signal transition occurs whenever the output signal crosses the DC Offset voltage when an offset has been programmed The Sync signal is the passed through inverter circuits to both the front and rear panels 8 77 Attenuator Service Group L 8 78 Relay Drivers Refer to the schematic diagram in Service Group L Relay selection data is provided by the lines labeled KO through K7 and is stored in the D flip flops of A14U49 This information is obtained from the Machine Data Bus through A14U29 see Service Group D Seven of the relay driver circuits are contained in one integrated circuit package and the eighth is a discrete transistor circuit Current through the relay coils 15 limited by the Q77 Q78 circuit Because latching relays are used continuous current is not required Therefore after a relay has been switched the driver can be turned off by the K0 K7 information The D flip flops are clocked at the proper time by a signal that is also decoded in A14U27 from the Mach
353. e given in Table 8 5 along with suggested areas to begin troubleshooting 8 124 Orientation Of Components 8 125 A square pad is used on the printed circuit board to aid in orientation of certain components for replace ment and in identification of connections Component Square Pad Identifies Integrated Circuit Pin 1 Transistor Emitter FET Transistor Source Diode Cathode Electrolytic Capacitor Positive Connection Mode 3325 8 126 Mnemonic Dictionary 8 127 Most of the logic and data signals in the 3325 are identified on the schematic diagrams by a mnemonic which is essentially an abbreviation of the signal name Table 8 6 is a dictionary of the mnemonics used in the 3325 8 128 Logic Troubleshooting by Signature Analysis 8 129 Because of the increased complexity of the logic circuits used to control many instruments malfunctions in these circuits are very difficult to locate The concept of Signature Analysis is based on the fact that at a par ticular point in a circuit the data pulses are predictable under specifically programmed conditions An instru ment such as the hp 5004A Signature Analyzer com presses the data at a given point during a controlled time span window and displays the resulting four character signature This signature indicates whether the correct data was present at the measurement point and this in formation can be used to locate a defective component The signature analysis m
354. e measured in step g i5 out of tolerance repeat the amplitude flatness ad justment with the 3325A at both 10Vp p and 3Vp p until all voltages are within tolerance CAUTION Insure that the input voltage to the thermal converter does not exceed 1Vrms 5 18 Mixer Spurious Signal Equipment Required high frequency spectrum analyzer hp Model 141T 8532B 8553B 8566A 8568A a set the 3325A as follows Furicton o EEG e ts Sine 0 999Vp p Frequency 20MHz Model 3325A b Set the spectrum analyzer as follows Center Frequency 10MHz 30kHz Scan 2MHz div Input 10dB Scan 20ms div Log Ref Verner vaa nme eek RT 10dB er 104 log Video 10kHz Scan Int ROAM Auto c Connect the 3325A signal output to the spectrum analyzer s 500 input d The 2 1 mixer spur should occur at 10MHz Using non conductive tool adjust A3R115 MXR ADJ until the 2 1 spur is at a minimum Check the VCO 2 spur at SMHz e Using the modify keys bump the frequency from 20MHz to 11MHz in 1MHz steps Observe the spectrum analyzer for spurious responses At 18MHz check for the 3 2 spur at 6MHz
355. e output should go from 0 V to gt 10 V during sweep up and remain at 0 V during sweep down b Set sweep time to 1 sec The oscilloscope display should be as described in Step a c Check the voltage at the XDR test point on A14 This voltage should change from 10 0 V to 0 1 V when the sweep time is changed from 1 sec to 999 sec d If neither output is correct in Steps a and b first troubleshoot the X Drive Integrator circuit The ramp reset pulse at the gate of 1401 should be as indicated on the schematic with the negative going edge of the pulse occurring at the end of a sweep up in continuous sweep Also check for the Ramp Reset pulse at A14U1 pin 12 If no pulse is present go to the Logic troubleshooting Service Group C e Setting the sweep time to 999 sec checks Range 1 while a time of 1 sec checks Range 2 If only one range is inoperative compare the voltage at U4 pin 4 Range 1 or U3 pin 6 Range 2 to the voltage at the XDR test point 999 sec 0 1 V lsec 100 If these voltages are correct the Sweep Range Switches are working and the trouble is pro bably in the X Drive Integrator f If either of the voltages in Step e is not correct check for the Range 1 level at U4 pin 2 or the Range 2 level at U3 pin 2 and 3 One of these should be TTL high and the other low depending upon the range of the sweep time selected B The Start output from the X Drive Start Stop Flip Flop should be high dur
356. ec rese MoouLaTion 2 er cus e4 cour TIME Ext REE i 2 d 7 R i Ras 24 ces exa ee i SINGLE We i m 2 7 Y t CRO 649 Mia 4 2 CRA gt 7 Das 24 Y 244 Renan FREQ dBm 1 dvd 2 Y A cee UOTE POWER SWITCH 594 IS SHOWN ON THe POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC SERVICE GROUP P 22 _ to BEISA SA Figure 8 30 Keyboard and Display A5 8 7 8 8 Model 3325 Service SERVICE GROUP B HP IB CIRCUITS Troubleshooting information The most common failure on the HP IB portion of the A6 board are the optical isolators The optical isolators are used because of the electrical isolation of the HP IB circuitry from the rest of the assem bly The following hints suggest various procedures for troubleshooting this section of the assembly 1 The HP IB circuitry has its own 5V power supply U65 U74 If HP IB problems are sus pected the first step should be to determine if 5V is present 2 Using an oscilloscope and a probe check both sides of the optical isolators for legitimate TTL levels The oscilloscope and probe can also be used to check the data path between the processor and the HP IB
357. ed with the instrument if Option 907 is also ordered Otherwise the front handle kit is available separately by its hp part number 2 28 Rack Mounting 2 29 The 3325A can be rack mounted in a rack having an EIA standard width of 482 6 mm 19 inches The instrument can be rack mounted with or without a handle kit by use of the following items a Rack mounting without handles use Rack Mount Flange Kit hp Part No 5061 0077 Option 908 b Rack mounting with handles use the combination Rack Mount Flange Front Handle Kit hp Part No 5061 0083 Option 909 NOTE The Rack Mount Flange Kit of item a will not provide the space requirement for rack mounting when used with the bench handle assembly hp Part No 5060 9899 Option 907 To rack mount with handles the combination kit of item b Option 909 must be used see Figure 2 4 If either Option 908 or 909 is ordered the corresponding kit is shipped with the instrument Otherwise bath kits are available separately by their hp part numbers 2 30 STORAGE AND SHIPMENT 2 31 Environment 2 32 The instrument should be stored in clean dry environment The following environmenta limitations apply to both storage and shipment Temperature 409 to 75 Relative Humidity 95 at 40 C Altitude 15 300 meters 50 000 feet o Model 3325 Installation Table 2 1 HP IB Addresses Address Equivalent Cades Switches To 5 Bit Binary Switches Liste
358. en 066 U67 058 U59 5 1164 2 69H5 Troubleshoot 164 ATT Failure Figure 8 31 c Signature Analysis Test 3 8 9 Service Model 3325A Board Board Board Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location c1 G P52 A T N G 043 2 G cso G 044 c G 01 CS1 G U45 H C4 F 02 0 CS2 G U46 H C5 G U51 c G R1 G H 052 2 G 02 H U53 R3 G U3 H U54 c C20 H 84 4 H 055 C21 H R5 F 15 H U56 C22 H R6 G U6 H C23 H 87 F 7 H U57 8 C24 G R8 F ua G U58 B C25 G Ro c 09 059 B C26 F R10 D B C27 F R13 G U10 G 961 C28 R14 D 011 G 082 B C29 E R15 012 G 063 B C30 E R16 c U13 G 184 8 C31 17 c 014 U65 B C32 D R18 8 U15 F U66 A C33 D R19 E U16 F U67 A C34 D R20 D U17 F 968 C35 R21 918 U69 A C36 H R22 019 970 C37 H R23 020 F U71 Aw C38 R24 921 U72 A 39 B R25 022 F U73 A C40 B R26 F U23 F 074 C41 G R51 8 U24 F U75 c R52 25 C52 R53 A C63 A R54 026 wi 8 C64 A R55 927 55 U28 E C56 A 1 B 029 057 U30 E C58 Test Points U31 E C69 032 0 1 G U33 0 0861 B 2 D C62 B 3 F U35 0 4 c U36 D CR1 F 5 D u37 0 CR2 H 7 038 D c 51 939 CRS c 52 040 53 U41 D 54 942 42 D GND D 43 GND H 44 D 451 SA CLK G SA S S F L1 G STBY 12 13 F 8 B 10 Model 3325A 157 58 TP
359. ents in this serial number range contain the relay drive circuitry shown in Figure 7 18 Note that serial numbers 1748A01075 to 1748A00231 have a capacitor C265 10uF p n 0180 0374 shunt ing R80 I FROM U29 4 K FROM OUTPY AMPLIFIER Figure 7 18 Relay Drive Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748A01075 and Below 45 Page 8 L 3 8 L 4 Figure 8 45 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748 04400 and below Instruments in this range may have an A14 A4 board which contains connectors J1 p n 1251 4494 and J30 p n 1251 4390 for use with cables W32 p n 8120 2577 and W30 p n 8120 2576 The older black connectors and white cables have been replaced on newer boards by more reliable con nectors J1 orange p n 1251 6567 and J30 orange p n 1251 5064 and cables W32 gray p n 8120 3108 and W30 gray p n 8120 3216 The newer connectors are incompatible with the older cables as are the newer cables incompatible with the older connectors Should replacement of the 7 23 Service Model 3325 14 4 assembly in one of the above instruments become necessary refer to paragraph 8 113 in Section VIII for additional replacement information Note that cable connector changes for part num bers 1251 6567 and 8120 3108 occured beginning with instrument serial number 1748404250 7 47 Service Group M Options High Voltage Output Opt 002 03325 66508 and High Stability Reference Opt 001 03325 66509 A7
360. es are shown in ASCII characters Valid mnemonics FR Frequency AM Amplitude OF Offset 1 Sweep Start Frequency P Sweep Stop Frequency F Sweep Marker Frequency TI Sweep Time uu Valid data O thru 9 ASCII numerics if too many digits are sent the extra digits will be ignored or rounded ASCII plus sign plus sign is accepted but not required ASCII minus sign minus sign will be ig nored if sent for parameters that cannot be negative ASCII decimal floating decimal entries not valid Valid delimiters HZ Hertz KH Kilohertz MH Megahertz VO Volts peak to peak or dc MV Millivolts peak to peak or dc VR Volts rms di MR Millivolts rms DB dBm DE Degrees SE Seconds NOTE When operating in Data Mode I an EOS character is not required When in Mode 2 the EOS character should not be sent until the end of the program string or after 48 bytes see Paragraph 3 117 3 122 Programming Waveform Function 3 123 The selectable functions are DC only Sine wave Square wave Triangle wave Positive Slope Ramp Negative Slope Ramp The programming syntax for selecting function is Mnemonic Data EOS Valid mnemonic FU Function Valid data Function off dc only Sine Square Triangle Positive Slope Ramp Negative Slope Ramp VA pb b TO 3 124 Programming Binary On or Off Funct
361. eshoot NO Test Passes Device Select Problem 6016 1 C362 YES YES Troubleshoot A6U16 2 C1U6 6016 6 FUIH A6U16 A6U16 3 8PC8 NO NO YES 6U9 16 FUIH Troubleshoot roubleshoo ASUS NO Troubleshoot i 54 8 29 sit sf Are All Leds On XES Press and Hold the designated key and read the signature at the IC pin indicated NO IC Pin Sig 4 A5U5 1 A5U5 3 1 Minus 505 5 7605 Sine A5U5 9 HA2P YES YES Ramp Down A5U5 11 23HC ABTP3 FU15 Troubleshoot Up ASUS 13 82 98 8 A5U1 1 C875 NO Phase 501 3 AU7C Store 501 5 5991 501 9 6HOF F431 FFHH Troubleshoot A6U25 5 Con nections Freq A5U1 11 MHz 501 13 NO Troubleshoot 505 U6 or Switch YES YES YES Troubleshoot ASTP1 3056 42152 Are Many Leds AS21 28 ASUZ U4 or NO 509 6 A5U9 9 509 12 509 15 509 16 A5U9 19 Troubleshoot A6U16 Con Check For Defective Leds 2 nections NO Troubleshoot A5U9 Troubleshoot A6U16 Troubleshoot A6U15 Figure 8 29 Signature Analysis Test 4 8 A 5 Service WRITE OISPLAY DATA 8 CURRENT SOURCES 6 31T SERIAL IN PARALLEL MACHINE 16 LINES DATA Bus 18 LINESI REGISTER CLOCK SHIFT REGISTER 12 BUFFERS READ KEYBOARD 4 lt TRI STATE BUFFER 14 LINES 12 LINES 4 LINES MATR
362. eshooting Procedures 8 28 MILL SERVICES viet Lica ie eect 8 1 8 124 Orientation Of Components 8 28 8 1 8 1 8 126 Mnemonic Dictionary 8 28 8 3 Basic Theory 8 1 8 128 Logic Troubleshooting by Signature 8 5 Theory Of 8 1 Analysis 8 28 LIST OF TABLES Table Page Table Page 1 1 Specifications 1 2 3 1 Operating Information 3 1 1 2 Supplemental Information 1 3 3 2 Amplitude Limits of AC Function 3 5 1 3 Interface Capability 1 6 3 3 High Voltage Output Amplitudes 1 4 HP IB Response Times 1 7 Option 002 3 6 1 5 Recommended Test Equipment 1 8 3 4 Maximum DC Offset 2 1 HP IB 2 5 with any AC 3 7 Table of Contents Model 3325A LIST OF TABLES Cont d Table Page Table Page 3 5 General Interface Management Lines 3 14 7 4 Board Revisions 7 3 3 6 Definition of Meta Messages 3 15 7 5 21 1 Board Revisions 7 6 3 7 33254 Implementation of Messages 3 16 7 6 21 1 Board Revisions 7 8 3 8 Interface Functions 3 16 7 7 21 1 Board Revisions 7 10 3 9 Summary of 3325A Programming 7 8 Board Revisions 7
363. esign changes to improve the R F perfor mance of the atten 1748 00851 Present went A23 Rev B following PC trace layout modification Note that all serial number ranges are approximate 7 45 The following backdating information pertains to the Attenuator assembly 03325 66523 07 A6 Page 8 L 3 8 L 4 Figure 8 45 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748 00540 and below Instruments in this serial number range do not have C15 C16 or C17 A6 Page 8 L 3 8 L 4 Figure 8 45 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748404400 and below 7 22 Model 3325 Service Instruments in this serial number range have an A23 A7 assembly which contains connector J30 p n 1251 4390 for use with cable W30 p n 8120 2576 The older black connector and white cable have been replaced on newer boards by a more reliable connector orange p n 1251 5064 and cable gray p n 8120 3216 The newer connector is incompatible with the older cable as is the newer cable incompatible with the older connector If the 23 7 assembly is replaced in one of the above in struments refer to paragraph 8 113 in Section VIII Note that similar connector cable changes have been made to other assemblies beginning with serial number 1748A04250 7 46 The following backdating information pertains to the relay driver portion of 14 4 AS Page 8 L 3 8 L 4 Figure 8 45 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A01075 and below Instrum
364. esistance of each transistor Be sure to replace the shorting connector to the NORM position after troubleshooting 1f the 3325A does not meet accuracy specifications at 20MHz after repair of the output amplifier and the flatness cannot be adjusted properly with the FLT adjustment Section V Amplitude Flat ness Adjustment it may be necessary to select a different value for A14C103 Service Group J In creasing the value increases the output amplitude at higher frequencies and vice versa Note that the 20MHz flatness adjustment FLT affects square wave overshoot 8 K 1 Service Model 3325A No Sync Output Signal Output Normal If the signal output is normal but there is no sync output check for a square wave at both ends of the fuse F4 With no external equipment connected to the sync output this should bea TTL level square wave If the signal is present at only one end of the fuse replace the fuse 125 A hp Part No 2110 0301 If the fuse is good trace the signal from U47 through U48 If any one of the five parallel inverters has failed with either the input or output at ground the sync out put will not be present If there is no signal at U47 output move the small shorting connector marked IN from the NORM position to the opposite position The dc voltage at 047 pin 2 should then measure 3 75 V one half the voltage at the AMP OUT test point Be sure to return the shorting connector to the NORM posit
365. ethod is used to troubleshoot the 3325A logic in Service Groups A B and 8 130 The flowchart of Figure 8 28 b and the symptoms listed in Table 8 5 may direct you to a Signature Analy sis Test in Service Group A B or C Basically the vari ous tests apply to the following circuits Table 8 4 Adjustments Required After Repair Service Para Circuit Repaired Group Adjustments Required No A Keyboard HP IB Control Voltage Controlled Oscillator VCO Buffer N F Counter Fractional N Analog 30 MHz Oscillator Sine Amplitude amp Amplitude Mod Mixer D A Converter and Sample Hold Ramp Gating Circuits Output Amplifier Sweep Range Circuits X Drive Integrator High Stability Reference Power Supply 8 28 G omnmmiuouuu 27 None None None VCO Frequency None None Analog Phase Interpolation 30 MHz Reference Oscillator Amplitude Gain m 1 Mixer Spurs D A Converter Offset Ramp Stability Amplifier Bias Amplitude Flatness X Drive X Drive High Stability Reference Power Supply D A Converter Offset Po gogo an D aR ane m Model 3325 Service Test Page ROM 8 2 0 8 C 6 1 8 15 2 8 C 23 Circuits Tested ROM s A6U1 4 Processor A6U9 and Buffer A6U10 Unless these circuits are operating properly none of the other tests will work This test is a point by point signa
366. f 3 10 or 100 for example one of the attenuator relays may be latched in the wrong position With the DC Offset set to 5 V none of the attenuator pads should be in No Load Output voltage will be If 100 pad K1 is IN 0 100 V If 10 pad K2 is IN 1 000 V If 3 pad is IN 3 333 V If 100 and 10 pads IN 0 010 V If 100 and 3 pads are IN 0 033 V If 10and 3 pads are IN 0 333 V If is in the IN position T Instrument with High Voltage Option 002 20 00 V Instrument without Option 002 front panel output 0 rear panel output 10 00 V Operation of the latching relays may be checked by momentarily grounding each output of 4050 and 4076 collector as follows Pin No Relay 10 K4 Front output or OFF 16 Rear output or H V ON 15 K3 OUT 14 K3 IN 13 K2 OUT 12 K2 IN 11 OUT 076 Coll Kl IN 8 L 1 Service 8 L 2 Model 3325 A small error in the output voltage may be caused by the output amplifier or by excessive contact resistance in the attenuator relays particularly if the error is not evident on all ranges The following table lists the eight ranges used in the DC Offset only mode and the relays used for each range Relay is used for all ranges DC Offset Only Attenuator Range No AC Function Relay Pads In 1 5 000 to 1 500 V None 2 1 499 to 0 500 V K3 3 499 9to 150 0mV K2 4 149 9 to 50 00 mV K2 K3 5 49 99 to 15 00 mV 6 14 99 to 5 000 m
367. f 5 divisions apart for 11 frequencies xx High Voltage Option 2 Amplitude Flatness above 100kHz yy Connect the 3325A output to an oscilloscope hp 1740A with a 500 Q 500 pF load load attached at either end Cable capacitance 30pF foot must be in cluded in the 500 pF The HV divider Figure 4 9B may be used with 6 feet of cable Performance Tests zz Set the oscilloscope as follows Vertical Sensitivity Time Div 10 volts div 1 msec aaa Set the 3325A to 40 Vpp sine wave HV option on and 1 kHz Adjust oscilloscope intensity and focus for a sharp trace bbb Use the modify keys to bump the 3325A fre quency from 1 kHz to 1 001 MHz in 200 kHz steps Verify that the width of the bright region of the screen 15 4 4 divisions for all 11 frequencies 4 61 DC Offset Accuracy DC Only 4 62 This procedure tests the dc offset accuracy when no ac function output is present The only specifica tion in Table 1 1 is 0 4 of full range Except lowest attenuator range where accuracy is 20nV Equipment Required DC digital voltmeter with 5 digit resolution capable of measuring gt 20 V for High Voltage Output Option 002 hp Model 3455A 50 ohm Feedthru termination hp Model 11048C a Connect the 3325A signal output through the 50 ohm feedthru termination to the dc digital voltmeter input see Figure 4 11 A b Press whichever function key is presently active indicated by a lighted ind
368. f final value 10 to 90 best fit straight line 4 27 Performance Tests Equipment Required High speed dc digital voltmeter This procedure is written to use the high speed and delay capabilities of the hp Model 3437A Resistive divider 2 6 consisting of 100kQ 1 1 8W hp Part No 0757 0465 162kQ 1 1 8W hp Part No 0757 0470 DC power supply hp MOdel 6214A BNC to Triax adapter hp Part No 1250 0595 Model 11172A RF Cable a Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4 12 b Set the 3325 as follows High Voltage Output Option 002 Off Funetion uana revera Sine Amplitude 10 V p p Sweep Start Frequency 1 MHz Sweep Stop Frequency 10 MHz Sweep Marker Frequency 4MHz 0 01 Press 3325 START CONT key d Set the digital voltmeter as follows Ranges ga 4 1V Number of Readings 1 I Vis maia ace titres Ext NOTE The model 3437A triggers on the negative going edge of the Z Blank signal which oc curs at the start of sweep up e Set the digital voltmeter delay to 001 seconds Adjust the dc power supply for a digital voltmeter reading of 1 600 V Record the digital voltmeter reading on thc Performance Test Record under Drive Ramp Measurement 10 This is the 10 point on the X Drive ramp See Figure 4 13
369. fted into the first position of the 16 bit register and the four line output of the keyboard matrix is read onto the machine data bus by the Read Keyboard clock signal The high bit is then shifted one position in the register and the keyboard matrix output is read again This process 18 repeated through the twelve input lines to the matrix The high input bit is inverted by the keyboard buffers A low level on one of the four matrix output lines indicates that a key has been pressed and the control circuits initiate the proper action After low level has been detected the control circuits look for a high level from the same key before the same action can be repeated In other words if the 5 key has been pressed only one 5 will be processed even though the key is held through more than one keyboard scan cycle 8 0 Numeric Display The same high bit that is shifted through the 16 bit shift register to scan the keyboard enables one of the eleven numeric display digits in each of the first eleven positions of the register When a digit is enabled eight bits of data parallel from the Machine Data Bus are entercd in the 8 bit latch by a Write Keyboard Display Data clock signal Each low bit in this data enables one of the eight current sources which supplies current to the proper segment or decimal point of the enabled digit 8 1 Service KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY 18 CIRCUITS KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY SERVICE GROUP A
370. ful when troubleshooting amplitude problems Levels shown occur with the 3325A s frequency set to 1kHz and with Auto Calibration Disable ACD grounded Programmed TP TP Amplitude Vp p AMP IN OV dc offset AMP IN 2V dc offset Vp p DC Level Vp p DC Level 1 0 16 5 17 0 06 5 1 2 0 28 5 17 0 1 5 1 3 0 16 5 17 0 14 5 1 4 0 20 5 17 0 18 5 1 5 0 24 5 17 0 22 5 1 6 0 28 5 17 0 26 5 1 7 0 32 5 17 8 0 38 5 17 9 0 44 5 17 10 0 48 5 17 puu a NL JAVE CURRENT ca deu eo Lei Y 1 oi li oi Kt Y QuARIUS CIRCUIT cf NO 45 eut i 45 107 404 m SINE AMP Rico 5 45v 2 1 iso RIO da 8s v e CNAB 5 2 FRO uae loq 5 29 9 AA 387 9 os k 20 Mig D Ow2o ROT 20 2 RMA a 2 2019 20 1 Mite cios 7 4 lt 21 COUNTER c A5 Hp Bi SIN RG RG ASA 2 pA SQUARE ENABLE H SINE WAVE FROM 80 q FROM MIXER CIO CIO 24 lt Sipe IA Ope Sipe 28826 PHASE DETECTOR 1 Sv 1 n 076 FUNCTION U28 PIN gt Rests PK Ss f Reset Beofrser lt U34 i SINE WAVE vts Uf SQUARE WAVE L 1 el EROM TRA TRANGLE L k CONTROLLER nane
371. ge may contain an Al4 A4 board which contains connector J1 p n 1251 4494 for use with cable W32 p n 8120 2577 The older black connector and white cable have been replaced on newer boards by a more reliable connector orange p n 1251 6567 and cable gray p n 8120 3108 The newer connectors are incompatible with the older cables as arc the newer cables incompatible with the older connectors If the A14 A4 assembly is replaced in one of the above in struments refer to paragraph 8 113 in Section VIH for additional replacement information 7 16 Model 3325 Service Note also that on the older 14 4 boards cable W36 was used to carry supply current from the A6 assembly to 14 4 With the newer cables on the newer boards W36 is not needed However if one chooses to modify a newer board to use the older 1251 4494 connectors and cables 8120 2577 W36 is required 7 37 Service Group J Function Circuits P O 03325 66514 7 38 A14 Past To Present Table 7 11 briefly summarizes the engineering and manufacturing changes that have brought A14 A4 to its current revision Tabie 7 11 A14 A4 Board Revisions Board instruments Shipped Revision With This Revision A4 Rev B 1748400101 1748A00190 Rav C 1748400181 1748A00470 Rev D 1748A00471 1748A01075 1748 01076 1748 01900 1748A01901 1748 08780 1748408791 1748A14537 1748A14538 Present Board Changes went Re
372. glish threaded fasteners are colored silver and metric threaded fasteners are colored black DO NOT mate silver and black fasteners to each other or the threads of either or both will be destroyed Metric threaded HP IB cable hard ware illustrations and part numbers follow SHORT MOUNTING STUD 0380 0644 LOCKSCREW 1390 0360 LONG MOUNTING STUD 0380 0643 Figure 2 3 4 Connector 2 3 Section Because the address switches are located inside the instrument they should be set by trained service personnel only To avoid electrical shock make sure the power cord is disconnected before removing the instrument cover 2 17 Description 2 18 A description of the HP IB is provided in Section MI of this manual A study of this information is neces sary if you are not familiar with the HP IB Concept Ad ditional information concerning the design criteria and operation of the bus is available in IEEE Standard 488 1978 IEEE Standard Digital Interface for Program rable Instrumentation 2 19 Connecting Oven Option 004 2 20 In order to use the Oven Option 001 an external connection must be made betweenthe rear panel 10 MHz OVEN OUTPUT and thc REF IN connectors A special connector for this purpose hp Part 1250 1499 is supplied with instruments having Option 001 2 21 OPERATING ENVIRONMENT To prevent potential electrical or fire hazard do not expose equipment to rain or moisture 2 22
373. gnator Location Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location C111 E L106 E R41 C R121 F C2 C112 E L107 F R42 8122 C113 E L108 F R43 8123 A C114 E 1109 F 844 R45 R151 G C6 A C116 F 1111 7 0117 F 1112 F R46 2153 G C8 A C118 F 1113 F 847 154 G c9 A C119 F 114 R48 849 R156 G C11 C121 F L116 F R157 G C12 B C122 F L117 F R56 D R158 G C13 B C123 F R57 D R159 G C14 B C124 1151 G R58 1152 G R59 Ti F C16 B C126 F L153 G T2 F C17 8 C127 F R61 D C18 B C128 F P2 D R62 D 1 8 cis B C129 F R63 D TP2 R64 D 021 B C151 G Q2 4 D C22 B C152 G Q3 8 R66 D C23 B C153 6 Q4 R67 0 TP6 E C24 C154 G Q6 E R68 D 7 C26 R69 D _ C27 C C156 G 0101 870 C28 B C157 G 0102 U2 A C29 B C158 G R71 D U3 A R1 A R72 04 C31 B CR1 A R2 B R73 D 95 C32 CR2 A R3 A R74 D C33 06 8 C34 8 4 R6 A R76 D U7 8 R7 A R77 98 C36 c CR6 A R8 A R78 D ug C37 R9 R79 919 C38 R10 C39 R81 U11 CR101 F R11 A R82 012 C41 R12 R83 D U13 D C42 41 R13 A R84 D 014 D C43 42 R14 A 015 C44 J3 G R86 D R16 A R87 D U16 F C46 47 D R17 B R88 D U17 G C47 c J8 B R18 B R89 D U18 G C48 48 R19 B 019 G c49 D 410 R91 411 R21 8 882 1 c51 D R22 B R93 D C52 D J15 G R23 B Norm Test D C53 D 423 R24 B R101 E C54 42
374. gt ain 28 7 2 rrrrr VO 4 iD O D D D ON CN CN CN 15 15V TI R266 8267 cooo ooooo gt OO u ow Usa iz as ag 00 lt rr 00 G O lt on RAR AN NAN mr x z z z x x mx ca V SAE 244 y P 0 A4 ASSEMBLY 03325 66504 i re ROLE ssn S H STROBE 5 027 12 DATA DECODER DT 14 1 14 Pa asy 3 R37 2 2K uy IPA 3 01419 ponte iO gt DUAL jm OFF M 7 R29 15V 2 2K DR Y a PRESET UP DOWN 4159 15 5 1 178 29 15 1 1 31 232 138 038 175 177 01 BACH 185885 HADS 05 4 Fr CURRENT 500 z HMDA 015 amp iwFD n 14573 6 TO 926 SAMPLE HDLD bd LATCH U i 248 K0 K4 0 K2 K7 U28 10 049 70 U J L N J 15 E d AS SEE SECTION VII M hM m COPYRIGHT 1978 BY HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY 9 42 sht 3 7 STROBE DAC RESET AND SRM FE SAMPLE TIMERS
375. h The maximum sweep band width is the full frequency range for the function selected except that in log sweep the minimum fre quency is 1 Hz The minimum bandwidth for log sweep is one decade Minimum bandwidth for each function linear sweep is as follows SING uerius 10 mHz s x sweep time 5 mHz s x sweep time Triangle 0 5 mHz s x sweep time Ramps 1 mHz s x sweep time For sweep bandwidths of less than 100 times the minimum Bandwidth selected should be an integral multiple of the minimum In linear sweep mode the sweep bandwidth may be multiplied or divided by two by pressing the blue prefix key and then Afx2 or Af 2 These bandwidth modification keys do not operate in log sweep mode 3 55 Sweep Marker 3 56 The marker frequency may be set to any point within the sweep band up to within approximately 400 microseconds of the stop frequency If the marker fre quency is set beyond this point the stop frequency will automatically be increased so that the marker pulse is 3 9 Operation approximately 400 microseconds wide The following equation may be used to determine the approximate t maximum marker frequency 0004 bandwidth Max marker freq stop freq sweep ime The rear panel MARKER output is at TTL compatible voltage levels It is High at the start of a sweep up goes Low at the selected marker frequency then High again at the stop
376. h R248 H C132 E CR221 H R1 R121 E R249 G C133 E F1 B R122 E R250 H F2 A R3 A R123 E C134 E F3 G R4 R124 E R251 G C135 F G R5 B R252 H R126 E R253 G C136 F RG B R127 R264 H C137 F J2 G R7 B R128 E R265 G C138 F J4 H 8 B R129 E C139 F J5 R9 256 H R131 R257 H C141 F J9 B R11 R132 E R258 H C142 F J12 A R133 E R259 H C143 F 413 B R26 A R134 R260 G C144 F J14 c R27 A R28 A 423 F C203 F 353 A R29 A 8 1 4 5 T 5 15v8 v s 1 124 4 X uS 2 5 638 67 IPAZ T R3s o l 864 eM 848 hira C46 C amp 6 HE ui3 DAC 05 ADJ 1 840 924 ue t i6 44 R45 834 t45 t35 841 068 Br M 861 0 2 22217 21 926 50 3 o AAPL 27 855 C34 028 R55 07 p CATO 929 030 09 010 Rev C 03325 66514 oa U31 U32 m Mm Uit Ui2 OOO uuu 0tgog go dg U33 U34 U35 U36 U37 2555 u OQ tu w owe 9 LAG u17 U18 019 938 039 U40 941 042 U44 U45 U46 947 U48 948 Uso modo 4 N NNN ANN gt gt 555 255 wud lt lt a o O O lt lt TRI TRIFILT XDR 01 02 U3 u4 US U6 07 mmuocg gt N gt
377. he 50 ohm posi tion If your oscilloscope does not have a 50 ohm input use a 50 ohm load hp Model 11048C 50 ohm feedthru termination at the input b Set the 3325A as follows High Voltage Output Option 002 Off Function Positive Slope Ramp Frequency 10 kHz Amplitude 10 V p p c Adjust the oscilloscope vertical and horizontal controls so that the ramp retrace time from the 90 to 10 points can be measured Retrace time should be less than 3 ps 4 Change function to negative slope ramp and repeat Step c 4 49 Sync Output Test 4 50 This procedure checks the voltage levels of the sync output square wave Vi gt 1 2V V 0 2V into 50 ohms low Equipment Required Oscilloscope hp Model 1740A a Connect the 3325A sync output to the oscilloscope vertical input If the oscilloscope is an hp Model 1740A set the input switch to the 50 ohm position If your oscilloscope does not have a 50 ohm input use a 50 ohm load at the input hp Model 11048C 50 ohm Feedthru Termination b Set the 3325A function to sine frequency to 20 MHz c Adjust the oscilloscope controls to measure the high and low levels of the sync square wave The high level should be greater than 1 2 V and the low level should be less than 0 2 V 4 51 Square Wave Symmetry 4 52 This procedure checks the symmetry of the square wave signal output to the specific
378. he DAC test point suspect problems with the analog switch the op amp or the Sample Hold capacitor The following information can also help one determine if the Sample Hold output is good The DAC Auto Zero pulse is approximately and the voltage out of A14U17 will vary slightly around 4 2V LVL This voltage is used during self calibration AMPTD CAL at which time LVL jumps to various levels for a period of about 1 second At all other times LVL remains at approximately 10 2V AMPL This voltage controls the amplitude of all functions The norma amplitude range 1s 4 0V to 10V Programmed Sine Amplitude AMPL 2 99Vp p 7V 3 00 4V 10 00Vp p 10V Sine function off 107 052 This voltage controls the D C offset of the output waveform With Sine function off Programmed D C Offset TP 052 5Vde 10V 5 4 10V 051 This is the DC offset error correction voltage and is calculated during a self calibration This voltage should always be close to XDR X Drive is zero when not sweeping It s 10V for a one second sweep and 0 1V for a 99 second sweep A common problem with this section of the Al4 board is loading of the DAC test point by a bad analog switch Op Amp or a Sample Hold capacitor To check for a loading problem unsolder the lead nearest the DAC test point on the resistor R55 between A14U16 pin 6 and the test point Attach an oscilloscope probe to the unsoldered lea
379. he HP IB from one device to one or more other devices in quantities 3 14 Model 3325 called messages Some of the messages consist of two basic parts the address portion and the information portion Others are gencral messages to all devices Messages can be classified into twelve types which are referred to as 16554868 These are defined in Table 3 6 A block diagram presentation of meta messages and their implementation will be found in Ap pendix A 3 at the rear of this section NOTE The meta message in itself is not pro gram code or an HP IB command It is only intended as a tool to translate a program writ ten an algorithin into the eontroller s code 3 93 3325A Response to Messages 3 94 The 3325A is capable of implementing only those messages indicated in Table 3 7 In order for those messages to be implemented certain bus actions are re quired which are shown in the Interface Functions col umn 3 95 Work Sheet 3 96 A work sheet is provided at the end of this section for listing the address and message capabilitics of cach instrument in your HP IB system When this sheet is filled out it will provide a summary of the system capabilities 3 97 HP IB Addressing 3 98 Certain messages require that a specific tatker and listener be designated Each instrument on the bus has its own distinctive listen and or talk address which distinguishes it from other de
380. he digital volt meter see Figure 5 2a CAUTION Insure that the input voltage to the thermal converter does not exceed 1Vrms Also for best results allow the thermal converter time to settle and adjust to surrounding tem peratures c Note and record the dc voltage reading on the volt meter This is the flatness reference voltage 4 Set the 3325A frequency to 20MHz Using a non conductive tool adjust A14C217 to obtain the same read ing as the reference recorded in step c e Set the 3325A to 10MHz Adjust 14 142 to ob tain the same reading as recorded in step c Repeat step d adjusting A14C217 as necessary AS scc Section VII for alternate procedure 5 5 Adjustments f Set the 3325A to 16MHz The voltmeter reading should be within 0 15mV of the reference recorded in step c If not decrease padding capacitor 14 101 using the capacitors shown in Table 5 2 Repeat steps d and e 8 Set the 3325A to 20MHz Bump the frequency down to IMHz in 1MHz steps Note the de voltage at each fre quency and insure that it is within 0 15mV of the refer ence recorded in step c h If the dc voltage measured in the 19 21MHz range is out of tolerance increase or decrease the value of A14C103 as necessary using the values shown in Table 5 2 If A14C103 is changed repeat steps d and g i Set the 3325A amplitude to 3 0Vp p j Replace the 10Vp p pad with the 3 0Vp p pad Figure 5 2b Repeat steps d and g If a voltag
381. he front Model 3325A Operation Table 3 2 Amplitude Limits of AC Functions Peak to Peak Function Sine 3 536 V 5 000 V 2 888 V 2 888 V Square Triangle Ramp panel However because of the overrange capability of the 3325A the maximum frequency for cach function is as shown bclow Sine wave 20 990 009 999 Hz Square wave 10 999 999 999 Hz Triangle 10 999 999 999 Hz 10 999 999 999 Hz 10 999 099 999 Hz Positive slope ramp Negative slope ramp 3 32 Frequency Display and Resolution 3 33 Frequency is always displayed in Hz even though the entry may have been made in kHz or MHz For ex ample an cniry of 12 MHz is displayed as 1 200 000 0 Hz Non significant zeroes to the right of the first digit following the decimal point are not displayed except during a modify condition see Paragraph 3 68 The maximum resolution is 1 Hz for frequencies up Lo and including 99 999 999 999 Hz and 1 mHz for frequencies of 100 000 000 Hz and higher 3 34 Auxiliary Output Sine Function Only 3 35 A rear panel auxiliary output can be used for fre quencies above 19 MHz to a maximum of 60 999 999 999 Hz The output level is nominal 0 dBm into 50 ohms The output automatically switches to the AUX output when frequencies of 21 000 000 000 Hz or higher are programmed For this reason the AUX output is labeled 21 60 Frequencies between 19 MHz and 21 MHz can be obtained at the AUX output only by
382. he fundamental 1 Set the 3325A to the following frequencies and verify that their harmonics are below the specified level rela tive to the fundamental 10kHz 65dB 200kHz 60dB 1MHz 40dB In Press the high voltage output key to deactivate the high voltage output 4 39 Spurious Signal Tests 4 40 This procedure tests the 3325A sine wave output for spurious signals Circuits within the 3325A may gener ate repetitive frequencies that are not harmonically related to the fundamenta output frequency All spurious sig nals must be more than 70dB below the fundamental sig nal or less than 90dBm whichever is greater Equipment Required Spectrum Analyzer hp Model 3585 8566 8568A SPECTRUM ANALYZER Fiqure 4 2 Mixer Spurious Test Performance Tests Mixer Spurious Test a Connect the 3325A signal output to the spectrum analyzer 50 ohm RF input and the 3325A EXT REF input to the analyzer s 10MHz reference output See Figure 4 2 b Set the 3325A as follows Function tos een ei eee LU Sine Amplitude iere urhe te 20dBm Frequency 2 001MHz Set the analyzer controls as follows Center 2 001MHz Frequency Span 1kHz Video BW oce he ach ea 100Hz Resolution BW 30Hz d Adjust the spectrum analyzer to reference the fun damental to the top display graticule e Without changi
383. hru HBSID HBSOD LCAR HCDN LCHK HCODA H CODB HCSO thru HCS2 HCSOD thru HCS2D HCS10D thru HCS2DD LCSR LCSRZ H CUN LDAC HDCO thru HDC6 LDOE H 050 thru HDS3 LEC HFND HIAK H IBI HIEN LIFC Hil LIMBP LINV HKCI LLCN LLDI LLDO LLMBL HLNG LLRAR LLRCR LLRP Addressed to Listen Attention Addressed to Talk Bus Clock on HP IB side of isolation Bus Clock to HP IB Direct Control 1 on HP side of isolation HP IB Data Serial 1 2 Bus Interrupt Bus Interrupt Gated Borrow from RAR Low HP Parallel Input Data 1 8 1 Parallel Output Data 1 8 Serial Input Data HP IB Serial Output Data Carry from RAR Low Count Down Enable Check CodeA CodeB Chip Select 0 2 Chip Select 2 Delayed Chip Select 1 2 Doubly Delayed Clock Shift Register Keyboard amp Display Clear Select ROM Zero Count Up Enable Data Accepted Direct Control 6 Data Out Enable Device Select 0 3 External Clock to N F Chip End or Identify Fetch New Data Interrupt Acknowledge Inhibit Bus Interrupt Interrupt Enable Interface Clear Interface Clear Latched Interrupt Inhibit Inhibit Machine Bus to Processor Bus Instruction Valid to N F Chip Kilohertz Clock interrupt Load RCR Enable Load Data In Load Data Out Load Machine Bus Latch Listening Load RAM Address Register Load RAM ROM Control Register Load
384. icator in the center of the key This removes the ac output The indicator in the center of the DC OFFSET entry key should light c Set the 3325A dc offset to 5 V then press the CAL key d The dc digital voltmeter reading should be 4 980 to 5 020 V Change 3325A dc offset to 5 V Digital volt meter reading should be 4 980 to 5 020 V Attenuator Test f Set the dc offset to the positive and negative voltages shown below The digital voltmeter reading should be within the tolerances shown for each voltage DC Offset Tolerances 1 499 V 1 49300 to 1 50499 V 499 9 mV 0 49790 to 0 50190 V 149 9 mV 0 14930 to 0 15050 V 49 99 mV 0 04979 to 0 05019 V 14 99 mV 0 01493 to 0 01505 4 999 mV 0 004979 to 0 005019 V 1 499 mV 0 001479 to 0 001519 V 4 23 Performance Tests 4 24 HP 1 DELAYED 1740A CRO PLA EXTERNAL 34374 JRIEGER EXTERNAL TRIGGER IS 30 58 ohms CONSISTING OF TWO 61 11 ohm RESISTORS PARALLEL IS 18 28 ohms CONSISTING OF TWO 36 55 ohm RESISTORS 2 IN PARALLEL ATTENUATOR A Function Amplitude Accuracy Standard Output 100 kHz DELAYED 1740A CRO SWEEP EXTERNAL 3437A EXTERNAL SIGNAL R3 15 443 ohms CONSISTING OF THREE 1 330 ohm RESISTORS IN PARALLEL TOTAL OF 6 CABLE R4 180 3ohms B Function Amplitude Accuracy High Voitage Out
385. ine Bus data 8 79 Attenuator Relays and Pads Relays K2 and K3 control the output signal attenuation Table 8 1 shows the voltage ranges both with and without de offset and the relays and attenuation factors involved The output relay K4 switches the output to the front or rear panel in a standard instrument and switches the High Voltage amplifier in or out in Option 002 instruments 8 80 High Voltage Output Option 002 Service Group M 8 81 The High Voltage Output Amplifier is non inverting and has a gain of two It is designed for operation over a bandwidth of 0 to 1 MHz The output is current protected by a 0 25 A fuse and voltage protected by diodes to the and 30 V supplies Output resistance is essentially zero Plus and minus 30 V regulators which supply power for this amplifier are a part of the option Input power for these supplies is provided from separate winding on the instrument power transformer consequently these supplies are on at any time ac power is connected to the instrument 8 82 Sweep Drive Circuits Service Group N 8 83 The Sweep Drive Circuits provide three output signals that can be used in oscilloscope plotter and similar applications Z Blank Marker and X Drive 8 84 Z Blank The Z Blank output voltage levels are TTL compatible This signal goes low at the start of a 8 19 Model 3325A Table 8 1 Attenuation and Voltage Ranges Amplitude Peak to Peak 50 2
386. ine provided the cause for the require Service message is no longer present The controller then places the bus in the command mode to terminate the message with a Serial Poll Disable command COMMAND MODE DIO 1 8 DIO 1 8 STATUS BYTE ATN UNLISTEN SERIAL POLL Nets Reena MESSAGE TRUE LISTEN ADDRESS ENABLE 0774 0308 DATA MODE C D Dp c peru FALSE STATUS BYTE FALSE THE 5860 LINE WILL 07 GO FALSE UNL SS THE DEVICE NO LONGER REQUIRES SERVICE COMMAND MODE DIO 1 8 SERIAL POLL DISABLE 031g STATUS BIT The Status Bit message 15 sent by a device to the controller to indicate its operational status in response to a Parallel Poll Parallel Polling consists of the controller re questing one bit of status from each device simultaneously The Parallel Poll may consist of three types of operations Configuring Polling and Unconfiguring In Configuring the controller assigns each device a logic level and bit on the bus data lines for a poll response During polling each device responds on its assigned data line with the appropriate logic level In Unconfiguring the controller negates the bit and level assignments for all or selected devices Severa devices may be assigned to the same bit and level causing their response bits to be logically ORed or ANDed 4 Model 3325 Appendix A CONTROLLER TO DEVICE PARALLEL PARALLEL DIO 1 8 POLL STATUS UNLISTE
387. ing a sweep up and low during sweep down The L Start level at U2 pin 2 and U1 pin 15 should go low at the beginning of a sweep up and high just before the end of sweep up 2 Blank Output With the 3325A in continuous sweep linear mode the Z Blank output should be at a TTL low level during sweep up high during sweep down Check for this signal at both ends of A14F1 If the fuse amp is bad replace with hp P N 2110 0343 0 25A The signal should be inverted at the base of Q3 8 N 1 Service Model 3325 Marker Output amp The Marker output operates only during a linear sweep up It is high at the start of a sweep up goes low at the selected marker frequency then high again at the stop frequency Check for this signal at both ends of 14 2 If the fuse is bad replace with hp Part No 2110 0343 25 A If the fuse is good check for the presence of the Sweep Limit Flag at U2 pin 5 and the Marker Reset pulse at U2 pin 1 Both should be negative going pulses Sweep Limit Flag should occur at the selected marker frequency and at the end of sweep up The Marker Reset pulse should occur immediately after the end of sweep up U1 8 EO ule X PRIVE ADJ tal Ta 84 8 fi e O 4 A 03325 66514 Rev C FUNCTION ASSEMBLY 03325 6504 LATCH t5V 15y 0 MARKER T 0 5 Z B
388. instrument Line voltage selection should be done by trained service personnel only To avoid electrical shock make sure the power cord is disconnected before removing the instrument cover 2 9 The line voltage selection switches are set at the factory to correspond to the line voltage option ordered This information may be found on the rear panel Option Line Voltage Selected 100 V 120 V 220 V 240 V If it is necessary to change the line voltage selection access to the switches may be gained by removing thetop cover of the 3323A Make the desired voltage selection as shown in Figure 2 1 Be sure to observe the CAUTION in Figure 2 1 2 10 Power Cable 2 In accordance with international safety standards this instrument is equipped with a three wire cable When connected to an appropriate power line outlet this cable grounds the instrument cabinet The type of power cable shipped with each instrument depends on the country of destination Refer to Figure 2 2 for the connector configuration and hp part numbers of the available power cables 2 12 HP IB Connections 2 13 Interconnection data concerning the rear panel HP IB connector is provided in Figure 2 3 This connector is compatible with the hp 10631 A B or C HP IB cables The lengths of these cables are as follows 10631A meter 1063 B 2 meters 10631C 4 meters 2 1 Section 2 2 Model 3325A LINE VOLTAGE CAUTION WHEN
389. ion after troubleshooting Level Comparator Level Data and Ramp Reset Troubleshooting The Level Comparator output level at PK test point changes each time the amplifier output equals the Level voltage at U42 pin 3 These changes should be easily observed when the AMPTD CAL key is pressed The Level Comparator outputs preset the Level Data Flip Flops which are reset as necessary by the controller The Ramp Reset one shots are triggered by the Level Comparator outputs when the Ramp Enable signal is high The level of the Ramp Polarity signal at U45 pins 2 and 9 determines whether the Ramp or Ramp reset one shot is triggered PRESET CURRENT COUNTER gt SOURCE 14 1 14 1 The Amplitude Calibration Disable ACD is used to break the feedback path during troubleshooting of amplitude problems Connect ACD to Gnd and cycle power off and on PROCESSOR 5 FUNCTION CIRCUITS A14 J HIGH VOLTAGE OUTPUT ATTENUATOR AMPLIFIER P A231 OPTION 002 A8 M Each box contains a code such 14 This lists first the board aUe UIS number followed by the schematic number 001 33 5 8 lt 8 Figure 8 1 Sine Amplitude Control Path 8 K 2 Model 3325 Service Board Board Board Board Board Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location C1 A C205 F J30 H R31 8 R136 E C2 B J31 R32 B R137
390. ions 3 125 The programmable binary functions are High Voltage Output Option 002 Amplitude Modulation Phase Modulation The programming syntax for binary functions is Mnemonic Data EOS Valid mnemonics HV High Voltage Output If the 3325A receives the HV mnemonic but does not have the high voltage option SRQ if enabled and an error code will be generated See Paragraph 3 134 MA Modulation Amplitude MP Modulation Phase Valid data f Off z On NOTE The rear panel signal output is inactive no internal signal connection if the instrument has the High Voltage Output Option 002 in stalled Instructions are given the Operating and Service Manual Section Service Group M for activating the rear panel signal output in one of two ways 1 Placing the standard high voltage output on the rear panel only disconnecting the front panel signal oulput or 2 Disabling the high voltage output and enabling the standard front rear output configuration 3 126 Programming Selection Functions NOTE The selection functions are similar to binary functions but instead of ON or OFF states selection is made between two mutually ex clusive operations 3 127 The programmable selection functions are Rear Output Front Output Linear Sweep Logarithmic Sweep Data Transfer Mode The programming syntax for the selection functions is Mnemonic Data EOS Valid mnemonics RF Rear or Front Output
391. ire IBN ja TRE aim RB LAR KAR 3I BEDE B 5 Appendix B B 6 Model 3325 Example 5 The 3325A can be made to sweep amplitude in steps if a for next statement 15 used in the calculator program It is recommended that the upper and lower amplitude limits selected be on the same range because irregularities in the sweep will occur if the attenuator relays are switched wrt Fira FUIF 2407 for 1 5 by 4 toh Line 0 DC Offset OF0VO is programmed to zero because any offset would be incompatible with the 10 V maximum amplitude of this sweep Line 1 The sweep limits 3 to 10 are on the same range The weep increment is in 1 V steps Because amplitude was the last parameter programmed the write statement does not require the mnemonic Line 2 The calculator returns to Line 1 until I 10 then proceeds to Line 3 Line 3 The sweep decrement is also in 1 V steps Line 5 Return to Line 1 to continue sweeping The sweep speed is determined by calculator and 3325A data transfer and processing times If a slower sweep time is desired wait statements may be added before the next 1 statements Model 3325 EUnction DC only Sine Square Triangle Positive Ramp Negative Ramp FRequency Hz kHz MHz AMplitude Volts p p mVp p Vrms mVrms dBm
392. ired 9 Note If necessary although not recommended a newer replacement assembly may be fitted with the older connectors P N 1251 4494 21 1251 4390 14 pin for use with the older white cables P N 8120 2577 5in 8120 2576 2 3in eee 8 25 Service permitting access to both sides of the assembly for ser vicing All cables may be left in place and the instrument may be operated with a board in the vertical position After releasing the printed circuit board by removing all screws screw the square fasteners back into their threaded standoffs and insert the edge of the board into the slots in the fasteners as shown in Figure 8 28 a The hp part number of the fastener is 0570 0621 Newer 3325s may not have these standoffs installed Make sure that the fasteners do not contact any circuitry other than the ground plane 8 113 A14 A21 A23 Connector Compatibility 8 114 3325A s with serial number 1748A04250 or below contain PC assemblies with certain cables and connec tors which are not compatible with later revision boards When replacing A6 14 A3 A21 or A23 in a 3325A in the range identified above the connector s on the older destination assembly must be changed in order to bc compatible with the cables used with the newer boards Model 3325A For example if the A6 Controller assembly is replaced in 3325A containing the older boards and cables white connectors A14J1 A37
393. is Hewlett Packard Company s implementation of IEEE Stan dard 488 1978 Time shown is in addition to programming time The following accessory options are also available for the Model 3325A Option 907 Front Handle Assembly Option 908 Rack Mount Flange Kit Option 909 Rack Mount Flange Kit Front Handle Assembly Option 910 Additional Operating and Service Manual 1 17 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED 1 18 A special connector is supplied with the High Stability Frequency Reference Option 001 for connect ing the rear panel Reference Output to the Reference In put This connector is Part No 1250 1499 Frequency Switching and Settling Time lt 10 ms to within 1 Hz of final value for 100 kHz span lt 25 ms to within 1 Hz of final value for 1 MHz span lt 70 ms to within 1 Hz of final value for 20 MHz span Phase Switching and Settling Time lt 15 ms to within 90 of phase lock for 20 MHz fre quency change Amplitude Switching Time 30 ms to within amplitude specifications Times shown are in addition to programming time GENERAL Operating Environment Temperature 0 to 55 C Relative Humidity lt 95 09 to 40 C Altitude x 15 000 ft Storage Temperature 50 to 75 C Storage Altitude 50 000 ft Power Requirements 100 120 220 240V 596 1096 48 to 66 Hz 60 VA 100 VA with all options 10 VA standby Dimensions in millimeters and inches 132 6 5 high x 425 5 16 wide x 497
394. is signature indicates that RAM A or its enable signals are not correct F26C This signature indicates that RAM B or its enable signals are not correct 57 9 This signature indicates that RAM C or its enable signals are not correct NOTE After completion of tests be sure to replace all cables switches connectors and jumpers to the normal position 8 C 24 RAM Count Up Failure Possible 177 Failure UHPA u192 U19 4 PC16 U19 6 72H6 Troubleshoot U19 8 9967 U19 12 AAF9 U19 14 6810 U19 16 4P 10 U19 18 14HO NO YES U20 5 45 U20 4 FF7C NO U23 2 U23 8 0000 NO Troubleshoot W13 U22 Tole ot VES U23 4 063P NO Troubleshoot 5 NO bes 8 34 23 Troubleshoot U18 U20 4 FF7C a 3321 YES F U23 5 0000 Troubleshoot 220 U24 YES U24 9 205A NO YES 19 16 0000 NO e Troubleshoot c io YES Troubleshoot 017 Fig 8 344 Sit 3 1 HH YES NO YES 10 0183 NO ableshoot u17 Troubleshoot 1120 U21 U24 9 205A 09 16 0000 Troubleshoot um z z o YES YES Troubleshoot 024 Troubleshoot 315 5V 279A YES RAM Count Down Failure A H47F H9U8 A509 004 98 1 6UA7 4100 Tc Troublesh 919 lt d li 43 7 dan I H H il
395. its This test uses two methods of signature analysis The main difference between these methods is Method 1 tests a repetitive data stream for a fixed period of time and generates a single stable signature Method 2 tests a logical 1 5 V for several periods of time which are deter mined by the 3325A processor in response to the errors it has sensed or the test routine that has been programmed Each situation produces a unique stable signature Some signatures in this test are observed at IC s which are on the front panel printed circuit board A5 Use the following procedure to gain access to the front of this board a Disconnect the internal cables from the Signal and Syne output connectors b Remove the plastic trim strip from the top of the front frame by prying up with a small screwdriver or similar tool in one of the slots near either end of the strip c Remove the two screws from the top of the front frame beneath the trim strip and two corresponding screws from the bottom side of the front frame d Push the printed circuit board and front panel assembly forward to remove from the front frame Be careful not to put stress on the flat cable to the front panel assembly e Remove the ten screws that hold the printed circuit board to the front panel assembly Use the following procedure for Signature Analysis Test 4 Set the 3325A POWER switch to STBY b Disconnect the flat cable to the attenuator assembly to p
396. itude Passed Step g Signal Purity Passed High Voltage Output 1 MHz Passed Par 4 14 Square Wave Verification Step c Frequency and Amplitude Passed Steps d amp e Abberations Passed Step f Rise Time Passed Par 4 16 Triangle and Ramp Verification Step c Triangle Freq and Amptd Passed Step 4 Ramp Freq and Amptd Passed Step e Ramp Fr q and Amptd Passed Step f Ramp Retrace Time Passed Step 9 Ramp Retrace Time Passed Step Triangle Linearity Passed Par 4 18 Amplitude Flatness Passed Spec Par 4 20 Syne Output Check High gt 41 2 Low 0 2 4 22 Frequaney Accuracy Spec Step c Sine 20 MHz 100 Hz Step d Square 10 MHz _ 50 Step e Triangle 10 kHz 100 000 ns Step f Ramp 10 kHz 100 000 ns 5ns Operational Verification Par 4 24 Output Level and Attenuator Check DC Offset Only Entry 5V 15 x 1 499V 499 9 mV 149 9 mv 49 99 mV 14 99 mV 4 999 mV 1 499 mV Min 4 980 V 4 980 V 5 T 49300V 10 489790 V 0 14930 V 0 04979 V 0 01493 V 0 04979 V 0 001479 V All entries and limits High Voltage Output Option 002 20V 20V Par 4 26 Harmonic Distortion 20 MHz 15 MHz 2 MHz 200 kHz 50 kHz 10 kHz 1 kHz 100 Hz 19 775 V 19 775 V High Voltage Output Option 002 100 Hz 10 kHz 200 kHz 1 MHz Par 4 28 Close In Spurious Signal Test Par 4 30 HP IB Check Max 5 020 V 5
397. itude at full output Equipment Required Oscilloscope Model 1740A Connect the 3325A signal output to the oscilloscope vertical input If the oscilloscope is an hp Model 1740A set the input switch to the 50 ohm posi tion If your oscilloscope does not have a 50 ohm input use a 50 ohm load hp Model 11048C 50 ohm feedthru termination at the input b Set the 3325A as follows High Voltage Output Option 002 Off Function Square Frequency MHz Amplitude 10 V p p Adjust the oscilloscope vertical and horizontal controls so that the square wave rise time between the 10 and 90 points can be measured Rise time should be less than 20 nanoseconds d Adjust the oscilloscope to measure the square wave fall time between the 90 and 10 points Fall time should be Jess than 20 nanoseconds Expand the oscilloscope vertical display and adjust controls so that the overshoot can be measured Over shoot should be less than 500 mV at positive and negative peaks 4 47 Ramp Retrace Time 4 48 This test compares the retrace time of the positive and negative slope ramps to the specifications in Table 3 us 90 to 10 Equipment Required Oscilloscope hp Model 1740A a Connect the 3325 signal output to the oscilloscope vertical input If the oscilloscope is an hp 4 16 Model 3325A Model 1740A set the input switch to t
398. l 3325 b Set the 3325A as follows Function DA Ramp FREQUENCY eee ap es be ee e da 1 Hz Amplitude iso scar ben Em S id 10 V p p The width of the positive pulse should decrease to zero then reset and repeat 1 Hz rate TTL levels d Change function to Ramp The positive pulse at the TRI test point should increase to maximum then reset to zero and repeat at a 1 Hz rate If the signal is the same as the cor rect signal in Step d the Ramp Polarity signal from 1728 pin 5 may be incorrect This level should be high for Ramp function and low for Ramp e If the pulse width in Step c or d increases and decreases the pulse reset circuits are not operating and the 3325A output signal should be triangle at a 0 5 Hz rate f At frequencies below 100 Hz the ramps are reset by the digital Phase Detector U35 Check for negative going pulses at U35 pin 6 positive going pulses at U37 pin 8 and negative going pulses at U37 pin 6 Each pulse should toggle the output of U34 pin 8 The Ramp Enable level at U34 pin 10 must be high g At frequencies of 100 Hz and higher ramps are reset by the Ramp Reset pulses generated by the Ramp Reset one shots U45 Service Group K which are triggered by the Level Comparator output U42 pin 7 These are also negative going pulses approximately 10 us wide DC Offset and Amplitude Troubleshooting Problems i
399. lectronic Sine wave signal source hp Model 3335A counter channel A input with a 50 Q load Allow 3325A Electronic Counter hp Model 5328A and counter to warm up for 20 minutes a Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4 7 b Set the 3325A output as follows b Set the 3325A as follows Function Sine Frequency 20 MHz 0 99Vp p High Voltage Output Option 002 Off Functl n 2 22 a wu ger rs Sine 100 kHz Set the counter to count the frequency of the A input Amplitude 13 dBm with 0 1Hz resolution and adjust for stable triggering Electronic counter should indicate 20 000 000 0Hz c Set the sine wave signal source 3335A as follows 10082 Frequency 0 1 MHz 4 Change 3325A function to square wave Frequen Amplitude 13 dBm cy automatically changes to 10 MHz Electronic counter should indicate 10 000 000 0 Hz 50 Hz d Set the electronic counter 5328A as follows Change the 3325A function to triangle Frequency Function Time Interval Avg A to B automatically changes to 10kHz Move the counter input Frequency Resolution 105 to the sync output of the 3325A Set the counter to aver Inp t8 ice eas ed imos 50 0 Separate e age 1000 periods Electr
400. lies The following conditions should then be observed UI9 pin 1 should be high U22 pin 1 should be high U35 pin 1 should be high U43 pin 1 signature should be 5320 After completion of the test be sure to replace the cables careful ly making sure that the contacts are aligned properly 8 C 17 8 C 18 E 5 S 53e Sae AY No Yes 5V HCH5 No Troubleshaot 17 U14 042 3 HCH No Troubleshoot 417 U42 Turn On Problem Clock and Interrupt See Note 1 5V 6PCP Yes Machine Bus Failure Check U28 Outputs Check U28 Inputs U28 3 HF22 028 2 PICF U28 5 C29F No U28 4 8002 U28 7 8P8H yes U26 U28 6 8PBH U28 9 A4U9 026 28 8 9967 028 11 H613 U28 12 H613 U28 13 U28 14 7351 U28 15 C5UO U28 16 500 U28 17 7864 U28 18 45UA No No 933 Troubleshoot U28 028 1 22 Somethiing Interfering 028 19 With Data Bus See Note 2 No Toui 1127 11 3447 Yes U9N Troubleshoot Yes No No U27 Then 928 U39 11 52PH U30 1 3F53 HWI Yes No U9 16 5C34 U30 2 6PCP Yes Yes U9 Not Giving Troubleshoot HWR Signal U15 U16 U23 U24 U39 Device Select Faulty 14 19 U14 15 014 1 Furn On Problem ind interrupt see Note 1 U17 1 BAOC U17 2 254C 017 3 4 017 6 5320 Device Select Faulty U14 12 00 6
401. lloscope vertical control to 5 V div i Set the oscilloscope input switch to 1 dc coupl ed position or disconnect external 50 ohm load 4 2 980344 Interface General I O ROM Extended 1 0 ROM hp 0698 3634 j Press 3325A High Voltage Output key lower right corner of front panel k Change 3325A amplitude to 40 V p p The oscilloscope should display one sine wave approximate ly eight divisions peak to peak having no visible ir regularities 1 Press the High Voltage Output key again to turn the option off 4 14 Square Wave Verification 4 15 This procedure checks the square wave output for frequency rise time and abberrations Equipment Required Oscilloscope hp Model 1740A Model 3325 a Connect the 3325A signal output to the oscilloscope vertical input If the oscilloscope 18 an hp Model 1740A set the input switch to the 50 ohm posi tion If your oscilloscope does not have 50 input use a 50 ohm load hp Model 11048 50 ohm Feed thru Termination at the input Set the 3325A as follows High Voltage Output Option 002 Off Function Square Frequency 1 MHz Amplitude 10 V p p c Set the oscilloscope vertical control to 2 V div horizontal to 2 us div The oscilloscope should display two square waves approximately five divisions peak to peak d Switch the oscilloscope vertical c
402. llow ing circuits in the order given to isolate the faulty sub block 1 Check the phase comparator output at A21TP9 The waveform should appear as shown in Figure 8 F 1 for the given conditions 2 Measure the voltage at the junction of R41 and R39 The voltage should be 8 3 Check the outputs of U4 and U5 for the presence of the bias and API signals These signals should be toggling while the 3325A is sweeping If the signals are not present check the oper ation of the Fractional N chip U19 and check for the latch clock coming from 022 pin 6 e If the above circuitry is good then the fault probably lies in the integrator or the API 1 Bias sub block API Troubleshooting Exercise care when troubleshooting the API Bias circuitry The signals are small currents that are difficult to detect Note that if the VCO locks but there are large spurious signals present at the out put diodes 21 3 CR4 CR8 and should be checked f Connect cable W18 back to the sample hold output at J18A if not already done so The following steps determine if the digital programming portion or the analog portion of the A21 board is at fault g Enter a frequency on the 3325A front panel of 5 000 001 For this frequency the fractional N counter 1s trying to correct the phase detector error for the 1Hz offset Hence the programming pattern for API will repeat at a 1 05 rate API 2 will repeat at 0 1 second rate API 3 at 0 015 r
403. low at this time Cheek Cable From A21 To NO _ Trou U18 11 9405 A21U1 Troubleshoot 118 U25 1 33H 025 2 UUGP U25 3 CA3U U25 4 UUGP NO Troubleshoot us 016 1 33H U16 2 UU6P U16 3 018 4 UUGP NO Troubleshoot us YES NO U16 6 16 19 16 F165 NO Troubleshoot Troubleshoot u1 Ud 5307 YES Fractional N IC Data Lost Connect one input of a dual trace oscilloscope to A21U28 pin 1 This is the LRAD signal Trig ger on this input Adjust sweep to observe two LRAD pulses Use the other input to observe signals levels concurrent with the LRAD pulses YES at the points listed below First Second 28 LRAD LRAD Pin Pulse Puise 3 High Law 13 Low Low 11 Low High 9 Low Low POCC 25 11 Troubleshoot A21U19 A21U28 Troubleshoot A21U18 A1U28 5V 7112 Check Cable From 21 To AG YES Fractional N IC Qata Lost Connect one input of a dual trace to A21U28 pin 1 This is the LRAL ger on this input Adjust to lt LRAD pulses Use the other inpu NO signal levels concurrent with the at the points listed below First Second A1U28 LRAD LRAD Pin Pulse Pulse 3 High Low 13 Low Low 11 Low High Troubleshoot 9 Low Low 015 Check Cable Troubleshoat From A21 To A6 us Figure 8 35 2 564 tof 5V 5307 YES Fractional Data
404. m length of cable that can be used to connect a group of instruments must not exceed 2 meters 6 5 ft times the number of instruments to be connected or 20 meters 65 6 ft whichever is less 2 15 3325A Listen Talk Address 2 16 The 3325 is normally shipped from the factory with the listen address set to ASCII character 1 talk address Q The 3325A address switches are located inside the top cover near the center of the instrument The possible HP IB addresses are shown in Table 2 1 Set the five switches marked 1 through 5 to the correct positions corresponding to the ASCII code address chosen The 3325A may be set toa listen only condition by setting the switch marked LON to the 1 position Be sure to leave the ROM switch in the 1 position This switch is used for troubleshooting only REN DAV NRFD NDAC IFC SRO ATN SHIELD CHASSIS GROUND P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 6 P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 7 P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 8 P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 9 P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 10 P O TWISTED PAIR WITH PIN 11 ISOLATED DIGITAL GROUND THESE PINS ARE INTERNALLY GROUNDED STO 0 4090 The 3325A contains metric threaded HP 1B cable mounting studs as opposed to English threads Metric threaded hp 10637A B or C HP IB cable lockscrews must be used to secure the cable to the instrument Identification of the two types of mounting studs fockscrews 15 made by their color En
405. n stalled it is important that it remain connected to the power source to maintain a constant oven temperature eliminating the need for a long warm up period If an instrument with the Oven Assembly has been discon nected from ac power no longer than 24 hours a 15 minute warmup period is sufficient to bring the reference frequency to within 1 107 of final value 3 8 INITIAL CONDITIONS 3 9 After the POWER switch has been set to ON the instrument status will be as follows i aee Rr D Sine 1000 Hz ees V1 mV PASC sew awa uter sess ares 0 deg DC tisian Rx rr Front Signal Output Sweep Linear Start Frequcency 1 MHz Stop Frequency 10 MHz Marker Frequency 5 MHz e sai kaska mays kalu ys 1 sec NOTES 1 If the display reads OSC FAIL the fre quency synthesis circuits are nol operating properly 2 If A CAL FAIL appears in the display momentarily after turn on any one of the three AMPTD CAL tests could be incorrect Perform a SELF TEST operation to identify the failure 3 If either of the above conditions occurs refer the instrument to qualified service per sonnel for repair Operation 3 10 SELF TEST 3 11 The self test operation is initiated by pressing the blue prefix key then the SELF TEST key AMPTD CAL This test
406. n 001 Sample Hold P O 03325 66514 Service Group 8 22 SAE T 7 15 8 91 Power Supplies Service Group 8 22 7 37 Service Group J Function Circuits 8 98 Sine Amplitude Control Path 8 23 8 24 P O 03325 66514 5 7 17 8 99 Amplitude Control Circuitry 8 23 8 24 7 40 Service Group K Output Amplifier 8 102 Auto Calibration Disable P O 03325 66514 8 7 20 ACD 8 23 8 24 7 43 Service Group L Attenuator 8 104 Servicing Information 8 25 03325 66523 and Relay Drivers 8 105 Power Line Voltage Selection 8 25 P Q 03325 66514 5 6 7 22 8 107 8 25 7 0 Service Group M Options High Voltage 8 109 Adapter 8 25 Output Opt 002 03325 66508 and 8 111 Access to Reverse Side of A21 14 High Stability Reference Opt 001 and cr 8 25 03325 66509 7 7 24 8 113 14 A21 A23 Connector 7 49 Service Group N Sweep Drive Circuits 8 26 P O 03325 66514 5 7 24 8 115 Troubleshooting Information 8 26 7 52 Service Group O Power Supplies 8 117 Test Equipment Required 8 26 03325 66502 8 7 25 8 119 Adjustments Required After 8 28 Section Page 8 121 Basic Troubl
407. n Talk Binary Code Address gt OS 0 0 0 0 Ozgr 1 L4 lt gt gt gt gt lt Ne Factory Selected Address nmm gt 00 090 0 0 0 40 e P 1 2 R 3 5 4 5 U 6 7 w 1 N lt x M kay 2220000 oooooco Address Switches LON Listen Only ROM ROM Disable For Test Only NOTE The Equivalent Codes shown correspond only to the B bit binary switch code These bits are the sare for both listen and talk addresses and the sixth e and seventh bits determine whether the address is listen 01 or talk 10 Some controllers distinguish between listen and talk automatically requiring only the bit code equivalent to designate a device 2 5 Installation Model 3325A 2 33 Instrument Identification 2 34 If the instrument is being returned to Hewlett Packard for servicing attach a tag indicating the type of service required return address model number and full serial number In any correspondence refer to the instrument by model number and full serial number 2 35 Packaging EN TRIM 2 36 Original Packaging If the original packaging has HANDLE KIT BENCH OPERATION been retained pack the instrument in the same manner
408. n the Amplitude and Offset control circuits are most easily Jocated by measuring dc volt ages The voltages shown on the schematic are measured with the instrument in the turn on state power switched from STBY to ON Amplitude problems have in the past been linked to U38 U39 and 1740 failures If the amplitude level from the DAC see AMPL test point Service Group 1 is correct as well as the voltages at A3TP4 Service Group G then the amplitude control circuitry in this serv ice group 15 suspect A dc offset in sine function only may be caused by a fault in the Q103 Q104 circuits If the square triangle and ramp functions are inoperative or if the DC Offset no ac func tion is one half the programmed level the problem may be in Offset Control circuits U38B Q106 U41B or Q113 The voltages at Q108 emitters should always be identical Service Service Model 3325A Clipping of the positive or negative peaks on the output waveform is sometimes caused by a fault in the D C Offset Current circuitry Too much or too little offset current causes the output amplifier to saturate on either the positive or negative peaks PRESET CURRENT COUNTER 4 SOURCE 14 1 The Amplitude Calibration Disable ACD is used to break the feedback path during troubleshooting of amplitude problems Connect ACD to Gnd and cycle power off and on PROCESSOR ABE FUNCTION CIRCUITS A14 J PEAK HIGH VOLTAGE DETECTOR OUTPUT ATTENUATOR
409. nalyzer probe on the following points and compare the 9 signatures SS Correct A6U3 Pin Signature Data Line 10 H 13 14 15 16 17 SAM p 2 ROM 4 04 Test 1 Move CSI and CS2 shorting connectors to 1 2 Place the signature analyzer probe on the following points and compare the signatures Correct A6U4 Pin Signature Data Line 9 0 10 1 11 2 13 3 14 4 15 5 16 6 17 7 After completion of these tests replace CS1 through C52 shorting connectors to the center position Replace the N T shorting connector to the N position Set the ROM disable switch to 1 1 If the signature in Step j is not 755U check the voltage level of A6U42 pin 6 with the signature analyzer probe It should be high If not momentarily ground 1742 pin 3 to force pin 6 high If it is still not high troubleshoot A6U5 U14 and U42 m If the signature is still not 755U examine the ROM address lines 1 Set 3325A POWER to 5 2 Move signature analyzer Start and Stop leads to A6TP1 in front of U9 8 5 Service Model 3325A 3 Place signature analyzer probe on 5 V logic 1 4 Set 3325A POWER to If the signature is 826P troubleshoot A6U14 Chip Select Delay and A6U15 1 2 MHz Clock circuit If the signature is not 826P examine the ROM address lines HRA0 through at Address A6U1 Pin Line 8 HRAQ 7 HRAI 6 HRA2 5 HRA3 4 HRA4 3 HRAS 2 HRA6 1 HRA 23 HRAS
410. nature Use the following procedure a Set the 3325A POWER switch to STBY b Disconnect the flat cable to the attenuator assembly to prevent damage to the relays c Connect the signature analyzer as follows der Rau ras SA CLK at left of 609 Start and SA 5 5 at right of A6U15 Ground a ea a aoo d Oe ae 3325A ground stiffener channel on deck betwecn A6 and 21 or any Ground test point 4 Set the signature analyzer controls as follows act cd e unser ore oe esee ee ee da On os oe Le UE Ito rta Tawana _ in SLOP dase asad antes pibe vale harte n Gl ck 222 A eden _ out vedo ene I etel Off SEIT Testis touts vera bp icr hcc Off e Place CS0 through CS2 shorting connectors near right front corner of in the position to select ROM 1 8 C 15 Service Model 3325A f Set the ROM Disable switch A651 to ON 1 See switch drawing below OFF ON 0 1 These numbers are printed on the PC board itself Ignore any numbers printed on the switch Address Switches Bom LON Listen Only ROM ROM Disable For Test Only g Connect AGTP3 between 1715 1716 to ground h Set 33254 POWER to 1 Remove ground from A6TP3 j Place the signature analyzer probe on 5 V logic 1 The large plated
411. nce signal to the mixer From the mixer a 0 20MHz signal is supplied to the function circuits the output am plifier the attenuator and on to the instrument output Through all these stages the signal s amplitude is con trolled by the D C voltage to the 30MHz switch PRESET COUNTER A14 I CURRENT SOURCE A14 I Service 8 101 As seen in Figure 8 26 there exists a feedback path through the processor Using a peak detector the proces sor is able to sample the D C offsets and amplitude of the signal at the output of the Output Amplifier and com pensate for errors by loading adjusted numbers into the Preset Counters 8 102 Auto Calibration Disahle ACD 8 103 When servicing the amplitude control path it is imperative that the feedback path be eliminated before troubleshooting begins This is performed by tying the ACD test point on A14 to ground This breaks the loop by preventing the processor from performing subsequent Auto Calibrations After tying ACD to ground cycle power off then on to erase from RAM all previous Auto Cal information MULTIPLIER 3 0 The Amplitude Calibration Disable ACD is used to break the feedback path during troubleshooting of amplitude problems FUNCTION CIRCUITS A14 J PROCESSOR A5 C PEAK OUTPUT DETECTOR S AMB IEIER Each box contains a code such as 14 1 This lists first the board number followed by the schematic number ACD Connect AC
412. nd programming information is in Section 1 9 SPECIFICATIONS 1 10 Instrument specifications are listed in Table 1 1 These specifications are the performance standards or limits against which the instrument is tested Any changes in specifications due to manufacturing design or traceability to the U S National Bureau of Standards are included in Table 1 1 of this manual and or the Manual Changes Supplement 1 11 SUPPLEMENTAL OPERATING INFORMATION 1 12 Table 1 2 contains information describing general operating characteristics of the 3325A This informa tion is supplemental operating information and is not to be considered as specifications 1 13 REMOTE CONTROL 1 14 Table 1 3 lists the HP IB interface capabilities of the Model 3325A in conformity with IEEE Standard 488 1978 Standard Digital Interface for Programmable Instrumentation HP IB response times are given in Table 1 4 1 15 OPTIONS 1 16 The following options extend the frequeney stability and output amplitude capabilities of the Model 3325 Option 001 002 High Stability Frequency Reference High Voltage Output The following options indicate the line voltage to which the instrument was set at the factory Option 100 Nominal 100 Option 120 120 V Option 220 Nomina 220 Option 240 Nominal 240 V General Information Model 3325A Table 1 1 Specifications FUNCTIONS AND FREQUE
413. nd the current sources are disabled the DAC Integrator output voltage must be transferred to the proper Sample Hold Amplifier Figure 8 19 is a simplified diagram of the DAC Sample Hold circuits The data that designates one of the six Sample Hold Amplifiers is clocked into the latch by the S H Strobe pulse The S H Strobe pulse also triggers a switch timing one shot which enables the switches to close long enough to transfer the DAC Integrator voltage to the capacitor at the input to the H Amplifier 8 58 DAC Reset After the integrator output voltage has been transferred to the proper Sample Hold Amplifier the integrator is reset to zero by closinga FET switch across the integrator capacitor The closing of this switch is timed by a one shot which is triggered by the S H Strobe pulse 8 59 Function Circuits Service Group J 8 60 This section of the instrument provides the proper current to the operational output amplifier for each function It includes a number of current sources and the circuits which develop the square wave triangle and ramp functions from the sine wave Function switching is accomplished by the enable signals shown in the block diagram Figure 8 20 8 61 Sine Wave In sine function the sine wave from the mixer passes through a current amplifier to the output amplifier Sine wave amplitude is actually controlled in the level control circuit see Paragraph 8 69 but the leve control current is supplied
414. nect all three of the flat cables and the cable to the keyboard assembly and reconnect cable W22 to 2 5 Connect the STBY test point on to ground to enable the power supplies 1f power sup ply voltages are again incorrect the problem is on the A6 assembly Service Groups B and C If power supply voltages are correct with A6 connected and the other assemblies discon nected replace the cables one at a time to locate the problem then troubleshoot the ap propriate assembly The flat cables must be removed and reinserted carefully to pre vent damage Make sure that the cable contacts are aligned proper ly with the connector contacts 8 O 1 Service Model 3325A NOTES I When replacing Q1 Q2 or Q3 make sure the insulator is in place correctly Use a heat transfer compound between the tran sistor insulator and heat sink Be sure to use the proper length screw for replacement 2 If the heat sink is removed from the side frame be sure to use the proper length screws to replace it If the screws are too long or if the washer is omitted the screws may short the transistors to the frame Board Board Board Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location c1 B L1 E R17 E C2 B R18 F C3 B P1 R19 F B P2 R20 F B H P4 H R21 C B R22 G C7 C R23 G 01 R24 G c9 D Q2 R25 G F O4 A R26 G C11 F 05 R27 H C12 E R28 H Q6 B R29 H C14 G Q7 B R30
415. nformation that will adapt this manual to your instrument This is especially important if the serial prefix of your instru ment is different than the one shown on the title page of this manual An instrument manufactured after the printing of this manual may differ in some respect from the information in this manual In this case yellow Manual Changes supplement included with the manual explains how to adapt the manual to your instrument 1 24 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 1 25 To ensure safe operation and to retain the instru ment in safe condition this Operating and Service Manual contains information cautions and warnings which must be adhered to by the user or service person nel 1 6 Model 3325A Tabla 1 3 HP IB Interface Capability Source handshake capability Acceptor handshake capability Basic talker poll Unaddressed to talk if addressed to listen Basic listener Listen only Unaddressed to listen if addressed to talk Service Request capability capability No parallel poll capability Device Clear capability No device trigger capability No controller capability Open collactor bus drivers 1 26 The symbol appearing on the front or rear panel of the 3325A is an international symbol meaning refer to the Operating and Service Manual The sym bol identifies important instructions required to prevent damage to the instrument To ensure the safety of the
416. ng the reference level change the spectrum analyzer center frequency to 27 999MHz to dis play the 2 1 mixer spur Verify that this spur is at least 70dB below the fundamental f Change the spectrum analyzer center frequency to 25 998MHz to display the 3 2 mixer spur Verify that this spur is at least 70dB below the fundamental g In a similar manner change the 3325A s frequency and the spectrum analyzer center frequency to the fol lowing frequencies For each setting verify that all spu rious signals are 70dB below the fundamental Spectrum Analyzer 3325A Frequency Center Frequency 2 1 Spur 3 2 Spur 4 100MHz 25 9MHz 21 8MHz 6 100MHz 23 9MHz 17 8MHz 8 100MHz 21 9MHz 13 8MHz 10 100MHz 19 9MHz 9 8MHz 12 100MHz 17 9MHz 5 8MHz LOW PASS FILTER SIGNAL GENERATOR REF OUT FEEDTHRI Model 3325 14 100MHz 15 9MHz 1 8MHz 16 100MHz 13 9MHz 2 2MHz 18 100MHz 11 9MHz 6 2MHz 20 100MHz 9 9MHz 10 2MHz Close in Spurious Test Fractional N Spurs h Set the 3325A frequency to 5 001MHz and the am plitude to 2 99dBm i Set the spectrum analyzer controls as follows Center Frequency 5 001MHz Frequency 5 1kHz Video 10082 Resolution 30Hz j Adjust the spectrum analyzer to reference the fun damental to the top display graticule k Without changing the reference level change the spectrum analyzer
417. ngle and ramp signals are generated by switching the unipolar amplitude Model 3325 control current source on and off the entire signal is above ground These signals are centered about ground by 4 compensating current equal to one half the signal amplitude This current is shown as amplitude 2 correction current in Figure 8 20 8 71 Positive or negative dc offset can be programmed either with or without an ac signal The offset current source is also controlled by a dc analog voltage from the converter The dc offset correction current source is also controlled by the D A converter The offset correction voltage is calculated from the results of the AMPTD CAL routine see Paragraph 8 74 8 72 Output Amplifier Service Group K 8 73 The Output Amplifier is an inverting operational amplifier that 18 designed for wide frequency response and low distortion ts output stage is protected against excessive current by 0 125 A fuse and against excessive voltage by diodes connected to the and 15 V sup plies Output resistance is 50 ohms 8 74 Level Comparator and AMPTD CAL During the amplitude calibration process AMPTD CAL the Level Comparator is used to determine the offset and signal amplitude errors of the 3325A output To do this the processor sets the signal amplitude to zero and varies the voltage of the Level input to the comparator to determine the dc offset in the amplifier output The processor
418. nly low pressure 10 psi max dry gas or air are all acceptable A squeeze bulb blower is good Do not use your mouth as 87 5 y Procedure 2264 go a After the relays have been removed from the board as instructed above blow clean the relay contacts and armature with low pressure dry gas e g CO N or air Do not blow with your mouth b Spray no noise silicon lubricant P N 6030 0063 into the cavity area Place the relay contact side down in a dust free area and allow it to cure for 24 hours before using c Clean the printed circuit board where the relays sit with isopropyl alcohol 2 Propanol P N 8500 0755 Apply the alcohol with a soft brush P N 8520 0007 Avoid circular brush strokes and maintain a minimum amount of application pressure Avoid using anything else such as erasers on the board Blow dry the board and store in a dust free area until the relays are ready to be reattached d When the relays have cure dried reattach them to the board Check to insure that the relays are functioning properly by following the procedures described in the troubleshooting section 5 2 P 0263 3 5 1 A U 118 77 T0219 178 at 178 24 N S 8 S o t La 1 i l 2 i 5 BIOS LI 078 Z m lt gt 4 I 3 a a 2 BE a 7
419. noting X H X X n T Recommended Model hp 17404 Bandwidth de to 100 MHz Deflection 0 01 V to 10V div Horizontal Sweep 0 05 ys to 1 s div x10 Magnification Delayed Sweap Frequency Measurement Frequency Range to 20 MHz Resolution 8 digits Accuracy 2 counts Time Interval Average A to B Resolution O 1 ns DC Function Ranges 1 V 1 V 10 V 100 V Accuracy 2 Resolution 4 digits AC Function Ranges 1 V 10 V 100 V Accuracy x 5 Resolution 4 digits DC Function Ranges 1 V 1 V 10 V 100 V Accuracy 05 Resolution 6 digits AC Function True RMS Ranges 1 V V 100 V Accuracy 2 Resolution 6 digits hp 5328A with Opt 01 and 040 or 041 hp 3466A hp 3455A Accuracy 2 Power Rating 1 W Frequency Range 7 kHz to 100 MHz Amplitude Accuracy Frequency Range 20Hz 50kHz Amplitude Accuracy 4 5 dB Spurious Responses BO dB balow reference Frequency 1 kHz Amplitude 1 V rams into 20 Frequency Range hp 110486 hp 141T 8552B 8553B 8566A 8568A 5 dB hp 3580A 3585A hp 204 hp 3335A 1 20 MHz Amplitude Range to 7 0 dBm Output Impedance 50 0 Phase Noise integrated 9 9 MHz lt 63 dB 20 MHz lt 70 dB Spurious gt 75 dB below fundamental hp 10534A or 10514 X F882 1MHz Low Pass Filter Impedance 500 C Shape Factor Metal Can BNC s Allen Avionics Inc 2
420. nsequently if the VCO frequency changes the phase detector output changes to correct the VCO This is known as a phase lock loop PLL 8 28 If we want to change the output from 10 MHzto 20 MHz it is necessary merely to change the N number from 400 to 500 This obviously changes the divided VCO input to the phase detector to 80 kHz The phase detector Model 3325A then uses the phase difference between its two inputs to change the VCO frequency to 50 MHz This returns the phase detector input to 100 kHz and the loop is again phase locked It takes the 3325A about 50 milliseconds to make this change The N number is determined by control circuits in response to front panel or remote programming 8 29 The 3325A sine wave frequency range is essentially from zero to 20 MHz consequently the VCO frequency range is normally 30 MHz to 50 MHz This dictates that the N number be a 3 digit integer between 300 and 500 N can be only three digits in the 3325A Forexample if N is 398 the VCO frequency is adjusted to 39 8 MHz 398 x 100 kHz and the output is 9 8 MHz 8 30 Now let us look at a more detailed diagram of the phase detector block Figure 8 9 The contro voltage to the VCO is the output of a Sample Hold amplifier which samples the integrator output at the proper time and at regular intervals Ideally this voltage would be exactly the same at each sampling time and the VCO frequency would remain constant Let us assume
421. nstruments serial numbers 1748A01200 and below Instruments in this range do not have R36 Sec Service Note 3325A 1B for details and procedures for a recommended modification to the over voltage protection circuitry Affected instruments Serial numbers 1748407260 and below Instruments in this range do not have CR18 48 Page 8 O 3 8 O 4 Figure 8 49 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748407339 and below Note that for instruments in this serial number range there is a potential electrical shock hazard present with the A2 board A trace on the underside of A2 could pass within 0 5mm of a folded edge of the instrument s floating sub chassis This trace carries one half the line voltage in 220V 240V appli cations For 100V 120V applications this is a neutral trace See Product Safety Service Note 3325A 11B S for additional information and corrective procedures 7 27 7 28 These servicing instructions are for use trained service personnel only To avoid elec trical shock do not perform any servicing other than that contained in the operating instruc tions unless you are qualified to do so Model 3325 Service SECTION VIII SERVICE 8 1 INTRODUCTION 8 2 This section contains information required to serv ice the Model 3325A Synthesizer Function Generator This includes the theory of operation block diagrams troubleshooting procedures and schematic diagrams Most of the service information is divided into ser
422. nt fails any of these checks it should be referred to qualified service personnel for repair 3 74 Self Test 3 75 Press the blue prefix key then SELF TEST AMPTD CAL All the front panel display and annun LED s should light for approximately two seconds then the instrument performs an automatic calibration of the sine square and triangle functions and the display indicates momentarily whether each test passed or failed The dc offset is also checked in these tests NOTE If the display reads OSC FAIL at any time the frequency synthesis circuits are not func tioning properly Refer the instrument to qualified service personnel for repair 3 76 Output Checks 3 77 An oscilloscope hp 1740 or equivalent is re quired for these checks Connect the 3325A output through a 50 ohm feedthru termination hp 11048C to the oscilloscope input input dc coupled or set the 1740A input switch to 50 ohms FUNCTIONS a Make the following 3325A keyboard selections Sine 2 kHz 10 who ve PS 5 V div Horizontal 0 5 ms div Trige er tse gk So Auto c Adjust oscilloscope controls for a stable display which should show a sine wave approximately two divi sions peak to peak and one cycle per division 3 11 Operation d Select square
423. ntinuous operation 1 x 107 per month after 15 days continuous operation OPTION 002 HIGH VOLTAGE OUTPUT Frequency Range and Square Wave 1 uHz to 1 MHz Triangie and Ramps 1 Hz to 10 kHz Amplitude Range 4mVp p to 40Vp p 5000 500pF load maximum output current 40mA Accuracy at 2 kHz 2 of full output for each range Flatness 1096 of programmed amplitude DC Offset Range 4 times the range of the standard instrument Accuracy 1 25 mV of full output for each range Signal Characteristics Sine Wave Harmonic Distortion relative to the fun damental frequency at full output into z 500 ohms 500 pF No Harmonic Greater Than Fundamental Frequency 65 dB 60 dB 40 dB 10 Hz to 50 kHz 50 kHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 1 MHz Square Wave Rise Fall Time 125 nanoseconds 10 to 90 at full output with 500 ohm 500pF load Overshoot 1096 of peak amplitude with 2 500 ohm 500 pF load Table 1 2 Supplemental Information MAIN SIGNAL OUTPUT 50 Q Impedance BNC Connector switchable to front or rear panel not switchable with Option 002 May be floated a maximum of 42 V peak ac dc from chassis earth ground Amplitude Ranges All AC Functions with no dc offset Attenuation Amplitude Factor Peak to Peak 10 00 V to 3 000 V 2 999 V to 1 000 V 999 9 mV to 300 0 mV 30 299 9 mV to 100 0 mV 100 99 99 mV to 30 00 mV 300 29 99 mV to
424. ntly if 400 VCO cycles 599 to 999 are counted for every output pulse VCO has been divided by 400 The output pulse is derived from the bias pulse issued by the fractional N control IC To provide the proper stable phase relationship to the VCO signal this Phase Accumulator 000000000000 Control 000000000000 0400400000000000 400000000000 0400400000000000 800000000000 0400400000000000 1200000000000 0400400000000000 600000000000 0400400000000000 0000000000000 Each carry initiates pulse remove command Accumulator Initial VCO Frequency Sum returned to accumulator vco sum VCO sum carry VCO sum VCO sum carry Figure 8 12 Phase Accumulation 8 10 Service Model 3325A 61 8 aanbid 851223 ESI NOLLUZ J NOM TOYLNOD N TVNO119V734 1 02 17 HONAS 104100 ES i x 998 9343 LI suo22 02 p gt 0 0 LIN 88124 6 3161938 io ONVAWOOS 3AOW3N 38 04 8 11 Service pulse is clocked first by VCO 10 then VCO 2 and finally by VCO 8 40 In example 2 N is 301 so the counter must count 301 VCO cycles during each reference period Normally only an even number of cycles could be counted because the least significant
425. nts Shipped Board e Ravision With This Revision Changes 4 Rev B 1748A00101 1748 00190 Rev C 1748A00191 1748A00470 went Rev C following PC trace and rnanu mods Rav D 1748A00471 1748A01075 went Hev D following manu changes and the addition of CR109 and R55 1748 01076 1748A01900 want Rev E following mods to the relay driver and dc offset control portion of A4 A14 Rev 1748 01901 1748A08780 went A14 Rev A when output amp Svc Grp K was re designed R142 was also added 1748A08791 1748A14537 went 14 Rev with changes to dc offset and amptd control cir cuitry 1748 14538 Present went A14 Rev C following PC trace mod to laval 042 ckty Note that all serial number ranges are approximate No A4 Rev boards were ever produced 7 36 The following backdating information pertains to the DAC and Sample Hold portion of 14 4 5 Page 8 1 5 8 1 6 Figure 8 42 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748400150 and below These instruments do not have CR108 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748400470 and below Instruments in this serial number range do not have CR109 or R55 A5 Page 8 1 5 8 1 6 Figure 8 42 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748401900 and below For instruments in this serial number range R40 is 20 p n 2100 0558 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A04250 and below Instruments in this ran
426. numerical data of any parameter may changed by use of the MODIFY keys First press the prefix key of the parameter to be modified placing the information in the display Next press the or key to move the bright digit cursor to the digit you want to modify Then press the or key momentarily to increase or decrease the value of that digit by 1 If the modify key is held the digit will continue to increment or decrement after a slight delay As the modified digit passes 9 incrementing or 0 decrementing the digit to its left will increment or decrement 3 70 Store and Recall 3 71 An entire program may be stored in any one of 10 registers by pressing the STORE 0 9 key then the register number This stores all the information that is in the current program memory Other programs may then be entered All stored information is lost when power is removed from these circuits by setting the POWER switch to STBY or disconnecting ac power from the instrument Operation NOTE Any phase information stored is invalid when recalled because the instrument performs an amplitude calibration on RECALL Phase relationship between the output signal and the reference is not maintained when AMPTD CAL occurs 3 72 OPERATOR S CHECKS 3 73 The following checks provide the operator with a means of determining whether the instrument is opera onal They are not intended to verify any specifica tions If the instrume
427. o 9096 best fit straight line 0 05 of full p p output for each range Ramps Positive or Negative Slope Linearity 1096 to 90 best fit straight line 0 05 of full p p output for each range Retrace Time 3 microseconds 90 to 10 Ramp Period Variation lt 1 of period maximum 1 2 AMPLITUDE Amplitude Accuracy with no Attenuation Attenuator range 1 into 50 ohm Load No D C offset Tolerance relative to programmed amplitude Function and frequency range Sine Wave 001 Hz to 100 kHz 0 1 dB Square Wave 1 096 001 Hz to 100 kHz 1 596 5 1 5 10 Flatness with no attenuation Tolerance relative to Attenuator Range 1 into programmed amplitude at a 50 Ohm load 1 kHz 0 3 dB Triangle 001 Hz to 2 kHz 2 kHz to 10 kHz Ramps 001 Hz to 500 Hz 500 Hz to 10 kHz Sine Wave 100 kHz to 20 MHz Square Wave 100 kHz to 10 MHz 1096 Tolerance relative to programmed amplitude Amplitude accuracy with D C offset and no attenuation Range 1 into a 50 ohm load Sine Wave 001 Hz to 100 kHz 0 3 dB Square 001 Hz to 100 kHz 396 496 t 696 4 1196 Triangle 001 Hz to 2 kHz 2 kHz to 10 kHz Ramps 001 Hz to 500 Hz 500 Hz to 10 kHz Tolerance relative to programmed amplitude Attenuator Accuracy these errors are additive with the amplitude accuracy errors 001 Hz to 20 kHz Attenuator Range 1 00
428. oard one should try to make the symptom a hard failure through heat cold vibration or mild shock If the symptom remains in termittent and one is certain that it is tied to the A6 assembly then the board should probably be replaced ROM SIGNATURE ANALYSIS TEST Use this test if Signature Analysis Tests 1 2 and 3 cannot be entered This test checks the A6UI 4 the processor A6U9 and the buffer A6U10 If these components are e not operating properly the remaining Signature Analysis tests will not work Procedure a 5613325 POWER switch to STBY b Set all five bus address switches A651 to OFF These numbers are printed on this PC Board itself Ignore any 1 numbers printed on the switch Addrass Switches LON Listen Only ROM ROM Disable For Test Only Set ROM Disable switch 651 10 OFF d Move N T Normal Test shorting connector located between U7 and 13 to T posi tion amp CSO through CS2 shorting connectors should be in the center position These are located near the right front corner of A6 Model 3325 Service f Connect the signature analyzer as follows Test point next to CS2 shorting connector Ground coi hah ee vue Baas 3325A ground stiffener channel on deck between A6 and A21 or any Ground test point g Set signature analyzer controls as follows UU SEATE E a UA RIP werd Da eS
429. od 2 tests a logical 1 5 V for several periods of time which are deter mined by the 3325A processor in response to the errors it has sensed or the test routine that has been programmed Each situation produces a unique stable i signature 8 1 Model 3325 Service Use the following procedure a Set the 3325A POWER switch to STBY b Disconnect the flat cable to the attenuator assembly to prevent damage to the relays c Connect the signature analyzer as follows Clicks xA SA d o SA CLK at left of A6U9 Start and Stop SA 5 5 at right of A6U15 Qe sa was 3325 ground stiffener channel on deck between A6 and A2 or any Ground test point d Set the signature analyzer controls as follows Le ouis SAC Db v e UTR On We S SC eae naa e sa ay ie t X SLOP x asa DONNE n quM EET RT es out Hold rto ots tres Rue E aen CIT Off Sel or decade Bacci Pai CER Ge Op aed Nus dA Off e Place CS 51 and CS2 shorting connectors near right front corner of A6 in the O position to select ROM 1 f Set the ROM Disable switch A681 to ON 1 Set all other switches on A681 to OFF 0 Address Switches m 02 Ui LON Listen Only ROM ROM Disable For Test Only g Connect A6TP3 between 015 1716 to ground h Set 3325A POWER to ON i Remove ground from A6TP
430. ollowing equation may be used to deter mine maximum offset voltage Maximum dc offset E Amptd Where A Attenuator factor from Table 3 4 Amptd Amplitude in V p p of the ac function NOTES 1 If an attempt is made to enter a dc offset that is too great for the amplitude already programmed Error 5 will appear in the display momentarily and the dc offset entry will not be accepted 2 After a dc offset has been entered if the amplitude ac is then increased beyond the level where the amplitude and offset are compatible Error 5 will appear in the display momentarily and the ac amplitude entry will not be accepted Model 3325A 3 The minimum and maximum permissible de offset voltages when the High Voltage Output is selected Option 002 may be determined by multiplying the amplitude and offset values in Table 3 4 by four This also applies for Figure 3 2 Change the above equation for determining maximum offset to the following Maximum dc offset 2 d 4 Resolution of a dc offset entry with ac function is determined by the resolution of the ac amplitude 3 46 Phase Entry 3 47 The phase of the SIGNAL output can be shifted up to 719 9 with respect to the 1 MHz REF OUT rear panel Phase shift entry resolution is 0 1 To pro gram phase shift press the PHASE ENTRY key enter Operation number of degrees of phase desired then press the
431. om becoming high enough to damage the TTL devices in the instrument This circuit consists of an SCR A2CR10 which is triggered if the voltage across A2R14 becomes too great Refer to the Power Supply schematic Service Group O When the SCR is triggered it becomes a short circuit between the unregulated 5V and ground The result is that the 5V regulator is disabled and the power input fuse F1 will be destroyed 8 97 The only voltage adjustment is A2R22 inthe 15 V regulator This control adjusts the 5 V and 415 V outputs also because they are referenced to the 15 V supply 15 REGULATED 33254428 Figure 8 25 Power Supply Standby On Model 3325 8 98 SINE AMPLITUDE CONTROL PATH 8 99 Amplitude Control Circuitry 8 100 The control of sine output amplitude involves a large amount of circuitry The circuitry used is shown in Figure 8 26 Each block in this figure indicates the cir cuit board and schematic appropriate to that function The process begins with the processor loading a number into the preset counters For the length of time that it takes for these counters to count to zero a current source is on and is charging up an integrator in the DAC When the current source turns off the integrator voltage is sam pled and held This D C voltage goes through a gain stage and a multiplier chip and establishes the bias on the 30MHz switch This controls the level of the 30MHz refere
432. on in Table 1 1 30 dB to 80 modulation at 10 kHz 0 dc offset Equipment Required Sine wave signal source hp Model 204C Spectrum Analyzer hp Model 141T 3585A 8552B 8553B 8566A a Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4 4 b Set the 3325A output follows FUMCHION Sine Frequency i cin iene n dees 1 MHz Amplitude 3 Vp p DC Offset ES High Voltage Output Option 002 Off LA a EROR NAR On c Set the modulating signal source frequency 10 10 kHz and adjust the level to produce 80 modulation of the 3325A output 80 modulation is indicated by SPECTRUM ANALYZER EHE Eze ERI EE 22222 IT EH o Saree 33254 43 Figure 4 4 AM Envelope Distortion 4 15 Performance Tests modulation sidebands being 8 0 dB down from the rier as viewed on the 2 dB div display of the spectrum analyzer 4 Adjust the spectrum analyzer to display the fun damental frequency the 10 kHz sideband frequency and at least 4 harmonics of the sidebands All har monics should be at least 30 dB lower than the modula tion sidebands 4 45 Square Wave Rise Time and Abberations 4 46 This procedure compares the 3325A square wave output to its rise fall time and overshoot specifications in Table 1 1 Rise and Fall Time lt 20 ns 10 to 90 at full output Overshoot lt 5 of p p ampl
433. on contains information for ordering replacement parts Table 6 3 lists parts in alphanumeric order of their reference designators and indicates the description hp part number of each part together with any applicable notes and provides the following a Total quantity used in the instrument Qty column The total quantity of a part is given the first time the part number appears b Description of the part See List of Abbreviations in Table 6 1 c Typical manufacturer of the part is a five digit code See Table 6 2 for List of Manufacturers d Manufacturer s part number 6 3 Miscellaneous parts are listed in Table 6 3 following their respective assemblies ieneral miscellaneous parts are listed at the conclusion of Table 6 3 6 4 ORDERING INFORMATION 6 5 To obtain replacement parts address order or inquiry to your loca Hewlett Packard Field Office See List of Office Locations at the end of this manual Identify parts by their Hewlett Packard part numbers Include instrument model and serial numbers 6 6 NON LISTED PARTS 6 7 obtain a part that is not listed include Instrument model number Instrument serial number Description of the part d Function and location of the part m 6 8 PROPRIETARY PARTS 6 9 Items marked by a dagger 1 in the reference designator column are available only for repair and service of Hewlett Packard instruments 6 10 PRINTED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLIES
434. onic counter should indicate 100 Positive 000 00ns 0 508 Sample Rate Maximum 4 17 Performance Tests 8325 45 Model 3325A ELECTRONIC COUNTER Figure 4 6 Frequency Accuracy e Press the 3325A PHASE entry key to display phase Using the Modify keys adjust the phase until the counter reads approximately 200 nanoseconds Press the 3325A blue entry prefix key then ASGN ZERO PHASE f Set the electronic counter sample rate to HOLD Press RESET Record the counter reading to 2 decimal places on the Performance Test Record in the space for Zero Phase Time Interval This is the phase dif ference in nanoseconds between the 3325A output and the reference signal g Set the 3325A phase to 17 h Press the electronic counter RESET Record the counter reading to 2 decima places in the space for 419 Increment Time Interval i Determine the time difference between the counter readings in Step h and Step f and record in the Time Difference column The difference should be from 22 22 ns to 33 34 ns j Set the 3325A phase to 10 k Press the electronic counter RESET Record the counter reading to the space for 10 Increment Time Interval 1 Enter the time difference between the Zero Phase Time Interval and the reading in Step k in the Time Difference column This should be from 272 22 ns to 283 34 ns m Se
435. onses required in the 3325A operation One of these routines for example reads the present output frequency data from the RAM and places it in the display when the FREQ entry key is pressed The keyboard and display scan routines and test routines are also a part of the ROM information A character received on the HP IB is compared to ROM data to determine its validity and the appropriate action to be taken if the character is valid 8 21 Random Access Memory Variable or temporary information is stored in the Random Access Memory RAM This includes all program information from either the front panel or the HP IB Data stored at any RAM address can be changed by programming new data for the same parameter function or operation RAM DC VOLTAGE Service data can be read out without destroying the data For example when the FREQ entry key is pressed the present frequency data is entered in the display and is also retained in the RAM memory location 8 22 Fractional Control IC The Fractional N Control IC see Service Group E performs several functions vital to control of the 3325 a It calculates the and Pulse Remove data for the phase lock loop in the Frequency Synthesis circuits Explanation of the 3325A frequency synthesis begins with Paragraph 8 24 This information is updated every 10 microseconds b It increments or decrements the output frequency during weep function and outputs a Sweep Limit Flag
436. ontrol to 1 V div that the abberrations overshoot and ringing can be measured Aberration excursion should be less than 500 mV 4 div e Repeat Step d at 2 kHz and 1 ms div f Adjust the oscilloscope vertical and horizontal controls so that the square wave rise time between the 16 and 90 points can be measured Rise time should be less than 20 nanoseconds 4 16 Triangle and Ramp Verification 4 17 This procedure checks the triangle and ramp out put signals for frequency shape and ramp retrace time Equipment Required Oscilloscope hp Model 1740A a Connect the 3325A signal output to the oscilloscope vertical input If the oscilloscope is an hp Model 1740A set the input switch to the 50 ohm position If your oscil loscope does not have 50 ohm input use 50 ohm load hp Model 11048C 50 ohm Feedthru Termination at the input b Set the 3325A as follows High Voltage Output Option 002 Off Triangle 10kHz Amplitude 10 V p p c Set the oscilloscope vertical control to 2 V div horizontal to 1 ms div The oscilloscope should display onc triangle wave per division approximately five divi sions peak to peak d Change the 3325A function to positive slope ramp The display should be one ramp per division approxi mately five divisions peak to peak Performance Tests e Change 3325A
437. ope Positive Sample Rate Maximum e Using the digital voltmeter to monitor the dc power supply output set the dc voltage as near 5 0000 V as possible f Press the 3325A PHASE entry key to display phase Using the Modify keys adjust the phase until the counter reads approximately 200 nanoseconds Record the counter reading as a reference for the following steps g As soon as possible after recording the counter reading note the digital voltmeter reading and record on the Performance Test Record in the DVM Reading X space h Press the 3325A blue prefix key then ASGN ZERO PHASE i Change the dc power supply output to 4 0000 V j Using the Modify keys adjust the 3325A phase to return the counter reading to the value recorded in Step f k Record the digital voltmeter reading in the Reading space 1 The 3325A display indicates the phase change resulting from the 1 V change in modulating voltage Record the phase display in the Phase Difference 2 space positive value m Press the 3325A blue prefix key then ASGN ZERO PHASE 4 19 Performance Tests n Change the power supply output to the following voltages and repeat Steps j through m for each Record the dvm readings and phase differences in the ap propriate spaces on the Performance Test Record DC DVM Phase Voltage Reading Difference 3 0000 V X3 3 2 0000 V
438. orp Corning Glass Works Bradford Varadyne Inc National Semiconductor Corp Hewlett Packard Co Corporate Hq RCA Corp Solid State Div Intersil Inc Bourns Inc Trimpot Prod Div Advanced Micro Devices Inc Centre Engineering Inc Stettner Electronics Inc Synertek Sprague Electric Co Electro Motive Corp Johnson E F Co TRW Inc Philadelphia Div Littelfuse Inc TRW Capacitor Div Dale Electronics Inc Tokyo JP Cleveland OH 44117 Milwaukee WI 53204 Dallas TX 75222 Whippany NJ 07981 Phoenix AZ 85008 Tinley Park IL 60477 Mountain View CA 94042 Concord NH 03301 Sunnyvale CA 94086 Mineral Wells TX 76067 Bradford PA 16701 Santa Monica CA 94040 Santa Clara CA 95051 Palo Alto CA 94304 Somerville NJ Cupertino CA 95014 Riverside CA 92507 Sunnyvale CA 94086 State College PA 16801 Chattanooga TN 13035 Santa Clara CA 95051 North Adams MA 01247 Florence SC 06226 Waseca MN 56093 Philadelphia PA 19108 Des Plaines IL 60016 Ogallala NE 69153 Columbus NE 68601 6 2 Model 3325A Set spectrum analyzer controls as follows Start Frequency sss 0 kHz 30 Hz Frequency kHz div Display Smoothing Sweep 200 sec Input 10 mV Amplitude Normal Amplitude
439. oscope vertical control to 2 Ground the input and set the trace to the center line Set input to de coupled m Enter 5 V offset in the 3325A The oscilloscope trace should be 2 5 divisions above the center line Enter 5 V offset in the 3325A The oscilloscope trace should go to Z 5 divisions below the center line n Enter 0 V offset in the 3325 Trace should be on the center line FREQUENCY o Set the 3325A as follows FUNCTION Sine FREQUENCY 100 Hz AMPLITUDE 10 V p p 3 12 Model 3325A p Set the oscilloscope controls as follows q Oscilloscope display should show one cycle of sine wave which should be free of any apparent regularities r Enter 20 MHz in the 3325A Change oscilloscope horizontal to 05 ys div Oscilloscope should display one cycle of sine wave per division HIGH VOLTAGE OUTPUT OPTION 002 8 Remove the 50 ohm feedthru termination between the 3325A output and the oscilloscope input Press the key in the lower right corner of the 3325A front panel to select the High Voltage output t Set the 3325A as follows FUNCTION r Sine 2kHz AMPLITUDE 40 V p p u Set the oscilloscope controls as follows corsi a EPA 10 V div Horizontal ccc cee eae 0 5 ms div v The oscilloscope display should show a sine wave four divisions peak to peak one cycle per di
440. ound Auxiliary Frequency Output ac coupled output Frequency Range 21 MHz to 60 999 999 999 MHz with underrange coverage to 19 000 000 001 MHz Amplitude O dBm Output Impedance 50 ohms Connector Rear panel BNC 1 MHz Reference Output for phase locking other in struments to 3325 Amplitude O dBm Output Impedance 50 ohms Connector Rear panel BNC Marker Output Linear sweep only Levels High to Low TTL compatible voltage transition at selected marker frequency sweep up only Connector Rear panel BNC Model 3325A General Information Table 1 2 Supplemental Information Cont d X Drive Output Sweep up only Amplitude O to 10 V linear ramp proportional to sweep frequency Connector Rear panel BNC 2 Blank Output Levels TTL compatible voltage levels Linear Sweep Single Low at start of sweep High at stop Re mains High until start of next sweep Continuous Low during sweep up High during Sweep down Log Sweep Single Low at start of sweep High at stop Re mains High until start of next sweep Continuous Low during sweep Goes High momentarily at stop frequency 10 MHz Oven Reference Output Option 001 for phase locking the 3325A to the optional high stability frequency reference Amplitude O dBm 50 ohms Connector Rear panel BNC Must be connected to the rear panel EXT REF connector REMOTE CONTROL Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP iB Control HP IB
441. p with no de If this voltage is not correct make sure that ACD is disabled and check TP6 again If the voltage is still incorrect the fault lies prior to TP6 b To check for a A3CRI01 failure turn the instrument off and measure the resistance from to ground An ohmmeter with ImA of current 3455A for example is needed The resistance should range from 1980 to 2020 If the resistance measures less than 1980 one of the diodes in 101 is leaky 101 can also be responsible for poor harmonic distortion and spurs c When replacing CR101 a good technique is to use four round toothpicks to position each of the four leads into place This enables 16 new CR101 to be checked for satisfactory operation before it is soldered in place Since the orientation of 101 often affects harmonics and spurs rotating it 90 180 270 degrees can often improve these specifications Use care when replacing 101 Because of its small size it is often damaged when being soldered d The waveform on the secondary windings of side closest CR101 on schematic can be observed on an oscilloscope At turn on this waveform should be 2Vp p 30MHz sine wave on both leads Note that the waveform on T2 is not as easily observed e The voltage measured at A3TP7 should be the same as A3TP6 step a If this is the case A3UIS is probably good Service 8 1 Service Model 3325A f The mixer output signal leaves the A3 board and
442. ped with 98034A HP IB Interface set the select code 7 Any combination of ROM s that includes General I O ROM and an Extended I O ROM a Connect the calculator interface cable to the 3325A rear panel HP IB connector It is recommended that no other equipment be connected to this HP IB during this test b Enter the program into the calculator 4 30 c Press RUN Tests 4 through 7 in this program re quire the operator to press CONTINUE if the test passes or 1 CONTINUE if the test fails If the Test 4 question SRQ LIGHT ON 1 NO does not appear in the calculator display within 30 seconds after start of the program RUN the 3325A and calculator are not interfacing properly The calculator may display an er ror indication that will identify the problem If not the 3325A HP IB circuits are probably not operating cor rectly Figure 4 14 Ramp Reset Waveform Model 3325 e Instrument Returns To Known Conditions After Self Test Test 1 Did Frequency Go To 1000 Hz Test 2 Interrogate Frequency Test 3 Interrogate Amplitude Test 4 Test 580 Circuits Test 5 Test Talk Circuits Test 6 Test Listen Circuits Test 7 Test Remote Circuits PROGRAM FLOWCHART Enter 3325 Bus Address Perform Self Test NO Freq 1000 Hz Program Freq 1234 56789 Hz 50 18 NO Frequency Correct Is Amplitude Correct NO Program Sweep 1 kHz
443. perates either the system any device in the system Address The characters sent by a controller to specify whieh device will send information on the bus and which device s will receive information A device may also have its address fixed so that it may only receive in formation listen only or only send information talk only Polling Polling is a means by which a controller can identify a device that necds interaction with it The con troller may poll devices for their operational condition one at a time which is termed a serial poll or as groups of devices simultaneously which is termed a parallel poll 3 89 Basic Device Communication Capability 3 90 Devices which communicate along the interface bus fall into three basic categories Talkers Devices which send information on the bus when they have been addressed Listeners Devices hich receive information sent on the bus when they have been addressed Controllers Devices that can specify the talker and listener s for an information transfer The controller can be an active controller or a system controller The active controller 1s defined as the current controlling device on the bus The system controller can take trol of the bus even if it is not the active controller Each system can have only one system controller even if several controllers have system control capability 3 91 Message Definitions 3 92 Information is transferred on t
444. placed in any of these instruments it may be necessary to replace R6 with part number 2100 3253 50kQ in order to per form the X Drive adjustment A Page 8 N 3 8 N 4 Figure 8 48 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A01900 and below Jnstruments in this serial number range do not have Q4 7 24 Model 3325 Service A5 Page 8 N 3 8 N 4 Figure 8 48 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A04250 and below These instruments may have an A14 A4 board which contains connector J1 p n 1251 4494 for use with cable W32 p n 8120 2577 The older black connector and white cable have been replaced on newer boards by a more reliable connector orange p n 1251 6567 and cable gray p n 8120 3108 The newer connectors are incompatible with the older cables as are the newer cables incompatible with the older connectors If the A14 A4 assembly is replaced in one of the above instruments refer to paragraph 8 113 in Section VIII for additional replacement information 7 52 Service Group 0 Power Supplies 03325 66502 A8 7 53 A2 Past to Present Table 7 15 briefly summarizes the engineering and manufacturing changes that have brought A2 to its current revision Table 7 15 A2 Board Revisions Board Instrumants Shipped Board Raviston With This Revision Changes 1748400101 1748400150 went Rev B when PC trace modifi cations were made 1748A00151 1748401075 went Rev C with the addition of
445. ple fire and electrical shock Where maintenance can be performed without power applied the power should be removed Model 3325 Adjustments ADJUSTMENTS 5 1 INTRODUCTION 5 10 Analog Phase Interpolation ais z H MHz Reference Oscillator 5 2 This section contains the procedures required to 5 30 JA adjust the 3325A to meet its specifications in Table 1 1 5 12 Option 001 High Stability Frequency These adjustments should be used following repairs or if Reference E performance tests indicate a deficiency 5 13 Sinewave Amplitude Calibration 5 14 X Drive Paragraph Adjustment 5 15 Amplifier Bias 5 7 Power Supply 5 16 Ramp Stability 5 17 Amplitude Flatness 5 8 D A Converter Offset 18 Mixer Spurious Signal 5 9 Voltage Controlled Oscillator Frequency Table 5 1 Test Equipment Required for Adjustments Equipment Critical Specifications Recommended Model AC DC Digital AC Function hp 3455A 3466A Voltmeter 1 V Range Accuracy 5 Resolution 4 digits DC Function Rangas 1 V 1 V 10 V 100 V Accuracy 2 a np Resolution 4 digits T ea ae al Low Frequency frequency Range 1 kHz 50 kHz hp 3580A 3585A Spectrum Analyzer Amplitude Accuracy 0 5 dB Spurious Responses 80 dB below ee Les mmi Resistor 1 __ Part No 0683 1025 Electronic Counter Frequency measurement to 20 MHz hp 5328A Accu
446. priate spaces under Positive Slope Measurement 000085 80 00009 70 000095 Percent of Slope 0001 2 000105 40 000035 20 00011 30 00004 30 000115 20 000045 40 00012 10 00005 50 000055 60 g Algebraically add the voltages recorded in the 00006 70 Positive Slope Measurement column and enter the 000065 80 total in the space 00007 90 h Multiply by 45 which is and enter the f Measure the voltage at each 10 segment point on result in the ExEy space the negative slope by setting the digital voltmeter delay to the following Enter the readings on the Performance Test Record in the appropriate spaces under Negative Slope Measurement i Multiply each y value by the corresponding x value and enter in the times column Total these values and enter in the space Model 33254 TRIGGER DELAY Uus Performance Tests 90 90 36254 50 Figure 4 11 Triangle Linearity Test j The equation for determining the best fit straight line specification for each y value is y ax a Where a and ag are constants to be calculated from data taken previously NOTE Calculate the values of and to at least five decimal places k First determine the value of a using the following equation n Ux Where Ex Exy ExEy 522 and Ex are the previously
447. put lt 100 kHz DIGITAL VOLTMETER 355 STEP ATTENUATOR THERMAL CONVERTER 3325 4 30 C Amplitude Flatness 100 kHz Figure 4 9 Amplitude Accuracy and Flatness Model 3325 Mode 3325 High Voltage Output Option 002 DC Offset g Remove the 50 ohm feedthru and connect the 3325A output directly to the digital voltmeter input h Press the SIGNAL key in the lower right corner of the 3325 front panel to select High Voltage Output Option 002 Lighted indicator in the center of this key indicates High Voltage Output is on Set 3325A dc offset to 20 V Digital voltmeter reading should be 19 775 V to 20 225 V j Set 3325A dc offset to 20 V Digital voltmeter rcading should be 19 775 V to 20 225 V 4 63 DC Offset Accuracy with AC Functions 4 64 The specifications for DC Offset accuracy with AC Functions given in Table 1 1 are as follows DC x MHz 1 2 Ramps 2 4 DC AC gt 1 MHz 3 Equipment Required DC Digital voltmeter hp Model 3455A 50 ohm feedthru termination hp Model 11048C Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4 10 A Set the digital voltmeter to measure dc voltage b Set the 3325A output as follows High Voltage Output Option 002 Off FunctlOn 23 523 eta haces AS toe Sine Frequency 20 999 999 999 MHz Amplitude l V p p DG Offset ails ua 4 5 V Pres
448. put measure dc voltages within the Phase Modulation circuit 1037 and 038 with Phase Modulation ccc ccc cease rere hahahaha rn Off Phase Modulation Open Phase Modulation linearity problems can often be traced to A21CR18 and 21 19 8 3 Service Model 3325A Important TP HP3325 Set Up Measurement Set Up Parameters Waveform Freq 1 1 MHz Function Sine Amplitude 10Vp p Freq 19 9MHz Function Sine Amplitude 10Vp p Freq 1 1 MHz Funcion Sine Amplitude 10Vp p Freq 19 9MHz Function Sine Amplitude 10Vp p 8 F 4 Oscilloscope Chl Coupling dc Chl Volts Div 1V div Time Div 3 00 sec Trigger Oscilloscope Coupling dc Chl Volts Div 1V div Time Div 3 00ysec Trigger Chl Oscilloscope Chi Coupling dc Chi Volts div 3 0V Time Div 3 0 Trigger Chl Oscilloscope Chl Coupling dc Chl Volts div 3 0V Time Div 3 0ysec Trigger Chi Pulse Height and Width Pulse Height and Width Pulse Height and Width Pulse Height and Width CH1 CPLG DC 1 VeDiv Main us Div CPLG DC 1 V D v Main us D v CHI CPLGeDC CHl 3 MT CH1 Main us Div 3
449. quest service or upon returning from the subroutine or roc pum af Four Fa if E prt Inonlid elimi 1 Frea too jarag For Funciion Ui if EWE cm Time Trea dia 18 if 5 Preg 515167 tir if r Errep 7 If service request resulted from program string error interrogate the 3325A to determine the error code and place in the calculator variable 8 Determine the nature of the program error las jf lnregzcosnizsble QM tri m m i L bse if ESS ere uta Char 191 if etian Does Hot Exis B 3 Appendix cot td ae LES Started 175 af Simitigri m Failure 185211 bitia feliert Sueep ots ina 3f Binds 5 Busy ME qot 4 Request Service Prasram Error Sweep Paraneter Errar Reauezgt 1 Started 2 Model 33254 9 Determine other reason for service request and if Sweeping or flags were true 10 Return from subroutine 11 Printer records the results of the serial poll 12 If the program string were corrected to make all data valid this printout would result from the above program Example 4 The 3325A can be set up manually to the optimum parameters needed fo
450. r 4 47 Ramp Retrace Time Ramp Bs Ramp es Par 4 49 Syne Output V high 2 12 V Viow 240 2 V Par 4 51 Squara Wave Symmetry 23 2 ns Par 4 53 Frequency Accuracy Sine 20 MHz 100 Hz Square 10 MHz SH Triangle 10 kHz 100 000 ns Ax bns Ramp 10 kHz 100 000 ns 45 ns 4 55 Phase Increment Accuracy Time Minimum Difference Maximum Zero Phase Time Interval 1 Increment Time Interval _______________ 22 22 n8 _______ 33 34 ns 10 Increment Time Interval pee 27222058 283 34 ns 1009 Increment Time 27722205 2783 34 ns Par 4 57 Phase Modulation Linearity DVM Phase Cumulative Reading Difference Phase x times y x Cu IPS y u 0 2 2 Y2 X4 3 Ys 4 X6 5 Ys Xg 6 77 7 7 8 9 10 Y10 X11 11 11 n CEP MES Ey SSS Lr i DET Ex xy o Best Fit Measured Straight Line Minirnurn Cumulative Maximum Phase Limit Phase Limit _________ 0 4 Ys Y g 7 40 Specification 0 5 of y4 Par 4 59 Amplitude Accuracy Entry Minimum Measured Maximum Sine Wave Test Amplitude 3 536 Vrms Sine 100 Hz 3 498 V 2020 3 577 V Sine 1 kHz 3 495V _________ 3 577 V Sine 100 kHz 3 488 V 3 577 V Amplitude 1 061 Vrms Sine 100 Hz 1044
451. r HP instrument Copies of available service notes can be obtained from your nearest HP Sales and Service Office listed at the back of this manual 7 1 Service Model 3325A Table 7 1 3325A Cireuit Boards Revisions Reference Service Assembly Dosignator Group s Revision A2 9 F 03325 66502 03325 66503 03325 66505 03325 66506 03325 66508 03325 66509 03325 66514 03325 66521 gt 03325 66523 03325 66508 is the High Voltage Output Option Opt 002 03325 66509 is the High Stability Frequency Reference Option Opt 001 In 3325A s with serial number 1748 01900 or below the part number for this assembly was 03325 66504 A4 3325A s with serial number 1748402475 or below the part number for this assembly was 03325 66501 A1 2325A 5 with serial number 1748400700 or below the part number for this assembly was 03325 66507 A7 7 8 Backdating Information 7 9 Service Group Keyboard and Display 03325 66505 A1 7 10 A5 Past to Present Table 7 2 briefly summarizes the engineering effort that has brought to its current revision Table 7 2 Board Revisions Instrumants Shipped With This Revision 1748400101 1748402911 Board Changes Board Revision went Rev B when board was modified to simplify manuf proce dure No circuit or layout changes 1748A02912 1748A0372
452. r codes failure modes HP IB address amplitude phase modulation state DATA group This group includes the numeric data keys the data value suffix keys the Store and Recall command keys and the entry Clear key When pre ceded by the blue prefix key the keys in the left column control the modulation functions MODIFY group The horizontal arrow keys select the digit to be modified indicated by a bright digit and the vertical arrow keys increment or decrement that digit UNITS annunciators Display the units of volume represented by the numeric display Entry annunciator indicates that an entry is in progress FUNCTION group These keys select the output signal function or dc only see Paragraph 3 26 EXT REF annunciator is on if an external reference or the Option 001 internal 10 MHz oven reference is con nected to the rear panel REF IN Annunciator flashes if the 30 MHz internal reference is not phase locked to the external reference MODULATION annunciator is on if either AM or Phase modulation is programmed AMPTD CAL key Automatically calibrates the amplitude and offset of the output signal see Paragraph 3 39 When preceded by the blue prefix key initiates a self test operation see Paragraph 3 10 CAUTION The maximum peak voltage that can be safely ap plied between chassis and the outer conductor of any of the 3325A input or output signal connec tors is 42 V SYNC
453. r completion of tests be sure to replace all cables switches connectors and jumpers to the normal position 8 4 Fs Kt 52 Disabling Bus Drivers Troubleshoot U57 YE WETU 5V 78CU YES Data Paths Good Ground ATN IUGO 5 5V SPSH NO ATN Not Recognized 5V 3102 O Troubleshoot 60 YES Unground Ground REN 960 17 5V SHUH REN Not Recognized W60 11 0000 NO 48 Connector or Cable Faulty YES YES 060 10 78CU NO Troubleshoot 060 Trouk Linas 8 3la ab 242 NO NO Troubleshoot Troubleshoot 1 U56 4 78CU U75 11 78CU 2 YES NO U56 5 5384 036 3 78CU Troubleshoot U73 NO Troubleshoot Control Lines From Processor O YES Troubleshoot Control 1 Lines From Processor U36 1 U75 1 O7F9 YES U75 13 3042 Troubleshoot Troubleshoot 052 078 Fria 8 Ho 242 Unground REN Ground IFC 060 9 YES Troubleshoot 057 U61 z5 5V PSHU Troubleshoot 157 NO ee YES True But Not 5V 7706 Troubleshoot US7 NO Troubleshoot 036 453 IFC Not Recognized YES Troubleshoot by Processor Us 057 7 0000 5 Troubieshoot U63 13 78CU U63 064 gt 5 5 c Rd U60 9 0000 YES Troubleshoot Interface connection Bad Figure 8 31 a Signature
454. r the test to be performed then the calculator can interrogate the 3325A to determine and record these parameters This example program interrogates Function FU Frequency IFR Amplitude IAM DC Offset IOF Bi Wee Fis LP red prt Functisn B 4 Line Write statement interrogates Function read statement addresses 3325A to talk calculator to listen and places data in variable W fxd 6 fixes six decimal places Line 1 Because only numerical data can be placed in e the variables print statements may include in quotes the parameter interrogated Model 33254 Appendix B Lines 2 7 Other parameters are interrogated Amplitude data acquired by this program does not in dicate the units programmed Frequency is always returned in Hz and DC Offset in Volts Functiam m PU 1006 Hz Amplitude s This results from the above program Offset If the calculator is equipped with a String Variable the interrogate program may be changed to the following Because string variables accept both alpha and numeric characters the resulting printout includes the mnemonics and delimiters units 1 Dimension a string variable for each parameter you want to interrogate The dimension number in brackets is the number of spaces assigned to the variable 2 2 This printout results when string variables are Pred used F
455. r tolerance resistor rhodium root mean square fOtary selenium section s silicon transistor transistor diode resistor thermistor Switch transformer terminat board thermocouple test point Model 3325A slide Single pole double throw single pote single throw toggle tolerance trimmer transistor 2 z vohis alternating current working voltage eene nnns Mariabie direct current working voltage watt s working inverse voltage without wirewound optimum value selected at factory average value shown part may be omitted standard type number assigned selected ot special type R Dupont de Nemours terminal strip micracircuit vacuum tube neon bulb photocell etc cable lampholder fuseholder crystal network o Tahle 6 2 List of Manufacturers Mfr No Manufacturer Name Address S0545 00000 00494 01121 01295 03888 04713 06383 07263 13606 18324 19701 24546 26654 27014 28480 3L585 32293 32997 34335 51642 52763 55576 56289 72136 74970 75042 75915 84411 91637 Nippon Electric Any Satisfactory Supplier Addressograph Multigraph Corp Allen Bradley Co Texas Instr Inc Semicond Cmpnt Div Pyrofilm Corp Motorola Semiconductor Products Panduit Corp Fairchild Semiconductor Div Sprague Elect Co Semiconductor Div Signetics Corp Mepco Electra C
456. racy 2 counts with Opt 040 or 041 Resoiution amp digits Oscilloscope Vertical hp 1740A 2 channel Bandwidth de to 100 MHz Deflection 5 mV to 10 V div Horizontal Main and Delayed Sweeps Main 50 ns to 2 s div 50 to 20 ms div Frequency Standard Frequeney 5 MHz hp 105B _ for Option 001 only Accuracy 1 x 1079 _ 10 1 Oscilloscope Probe Impedance 1 12 pF 1004 _ DC Fower Supply Volts 0 10 V hp 8214A _ LLL Ames 10 _ Oscillator Frequency 1 kHz hp 204C High Frequency Frequency Range 1 kHz 80 MHz 1411 85528 8553 Spectrum Analyzer Amplitude Accuracy 5 dB __ 8566 3588 Thermal Converter Input 500 Input hp 11050A Voltage 1Vrms Frequency 1kHz to 20MHz Frequency Response b 8 Resistor 2000 1 1 8W m hp 0757 0407 ___ Resistor _ 800 1 0 54 hp 0698 5965 0 Resistor 130 1 EW ____ hp 0757 0380 Resistor _______ RAW hp 0688322505 Resistor 1500 1 1 8W hp 0757 0284 5 1 Replaceable Parts silver aluminum ampere s gold capacitor ceramic coefficient 42 common Composition connection NO deposited double pole double throw double pole single throw electrolytic encapsulated gallium arsenide gigahertz 10 9 hertz guarded
457. ragraph 8 59 8 53 D A Converter Service Group 1 8 54 The Digital to Analog D A Converter supplies the analog voltages which control signal amplitude dc offset level comparator reference voltage sweep X drive output and correct for dc offset error In addition it supplies an auto zero voltage to its own current sources 8 55 Preset Counters Each of the four Preset Counters is a BCD counter that can be pre loaded with a 4 digit binary number and then enabled to count from that point In this application they are set to count down The Counters are connected in two pairs as illustrated by the least significant pair in Figure 8 17 Both counters are loaded at the same time then the Least Significant Digit LSD Counter is enabled by the Counter and Current Source Enable Flip Flop and at the same time the LSD Current Source is enabled to supply current to the DAC Integrator see Figure 8 18 When the LSD Counter reaches zero its Ripple Clock output enables the 3rd Digit Counter to count one clock pulse If the preset number in the 3rd Digit Counter was greater than one the LSD Counter continues to count supplying n enable pulse to the 3rd Digit Counter each time it reaches zero When the 3rd Digit Counter reaches zero its Ripple Clock output changes the state of the Counter and Current Source flip flop disabling the LSD Counter and the Current Source 8 13 Service Model 3325A REFERENCE AMPTE TER
458. rate As another example if the output frequency were 10 09 MHz the fractional N would be 9 and a pulse remove command would be required for 9 out of every 10 reference cycles 8 37 Fractional N Counter The N Fractional N counter consists basically of three presettable counters in series shown in Figure 8 13 The counters for the two most significant digits of the 3 digit N number are decade counters The least significant digit counter consists of a 5 counter anda 2 prescaler which can be made to divide by three as necessary Presettable counters are used because N must be variable as explained below 8 38 The preset number that is loaded into the counter in BCD binary coded decimal form is the 9 complement of the N number N is determined by the first three digits of the VCO frequency Programmed Frequency Register VCO Frequency 0400400000000000 Model 3325A Example 1 Example 2 Sine wave output 10 000 000 0 Hz 100 000 0 Hz Reference frequency 30 000 000 0 Hz 30 000 000 0 Hz VCO frequency 40 000 000 0 Hz 30 100 000 0 Hz N 400 30 1 To determine the 9 s complement N is subtracted from 999 in the fractional N control IC 999 999 N 400 301 9 s complement 599 698 8 39 The N counter begins at the preset number 599 in example 1 counts to 999 and then reloads the same number unless a new frequency has been programmed One output pulse occurs for each time the counters reach 999 conseque
459. requency 100 Hz Amplitude 10 V p p c Set the oscilloscope as follows Att Pater 2 V div Main sweep 2 0 ms div Delayed 20 ps div ak hee PH aereis Positive d With oscilloscope horizontal controls set to main sweep adjust the intensified portion of the trace to the reset positive going portion of the ramp e Set the horizontal controls to delayed sweep and position the ramp reset portion near the center of the display f The reset portion should show more than one line as in Figure 4 14 The lines should not be separated by more than ten divisions on the display g Change the 3325A function to positive slope ramp and set oscilloscope trigger to negative to verify the positive ramp h Bump the 3325A frequency to 99 999999 Hz to check the low frequency ramps Verify that ramp period variations do not exceed ten divisions 4 29 Performance Tests TRIGGER DELAY ms Model 3325 33254 54 Figure 4 13 X Drive Linearity Test 4 71 HP IB Interface Test 4 72 The following calculator program tests the opera tion of the 3325A HP IB interface circuits The pro gram is written for an hp Model 9825A calculator but may be adapted for other controllers The program 18 printed on a foldout page for your convenience Equipment Required hp Model 9825A Calculator equip
460. ress Switches TJ 2 C TI 1 LT 1 LON Listen Only TJ ROM ROM Disable For Test Only g Connect A6TP3 between U15 and U16 to ground h Set 3325 POWER to ON 1 Remove ground from A6TP3 j Place the signature analyzer probe on 5 V logic 1 The large plated area near the center of A6 is 5 V If the signature is 5159 proceed to Step If the signature is not 5159 troubleshoot A6U9 processor A6U10 buffer the processor data lines HPD 7 and associated circuits Refer to the ROM Signature Analysis Test k Set bus address bit 2 switch to ON 1 and set switch 1 and switches 3 through 5 to OFF See switch drawing above L The signature should be 7 97 as indicated at the START of the flow diagram If it is not 7C97 go to the section of the diagram headed by the signature actually observed If no stable signature or none of the signatures shown are observed go to the ROM Signature Analysis Test If Test 2 passes successfully go to Signature Analysis Test 3 The tests associated with each signature heading are described as follows 7097 This signature implies that the three RAM s may be addressed and read from correctly It also indicates that U20 and U21 count up and down correctly FF7C This signature indicates that U20 and U21 do not count up correctly The test also checks enable signals 279A This signature indicates that U20 and U21 do not count down correctly 709A Th
461. revent damage to the relays Model 3325 Service c Connect the signature analyzer as follows Start and Stop Ground Lg Wi edi e eia SA CLK at left of 61 9 cm 5 5 at right of A6U15 nC 3325A ground stiffener channel on deck between A6 and A21 or any Ground test point d Set the signature analyzer controls as follows e Make sure the 50 CS1 amp 52 shorting connectors near right front corner of are in the center position f Connect AGTP3 and AGTP6to ground Sct all bus address switches A651 to the OFF position See switch drawing below 1 5 4 3 Address Switches 2 LLL LON Listen Only C L3 ROM ROM Disable For Test Only h Sct 3325A POWER switch to ON i Disconnect ground from A6TP3 then A6TP6 j Set bus address switch 4 to ON k Place the signature analyzer probe on 5 V logic 1 The large plated area near the center of A6is 5 V 1 Follow the flow diagram from START If no stable or valid signatures are obtained the processor A6U9 or the 61 4 may be defective Use the ROM Signature Analysis Test to check these components NOTE After completion of the test be sure to replace all cables jumpers and switches to the normal position 8 A 3 8 A 4 NV NO Kis 8 29 t 5 4 21 YES Are All Leds ES Place Signatur
462. riable 5 Set Remote Enable Read from the 3325A Did 3325A respond to Talk Command THLE LIGHT ee Write ta the 3325A Interface to Local LISTEM LIGHT 4 r Did 3325A respond to Listen Command Remote Interface Write to 3325A Clear Interface Did the 3325A Respond to Remote i Print Results of Tests lees 05154810 Self Contained Program may be Linked or Used as a Subroutine Performance Tests Model 3325 Variables used in this Test Program A Address of 3325A defaults to 717 F Frequency read from 3325A in test 1 G Frequency read from 3325A in test 2 H Amplitude read from 3325A in test Counter used to print test results ri r7 Test results Pass 1 Fail 5 Status read from 33254 in test 5 Samples of Program Printouts HE TAA SEE 18 TEST IE 5 FREER RBH REPRE REE THESES BELY4444R RR ES TEST RESULTS TEST RESULTS TEST 1 1 PASS Pass PRESS TEST 3 TEST 3 PASS PASS TEST 3 TEST 4 PRES TEST 5 TEST PASS FEST TEST amp PASS PASE TEST TEST PRS FASS ee ee 4 10 4 3325 Performance Tests 4 32 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 43 Amplitude Modulation Envelope Distor tion 4 33 The following procedures compare the instrument 4 45 Square Wave Rise Time and
463. rial Numbers 1748A01075 and Below 7 26 Simplified Block Diagram 8 2 Basic Block Diagram Logic Circuits 8 2 Keyboard and Display Block Diagram 8 3 HP IB Data Input 8 4 HP IB Data Output Path 8 4 HP IB Management and Handshake 8 5 Basic Block Diagram of Control CICUS 8 6 Phase Lock Loop 8 7 Phase Detector 8 8 Integrator Output 8 9 Addition of D A Converter and Pulse Remove Blocks 8 9 Phase Accumulation 8 10 Divide By N Counter 8 1 External Reference Phase Lock Loop Block Diagram 8 12 Level Control and Amplitude Modulation 8 13 Mixer Diagram 8 14 Preset Counters 8 14 D A Converter 8 15 DAC Sample Hold 8 15 Enable Signals For Function Switching 8 17 Simplified Illustration of Triangle Cien ration sa 8 18 Figure Page 8 22 Simplified Illustration of Ramp Generation 8 18 8 23 Marker and X Drive Start Stop 8 20 8 24 X Drive Ramp 8 21 8 25 Power Supply Standby On Circuit 8 22 8 26 Sine Amplitude Control Path 8 23 8 24 8 27 Adapter 8 27 8 28
464. ru termination and connect the 3325A output directly to the digital voltmeter input Model 3325 i Press the SIGNAL key in the lower right corner of the 3325A front panel to select High Voltage Output Option 002 Lighted indicator in the center of this key indicates High Voltage Output is on j Set 3325A dc offset to 20 V Digital voltmeter reading should be 19 775 V to 20 225 V k Set 3325A dc offset to 20 V Digital voltmeter reading should be 19 775 V to 20 225 4 26 Harmonic Distortion Test 4 27 This procedure tests the harmonic distortion of the 3325A sine wave output against the following specifications from Table 1 1 Harmonic Distortion relative to fundamental Fundamental No Harmonic Frequency Greater Than 0 1 Hz to 50 kHz 65 dB 50 kHz to 200 kHz 60 dB 200 kHz to 2 MHz 40 dB 2 MHz to 15 MHz 30 dB 15 MHz to 20 MHz 25 dB Equipment Required High Frequency Spectrum Analyzer hp Model 14117 8552B 8553B 8566A 8568A Low Frequency Spectrum Analyzer hp Model 3580A 3585A 50 ohm Feedthru Termination hp Model 11048C Resistor 4700 2W 5 hp 0698 3634 Resistor 56 20 1 8W 1 hp 0757 0395 F m 4 4 Performance Tests a Set the 3325A output as follows High Voltage Output Option 002 Off Punction ceteras Sine Frequency iii seen 20 MHz
465. ruments having the High Voltage Output Option 002 are shipped from the factory with the signal output at the front panel The signal output can be changed to the rear panel by reconnecting Cables 1 and 4 Disconnect Cable 1 to the front panel signal output from the attenuator assembly J1 OUT b Disconnect Cable 4 to rear panel signal output from the connector on A14 labeled DUMMY and connect it to J1 OUT on the attenuator assembly It may be necessary to cut a cable tie to reach J1 c Connect Cable 1 to the 4 DUMMY connector d The standard and high voltage outputs will now appear at the rear pancl SIGNAL con nector 8 1 Service 8 M 2 Model 3325A e 219 2 r PEU 80 25 5 2217 e gt gt 0 c Tu uM m MENS CHANGING OPTION 002 TO STANDARD FRONT REAR OUTPUT Use the following procedure to change an instrument with High Voltage Output Option 002 to the standard instrument Front Rear signal output configuration The High Voltage out put will then not be available at either the front or rear panel a Disconnect Cable 20 from the attenuator assembly connector labeled OUT 4 20 b Disconnect Cable 21 from the attenuator assembly connector labeled HV IN c Disconnect Cable 4 from the connector on labeled 4 DUMMY and connect it to the attenuator assembly connector l
466. rvice SERVICE GROUP D A CONVERTER AND SAMPLE HOLD D A and SamplejHold Troubleshooting These circuits convert digital information from the controller to the analog voltages which control output level dc offset etc If these control voltages appear to be incorrect Service Groups J K or N the trouble may be in the DAC counters current source or integrator or in the sample Hold switches or amplifiers Observe the DAC Integrator pulse train shown below The voltage level at each Sample Hold output amplifier test point should be identical to the level of its corresponding pulse at the DAC test point This pulse train occurs at instrument turn on and with the ACD test point grounded schematic K Service Group K Note that the levels have a tolerance of 0 02Vdc Verification of these levels is made by again grounding the ACD test point externally triggering an oscilloscope on the positive slope of test point AZ and connecting the scope s input to the DAC test point 0 7 A ANALOG SWITCH ENABLE OV B DAC INTEGRATOR OUT 10 2 1 2 3 4 5 1 e 1 DAC Auto Zero No TP 0 0 4 2 Amplitude Calibration Level TP LVL 10 2Vdc 3 Output Amplitude TP AMPL 4 0Vdc 4 DC Offset TP 082 0 0Vdc 5 DC Offset Correction TP OS1 0 0Vdc 6 X Drive TP XDR 0 0Vdc Service Model 3325A If the level at each Sample Hold test point is not the same as its corresponding pulse at t
467. ry as possible j Replace the serew in the oven assembly and repeat Step e 5 13 Sinewave Amplitude Calibration 44 Equipment Required Oscilloscope hp Model 1740A 10 1 Oscilloscope Probe hp Model 10041A DC Power Supply hp Model 6214A Oscillator hp Model 204C AC digital voltmeter hp Model 3466A a Set the 3325A to STBY A4 see Section VII for alternate procedure 5 3 Adjustments Do not allow disconnected cable connectors 10 contact the printed circuit board or com ponents or circuits may be damaged b Adjust the dc power supply output to 5 V and connect it between the AMPTD MOD input and ground c Disconnect cable W23 at A3J23 d Measure the oscillator hp 204C output with the ac digital voltmeter and adjust the output level to ap proximately 1 V rms at a frequency of 1 kHz Connect the oscillator output between the center contact of A3J23 and ground e Set 3325A power switch to ON and set EXT MOD to AM ON f Connect the oscilloscope through a 10 1 probe to Set oscilloscope input to ac coupled sweep to 1 ms div g Adjust Y offset in A3R60 to null out the sine wave signal on the display Change oscilloscope vertical gain s necessary to observe the signal h Ground the oscilloscope input and zero the trace on the center line Set the input to dc coupled i Adjust Offset Out A3R68 to return the oscilloscope trace to the center line 0 Vdc j Set th
468. s Board Instruments Shipped Board Ravision With This Revision Changes 1748A00101 1748A00130 1748A00131 1748A00230 went Rev B when test points were added 1748A00231 Present went Rev C when design changes were made to improve 4F interrupt ckty Note that all serial number ranges are approximate 7 17 The following backdating information pertains to the Control Circuits portion of the assembly A2 Page 8 C 37 Figure 8 36 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748400230 and below Service Service Model 3325A The above range of instruments do not have R2 7 5kQ p n 0683 7525 CR2 p n 1901 0040 or C7 0 015 p n 0160 3847 These instruments also contain the following processor interrupt circuitry o involving U42 and U34 i Proce SSOR IF U9 IS RERLACED SEE SERVICING INFO g B d ger PE Gate E 2 4 2 ore PT KON DOE a CES 3 4 ROM 1 Disab FROM 2 1A CLOCK FROR 1508 12 MHZ CLOCK Deoc ESSOR FROHUIS ce Bur lt Bus ADDRESS Figure 7 1 Processor Interrupt Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748 00230 and Below All part numbers remain the same A2 Page 8 C 37 Figure 8 36 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A02600 and below The above range of instruments contain resi
469. s Service Group E or the Phase Comparator Service Group F If pin 7 of A21U33 is positive and the signal at TP9 is mostly negative the trouble is probably in the Integrator Bias or Sample Hold circuits Go to Service Group F Model 3325 Service No Rear Panel AUX Output or Incorrect AUX Frequency Either or Two Times the Programmed Frequency a Set function to sine frequency to 10 MHz b Measure voltage level at A3U18 pin 9 Should be at a TTL high level 2 4 V If not go to Step g c Set frequency to 21 MHz Voltage level at A3UIS pin 9 should be TTL low 0 4 V Voltage at A3U18 pin 6 should be high If either voltage is not correct go to Step g d Set frequency to 29 999 999 999 MHz Voltage levels should be the same as in Step c Set frequency to 30 MHz Voltage at A3U18 pin 6should be low pin 9 should below f If all of the above levels are correct the trouble is probably in A3U18 U19 C152 or R158 g If any of the above levels is incorrect check input pins 12 and 13 of A3U10 for the presence of TTL level pulses If input pulses are present A3UI may be defective If input pulses are not present go to Control Logic troubleshooting Service Group C 8 D 3 Service Model 3325 Board Board Board Board Board Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location Designator Location 6 CR11 B 0161 R81 c R176 G C2 A CR12 C 01
470. s AMPTD CAL key After amplitude calibra tion approximately 2 seconds the digital voltmeter reading should be 4 350 10 4 650 V de d Change the de offset to 4 5 V Digital voltmeter reading should be 4 350 to 4 650 V dc e Change the 3325A frequency to 999 9 kHz The digital voltmeter reading should be 4 440 to 4 560 V dc f Change the 3325A dc offset to 4 5 V The digital voltmeter reading should be 4 440 to 4 560 V de g Set the 3325A function to Square The digital voltmeter reading should 4 440 to 4 560 V dc h Change the 3325A dc offset to 4 5 The digital voltmeter reading should be 4 440 to 4 560 V dc Performance Tests 1 Change the 3325A frequency to 9 9999 MHz The digital voltmeter reading should be 4 350 to 4 650 V j Set the 3325A function to Triangle frequency to 9 9 kHz The digital voltmeter reading should be 4 440 to 4 560 V k Set the 3325A function to Ramp The digital voltmeter reading should be 4 380 to 4 620 V 4 55 Triangle Linearity 4 66 This procedure tests the linearity of the triangle wave output against the specification in Table 1 1 0 05 of full output 10 to 90 best fit straight line Because the triangle and ramp outputs are generated by the same circuits this procedure effectively tests the ramp linearity also Equipment Required High speed dc digital voltmeter This procedure is written to
471. s also contain diodes CR224 and CR225 CR224 cathode is connected from the base of Q211 to the collector of Q211 CR225 anode is connected from the base of 0204 to the collector of 0204 Modify Figure 7 17 as necessary to show these components A5 Page 8 K 5 8 K 6 Figure 8 44 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748404250 and below Instruments in this range may contain an A14 A4 board which has connector J1 p n 1251 4494 for use with cable W32 p n 8120 2577 The older black connector and white cable have been replaced on newer boards by a more reliable connector orange p n 1251 6567 and cable gray p n 8120 3108 The newer connectors are incompatible with the older cables as are the newer cables incompatible with the older connectors If the A14 A4 assembly is replaced in one of the above in struments refer to paragraph 8 113 in Section VIII for additional replacement information 7 43 Service Group L Attenuator 03325 66523 and Relay Drivers P O 03325 66514 5 7 44 A23 Past to Present Table 7 13 briefly summarizes the engineering and manufacturing changes that have brought A23 A7 to its current revision Refer to Tables 7 10 7 11 7 12 or 7 14 for revi sion information on A14 A4 Table 7 13 A23 A7 Board Revisions Board Instruments Shippad Board Revision With This Revision Changes A7 Rev 1748A00101 1748A00540 A23 Rev A 1748400541 1748A00950 went A23 Rev A following d
472. s desired This would require the VCO frequency to be 40 04 MHz and the N number to be 400 4 The number 400 4 is referred to as The number 400 is represented by N and the fraction 4 may be called F or the fractional N Since the existing phase lock system will not allow N to be four digits some additional circuits are needed to make the VCO operate at a frequency of 40 04 MHz and at the same time provide a signal to the phase REMOVER OOkHz cON TROL Service comparator equal to 100 kHz Two of these circuits are the Digital to Analog D A converter and pulse remove blocks added in Figure 8 11 8 33 If the VCO operated at 40 04 MHz and N were 400 then the divided VCO signal to the phase comparator would be 100 1 kHz and would be compared to the 100 0 kHz reference This would result in an increasing phase comparator charge current to the integrator To compensate for this increased charge the discharge current from the bias source is adjusted by means of Analog Phase Interpolation API information from the fractional N control IC The phase frequency difference between 40 04 MHz and 40 00 MHz is accumulated digitally in the control IC and applied through five lines to a digital to analog converter The D A output current is subtracted from the bias current to discharge the integrator to the proper level during each sampling period effectively cancelling the increa
473. s in this range do not have A3R126 or A3C120 A4 Page 8 H 3 8 H 4 Figure 8 41 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748404675 and below These instruments contain the mixer driver circuitry shown in Figure 7 12 Note that the part number for A3U16 in this earlier design was 1858 0015 105 Cra 01 21 CI 2 R 5 CRIO 10 4118 0324 O 1118 69 i tize C127 6128 D 30 FROM VCO 8153 C153 J Figure 7 12 Mixer Driver Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748A04675 and Below If reliability problems with U16 are encountered in these earlier instruments refer to Service Note 3325A 7 This service note describes a check of the mixer driver current and subsequent adjustment to reduce the current thereby improving U16 s reliability Note that the performance test steps and adjustments referred to in this service note may not correspond directly with the steps currently found in Sections IV and V If status byte problems are encountered in instruments with serial number 1748A01300 and below change C8 to 224F capacitor p n 0180 0228 7 34 Service Group D A Converter And Sample Hold P O 03325 66514 5 7 35 A14 Past To Present Table 7 10 briefly summarizes the engineering and manufacturing changes that have brought A14 A4 to its current revision 7 15 Service Model 3325A Tahle 7 10 14 4 Board Revisions Board instrume
474. scillo scope s channel B input Connect the 3325A signal out put to the oscilloscope s channel A input d Set the oscilloscope as follows In MEE A vs B Channel A Sensitivity 1V div uncal adjust for full vertical deflection Channel B 0 5V div uncal adjust for full horizontal sweep Settings may vary from one oscilloscope to another Note that whichever scope is used it should be operated in mode with the 3325A X Drive output driv ing the horizontal X sweep and the signal output driv ing the scope s vertical Y channel 4 3 Performance Tests e Press the 3325A START CONT key f The oscilloscope display should show a sweep that is essentially flat dropping no more than 3 5 Any D C variations should be ignored taking the peak to peak reading for flatness comparison 4 20 Sync Output Check 4 21 This test verifies the sync output signal levels Equipment Required Oscilloscope hp Model 1740A a Connect the 3325A sync output to the oscilloscope vertical input If the oscilloscope is an hp Model 1740A set the input switch to the 50 ohm position If your oscilloscope does not have a 50 ohm input use a 50 ohm load hp Model 11048C 50 ohm Feedthru Ter mination at the input b Set the 3325A function to sine frequency to 20 MHz Adjust the oscilloscope controls to measure the high and low voltage levels of
475. sed charge from the phase comparator 8 34 Only part of the problem is solved however because if the PLL were to continue operating in this manner the phase comparator output would continue to increase beyond practical limits To prevent this a pulse remove technique is used In effect the accumulated phase difference in the Control IC causes the N counter to count one extra cycle 401 each time the phase accumulator passes through unity This has the effect of removing a cycle of VCO frequency and the divided signal to the phase comparator is now an average of 100 kHz 8 35 To accumulate the phase difference the twelve least significant digits in a frequency register contained in the Fractional N control IC are added to PORRER Y SOURCE INTEGRATOR SAMPET TERO I 86 33254 1 Figure 8 11 Addition of D A Converter and Pulse Remove Blocks Service the twelve digits in the phase accumulator and the sum is stored again in the accumulator This addition takes place every 10 microseconds once for each cycle of the 100 kHz reference Figure 8 12 illustrates this process for the example we are using 8 36 This example has used a fractional N of 4 If the output frequency were 10 004 MHz instead of 10 04 MHz the fractional part would be 04 and both the phase comparator output and the phase accumulator content would increase at one tenth the previous
476. signal level from the Output Amplifier can be tested in the Level Comparator to determine if a level correction is needed thus providing an automatic amplitude calibration If am plitude problems are encountered it is important to dis able this auto calibration See section 8 102 Attenuator range is selected by the Control circuits to provide in con junction with Level Control the desired output signal am plitude Program parameter data stored in Control is transferred to the display when that parameter entry pre fix key 1s pressed or the parameter prefix mnemonic is programmed on the HP IB 8 5 THEORY OF OPERATION 8 6 The following theory is a general description of each of the circuit blocks in the 3325A A foldout functional block diagram of the 3325A follows Service Group O Additional information on individual circuits may be found within the service groups Figure 8 2 is a basic block diagram of the logic circuits which interface with the processor and with cach other through the proces sor to control the operation of the instrument The Machine Data Bus which consists of eight parallel lines labeled HMDO through HMD7 is the principal means of data exchange between the control circuits and other parts of the instrument 8 7 Keyboard and Display Service Group A 8 8 Keyboard Scan Figure 8 3 is a block diagram of the Keyboard and Display circuits To determine if a key has been pressed a single high bit is shi
477. st 8 C 7 Service 8 C 8 Model 3325A Integrated circuits with designators greater than U55 are on the 1 0 side of the HP IB isolators where the normal SA Clock is not available In order to take these signatures it is necessary to supply an external clock Use the following procedure Set 3325A POWER to 5 b Disconnect the signature analyzer from the SA CLK c Unsolder the end of the SA CLK jumper nearest the left edge of the board away from U9 4 Apply 400 kHz square wave with the following characteristics to the SA CLK jumper Frequency ky 400 kHz Amplitude L aia u eria ec ra Xx CRI ach 4 V p p u iio ca wbxada qu ava Vd UA ARENEDA 2 V Connect the pulse generator ground to A6 ground jumper in right front corner of the board The hp Model 3312A may be used as the pulse generator e Connect a clip lead across 1 to short the isolated ground to circuit ground f Make sure A6TP3 remains grounded Connect the signature analyzer Clock lead to the raised SA CLK jumper along with the pulse generator h Set 3325A POWER to ON i Adjust the pulse generator frequency until a stable gated signature is obtained in dicating that the signature analyzer is triggering on the external clock signal The GATE in dicator should be flashing and the UNSTABLE SIGNATURE indicator should be off j Place the signature analyzer probe on the
478. sten it accepts programming data when is false and looks for its talk address or the unlisten command when ATN is true When the HP IB DAV Data Valid signal indicates that data is ready on the bus the Acceptor Handshake circuits output New Data Ready which becomes a Bus Interrupt signal to the processor The Acceptor circuits also set NRFD Not Ready For Data to indicate to the bus that the 3325A is in the process of accepting the data byte After the byte has been accepted the processor outputs a New Byte Accepted to the Acceptor circuits which then resets the NDAC Data Accepted line to high 8 16 Source Handshake The Talk circuits enable the Source Handshake block only when the 3325A is addressed to talk and ATN is false A New Byte Available signal from the processor tells Source Handshake to set DAV if NRFD is high indicating that all listeners are ready for data After a byte of data has been accepted by the listener s indicated by NDAC going high the cceptor circuits output a New Data Needed signal which becomes a Bus Interrupt to the processor 8 17 Management Lines The ATN Attention REN Remote Enable and IFC Interface Clear lines provide inputs to the 12 bit shift register and are used as HP IB status information inputs to the control circuits A direct control output from the processor provides a Service Request SRQ signal to the HP IB system controller 8 18 Control Circuits Service Group
479. stors R11 and R12 p n 0683 1825 See Figure 7 2 for Schematic and board location 1 1 1 7813 CR1 R8 21 Figure 7 2 Schematic and Board Location of R11 and R12 Serial Numbers 17484026800 and below Model 3325 42 Page 8 B 11 8 37 Figure 8 32 8 36 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A04250 and below Instruments in the above range may have an A6 board which contains connectors J2 J3 J4 p n 1251 4494 for use with cables W31 W32 W33 p n 8120 2577 These older black connectors and white cables have been replaced on newer boards by more reliable connectors orange p n 1251 6567 and cables gray 8120 3108 The newer connectors are incompatible with the older cables as are the newer cables incompatible with the older connectors If the A6 board in the above instruments is replaced the connectors on the older destination assemblies A3 A14 4 A21 1 will have to be changed also See paragraph 8 113 in Section VIII for more information Note also that on the older A6 boards used in the above instruments cable W36 p n 03325 61622 was used to carry supply current to the A14 4 board in parallel with W33 With the newer cables on the newer boards W36 is not needed However if one chooses to modify the newer board to usc the older 1251 4494 connectors and cables 8120 2577 W36 is required A2 Page 8 C 37 Figure 8 36 Affected instruments
480. t ae RSB ol q 809 NEL GN P 3 Y 851 4 49 3325 0103 I by R 4 2 i V AK 4 5v VU E k se 2 Lb Q4 See paragraph 8 113 when replacing A3 r3 COPYRIGHT 1477 BY HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY Ts 22 92 At fS FERENCE PLY R27 F TON REP RZ nsv EV 2k Rap 5 521 R21 21 47 10 Riq p 1 2 Exo N v 54 RE 412 T BI Quinary T Siop bere cros v Bo Mhe OSCILLATOR Rit IK NOS 39 01 Ras ca 147K Cre v 14 7K TOF v R22 47 877 MM SINE AMPLITUDE CONTROL AUD 2 41 6 410 AMPLITUDE MODULATION 7 En m 15 et 5 21 n V 5 R23 RY was 2 2K e 151 4 47 DA s SEE NOTE 1 h ay T A g Ult MULTIPLIER 6 42 4 854 3 7 iK es S Red orraim 246K 1 Liz Y Rs LOSK TK 25 Q4 V LAO A4 v oFFSET 2 90 _ Spt rus Bi Quinary COUNTER IOOKHE REFERENCE
481. t No 1250 1499 is provided with Option 001 for this pur pose 3 20 MANUAL PROGRAMMING 3 21 The following paragraphs describe the procedures for operating the 3325A from the front panel Also in cluded are the limits for each parameter 3 22 Clear Display 3 23 Pressing the CLEAR key in the left column of the DATA group clears the display to zero This key is useful when an error is made while entering data 3 24 Entry Errors 3 25 The word rror will appear in the display for approximately one second when error in programm ing occurs The incorrect entry will not be accepted Entry parameter ut of bounds for example Freq z 61 MHz Invalid delimiter Frequency too large for function for example Function Triangle Freq 11 kHz Sweep time too small or too large Offset incompatible with amplitude or amplitude incom patible with offset Sweep frequency too large for function Sweep bandwidth too small Start frequency too small log sweep Start fre quency greater than stop frequency log sweep Unrecognizable mnemonic received Unrecognizable data character received Option does not exist High Voltage or Rear Front Model 3325A 3 26 Function Selection FUNCT ION 5 2 5 20MM OMM z Oke vice 3 27 Any of the five functions may be selected by pressing the appropriate FUNCTION key A light in the center of the key indicates
482. t the 3325A phase to 100 REFERENCE 33254 46 Figure 4 7 Phase Increment Accuracy 4 18 Model 3325 TO PHASE MOD N OMHz REF OUT SOURCE Performance Tests 8335A REFERENCE 3325A 47 Figure 4 8 Phase Modulation Linearity n Press the electronic counter RESET Record the counter reading in the space for 100 Increment Time Interval o Enter the time difference between the Phase Time Interval and the reading in Step n in the Time Difference column It should be from 2722 22 ns to 2783 34 ns 4 57 Phase Modulation Linearity 4 58 This procedure tests the phase modulation lineari ty The specification in Table 1 1 is 0 5 best fit straight line Equipment Required Sine wave signal source hp Model 3335A Electronic counter hp Model 5328A DC power supply hp Model 6214A Digital voltmeter hp Model 3455A a Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 4 8 b Set the 3325A as follows High Voltage Output Option 002 Off Function Sine Frequency 100kHz Amplitude 13 dBm Phase Modulation On Frequency 100kHz Amplitude 13 dBm d Set the electronic counter 5328A as follows Function Time Interval Avg A and B Frequency Resolution 105 Inputs ioo y re 50 Q Separate Sl
483. ta 3 142 Sweep Flag 3 143 The Sweep Flag bit 5 of the status byte is high 1 while the 3325A is in the process of sweeping This bit can be monitored by the controller to determine when the end of a sweep occurs 3 144 Masking Enabling Service Requests 3 145 Bits 3 through 9 in the status byte be masked so that the corresponding conditions will not cause a service request However a 717 will still appear in the status byte if the condition exists and can be cleared only by a serial poll At instrument turn on all SRQ con ditions are masked The programming syntax for mask ing and enabling SRQ conditions is Mnemonic Data EOS Mnemonic MS Valid Data is shown in Table 3 11 3 146 Interrogating Program Errors 3 147 The Program Error service request may result from the following Errors Error Entry parameter out of bounds for exam ple Freq 61 MHz Invalid delimiter Frequency too large for function for ex ample Function Triangle Freq 11 kHz Sweep time too small or too large Offset incompatible with amplitude or amplitude incompatible with offset Sweep frequency too large for function Sweep bandwidth too small Start fre quency too small log sweep Start fre quency greater than stop frequency log sweep Unrecognizable mnemonic received Unrecognizable data character received Option does not exist High Voltage or Rear Front 4 33
484. tart Frequency Sweep Stop Frequency Swaap Marker Frequency Time 8 5 ms ramen u RA Mask Service Requests See Para s 4 5 ms 3 144 Binary ON OFF Funetions e 48 ms High Voltage Output OFF 0 Amplitude Modulation ON 1 Phase Modulation MA 7 0 ms MP 7 0 ms 3 18 Program times are in addition to the data transfer time of 225 to 250 ps per byte See Note 2 following Paragraph 3 112 Model 3325 Operation Table 3 10 Programming Codes Entry Frequency R e 1 Phase 1 120 80 50 110 72 48 Sweep Start Frequency 1 11 123 83 53 1 00 124 84 54 1111 1 1 0 0 1 29 Marker Frequency 0 01 115 77 4D 0 10 106 70 46 Time 1 00 124 84 0 01 111 73 1 11 0 11 1 11 1 11 1 11 01 oo mo 2010 01 40 Q o 5o joo OJO gt salsa Q p P Sc IOO O O o S o 44 ausu ooo ooo 1111 10 4 Start Single must be sent twice 123 83 53 123 83 53 Sweep Mode Numerical Data u 5 uy uon oo 0 4 061 0 1 o oj oj ojo 115 77 40 zu 0 0 0110000 48 1 1 0110001 49 e 2 2 0110010 50 9 3 3 0110011 51 4 4 0110100 52 5 5 0110101 53 6 0110110 54 36 7 7 0110111 55
485. te from oscilloscope to external trigger input of high speed voltmeter See Figure 4 9A h Set the 3325A as follows High Voltage Output Option 2 OFF DC Offset 0V Amplitude 10 Vp p Frequency 99 9 Hz Function Square i Set the oscilloscope as follows Display AorB Vertical Sensitivity 5 volts div Trigger Ext Main Sweep 1 msec div Delayed Sweep 5 usec div Delay 250 j Set the 3437A voltmeter as follows Range 1 0V Trigger Ext Delay 0 sec Coupling DC 1MQ k One cycle of the square wave should fill the screen of the oscilloscope and the sample time for thc voltmeter should be scen as the intensified spot of the delayed sweep L Press AMPTD CAL on the 3325A Performance Tests m Read positive peak voltage of attenuated waveform on voltmeter If the reading is not stable press hold then ext alternatively to repeat readings Change oscilloscope delay to 750 and read negative peak Add the two readings to obtain volts peak to peak Verify that sum is between 3 661 volts and 3 735 volts n Change 3325A function to Triangle Change oscilloscope to Vertical Sensitivity 2 volts div Vertical Position 9 o clock Main Sweep 5 msec div Delay 500 Magnify x10 Delayed Sweep 1 usec div o Adjust oscilloscope delay to place the intensified spot on peak of triangle and read positive peak voltage on 3437A Press neg trigger move vertical position knob of CRO to 3 o clock and adjust intensified spot to read negative peak on
486. ted Minimum Sweep Width Linear Minimum Sweep Width Sweep Time 99 99 seconds Sweep Time Function 0 01 second 999 9 mHz 499 5 mHz 49 95 mHz 99 99 mHz Sine 0 1 mHz Square 0 05 mHz Triangle 0 005 mHz Ramps 0 01 mHz Minimum Sweep Width Log 1 decade Phase Continuity Sweep is phase continuous over the full frequency range WARMUP TIME Standard Instrument 20 minutes to within specified ac curacy Option 001 High Stability Frequency Reference Reference will be within 1 x 107 of final value 15 minutes after turn on at 25 C for an off time of less than 24 hours AUXILIARY INPUTS May be floated a maximum of 42 V peak ac dc trom chassis earth ground Reference For phase locking the 3325A to an external frequency reference of 10 MHz or a subharmonic of 10 MHz down to 1 MHz Level must be O dBm to 4 20 dBm into 50 ohms Rear panel BNC connector Amplitude Modulation Input Sine Function Only Modulation depth at full output for each range O to 10096 Modulation frequency range DC to 500 kHz 0 to 21 MHz carrier frequency Sensitivity 5 V peak for 10096 modulation input Impedance 10 Connector Rear panel BNC Phase Modulation Modulation Frequency Range DC to 5 kHz Modulation Depth Function Depth or Sine Square Triangle Ramps Input Impedance 20 Connector Rear panel BNC AUXILIARY OUTPUTS May be floated a maximum of 42 V peak ac dc from chassis earth gr
487. ted ground to circuit ground q Connect the signature analyzer clock lead to the raised SA CLK jumper along with the pulse generator t Set 3325A POWER to ON s Adjust the pulse generator frequency until a stable gated signature is obtained in dicating that the signature analyzer is triggering on the external clock signal The GATE in dicator should be flashing and the UNSTABLE SIGNATURE indicator should be off t The signature taken in Step k should be 78CU as indicated at the START of the flow diagram If it is not 78CU go to Figure 8 31 a to the section of the diagram headed by the signature actually observed If no stable signature or none of the signatures shown are Observed go to the ROM Signature Analysis Test If Test 3 passes successfully go to Signature Analysis Test 4 The tests associated with each signature heading are described as follows 8 B 3 Service Model 3325A 78CU Data paths are good a With ATN grounded signature 9P9H ATN recognized b With REN grounded signature 9HUH REN recognized With IFC grounded signature indications are as follows A77U IFC recognized test passes IFC recognized IFC not recognized 77U6 IFC not recognized IFC recognized Other signatures IFC not recognized 9P9H Illegal ATN recognized 9HUH Illegal REN recognized ATTU Illegal IFC recognized 3HCC or Data lost in shift register U45H 3102 Data lost in I O NOTE Afte
488. ter each device has been polled Controller sends Serial Poll Disable SPD on DIO1 8 ASCII EM binary code 0011001 Serial Poll Disable clears the SRQ message originated by the 3325A resetting bits through 3 and bit 6 in the status byte NOTE Some of the above Serial Poll operations are performed automatically by some con trollers in response to certain programming statements Refer to the programming in structions for your particular controller 3 138 Status Byte 3 139 A status byte consists of one 8 bit byte on the HP IB data lines A 1 in bit 6 indicates that the 3325A did request service placed SRQ true and 0 in bit 6 indicates that it did not request service The 3325A status byte contains the following information 765432140 Status byte bits 87654321 DIO lines 5555 F Flag R Request Service Status 1 Program String Error 1 Sweep Stopped 1 Sweep Started 1 System Failure possible component failure includes Failed Self Test Failed Amptd Cal Ext Ref Unlocked Main Ose Unlocked Sweep Flag 1 Sweep in Progress Does not cause SRQ RQS Message 1 Service Request Busy Flag 1 3325A busy processing data Does not cause SRQ 3 140 Busy Flag 3 141 The Busy Flag status byte bit 7 is high 1 while the 3325A is processing data This bit can be monitored 3 24 Model 3325A by the controller to determine when the 3325A is ready for more da
489. test is written specifically for the hp Model 9825A Calculator but may be adapted to other controllers The calculator prints the test results This test is recommended for both the Operational Verification Checks and the Performance Tests 4 5 OPERATIONAL VERIFICATION 4 6 The following procedures are recommended for in coming inspection and for testing the instrument after repair Additional tests to be performed following repair of certain circuits are indicated in Section VIII An Operational Verification Record is located at the end of this section Por ease of recording the test data at various times copies of the blank Operational Verifica tion Record may be made without written permission from Hewlett Packard 4 7 Operational Verification includes the following procedures Par No Test 4 10 Self Test 4 12 Sine Wave Verification 4 14 Square Wave Verification 4 16 Triangle and Ramp Verification 4 18 Amplitude Flatness Check 4 20 Syne Output Check 4 22 Frequency Accuracy 4 24 Output Level and Attenuator Check 4 26 Harmonic Distortion Test 4 28 Close in Spurious Signal Test 4 30 HP IB Interface Test 4 8 Required Test Equipment 4 9 A list of test equipment required for the Opera tional Verification procedures 15 given in Table 4 1 Any equipment that satisfies the critical specifications given in the table may be substituted for the recommended model 4 10 Self Test 4 11 This test uses the control ROM
490. th applicable information placed together for easy reference Refer to Table 7 1 for a listing of the 3325A PC assemblies and their current May 1984 revision 7 3 Format e 7 4 Design component and documentation changes to this instrument are identified by a A symbol The numbered delta in the text or on a schematic corresponds to the numbered delta shown in the heading that precedes the backdating information for that particular service group When a delta symbol is encountered the technician should first refer to the corresponding service group in this section Once there locate the page number where the delta symbol was found and determine if the change applies by checking the instrument s serial number against the range given 7 5 Change Sheets and Service Notes 7 6 As HP continues to improve the performance of the 3325A corrections and modifications to the manual may be required These changes are documented in a yellow MANUAL CHANGES supplement In order to keep the manual up to date one should periodically request the most recent supplement which is available from the nearest HP Sales and Service Office 7 7 The instrument related service note is a publication directed toward qualified service personnel and is available to all HP Service Centers and customers The service note conveys service related information that is intended to increase the reliability improve the performance and extend the use fulness of you
491. than Stop Frequency by a sufficient amount 0 permit the Marker pulse width to be approxi mately 400 microseconds See Paragraph 3 55 To change any of the sweep parameters press the ap propriate SWEEP entry key then enter the desired data To select LOG sweep press the blue prefix key and then the LOG TIME key The log indicator should light The sweep mode is linear unless this light is on fb 1 8 sweep indicator CF 106 0 RES 3 51 Linear Sweep In linear mode either CON TINUOUS or SINGLE sweep may be used Single sweep is from START to STOP frequency and either START or STOP may be the higher frequency To begin a single sweep Press 5 5 key to set output and display to the start frequency selected and reset the X Drive ramp Press RESET START key again to start the sweep RESET M FE SINGLE Indicator is during a sweep The output frequency sweeps to the STOP frequency selected and remains there This frequency appears in the display Continuous sweep is up down up etc and begins when the START key is pressed Con tinuous sweep may be stopped by pressing the START CONT key again or by pressing START SINGLE FREQ ENTRY or PHASE ENTRY The display will indicate the frequency at which the sweep stopped The sweep will stop while any other parameter is being changed then will restart Pressing
492. the current sensing circuit to limit the current through the series pass regulator 8 93 When the front panel POWER switch is in the STBY standby position the three main power supply regulators are disabled However power is still applied to the HP IB input output circuits the Oven Assembly Option 001 and the High Voltage Output Amplifier Option 002 These circuits have their own regulators which are active at any time ac power is connected to the instrument WZ Model 3325A 8 94 When the POWER switch is in the STBY position as shown in the simplified schematic of Figure 8 25 a positive voltage is applied through K1 relay coil to the emitter of Q11 biasing this transistor into conduction The current 15 limited by resistors R30 and R32 so that the relay is not activated Q4 is biased on by the current through Q11 to the point where it behaves in the same manner as it would if there was excessive current through the sensing resistor 4 This causes the series pass regulator Q2 to be turned off disabling the 15 V regulator Because the 5 V and 415 V regulators are referenced to the 15 V supply they are also disabled 8 95 When the POWER switch is sct to ON the emitter of 011 is grounded turning this transistor off Consequently it has no effect on the 15 V regulator circuits Relay is activated turning on the blower 8 96 An overvoltage protection circuit in the 5V sup ply prevents the voltage fr
493. the present function Pressing the same key the second time removes the ac signal sct ting the output to zero unless a dc offset has been pro grammed sec Paragraph 3 43 When the ac signal is removed in this way the instrument automatically displays dc offset and the dc offset entry key light comes on The signal can be restored by pressing the FUNCTION key again The output signal for cach function is centered about zero volts unless a de offset has been programmed NOTE The standard instrument signal output must be terminated by an external 50 ohm load or sine wave distortion and square wave over shoot may result particularly at higher fre quencies 3 28 Frequency Entry ENTRY Cs 9 NOTE A lighted indicator in the center of any entry key denotes it as the active entry parameter For example if the FREQ entry key in dicator is it ts nol necessary to press that key before entering data 3 29 Enter frequency by first pressing the FREQ EN TRY kcy then the numerical data followed by the data suffix delimiter key Hz kHz MHz Numerical data must be entered most significant digit first entering the decimal in the proper place The frequency parameter is stored in the 3325A when the delimiter key is pressed 3 30 Frequency Limits 3 31 The minimum frequency for all functions is 1 Hz The nominal maximum frequency for each func tion is shown below the function select key on t
494. to 10 kHz 10 sec Enable Mask NO Light On NO Talk Light On NO Listen Light On REM NO Light On Print Results Performance Tests ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 4 31 Performance Tests Model 33254 Clear the 3325A to Turn on State Set HP IB Remote Enable Select Code 7 Perform Self Test B IER Frequency 3325A Frequency 15 Compare Frequency to 1000 Hz T wet tbe FUP 1 RMSEMU Freq to 1234 567890 Hz Amptd to 50mV 59195 in Register the 3325A t REEL IMS n n Y Recall Settings in Register 3 Interrogate Frequency Read Frequency Compare to Frequency Stored Interrogate Amplitude Read Amplitude Compare to Amplitude Stored im Lin Sweep 1 10kHz Enable SRO Mask C lear Interface Interface to Local DH Did 3325A Initiate Si TIIOSE MSF Read Status into Variable 5 Set Remote Enable CO Read from the 3325A E TALE LIGHT 3325A respond to Talk Command Write to the 3325A Interface to Local LISTEN LIGHT 1EM o Did 3325A respond to Listen Command Remote Interface Write to 3325A Clear Interface EMi Did the 3325A Respond to Remote 4 32 Model 3
495. to 10082 k Set the spectrum analyzer controls to display the fun damental and at least three harmonics Verify that har monics are 65dB below the fundamental 1 Set the 3325A to the following frequencies and verify that their harmonics are below the specified levels rela tive to the fundamental 10kHz 65dB 200kHz 60dB IMHz 40dB m Press the high voltage output key to deactivate the high voltage output 4 28 Close In Spurious Signal Test 4 29 This procedure tests the sine wave output for spurious signals which may be generated by the 3325A frequency synthesis circuits The spurious signals must be more than 70 dB lower than the fundamental signal Equipment Required Spectrum Analyzer hp 3585A 8566 8568 a Set the 3325A as follows High Voltage Output Option 002 Off Function Sine 4 6 Model 3325 Frequency 20 001MHz Amplitude 2 99dBm DC 2 G 0 b Connect the 3325A signal output to the spectrum analyzer s 50 ohm input c Set the spectrum analyzer controls for a center fre quency of 20 001MHz a resolution bandwidth of 30Hz 100Hz div frequency span with the fundamental refer enced to the top of the display graticule d Set the spectrum analyzer center frequency to 20 002 20 003 and 20 004MHz verifying in each case that all spurious signals are more than 70dB below the fundamental
496. to an approved three contact electrical outlet or used with a three contact to two contact adapter with the grounding wire green firmly connected to an electrical ground safety ground at the power outlet The power jack and mating plug of the power cable meet International Electrotechnical Commission IEC safety standards 00 NOT OPERATE IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE Do not operate the instrument in the presence of flammable gases or fumes Operation of any electrical instrument in such an environment constitutes a definite safety hazard KEEP AWAY FROM LIVE CIRCUITS Operating personnel must not remove instrument covers Component replacement and internal adjustments must be made by qualified maintenance personnel Do not replace components with power cable connected Under certain conditions dangerous voltages may exist even with the power cable removed To avoid injuries always disconnect power and discharge circuits before touching them DO NOT SERVICE OR ADJUST ALONE Do not attempt internal service or adjustment unless another person capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation is present 00 NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY INSTRUMENT Because of the danger of introducing additional hazards do not install substitute parts or per form any unauthorized modification to the instrument Return the instrument to a Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office for service and repair to ensure that safety features are main tained DANGE
497. to initiate a single sweep At the end of the sweep the digital voltmeter reading should be 10 450 to 10 550 V g If the reading is less than 10 450V adjust X Drive A14R6 slightly clockwise and if reading is greater than 10 550 adjust X Drive slightly counterclockwise NOTE The voltmeter reading will not respond to ad Justment of X Drive 14 6 The effect of this adjustment can be observed only after another single sweep Following the end of a sweep the X Drive output voltage will drift downward at 1mV per second h Press RESET START twice to initiate another sweep If necessary readjust X Drive A14R6 turning clockwise to increase voltage and counterclockwise to decrease voltage i Repeat Steps and h until proper voltage 10 450 to 10 550 V is measured immediately following the end of asweep 5 15 Amplifier Bias Adjustment A5 Equipment Required High frequency spectrum analyzer hp Model 141T 8552B 8553B 8566A 8568A a With the 3325A in its turn on condition set the frequency to 10 MHz function to square wave and amplitude to 999 Vp p 5 see Section VII if necessary for alternate adjustment locations Model 3325 b Adjust the spectrum analyzer as follows Center 50 MHz 300 kHz Scan Width 0 100 MHz Input Attenuation 40 dB Video
498. tude problems the Auto Calibration Disable ACD test point must be grounded and the power cycled Figure 8 44 This procedure breaks the amplitude loop and makes it possible to troubleshoot the amplitude con trol path see Figure 8 1 a Move the small shorting connector marked AMP IN on 14 from the NORM to the opposite position b Disconnect any external equipment from the signal output c Measure the dc voltage at the AMP OUT test point and at both ends of the fuse F3 These voltages should be approximately 7 5 V If these voltages are all correct the amplifier is probably operating correctly and the problem may be in the Attenuator Service Group L The fuse F3 can be opened when excessive voltage is applied to the 3325A s signal port It therefore blows fairly often and should be replaced as necessary 0 25A hp Part No 2110 0343 If the amplifier output voltage is not correct troubleshoot the amplifier circuit by measuring dc volt agcs within the circuit as shown on the schematic tolerance 10 These voltages are measured with the AMP IN shorting connector in the TEST position While troublesbooting note that the cir cuit from the node common to the bases of A14Q207 and 140213 to the AMP QUT test point is a voltage follower Therefore the waveform at the node and at the test point should be the same When troubleshooting the circuit from A14Q210 to A14Q209 it is helpful to check the forward and backward r
499. ture analysis of all IC s on the A6 assembly Tests the ROM RAM address registers and buffer circuits Checks the ability of the RAM address register to count up and down Checks RAM out put data service Checks the HP IB data path from the processor to the 1 connector and back It does not check the handshake Checks the ability of the pro cessor to identify front panel switch closures Also checks AS LED drivers current sources and digital circuits 3 8 1 circuits 4 8 2 5 8 29 Checks the data path from the processor to the fractional N control IC A21UI9 and checks several operations of the fractional N control Troubleshooting Procedures N front panel display r annunciators Abnormal display char acters partial characters or all segments stay on no r spons to front panel entries Display appears normat but no response to front panel entries Instrument accepts tries but has no signal or sync outputs No signal output Sync output correct Will not sweep frequency X Drive Z Blank or Mark er signals incorrect When External Reference or Option 001 15 con nected to rear panel REF IN front panel EXT REF annunciator does not light or flashes on and off Output frequency incor rect Table 8 5 Trouble Symptoms If power supply voltages are correct see Service Group O go to Service Group C if not troubleshoot power supply Service
500. ual Banana Plug 0 124 14B steps Table 4 2 Test Equipment Required For Performance Tests Cont d Critical Specifications Recommended Model hp 1740A hp 5328A With Option 040 or 041 hp 6214 hp 11050A hp 0699 0090 hp 0698 7169 hp 0160 2207 hp 0698 7453 hp 0698 8264 hp 3437A hp 0698 7533 hp 0698 6296 hp 0757 0465 hp 0757 0470 hp 8825 with 98034 Interface General O ROM Extended 1 0 ROM hp 1250 2277 1250 0781 hp 355C Model 3325 Harmonic Distortion relative to fundamental Fundamental Frequency 0 1 Hz to 50 kHz 50 kHz to 200 kHz 200 kHz to 2 MHz 2 MHz to 15 MHz 15 MHz to 20 MHz No Harmonic Greater Than 65 dB 60 dB 40 dB 30 dB 25 dB 3325 Equipment Required High Frequency Spectrum Analyzer hp Model 141T 8552B 8553B 8566A 8568A Low Frequency Spectrum Analyzer hp Model 3580A 3585A 50 ohm Feedthru Termination hp Model 11048C Resistor 4700 2W 5 hp 0698 3634 Resistor 56 20 1 8W 1 hp 0757 0395 Set the 3325A output as follows High Voltage Output Option 002 Off Function sine Frequency 20 MHz 999m Vp p b Connect the 3325A signal output to the high fre quency spectrum analyzer s 50 ohm input c Set the spectrum an
501. uments Shipped Board Revision With This Revision Changes A1 Rev A 1748A00101 1748A00230 went Rev B when U25 and assoc ckty were added to reclock HINV to the Frac N IC See Svc Grp E 1748A00231 1748A02475 Rev B 1748402476 1748A02600 went A21 Rev A following rede sign and layout of the VCO pius mod to the S H ckty See Svc Grps D E F A21 Rev Rev B boards are identical to Rev A with the exception of PC trace location 1748A02601 1748A07390 1748A07391 Present went Rev C following mod to VCO ckty See Svc Grp D Note that all serial number ranges are approximate 7 26 The following backdating information pertains to the Fractional N Analog Circuits portion of the A21 A1 assembly A3 Page 8 F 5 8 F 6 Figure 8 39 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A02475 and below This range of instruments contain the integrator and phase modulation circuitry shown in Figure 7 8 fe PHASE MODULATICN Y Figure 7 8 Integrator and Phase Modulation Circuitry Serial Numbers 1748402475 and Below 7 10 3325 Service This same range of instruments contain the Sample Hold circuitry shown in Figure 7 9 mr immi gt 259 N OMADE soort Te Figure 7 9 Sample Hoid Circuitry Serial Numbers 174
502. use ALT or CHOP d Set the oscilloscope to delayed sweep Adjust the delay to see the ramp reset jitter and read the positive ramp jitter in microseconds e Press the Negative Ramp function on the 3325A f Change the trigger on the oscilloscope to positive and note the negative ramp jitter in microseconds Adjustments g Bump the 3325A frequency to 99 999999H7 and read the ramp jitter in microseconds h If any of the above readings exceed 60 5 adjust 14 110 to reduce the jitter i Repeat the ramp jitter measurements of steps d and f adjusting 14 110 as necessary to reduce the jitter to 60 or for the best compromise between the two NOTE If ramp jitter cannot be adjusted satisfactor ily troubleshoot the ramp generating circuitry Service Group J j The RMP test jumper can be left off if it results in the best possible adjustment Wd Figura 5 1 Ramp Reset Waveform 5 17 Amplitude Flatness A5 Equipment Required 1Vrms 50 Thermal Converter hp Model 11050A Digital Voltmeter hp Model 3455A 3466A Resistor 2000 19e 1 8W 0757 0407 Resistor 500 1 0 5W 0698 5965 Resistor 130 190 1 8W 0757 0380 Resistor 250 5 1 4W 0683 2505 Resistor 1500 1 1 8W 0757 0284 a Set the 3325A as follows Function Amplitude 10Vp p Frequency IkHz b Connect the 3325A signal output through the 10 pad and thermal converter to t
503. use the high speed and delay capabilities of the hp Model 3437A Resistive divider 2 5 consisting of 30 ohms 1 4W hp Part No 0698 7533 20 ohms 1 1 4 W hp Part No 0698 6296 BNC to Triax adapter hp Part No 1250 0595 or Model 11172A RF Cable a Connect the 3325A and the high speed digital voltmeter through the divider as shown in Figure 4 10B b Set the 3325 as follows High Voltage Output Option 002 Off Function Triangle 10 kHz Amplitude 10 Set the digital voltmeter as follows Range uu ss audieris i js 1 Number of Readings 1 TARET ce cheb vee eee baad eee Ext NOTE The Model 3437A triggers on the negative going edge of the 3325A sync square wave d Set the digital voltmeter delay to 00003 seconds Record the digital voltmeter reading on the Perfor mance Test Record under Positive Slope Measure ment 10 This is the 10 point on the positive slope of the triangle See Figure 4 11 Performance Tests Model 3325A DIGITAL VOLTMETER SYNC OUT 3325 4 11 Figure 4 10 Triangle and Ramp Linearity Test e Measure the voltage at each 10 segment point by far Percent of Slope setting the digital voltmeter delay to the following Delay Enter on the Performance Test Record in the ap 00008 90 pro
504. uses the control ROM and control clock circuits to perform the following checks LED check Turns on all LED s for about 2 seconds Check 1 Tests AMPTD CAL of the sine wave Check 2 Tests AMPTD CAL of the square wave Check 3 Tests AMPTD CAL of the triangle wave Following each check the display indicates either PASS or FAIL for approximately one second If all tests pass this indicates that approximately 60 of all circuits are operating properly 3 12 FRONT REAR SIGNAL OUTPUT The maximum peak voltage that can be safe ly applied between chassis and the outer con ductor of any of the 3325A input or output signal connectors is 42 V 3 13 The standard Model 3325A provides selectable front or rear panel 50 ohm signal outputs The rear panel signal output is selected by pressing the REAR ONLY key The lighted indicator in the center of this key denotes that the signal output is at the rear panel NOTE The rear panel SIGNAL output is noi pre sent on instruments equipped with the High Voltage Output Option 002 3 14 SYNC OUTPUT 3 15 A square wave sync output is provided at BNC connectors on both the front and rear panels This sync signal is always in phase with the output signal with the sync transition occurring at the signal zero crossing or when the signal crosses the dc offset voltage The output impedance of either front or rear panel sync output is approximately 50 ohms When connected to a 50 ohm coaxial ca
505. v C 1748A00191 1748A00470 went Rev C following PC trace and manufacturing modifications Rev D 1748A00471 1748A01075 went Rev D following manuf changes and the addition of CR108 CR109 and R55 1748A01076 1748A01900 went Rev E following mod to the relay driver and dc offset control portion of A4 A14 Rev A 1748A01901 1748A08790 went A14 Rev A when output amp Svc Grp K was re designed R142 was also added 1748A08791 1748A14537 went Rev B with changes to dc offset and amptd control circuitry 1748A14538 Present went Rev C following PC trace mod to level comparator 942 ckty Note that all serial number ranges are approximate No A4 Rev A boards were ever produced 2 mm urmam nena R 32 gi 98 0225 t 33 1 e 8253 8260 8252 008 SND 18844 2 E Es 8211 c235 0821 5 R250 Figure 7 17 Output Amplifier Serial Numbers 1748A01900 and below 7 21 Service Model 3325A Affected instruments serial numbers 1748401900 to 1748A00190 Refer to Figure 7 17 Instruments in this range contain diodes CR222 and CR223 connected between pins 4 and 1 of A4146 Note that the anode end of CR223 is connected to pin 4 and the anode end of CR222 is connected to pin 1 Referring again to Figure 7 17 these instrument
506. v C following PC trace and manufacturing modifications went Rev D following manuf changes and the addition of CR108 CR109 and R55 went Rev E following mod to the relay driver and dc offset control portion of A4 went 14 Rav A when output amp Svc Grp K was re designed R142 was also added went Rev B with changes to dc offset and amptd control circuitry went Rev C following PC trace mod to level comparator 042 ckty Note that all serial number ranges are approximate No A4 Rev A boards were ever produced 7 39 The following backdating information pertains to the function circuits portion of 14 4 A5 Page 8 J 7 8 J 8 Figure 8 43 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748A00190 and below These instruments do not have R220 R220 was added to increase the usefulness of the Amp In test point by providing a load for current sources feeding the output amplifier Voltages can then be meas ured across this resistor 5 Page 8 7 8 8 Figure 8 43 Affected instruments serial numbers 1748401075 and below These instruments contain the dc offset control circuitry shown in Figure 7 13 Service Model 3325A 5 z 25 NU Lee T gt 1 3 i row bg AEFT ERROR RN FROM 21900 994 SGuARE UNABLE FROM VBI FOR ALL s FUNCTIONS TRIANGLE ENABLE AAA 1 EXCEPT SINE FROM 328 139
507. value Mfr Part Number C4 1 8 T0 3011 F 4 1 8 0 2001 C4 1 8 T0 78R0 F CB1515 C4 1 8 T0 99R9 F CA 1 8 Y0 1651 F 4 1 8 10 781 F CB2225 687505 04 1 8 0 1001 PM SS 1 0 T9 580R B PHESS 1 8 7 5008 8 C4 1 0 T0 A99R F C4 1 8 T0 497R F CA 1 8 10 2491 F C2225 0658 6360 PMESS 1 8 T 5001 B PMESS 1 8 T9 5001 B PMESS 1 8 T9 9001 E 0690 6360 PfES5 1 8 T9 9901 h 4 1 8 0 4991 2100 5212 C4 8 T0 3161 F C4 1 8 T0 2521 4705 04 1 8 10 5111 4 1 9 10 8068 C4 1 8 T 511R F 04 1 8 70 1001 4 1 8 2 1001 C4 1 8 TU AQ02R F 2100 3409 4 1 8 0 684 04 1 8 0 4991 0 4 1 8 10 4991 04 178 10 1002 9698 6619 0698 6360 0698 8607 0699 0123 1035 084709 081035 4705 4 1 8 10 2002 C4 1 0 T0 2002 F 081055 04 1 8 0 5011 55 1 8 0 9261 CE3935 04 1 8 0 5285 4 1 8 70 101 amp 15 1015 04 1 8 0 5111 4 1 8 0 5111 4255 081025 CB1025 091035 2235 CHARIS 205 04 1 8 10 101 1 8 9 3001 084703 684705 4 1 8 10 0192 4 1 8 T0 4751 F 04 1 8 0 1628 082205 6 19 Replaceabie Parts Reference Designation 31 A148232 6148293 1 48234 8140256 6148237 AL4R 238 148239 A14R241 A1 48242 ATAR2AS 1 48244 1 48245 1 48245 5148247 A1A4R248 AT4ARDAO 1 48250 08148251 148252 0148235
508. vice groups which are identified alphabetically Each service roup contains the schematic diagram troubleshooting and other pertinent information for a specific area of the instrument A foldout functional block diagram follows Service Group O The following circuits are included in the service groups Service Assembly Circuit Group A2 Voltage Controlled Oscillator D A21 Counter E 21 Fractional N Analog Circuits F A2 Power Supplies VCO Buffer 30 MHz Reference and G Dividers A3 Mixer H 14 D A Converter and Sample I Hold Function Circuits 1 14 Output Amplifier and Level K Comparator 14 Relay Drivers L A14 Drivc Circuits N A5 Keyboard and Display A HP IB Circuits B A6 Control Circuits C A23 or Attenuator L 7 AB High Voltage Output Option M 002 A9 High Stability Frequency M Reference Option 001 Signature analysis information begins with paragraph 8 128 8 3 BASIC THEORY 8 4 A simplified block diagram of the 3325 circuits is shown in Figure 8 1 In response to programming inputs from the Keyboard or the HP IB the Control circuits set the frequency signal level and output attenuation The Frequency Synthesis circuits generate sine wave at a frequency determined by digital information from the Control circuits This sine wave is applied to the Func lion circuits where both the output function and signal level are determined again by digital control The
509. vices The 3325A receives programming instructions when addressed to listen When addressed to talk it will respond to the instruc lions il received prior to being addressed to talk such as an interrogation or serial poll 3 99 Addressing usually takes the form of universal unlisten device talk device s listen The universal unlisten command removes all listeners from the bus allowing only the listener s designated by the device s listen parameter to receive information The informa tion is sent by the talker designated by the device talk parameter The system controller may designate itself as either talker or listener 3 100 3325A REMOTE PROGRAMMING 3 101 3325A HP IB Capabilities 3 102 Table 3 8 lists the HP IB capabilities of the 3325A which are compatible with IEEE Standard 488 1978 Model 33254 Operation Table 3 6 Definition of Meta Messages The actual information binary bytes which is sent from a talker to one of more listeners The information or data can be in a numeric form or a string of characters Trigger The trigger message causes the listening device s to perform a device dependent action A clear message will cause device s to return to defined device dependent state Remote The remote message causes the listening device s to switch from local front panel control to remote program control This message remains in effect so that devices subsequently ad
510. vision This checks the high voltage output amplifier 3 78 OPERATOR S MAINTENANCE 3 79 Maintenance by the operator is limited to cleaning or replacing the rear panel fan filter or replacing the ac line fuse on the rear panel Generally if the ac line fuse requires replacement there is a failure within the instru ment which should be referred to qualified service per sonnel Disconnect the ac line cord before replacing the fuse Be sure Lo use the correct replacement fuse Nominal Line Voltage Fuse hp Part 100 120 220 240 V 0 5 2110 0001 2110 0012 3 80 The fan filter should be inspected frequently and cleaned or replaced as necessary to allow free flow of air To remove the filter disconnect ac power from the instrument and remove the four nuts that secure the filter retainer Remove the filter and wash thoroughly with soapy water rinse clean and air dry 3 81 HP IB OPERATION 3 82 The Model 3325A is remotely controlled by means of the Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Model 3325 The following information gives a general description of the HP IB and defines the terms concepts and messages used tn an 1 system It also lists the capabilitics and requirements for programming the 3325A Program examples using a specific Hewlett Packard calculator as the system controller may be found in the Supplemental Programming Information Appendix 3 A at the rear of this section
511. wave triangle positive slope ramp and negative slope ramp and verify that each function indicates the same frequency and peak to peak amplitude AMPLITUDE AND DC OFFSET Set the 3325A as follows FUNCTION quas Rete Square 2 kHz AMPLITUDE 10 V p p Set the oscilloscope controls as follows ek C tener 2 V div 0 5 ms div TUBEOD Oscilloscope display should show one square wave per division 5 divisions peak to peak vertical This checks the output with no attenuation Actual display will depend greatly upon the accuracy of the oscilloscope amplifiers and display h Change 3325A amplitude to 1 V p p and change oscilloscope vertical to 2 V div Oscilloscope display should again be 5 divisions peak to peak This checks the 3 attenuator section i Change 3325A amplitude to 500 mV p p and change oscilloscope vertical to 1 V div Oscilloscope display should be 5 divisions peak to peak This checks the 10 attenuator section j Change 3325A amplitude to 50 mV and change oscilloscope vertical to 01 V div The square wave display should be 5 divisions peak to peak This cheeks the 100 attenuator section k Press the 332254 SQUARE WAVE FUNCTION key to remove the square wave output The indicator in the DC OFFSET Entry key should light and the 3325A display should show 0 0 mV L Set the oscill
512. witches Bos LON Listen Only ROM ROM Disable For Tast Only HEHEH h Set 3325A POWER switch to ON i Disconnect ground from A6TP3 then A6TP6 j Set bus address switch 5 to ON k Place the signature analyzer probe on 5 V logic 1 The large plated area near the center of 5 5 V 1 Follow the flow diagram from START If no stable or valid signatures are obtained the processor A6U9 or the ROM s A6U1 4 may be defective Use the ROM Signature Analysis Test to check these components NOTE After completion of the test be sure to replace all cables jumpers and switches to the normal position The signature taken in Step k should be FC6A as indicated at the START of the flow diagram observed FC6A CAUH PCUS AUH6 CUSC 4525 5307 7112 1123 1232 If it is not go to the section of the diagram headed by the signature actually The tests associated with each signature heading are described as follows Test passes Erroneous Turn on signal Erroneous bus interrupt Erroneous sweep limit flag Timer error Fractional N IC Data lost Invalid Sweep Limit Flag No Sweep Limit Flag 5 4 2354 Shh 45 232 Processor receiving a VCO High signal 8FAF Processor receiving a VCO Low signal AFC6 Missed Sweep Limit Interrupt Missed 1 ms Clock NOTE Unless otherwise identified all IC s in this test are on the A6 assembly
513. z A3U2 pins 5 and 6 10 MHz A3UI pin 3 1 MHz pin 6 2MHz A3J10 1 MHz A3UI pin 13 100 kHz A3US pin 8 100 kHz A3Q1 collector 100 kHz narrow pulse If the 30MHz Oscillator is failing it could be due to heavy loading by the multiplier A3U11 This can be checked by lifting A3R73 Oscillator failures have also been linked to A3Q6 A3Y1 and 8 Do not allow disconnected cable connectors to contact the printed circuit boards or components or circuits may be damaged Amplitude Troubleshooting b The most common cause of problems in the Sine Amplitude Control and Amplitude Modulation circuitry is the multiplier A3U11 Problems with U1 are usually detected by incorrect voltages at A3TP4 The voltage at TP4 should be pure dc and on a working instrument or a malfunctioning onc with Auto Calibration Disabled ACD will be the following levels Sce Figure 8 44 Service Group for ACD test point location Programmed Amplitude 4 3Vp p 2Vde 10Vp p 6Vde Using the modify key to increase the programmed voltage by one volt at a time should cause the volt age at TP4 to increase linearily as well Pulling cable W23 at cither end should cause TP4 to reach approximately 6 8V 8 G Service Model 3325A c If the voltage at TP4 is correct but the output amplitude is still incorrect check the ac voltages on U14 pins 6 and 7 With 10Vp p programmed both voltage levels should be approximately 0 6Vp p If not an

Manual Part Number: Revision Date: HP References in this Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents